Vocabulary Words Flashcards

1
Q

Hyeonjae
“Hyeonjae jeodo baegopa”
Hyeonjae jeodo gongbu hago isseoyo

A

Current or Present
“Hyeonjae jeodo baegopa” (현재 저도 배고파) in Korean translates to “I’m also hungry now” in English. It’s a statement indicating that the speaker is feeling hungry at the present moment, similar to “I’m hungry too.”
“Hyeonjae jeodo gongbu hago isseoyo” (현재 저도 공부 하고 있어요) in Korean translates to “I’m also studying now” in English. It’s a statement indicating that the speaker is currently studying, similar to “I’m studying too.”
“Hyeonjae ilhago isseumnikka” (현재 일하고 있습니까) in Korean translates to “Are you working now?” or “Are you currently working?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s current employment status or whether they are working at the moment.
“Hyeonjae hamkke gongbu hago” (현재 함께 공부하고) in Korean translates to “We are currently studying together” in English.

The phrase “Hyeonjae jeodo saranghago il geoya” (현재 저도 사랑하고 일 거야) can be interpreted in different ways depending on the context:

  1. “Hyeonjae jeodo saranghago il geoya” (현재 저도 사랑하고 일 거야) can be interpreted as “I also love you and will work (for you)” in English. This interpretation implies a commitment to work for the person being addressed out of love.
  2. Alternatively, “Hyeonjae jeodo saranghago il geoya” (현재 저도 사랑하고 일 거야) can be interpreted as “I also love you and will do (something)” in English, where “일” (il) can mean “work” or “thing” depending on the context. This interpretation suggests a commitment to do something for the person being addressed out of love.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

Gajang “가장”

A

most, the most

(gajang) in Korean means “most” or “the most.” It is often used to express the superlative degree, indicating the highest or greatest level of something. For example:

  1. “가장 큰” (gajang keun) - “the biggest” or “the largest”
  2. “가장 좋은” (gajang jo-eun) - “the best”
  3. “가장 어려운” (gajang eoryeoun) - “the most difficult”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

Il tan

A

day off” or “holiday”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q

Yeogiga

A

this place” or “here”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q

Jom
Jeom

A

“Jom” (좀) in Korean is a colloquial term that translates to “a little,” “a bit,” or “somewhat” in English. It’s often used to soften a request or statement, making it sound less direct or abrupt.
Jeom-point or a dot
For example:

  • 좀 도와주세요. (Jom dowajuseyo.) = Please help me a bit.
  • 좀 보세요. (Jom boseyo.) = Please take a look.
  • 이거 좀 줘요. (Igeo jom jwoyo.) = Give me this, please (implying “a little bit of this”).

It serves to make expressions or requests more polite or less imposing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q

Teungmeul

A

leave work or i finished work

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q

Yakgan

A

A little”Yakgan” (약간) means “a little” or “somewhat” in Korean. It’s often used to indicate a small amount or degree of something. So, “남자 친구 약간” (namja chingu yakgan) would translate to “a little bit of a boyfriend” or “somewhat of a boyfriend” in English, implying that someone possesses some qualities or characteristics of a boyfriend, but not fully or officially.
Certainly! Here are the sample sentences with “yakgan” (약간) written in English alphabet, along with their meanings:

  1. “Keopie seoltangeul yakganman neoh-eodo dwaeyo.”
    • “You only need to add a little bit of sugar to the coffee.”
  2. “Jogeum deo keuge malhaejusillaeyo? Jal deulliji anh-ayo.”
    • “Could you speak a little louder? I can’t hear you well.”
  3. “Geuneun saeloun salamdeul ap-eseo yakgan sujub-eohaneun pyeonijiman, alge doemyeon jeongmal chingunhaeyo.”
    • “He’s a little shy in front of new people, but once you get to know him, he’s really friendly.”
  4. “Geunyeoneun oneul yakgan pigonhan geos gat-aseo jjalb-eun najjam-eul jalyeolyeogo haeyo.”
    • “She seems a little tired today, so she wants to take a short nap.”
  5. “Eumsig-e yakgan-ui sogamman neoh-eumyeon mas-i deo joh-ajil geoyeyo.”
    • “If you add just a little bit of salt to the food, the taste will improve.”

“Yakan” in Korean (약간) means “a little” or “slightly.” It’s used to indicate a small amount or degree of something. Here are a couple of example sentences:

  1. Yakan dalkomhaeyo. (약간 달콤해요.)
    • It’s a little sweet.
  2. Yakan pigonhae boyeo. (약간 피곤해 보여.)
    • You look a little tired.
      Sure, here are a few more examples using “yakan” (약간):
  3. Yakan chuwoyo. (약간 추워요.)
    • It’s a little cold.
  4. Yakan bujokhae boineyo. (약간 부족해 보이네요.)
    • It looks a little lacking.
  5. Geu eumageun yakan soriga keuda. (그 음악은 약간 소리가 크다.)
    • The music is a bit loud.
  6. Yakan ppalli gayo. (약간 빨리 가요.)
    • Let’s go a bit faster.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q

Haeksimida

A

study hard” or “be diligent in learning.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q

Yaegihaja

A

Let’s talk or let’s have conversation. Refers to discussion or initiating conversations

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q

Jal haesseo

A

I or you did well or i or you did a good.
Take care…

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q

Inchabayo

A

Yes and agreement. Or That’s right” or “Exactly” i. A formal way and similar to Majayo and Geurae.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q

Baego payo

A

im hungry

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q

Mong mallayo

A

I don’t know or I’m not sure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q

Masitgge deuseyo

A

enjoy your meal

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q

Neomu deowoyo

A

it’s too hot

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q

Igeo eotteoke sseoyo

A

how do you use this? How do you write this? How is this written?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q

Eonje gayo

A

when are you leaving

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q

Igeo billyeo juseyo

A

please lend me this or can i borrow this?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q

Mwo hallae

A

what do you want to do? or What do you want to have?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q

Latte sireo haeyo

A

i don’t like latte
Sireo can be express both desire and dislike.
Silheo is more appropriate for dislike.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q

Ggeutnae ne

A

Finally, yes! Or That’s it, yes!
Can it also mean it’s over now or the end right?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

Aja

A

you’re right, that’s it

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q

Jeogeon

A

That (thing), that’s is, that’s…

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q

Pul su

A

can do” or “able to do”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q

Sasireun

A

Actually” or “in fact”
Ex:
사실은 너를 좋아해 (sasireun neoreul joaha) means “The truth is, I like you”.
사실은 그게 아니야 (sasireun geuge aniya) means “The fact is, that’s not it”.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q

Abundee (Appulssa)

A

expressing surprise, shock, or dismay, similar to “Oh my gosh!” or “Oops!”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q

Amwoneunde

A

contraction of “amugeona haneunde. “I’m just doing whatever” or “I’m just doing nothing special.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q

Mwoneunde

A

contraction of “mweohaneunde”“What are you doing?” or “What’s up?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q

Teukda

A

to be special” or “to be unique.” It’s often used to describe something or someone as distinctive or exceptional.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q

Hae-byeon, Hambeok seyo

A

Beach! Have fun!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q

Pul su

A

can do” or “able to do”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q

Seulpeoseo

A

seulpeoseo” means “because (I am) sad” or “since (I am) sad.”
conjugation of the verb “seulda” which means “to be sad” “

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q

Seulte

A

seulte” means “to be sad” or “not feeling sorrowful.” To feel down
shortened of “seulji anhneunda” “not to be sad.” The ending “-te”- casual contraction of “-ji anhneunda- verb “seulda” (슬다).
Ah, I see! In that case, “슬프다” (seulte) means “to be sad” or “to feel down” in Korean. If someone says “슬프다” (seulte) or “슬퍼” (seulpeo), it typically means they’re feeling emotionally distressed or not feeling well emotionally.

The opposite of “seulte” (슬프지 않아) is “seulteopda” (슬프다).

“Seulte” (슬퍼) is a Korean word that means “to be sad” or “to feel sorrow.” It is an adjective that describes the emotional state of sadness or grief.

Examples

Here are some examples of how “seulte” is used in Korean sentences:

그녀는 친구와 헤어져서 매우 슬퍼했다. (She was very sad after breaking up with her friend.)

그 영화는 정말 슬픈 내용이었다. (That movie had a really sad story.)

부모님께서 돌아가셔서 슬픈 마음이 들었다. (I felt sad when my parents passed away.)

실패한 일 때문에 슬퍼하지 마세요. (Don’t be sad because of a failure.)

그녀의 슬픈 표정을 보니 마음이 아팠다. (Seeing her sad expression made me feel sorry.)

Additional Information

“Seulte” is the present tense form of the verb “seulpda” (슬프다), which means “to be sad.”

It can be used to describe a person’s emotional state or the nature of a situation or event that evokes sadness.

The word is derived from the Korean root word “seul” (슬), which means “sorrow” or “grief.”

In summary, “seulte” is a commonly used Korean word that expresses the emotion of sadness or sorrow. It is an essential part of the Korean language for conveying and understanding emotional states.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q

Dangsindeureun sanikka

A

Because you are” or “Since you are” “you are” whatever is being described.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q

Haneunde

A

But or though, but doing
State, as “doing” or “while doing”
conjunction, continuing action

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q

Igeo bayo

A

take a look at this or this is it.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q

Sugu esso

A

Good job or well done

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q

Nugu sinayo

A

Who are you looking for? Or who are you talking to?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q

Jega gabolgeyo

A

I’ll get going now or I’m going to leave now

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q

Teukmallo- Teukda

A

To be sad or to be sorrowful

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q

Uh naya

A

its me or I’m the one

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q

Wae du

A

why again, why both or why once more

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q

Yeppeoyo Cheoreom

A

Like pretty or like beautiful

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

Tuktukhada

A

To be firm or To be resolute. It can also mean “to be determined” or “to be decisive” to do something quickly and easily” or “to do something briskly and briskly.” It can also mean “to do something promptly and easily.” depending on the context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q

Iltan issnayo
Jega jamsiman mal jom georeodo doelkkayo?
Jega jamkkanman mal jom georeodo doelkkayo?).

A

Do you have a moment?” or “Do you have a second?” Can i have a word with you? polite way to ask if someone has a moment to spare or if they are available to talk or do something briefly.
“Iltan issnayo?” (일탈 있나요?) can indeed be understood as “Do you have a moment?” or “Do you have a second?” in English, typically used to inquire if someone is available for a brief conversation or discussion. Thank you for the clarification. If you’d like to say “Can I have a word with you?” in Korean, you can use “제가 잠시만 말 좀 걸어도 될까요?” (Jega jamsiman mal jom georeodo doelkkayo?) or “제가 잠깐만 말 좀 걸어도 될까요?” (Jega jamkkanman mal jom georeodo doelkkayo?). These phrases convey the request to have a short conversation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q

Tuktuk anikka

A

Just because not” or “Just because it’s not” abruptness or firmness

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q

“Tuktuk nikka” (툭툭 니까)
“Tuktuk anikka” (툭툭 아니까)

A

Just because it’s done easily” or “Just because it’s done easily or I said so
Decisiveness or ease of action

“Tuktuk nikka” in Korean means “since it’s so” or “because it’s so.”

“Tuktuk anikka” (툭툭 아니까) in Korean means “since it’s not so” or “because it’s not so.”

These phrases are used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation, depending on whether the situation is as expected or not.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

Hajima- more common
Kajima- less common

A

Don’t do it” or “Stop it” in English. It’s a command form of the verb “hada which means “to do.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q

Simyeon

A

conditional form of the verb “시다” (sida), which means “to try” or “to attempt.” It’s used to express a conditional statement, similar to “if you try” if when, or “if you attempt”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q

Haebyeon gagi

A

Going to beach or going to seaside
Gagi- means going

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q

Oraenmani-eoyo

A

it’s been a long time, long time no see

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q

Piroyowaeyo or Pigonhaeyo

A

im tired or fatigued (formal or informal way)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q

Ingiga

A

popularity

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q

Sesange

A

in the world” or “on earth” “in the whole world” or “in the entire world.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q

Sarago

A

Because or so…
Similar to Geuraeseo and Geureomeuro

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q

Chingureul cheoreom

A

as a friend or like a friend

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q

Geureoke ttaemune

A

Because of that or in that way, for that reason

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q

Silheo

A

I don’t like” or “dislike

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q

Ppareu, Ppareun, Ppareuda

A

Fast or quick

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q

Gareuchida

A

To teach or to instruct

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q

Bam

A

Night

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q

sangyeongdoemnida

A

Playing or screening (movie or films)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q

Cheomeolo

A

For the first time

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q

Samul “사물”
Seumul “스물”
“Sameul” 사물
“Seonmul” (선물)
“Sameolo” 사물로

A

Object” or “thing” refers to any physical item or entity that exists.
Seumul- is for the number 20
“Seonmul” (선물) in Korean means “gift” in English.
“Sameul” (사물) and “samul” (삼을) are two different words in Korean with distinct meanings:

  • “Sameul” (사물) means “thing” or “object.”
  • “Samul” (삼을) is a verb form derived from the verb “삼다” (samda), which means “to measure” or “to assess.” It is the future tense form of the verb, specifically the third-person singular form.
    “Sameolo” (사물로) in Korean means “by thing” or “through things” in English. It is a phrase that indicates using or relying on things to achieve a certain outcome or result.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q

Jal gongbuhae

A

Study well and study diligently

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q

Masillae or Masillae-yo

A

Do you want to drink? Or Would you like to have a drink?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q

Nae maeum-eun chalhanda or Nae maeum-eun neo muneun da

A

I’m thirsty

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q

Masitgetda
Masitda

A

Masitgetda-It looks delicious or it seems tasty
Masitda- it’s delicious

Yes, you’re correct!

  • “맛있겠다” (masitgetda) is commonly heard in Korean dramas and translates to “It looks delicious” or “It seems tasty” in English. It’s often used when characters are observing food or anticipating how something will taste.
  • “맛있다” (masitda) means “It’s delicious” in Korean. This expression is used to describe food that is tasty or flavorful. It’s a common phrase used in everyday conversations when enjoying a meal.

The correct phrase for “It’s delicious” in Korean is “맛있어요” (masisseoyo) or “맛있습니다” (masisseumnida), depending on the level of formality.

So, “Maestta” doesn’t seem to be a correct or meaningful phrase in Korean. If you have a specific word or phrase in mind, feel free to provide more context, and I’ll be happy to assist you further.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q

Eodi gayo?

A

Where are you going.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q

Joahaneun

A

favorite” or “liked

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q

Baeuga

A

actor

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q

Nuguimnikka
Nugu eoyo

A

who is” or “who is it”
Nugu eoyo- informal way of who is it

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q

Sangyeongdoemnida

A

Is being shown or being screened

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q

Chingu nikka

A

Because you’re my friend. If you add Anikka- it translates you’re NOT my friend

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q

Appreudu

A

Appreudo, Apeoyo or (Apeo), which means “it hurts” or “I’m in pain”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q

Dulaseyo or Dulreoboda

A

to look around” or “to explore.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q

Deureuseyo or deureogada
Deureosseo

A

please come in” or “please enter” a verb
Or - to enter” or “to go in.

“들었어” (deureosseo) means “I heard” in English. It’s the past tense form of the verb “들다” (deulda), which means “to hear” or “to listen.” So, “들었어” (deureosseo) is used to convey that you heard something in the past.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q

(이런) Ireon vs il cheoreom (일처럼)

A

like this” or “this kind of
“Il cheoreom” (일처럼) and “ireon” (이런) are similar in meaning but used in slightly different contexts:

  1. “Il cheoreom” (일처럼) means “like this” or “in this way.” It is used when comparing something to a specific action or situation, emphasizing similarity or comparison.
  2. “Ireon” (이런) means “like this” or “this kind of.” It is used to describe something that is physically close to the speaker or to refer to something that is being shown or pointed out.

While both expressions can indicate similarity or likeness, “il cheoreom” is more specific in comparing actions or situations, while “ireon” is more general and can refer to objects or situations that are physically close to the speaker.
Sure, here are the sentences transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. Ireon ireun cheoeumieyo.
    This kind of thing is a first.
  2. Geuneun ireon saramieyo.
    He is this kind of person.
  3. Cheoreom dangsindo haengbokhagil barabnida.
    I hope you are happy like that too.
  4. Ireohke yeppeun kkoch-eul bon jeogi eobs-eoyo.
    I have never seen a flower as beautiful as this.
  5. Cheoreom dangsindo yeolshimhi gongbuhaseyo.
    Please study hard like him/her.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q

“가죽” Gajuk vs Gajog “가족”

A

“Leather” in Korean is (gajuk).
(gajog) means “family”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q

“미래” Miraee

A

In the future” or “for the future” used to refer to something that will happen or be done in the future.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q

Jaemi isseo 재미 있어
igeo 이거 can’t use this because it refers to an object “this”

A

This is fun” or “This is interesting” in English. It’s a phrase used to express enjoyment or amusement about something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q

Anjajuseyo (앉아주세요)

A

please have a seat” or “please sit down” in English. It’s a polite way to invite someone to sit down

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q

Gajog 가족

A

family

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q

Sigdang 식당

A

restaurant

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q

Gong-yeonjang 공 연장

A

Theater or Performance hall or venue

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q

Dareun “다른”
Dareun saram hante “다른 사람 한테”

A

Different or other.

Describe not the same or something else, distinct, separate
“다른 사람 한테” (Dareun saram hante), which means “to another person” or “to a different person” in Korean.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q

Beol-sseo 벌 써

A

Already? It’s pronounced pulseo

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q

Yaksogi “약속이”

A

Promise

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q

Jumare “주말에”
Woryoil
Hwayoil
Suyoil
Mog-yoil
Geum-yoil
Toyoil
Iryoil
Jinanju
Ibeonju
Ju
Il

A

On the weekend
Woryoil- monday
Hwayoil- Tuesday
Suyoil- Wednesday
Mog-yoil- Thursday
Geum-yoil- Friday
Toyoil- Saturday
Iryoil- Sunday
Jinanju- last week
Ibeonju- this week
Ju- week
Il- day

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q

Usaneul “우산을”

A

Umbrella

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q

“뭐든” (mwodeun) or
“뭐든지” (mwodeunji).

A

Anything or whatever

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q

Heul 흘

A

to flow, to run, leak or drip (as in leaking pipe)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q

Jigeum kkaji 지금까지

A

Until now” or “so far” to indicate the extent of progress or achievement up to a certain point in time.
1. “지금까지 정말 힘들었어.” (Jigeum kkaji jeongmal himdeureosseo.) - “It’s been really tough until now.”
2. “이 일은 지금까지 제일 어려운 일이었어.” (I ireun jigeumkkaji jeil eoryeoun irieosseo.) - “This has been the most challenging task until now.”
3. “지금까지 했던 일 중에서 이게 제일 재미있었어.” (Jigeumkkaji haetdeon il jungeseo ige jeil jaemiisseosseo.) - “Among the things I’ve done so far, this has been the most enjoyable.”
4. “지금까지 배운 게 정말 많아.” (Jigeumkkaji baeun ge jeongmal mana.) - “I’ve learned a lot up to now.”
5. “지금까지의 노력이 이루어낸 결과야.” (Jigeumkkajiui noryeogi iruoenan gyeolgyeya.) - “This is the result of the efforts made until now.”

  1. “지금까지의 경험이 나를 더 강하게 만들었어.” (Jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomi nareul deo ganghage mandeureosseo.) - “The experiences until now have made me stronger.”
  2. “이 프로젝트는 지금까지의 최고의 성과를 이뤘어.” (I peurojekteuneun jigeumkkajiui choegoui seonggwareul irwosseo.) - “This project has achieved the best results so far.”
  3. “지금까지의 일은 내 인생을 크게 바꿔놨어.” (Jigeumkkajiui ileun nae insaengeul keuge bakkwonwosseo.) - “The things that happened until now have greatly changed my life.”
  4. “이 순간까지도 난 그 일의 의미를 이해하지 못하고 있어.” (I sungankkajido nan geu irui uimireul ihaehaji mothaggo isseo.) - “Even up to this moment, I still don’t understand the meaning of that event.”
  5. “지금까지의 노력이 이제서야 결실을 맺었어.” (Jigeumkkajiui noryeogi ije-seoya gyeolsireul maeosseo.) - “The efforts until now have finally borne fruit.”
  6. “지금까지 쌓아온 지식을 활용해서 새로운 도전에 나설 때가 왔어.” (Jigeumkkaji ssa-aon jisigeul hwalyonghaeseo saeroun dojeone naseol ttaega wasseo.) - “It’s time to utilize the knowledge accumulated until now and embark on new challenges.”
  7. “내일까지 이 일을 끝내야 해, 그런데 지금까지 한 게 별로 없어.” (Naeilkkaji i ireul kkeutnaeya hae, geureonde jigeumkkaji han ge byeollo eopseo.) - “I need to finish this task by tomorrow, but I haven’t done much until now.”
  8. “지금까지의 경험은 내가 더 나아질 수 있도록 도와줬어.” (Jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomeun naega deo naajil su issdorok dowajwosseo.) - “The experiences until now have helped me become a better person.”
  9. “지금까지의 노력이 있었기 때문에 지금 이 자리에 있을 수 있어.” (Jigeumkkajiui noryeogi isseoggi ttaemune jigeum i jarie isseul su isseo.) - “I am in this position now because of the efforts made until now.”
  10. “내가 지금까지 온 길은 힘들었지만 그만한 가치가 있었어.” (Naega jigeumkkaji on gireun himdeureotjiman geumanhan gachiga isseosseo.) - “The path I’ve walked until now has been challenging, but it has been worth it.”

Certainly!

  1. “이렇게 지금까지 와서 느낀 건, 인내와 인내가 미래를 바꾼다는 거야.” (Ireoke jigeumkkaji waseo neukkin geon, innawa innega miraereul bakkun daneun geoya.) - “Coming this far, I’ve realized that patience and perseverance can change the future.”
  2. “내가 이렇게 성공한 것도 지금까지의 노력 덕분이야.” (Naega ireoke seonggonghan geosdo jigeumkkajiui noryeok deokbuniya.) - “The success I’ve achieved is also thanks to the efforts made until now.”
  3. “이렇게 지금까지 쌓아온 경험이 미래의 길을 밝혀 줄 거야.” (Ireoke jigeumkkaji ssa-aon gyeongheomi miraeui gireul balkhyeo jul geoya.) - “The experiences accumulated until now will illuminate the path of the future.”
  4. “이렇게 지금까지의 노력이 물망에 올랐어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui noryeogi mulmange ollwasseo.) - “The efforts made until now have finally paid off.”
  5. “이렇게 지금까지의 시련을 이겨내면 더 강해질 수 있어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui siryeoneul igyeonaemyeon deo ganghaejil su isseo.) - “Overcoming trials like this will make me stronger as I go forward.”
  6. “이렇게 지금까지 쌓아온 지식은 미래의 발전에 기여할 것이다.” (Ireoke jigeumkkaji ssa-aon jisigeun miraeui baljeone giyohal geosida.) - “The knowledge accumulated until now will contribute to the development of the future.”
  7. “내일까지 이 프로젝트를 완료해야 하는데, 이렇게 지금까지의 진척이 꼭 필요해.” (Naeilkkaji i peurojekteureul wanryohaeya haneunde, ireoke jigeumkkajiui jincheogi kkok pillyohae.) - “I need progress like this until now to complete the project by tomorrow.”
  8. “이렇게 지금까지의 노력을 인정받아 기쁨을 느낄 수 있어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui noryeogeul injeongbada gibbeumeul neukkil su isseo.) - “Being recognized for the efforts made until now brings joy.”
  9. “이렇게 지금까지 해온 것이 내 성장에 큰 영향을 미쳤어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkaji haenon geosi nae seongjange keun yeonghyangeul michyeosseo.) - “What I have done until now has had a significant impact on my growth.”
  10. “이렇게 지금까지의 경험을 토대로 미래를 계획하고 있어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomeul todaero miraereul gyehoeghago isseo.) - “Based on the experiences until now, I am planning for the future.”
  11. “이렇게 지금까지의 힘든 순간도 소중한 경험이었어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui himdeun sungando sojunghan gyeongheimeosseo.) - “Even these difficult moments until now have been valuable experiences.”
  12. “이렇게 지금까지의 성과를 놓치지 않기 위해 계속 노력할 거야.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui seonggwareul nohchiji anhgi wihae gyesok noryeokhal geoya.) - “To not miss out on the achievements until now, I will keep putting in effort.”
  13. “이렇게 지금까지의 일들이 나를 더 강하게 만들어 가고 있어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui ildeuri nareul deo ganghage mandeureo gago isseo.) - “The things that have happened until now are making me stronger.”
  14. “이렇게 지금까지의 경험을 통해 새로운 가능성을 열어보고 싶어.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomeul tonghae saeroun ganeungseongeul yeoreobogo sip-eo.) - “Through the experiences until now, I want to explore new possibilities.”
  15. “이렇게 지금까지의 노력을 토대로 미래에 대한 계획을 세워 보려고 해.” (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui noryeogeul todaero mirae-e daehan gyehoeg-e sewo boryeogo hae.) - “I am planning for the future based on the efforts made until now.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q

Neumo jal haesseo
(늦어도 잘 했어) .

A

You did very well” or “You did a great job” It’s a compliment used to praise someone for their good performance or accomplishment. Pronunciation here is “deutmo chariseo”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q

Sugoesso

A

It was good” or “It was nice” It is a past tense statement expressing satisfaction or approval with something that happened or was experienced in the past.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q

Ani geuna

A

No way or seriously!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q

Jaemi keotta
Jaemi isseune
Jaemi isseo

A

It was fun” or “It was enjoyable” It’s a statement used to express that something was entertaining or enjoyable in the past.

  1. “재미 있네” (jaemi isseune)
  2. “재미 있어” (jaemi isseo)

These phrases mean “It’s interesting” or “It’s fun.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q

컸다 Keotta
“키가 큰” (kiga keun)
높이가 …인 (nop-iga…in)
고층 (gocheung)

A

Keotta- To be big, to grow
It is the past tense form of the verb “keuda” (크다), which means “to be big” or “to grow big.”
Kiga keun- Tall
to describe people or animals. example, 키가 큰 남자 (kiga keun namja) “a tall man”.
높이가 …인 (nop-iga …in): used to specify the exact measurement of something. For example, 높이가 2미터인 나무 (nop-iga 2miteoin namu) “a tree that is 2 meters tall”.
고층 (gocheung) “high-rise” and is used to describe buildings or structures that have many floors. , 고층 빌딩 (gocheung bilding) means “a high-rise building”.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q

“너무 잤다” “Neomu jameotda”

A

I slept too much or “Overslept.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q

“너무 알아요” “Neomu arayo”

A

I know too” or “I know it very well” express agreement or acknowledgment of something that has been said.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q

“Piryowayo” (필요해요)

A

Do you need?” or “Is it necessary?”
“I need it” or “I need something

It is a polite way of inquiring about someone’s need or requirement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q

Nugu mannayo” (누구 만나요)
Nugu mannal geoyeyo” (누구 만날 거예요)
Nugu manaseo” (누구 만나서)

A

Nugu mannayo- This is a polite way to ask “Who are you meeting?” or “Whom are you meeting?”

Nugu mannal geoyeyo “Who will you meet?” or “Whom will you meet?” future tense question about meeting someone.

Nugu manaseo” “after meeting someone, who… something that happened after meeting a specific person.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q

“Nugu manaseo” (누구 만나서) .
“Nugu Manasseoyo” (누구 만났어요)

A

Nugu manaseo- who did you meet? a phrase used to describe an action that occurs after meeting someone specific.

Nugu Manasseoyo- who did you meet? past tense and is more commonly used in polite or formal speech to state that the meeting has already occurred.

they both serve different purposes related to the timing and context of the meeting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q

Ingiga

A

Popularity or level of popularity

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q

Noraeneun

A

Regarding the song, as for the song

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q

Noraedeul

A

Refers to multiple songs. Plural form of norae

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q

Geurese
Majayo
Masimnida

A

Like that. In that way. Yeah or that’s right.
The phrases “그렇다” (geureosda) and “맞아요” (majayo) serve different purposes in Korean:

  1. 그렇다 (geureosda):
    • Meaning: “그렇다” (geureosda) translates to “that’s right” or “it is so” in English. It is used to affirm or agree with a statement or assertion made by someone else.
    • Example: “네, 그렇습니다” (Yes, that’s right).
  2. 맞아요 (majayo):
    • Meaning: “맞아요” (majayo) also means “that’s right” or “it is so.” It is used similarly to “그렇다” (geureosda) to affirm or agree with something.
    • Example: “네, 맞아요” (Yes, that’s right).

In essence, both “그렇다” (geureosda) and “맞아요” (majayo) are used to acknowledge or confirm the correctness of a statement or situation. The choice between them often depends on personal preference or the context of the conversation.
The phrase “맞습니다” (masimnida) is another way to express agreement or confirmation in Korean. It is a formal form of “맞아요” (majayo) and “그렇다” (geureosda).

  • 맞습니다 (masimnida):
    • Meaning: “맞습니다” (masimnida) translates to “that’s correct” or “it is so” in English. It is a polite and formal way to affirm or agree with a statement or assertion made by someone else.
    • Example: “네, 맞습니다” (Yes, that’s correct).

Like “맞아요” (majayo), “맞습니다” (masimnida) is used to acknowledge the correctness of a statement or situation, but it is more formal and polite, suitable for use in professional or formal settings.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q

Ara sinikka”아라 신이가”
Ara gaetta” (알아 갔다)

A

Okay if you say so. Okay if that’s the case. In Kdrama they just simply say “Okay”
the phrase (ara sinikka) is often used as a casual and colloquial way to express agreement or acceptance, similar to saying “Okay” or “Alright” in English. It’s a shortened and simplified version of expressing agreement.
“Ara gaetta” (알아 갔다) in Korean can be translated as “I see, I got it” or “I understand now” in English. It’s a colloquial expression used to acknowledge understanding or comprehension of something that has been explained or communicated.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q

“신다니까” (sindanikka)
Sinda and Nikka= Sinikka

A

Sinda- to believe or trust
Nikka- since or because
Together they mean agreement or acceptance
“신다니까” (sindanikka) “Because you believe” or “Since you believe,” not “Because I believe.” It’s a construction where “신다” (sinda), meaning “to believe,” is combined with “니까” (nikka), which is a conjunction meaning “because” or “since.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q

“그러니까요” Geureonikkayo

A

(geureonikkayo) “so” or “therefore” It’s often used to introduce a conclusion or a result based on preceding information or to provide an explanation.
I know
That’s why
So..
Sense that you understood their point or reason.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q

“아무래 그래도” (amurae geuraedo)

A

even so or nevertheless. Even still
translates to “Anyway, nevertheless” or “Regardless, nonetheless” in English. It’s used to indicate that despite what was said or done previously, the speaker is proceeding with their point or action.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q

Pul su deudieo

A

Can finally do or able to do at last
Pul su- can do or able to do
Deudieo or machimnae- finally, sense of happening at last after awhile

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q

Sugeo isseo or sugeo isseoyo

A

“You made the right decision” or “You did well. It’s a phrase used to praise someone for making a good decision or taking appropriate action.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q

Teukbyeolhan or Ddayeonhan

A

Special or Unique

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

“함벅 가기” Hambeok gagi

A

Approaching an obstacle or challenge.
“going to the wall” or “heading towards the wall.” could be a specific location or a metaphorical reference to a wall-like structure or barrier. “
“함벅 가기” (hambeok gagi) in Korean doesn’t have a direct translation into English. “함벅” (hambeok) is an onomatopoeic word describing a feeling of something being moist or soggy. “가기” (gagi) means “to go” or “going.” So, “함벅 가기” (hambeok gagi) could roughly translate to “going with a damp feeling” or “going in a moist manner,” but the exact meaning would depend on the context in which it’s used. If you have more context or a specific situation in mind, please provide it, and I can offer a more accurate translation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

Hamkke gayo

A

Let’s go together
Hamkke- together or with

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

“필요해요” (pilyohaeyo)

A

I need” or “it is necessary”. It expresses a requirement or necessity for something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

Bangapseumnida
Bangawo

A

Nice to see everyone or you. Nice to meet you or everyone
Modern way- Mannaseo bangawoyo

  1. “반갑습니다” (bangapseumnida): This is a formal and polite Korean greeting that translates to “Nice to meet you” in English. It’s used in formal situations or when addressing someone in a respectful manner.
  2. “반갑다” (bangapseuda): This is the informal and casual version of the greeting “Nice to meet you” in Korean. It’s used when speaking to someone who is of a similar age or social status in a casual setting.
  3. “반갑어요” (bangapseoyo): This is another informal and polite version of the greeting “Nice to meet you” in Korean. It’s used in casual settings but still maintains a polite tone.
  4. “반갑지 않아요” (bangapji anhayo): This phrase translates to “Not nice to meet you” or “I’m not glad to meet you” in English. It’s used to express the opposite sentiment of “Nice to meet you” and is typically used in situations where someone is not happy to meet someone else.

In an informal way to a friend, you can say “반가워” (bangawo), which means “nice to meet you” or “glad to see you.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Hyeonjae eoyo

A

It’s currently here” or “It’s here now.” It’s used to indicate the present location or existence of something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

.
“그래가 없어” (geuraega eobseo)

A

I can’t believe or it can’t be. An expression used to convey disbelief or astonishment “That’s not it” or “That’s not the case.” It’s used to indicate a situation where something is not as expected or not as previously thought.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

Yeonghwa-il

A

Movie

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

Sasil (사실)
Sasil yeupuda (사실 예쁘다)

A

Sasil- “fact” or “truth.” It is often used to indicate something that is true or real.
2. “Sasil” (사실):
- “Sasil” is an adverb used to indicate truth, fact, or reality. It can be translated as “actually,” “in fact,” or “truthfully” in English.
- Example: “사실, 그는 매우 친절해요.”“Sasil, geuneun maeu chinjeolhaeyo. (Actually, he is very kind.)
A Korean word that can convey the meanings of “honestly,” “in fact,” “really,” or “indeed” is “사실” (sasil). It’s an adverb used to emphasize the truthfulness or sincerity of a statement. Here are some examples of how it can be used:

  1. 사실 그것은 잘못했어요. (Sasil geugeoseun jalmoshaesseoyo.) - Honestly, I did it wrong.
  2. 사실은 그것이 맞아요. (Sasireun geugeosi majayo.) - In fact, that’s correct.
  3. 사실, 나는 그렇게 생각하지 않아요. (Sasil, naneun geureohge saenggakaji anhaseoyo.) - Honestly, I don’t think so.
  4. 그것은 사실이에요. (Geugeoseun sasirieyo.) - That’s really true.
    Geugeoseun and Geugeosi both mean “that is or it is”

In each of these examples, “사실” (sasil) is used to emphasize the sincerity, truthfulness, or reality of the statement

Sasil yeupuda “truthfully beautiful” or “actually beautiful”
The phrase “와 사실 예쁘다!” (Wa sasil yeppeuda!) in Korean means “Wow, it’s really beautiful!” in English. It’s used to express admiration or appreciation for something that is visually appealing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Gameyeon

A

If it’s so” or “if that’s the case.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

“타면” (tamyeon)

A

“if you ride” or “when you ride.” It is a conditional form of the verb “타다” (tada), which means “to ride.” This form is used to express a condition or situation that occurs when someone rides something, such as a vehicle or an animal.
“타면” (tamyeon) primarily means “if you ride” or “when you ride,” it can also be used in a conditional sense to mean “if it’s different” or “if it’s otherwise” depending on the context. In certain contexts, it can convey the meaning of “if it’s other than what was just mentioned” or “if it’s in a different situation.” So, yes, “타면” (tamyeon) can carry the additional meaning of “if it’s different” or “if it’s otherwise” in specific contexts. Thank you for bringing this to my attention.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

“뭐라 내?” (mwola nae) and “몰라 내?” (molla nae)

A

What did you say? What are you saying?
“뭐라 내?” (mwola nae) and “몰라 내?” (molla nae) both informal ways of saying “What did you say?” or “What?” when asking someone to repeat what they said. The difference lies in the level of certainty:

  • “뭐라 내?” (mwola nae): This can be translated as “What did you say?” or “What?” and implies that the speaker didn’t quite catch or understand what was said and is seeking clarification.
  • “몰라 내?” (molla nae): This can also be translated as “What did you say?” or “What?” but adds the speaker’s uncertainty about what was said. It can imply that the speaker didn’t hear or understand clearly and is expressing uncertainty or confusion.

Both phrases are informal and used in casual conversations among friends or peers.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

“아름다운” (areumdaun)

A

Beautiful or lovely
in Korean means “beautiful” in English. It is an adjective used to describe something that is visually pleasing or aesthetically attractive.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

Ibeon

A

This time or this instance

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

Hoksi

A

Perhaps or maybe

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

Dega Honja

A

Doing it alone or by oneself

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

Halsillae yo

A

Would you like to? or do you want to?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

“어떻게지” (eotteokaji) and
“어떻게지” (eotteokajji)
“어떻게 해지?” (eotteokae haji?) or
“어떻게 되지?” (eotteokae doji?),

A

What should we do? How should we do it?
“어떻게지” (eotteokaji) and “어떻게지” (eotteokajji) are variations of the same phrase in Korean, but they have slightly different meanings and uses:

  1. “어떻게지” (eotteokaji): This phrase is used to ask “How is it?” or “How is that?” in Korean. It is a casual form of the question “어떻게 해지?” (eotteokae haji?) or “어떻게 되지?” (eotteokae doji?), both of which mean “What should I/we do?” or “What will happen?” depending on the context.
  2. “어떻게지” (eotteokajji): This phrase is also used to ask “How is it?” or “How is that?” but with a slightly different nuance. It can be used to express doubt or uncertainty about a situation or outcome, similar to saying “I wonder how it is” or “I wonder what’s going on.” It’s a more tentative or speculative form of the question.

In summary, both phrases are used to ask “How is it?” but “어떻게지” (eotteokajji) carries a bit more uncertainty or speculation compared to “어떻게지” (eotteokaji). The choice between them depends on the context and the speaker’s intention.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

Eotteokeyo”어떻게요”
“Eotteonga gataeyo” (어떤가요)

A

What should we/I do?
“어떻게요” (eotteokeyo) is another variation of the phrase “어떻게” (eotteoke) in Korean, which means “how” or “in what way.” It is a polite and formal way of asking “How is it?” or “What is it like?”

Here’s how they compare:

  1. “어떻게요” (eotteokeyo): This is the polite and formal way of asking “How is it?” or “What is it like?” in Korean. It is commonly used in formal situations or when speaking to someone in a polite manner.
  2. “어떻게지” (eotteokajji) or “어떻게지” (eotteokaji): These are casual and slightly informal ways of asking “How is it?” or “How is that?” in Korean. They can be used in casual conversations among friends or peers.

In summary, “어떻게요” (eotteokeyo) is polite and formal, while “어떻게지” (eotteokajji) or “어떻게지” (eotteokaji) are more casual and informal. The choice between them depends on the level of formality and the context of the conversation.
“Eotteonga gataeyo” (어떤가요) in Korean translates to “How is it?” or “What do you think?” in English. It’s a question asking for someone’s opinion or assessment of a situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

“한 번” (han beon)

A

One time or once
“한 번” (han beon) in Korean means “once” or “one time” in English. It is used to indicate a single occurrence or instance of something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

Mwolae

A

What are you saying? What is that?
“Mwolae” is a casual way of saying “What’s that?” or “What’s this?” in Korean. It’s often used when someone is curious about or confused about something they’ve seen or heard. It’s an informal expression commonly used in everyday conversations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

Hallae “할래”

A

Will you (do something) do you want to (do something)

“할래” (hallae) in Korean is a casual way of saying “Do you want to?” or “Shall we?” It’s often used when making suggestions or inviting someone to do something together in a friendly and informal context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

Nolleo gallae “놀러 갈래?”

A

Do you want to go play? Shall we go play

“놀러 갈래?” in Korean translates to “Do you want to go out/have fun?” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

“Wae an ga?” (왜 안 가?)

A

Why aren’t you going?

“Wae an ga?” (왜 안 가?) in Korean translates to “Why aren’t you going?” in English. It’s a question asking for the reason why someone is not going or doing something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

Uri chingu hallae “우리 친구 할래?”

A

Do you want to be friends?

“우리 친구 할래?” (Uri chingu hallae?) in Korean translates to “Do you want to be our friend?” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

“몰라” (molla)

A

I don’t know

“몰라” (molla) in Korean means “I don’t know” in English. It’s a simple and straightforward way of expressing lack of knowledge or uncertainty about something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

“Iranikka” (이란이까)

A

Is that so? Is it
“Iranikka” (이란이까) in Korean means “Is it so?” or “Is that right?” in English. It’s used to confirm or verify information that has been stated or implied.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

Chingu aneunde “친구 있는데”

A

I have a friend. I know a friend

“친구 있는데” (Chingu aneunde) in Korean translates to “I have a friend, but…” in English. This phrase is often used to introduce a statement or situation where the speaker has a friend, but there may be some additional context or complication that they want to discuss.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

Ah bullah “아, 불아”

A

Oh come one. Oh no. An expression

Ah, I see. Thank you for the clarification. “아, 불아” (Ah, bullah) is a colloquial expression in Korean that can be interpreted as “Oh, come on!” or “Oh, no!” in English, depending on the context and tone of the speaker. It’s used to express frustration, disappointment, or disbelief in a casual conversation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

Eottae? “어떻게”
(eottaeyo) “어떻게요?”

A

How is it? What do you think?

“어떻게” (eottae) in Korean means “how” or “in what way” in English. It’s often used to inquire about a method, manner, or condition. It can also be used as a standalone expression to ask “What’s wrong?” or “What’s the matter?” depending on the context.

“어떻게요?” (eottaeyo) in Korean translates to “How are you?” or “How is it?” in English. It’s a polite and formal way of asking about someone’s well-being or the state of something.

“사과를 어떻게요?” (Sagwareul eottaeyo?) in Korean can also translate to “What about the apple?” or “How about the apple?” in English, depending on the context. It’s a versatile phrase that can be used to inquire about the condition, quality, or preference regarding the apple.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

Dodeo or “되어” (doeeo)

A

To become or to be

“되어” (doeeo) in Korean. It is the passive form of the verb “되다” (doeda), which means “to become” or “to be done.” It is used to indicate that something is being or has been done by someone or something else.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

(Ireon gayo)”이런 거야” and
(Ireon geoyeyo)”이런 거예요”

A

This is it. It’s like this

Both “이런 거예요” (Ireon geoyeyo) and “이런 거야” (Ireon gayo) essentially convey the same meaning in Korean, which is “It’s like this” or “This is how it is” in English.

The difference lies in the level of formality and tone:
- “이런 거예요” (Ireon geoyeyo) is the more formal and polite way of saying it.
- “이런 거야” (Ireon gayo) is the more informal and casual way of saying it.

So, the choice between them depends on the context and the level of formality or familiarity with the listener.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

“Ireoke” (이렇게)

A

In this way. Like this

“Ireoke” (이렇게) in Korean translates to “like this” or “in this way” in English. It’s used to describe or indicate a manner or condition.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using the word “이렇게” (ireoke) in Korean:

  1. 이렇게 해 보세요. (Ireoke hae boseyo.) - “Try it like this.”
    Hada- to do, boda- to see
  2. 이렇게 맛있는 음식을 오랜만에 먹어서 기뻐요. (Ireoke masinneun eumsigeul oraenmane meogeoseo gibbeoyo.) - “I’m happy to eat such delicious food after a long time.” Gippeuda- to be happy or glad
  3. 이렇게 일찍 일어나면 피곤해요. (Ireoke iljjik ireonamyeon pigonhaeyo.) - “I get tired when I wake up this early.”
    iljjik-early, ireonada-to wake up, myeon-if or when
  4. 이렇게 큰 고기를 구울 때는 오래 기다려야 해요. (Ireoke keun gogireul guul ttaeneun orae kidaryeoya haeyo.) - “You have to wait a long time when grilling such a big piece of meat.” Gogi-meat, guul-grill, orae- long time, kidarida-wait,ttaeneun- connector when or whenever, doeda-to wait
  5. 이렇게 늦게까지 일하면 몸이 피곤해져요. (Ireoke neutgekkaji ilhamyeon momi pigonhaejyeoyo.) - “Your body gets tired when you work this late.”
    Momi- body & neutgekkaji-this late or until late
  6. Like This: Used to indicate the way something is done or the current state.
    • Example: 이렇게 해 보세요. (Ireoke hae boseyo.) - Try it like this.
  7. In This Way: Describing a particular method or manner.
    • Example: 이렇게 말하면 이해가 빠릅니다. (Ireoke malhamyeon ihaega pparibnida.) - If you say it like this, it’s easier to understand.
  8. So Much, This Much: Used to express a considerable amount or degree.
    • Example: 이렇게 많이 먹을 수 있어요. (Ireoke mani meogeul su isseoyo.) - You can eat this much.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

(Gass-eoyo)”갔어요”
(Galyeoyo) “가려요”

A
  1. Past tense: “갔어요” (gass-eoyo) - “went” I did go”
  2. Present/future tense: “가려요” (galyeoyo) - “will go” or “going” I will go”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

“Meukjagu” (먹자구)

A

Let’s eat

“Meukjagu” (먹자구) is a colloquial and informal expression in Korean that is derived from the verb “먹다” (meokda), which means “to eat.” The suffix “-자” (-ja) is added to the verb stem to form the casual imperative form, which is used to suggest or invite someone to do something together. In this case, “먹자” (meokja) means “let’s eat.” The ending “-구” (-gu) is often added for emphasis or casual tone, so “먹자구” (meukjagu) can be translated as “Let’s eat!” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

Dalsi damyeon”달시다면”

A

(dalsi damyeon) “if it’s sweet” or “if it’s delicious” in English. The word “달시다” (dalsida) is derived from the adjective “달다” (dalda), which means “to be sweet” or “to be delicious.” The suffix “-면” (myeon) is added to indicate a conditional form, similar to “if” in English. So, “달시다면” (dalsi damyeon) is used to express a condition or hypothesis related to sweetness or deliciousness.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

(dulgada)”둘가다”
Dulga “둘가”

A

Together or along with

“둘” (dul) means “two” in Korean, and “가” (ga) is a particle indicating the subject marker, “둘가” (dulga) is used to mean “both” or “the two.” When “둘가” (dulga) is combined with “다” (da), the casual declarative ending, it becomes “둘가다” (dulgada), which means “together” or “along with” in Korean. So, “둘가다” (dulgada) can indeed be interpreted as “together” or “along with.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

(Nuga gagi) “누가 가기”

A

“Who is going?” but it could also be understood as “Who goes?” or “Who is supposed to go?” depending on the situation. Context is key in understanding the precise meaning.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

(Sip-eunde)”십은데”
(Sip-eunde-yo) “십은데요”

A

“even though” or “although” used to indicate a concession or contrast between two clauses in a sentence.
“십은데” (Sip-eunde) in Korean could be a shortened or informal way of saying (Sip-eunde-yo), which means “but, however” It’s often used in casual conversation to introduce a contrasting statement or to express a change of topic.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

(Hamgge nuga)”함께 누가”

A

(Hamgge nuga) “together with whom”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

(gaetta), “갔다”(getda)”갔다” , and (gatda) “갔다”

A

all represent the past tense form of the verb “가다” (gada), which means “to go” or “went” in English. The variations in spelling arise from different Romanization systems used to represent Korean sounds using the English alphabet. Despite the different spellings, they all convey the same meaning in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

Mwo itjiman “뭐 잊지만”

A

(Mwo itjiman) in Korean translates to “But what about…” or “But what if…” in English. It’s a phrase used to introduce a new topic or suggest an alternative perspective in a conversation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

“뭐래 일이야?” (Mworaeyo ileoya?)

A

What happened? What’s going on?

in Korean translates to “What’s the matter?” or “What’s going on?” in English. It’s a question used to inquire about a situation or problem.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

(Saram ante)”사람 안” and
(Saram eopda) “사람 없다”

A

There’s no one it’s empty

“사람 안” (Saram ante) and “사람 없다” (Saram eopda) have different meanings in Korean:

  1. “사람 안” (Saram ante): This phrase does not make grammatical sense in Korean. “안” (ante) means “inside” or “within,” and “사람” (saram) means “person.” Therefore, “사람 안” (Saram ante) would translate to something like “inside the person,” which is not a coherent expression.
  2. “사람 없다” (Saram eopda): This phrase means “There is no one” in Korean. “없다” (eopda) means “to not exist” or “to be absent,” and “사람” (saram) means “person.” So, “사람 없다” (Saram eopda) accurately conveys the idea of “There is no one” or “There are no people.”

In summary, “사람 없다” (Saram eopda) is the correct expression for “There is no one” in Korean, while “사람 안” (Saram ante) does not have a meaningful interpretation in Korean.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

Geureomanen “그러말았네”

A

Just like that. Only like that.

“그러말았네” (Geureomanen) in Korean does mean “Just like that” or “Only like that.” Thank you for your patience, and I apologize for any misunderstanding caused by the incorrect information in my previous response.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

Nugu wae isseo? “누구 왜 있어?”

A

Why is someone here? Why is somebody here? Why you here?

“누구 왜 있어?” (Nugu wae isseo?) in “Who’s there? Why are you here?” in English. It’s a question asking about the identity and purpose of someone’s presence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

Gaya-ji “가야지”

A

“가야지” (Gaya-ji) in Korean is a phrase that translates to “I should go” or “I have to go” in English. It’s commonly used to express the speaker’s intention or obligation to leave or go somewhere.

“지” (ji) is a sentence-ending particle used to indicate intention or determination.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

“머가” (meoga)

A

“what is” or “what’s”
(meoga) is a colloquial and shortened form of “뭐가” (mwoga) It’s commonly used in casual conversation to ask “What is” or “What’s.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

“가마” (gama)

A

furnace” or “kiln.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

“배” “bae

A

boat” or “ship.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

(I go)ㅣ고”
(hago)“하고”

A

And or while

In Korean, “이고” (igo) does not mean “I go.” It is a conjunction used to connect two nouns or noun phrases, and it translates to “and” or “as well as” in English. It is similar to the English conjunction “and” but is used in specific contexts to link related items or ideas. For example:

  • 사과이고 바나나이고 딸기를 좋아해요. (Sagwai-go banana-igo ttalgi-reul johahaeyo.) - “I like apples, bananas, and strawberries.”
    “재미있고” (jaemi-go) in Korean is a conjunction that means “and interesting” or “and enjoyable” in English. It is formed by combining the adjective “재미있다” (jaemi-issda), which means “to be interesting” or “to be enjoyable,” with the conjunction “고” (go), which means “and.” So, “재미있고” (jaemi-go) is used to connect two adjectives or describe something as both interesting and enjoyable.

“이고” (igo) is used as a conjunction meaning “and,” similar to “하고” (hago). Both “이고” (igo) and “하고” (hago) are conjunctions used to connect nouns or noun phrases in Korean sentences, and they have the same meaning of “and” or “as well as.” So, you can use either “이고” (igo) or “하고” (hago) to convey the same meaning of “and” in this context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

고 “Go”

A

And, while, but, with, to, at
It’s a versatile particle with various meanings

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

sae”새”
(Jega jeil joahaneun saeneun aengmusaeeimnida.)”제가 제일 좋아하는 새는 앵무새입니다.”

A

bird.”

“제가 제일 좋아하는 새는 앵무새입니다.” (Jega jeil joahaneun saeneun aengmusaeeimnida.)

This translates to “My favorite bird is a parrot” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

“gago” “가고”
(Meolli gago sipeoyo)”멀리 가고 싶어요”

A

going” or “to go.”

To say “I want to go far” in Korean, you can say:

“멀리 가고 싶어요” (Meolli gago sipeoyo)
“I want to go far.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

“모사” “mosa”

A

imitation” or “copying.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

“가서” “gaseo”

A

it means “and then” or “so.” To go and

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

소거 (sogeo)

A

removal

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

“나두” “nadu”

A

me too” or “I also”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

“서가” seoga,”

A

bookshelf” or “bookcase

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

“이구” Igu

A

this” or “here.to refer to something that is nearby or within reach.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

“두부” (dubu)

A

tofu

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

“보다” (boda)

A

to see” or “to look.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q

“우비” ubi

A

raincoat

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q

“eseo” (에서)
“Jeoneun undong eseo Busan haeyo” (저는 운동에서 부산 해요)

A

from” or “at

The phrase “Jeoneun undong eseo Busan haeyo” (저는 운동에서 부산 해요) in Korean translates to “I exercise in Busan” or “I do sports in Busan” in English. It indicates that the speaker engages in physical activity or sports in the city of Busan.

A good example of using the word “eseo” (에서) in Korean. It effectively demonstrates the usage of “eseo” to indicate the location where an action takes place, in this case, “undong” (exercise) happening in “Busan.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q

(Geureomyeon)”그러면”

A

“and then” or “after that”

“그러면” (geureomyeon) is the Korean term that means “and then” or “after that” in English. It is used to indicate a sequence of events or actions, similar to “그리고 그 다음에” (geurigo geu daeume) or “그리고 그 후에” (geurigo geu huae) in a more formal context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q

(ama)”아마” and (hoksi)”혹시”

A

“maybe” or “perhaps.”
“아마” (ama) and “혹시” (hoksi) are both adverbs in Korean that express uncertainty or possibility, but they are used in slightly different contexts.

  1. “아마” (ama) typically means “probably” or “perhaps.” It implies a higher degree of confidence or likelihood compared to “혹시” (hoksi).
  2. “혹시” (hoksi) means “perhaps” or “maybe.” It is often used when asking questions or suggesting possibilities in a more tentative or uncertain manner.

In summary, while both words convey a sense of uncertainty or possibility, “아마” (ama) suggests a higher likelihood or probability, while “혹시” (hoksi) is used to express a more tentative or speculative possibility.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q

“안은 즉” (Aneunjeuk)

A

pretending” or “acting like”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q

(Areumdaun)”아름다운”
(Yeppeuda)”예쁘다”

A

beautiful and warm.”

both “아름다운” (areumdaun) and “예쁘다” (yeppeuda) mean “beautiful” or “pretty,” but they are used in slightly different contexts and convey different nuances:

  1. “아름다운” (areumdaun) is used to describe something that is aesthetically beautiful in a more profound or elegant way. It is often used to describe landscapes, artworks, nature, or something that evokes a sense of deep beauty or admiration.
  2. “예쁘다” (yeppeuda) is used to describe something that is visually pleasing or attractive in a more casual or everyday context. It is often used to describe people, objects, or everyday scenes that are charming or cute.

In summary, while both words convey the idea of beauty, “아름다운” (areumdaun) is used for deeper or more profound beauty, while “예쁘다” (yeppeuda) is used for more casual or everyday beauty.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q

“Ani peolo jaemi eobseoyo” (아니 펄롱 재미 없어요)

A

no it’s not that interesting.

“Ani peolo jaemi eobseoyo” (아니 펄롱 재미 없어요) in Korean translates to “No, it’s not fun” or “No, it’s not enjoyable” in English. It’s a way of expressing that something is not entertaining or enjoyable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q

김치는: kim-chi-neun

유명해요: yu-myeong-hae-yo

A

Kimchi is famous

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q

“Jeoneun radioneun an deureoyo, geureon-de podcasteneun deureoyo.” . “저는 라디오는 안 들어요, 그런데 팟캐스트는 들어요.”

A

“I don’t listen to radio, but I listen to podcasts.

Deulda- to listen or hear

Can also be written as:
“저는 라디오는 안 들어요, 그런데 팟캐스트는 들어요.” (Jeoneun radioneun andeoryeowoyo geureon-de podcasteneun deoryeowoyo.)

And it translates to: “I don’t listen to the radio, but I do listen to podcasts.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q

“Jeodo hanguk norae joahaeyo.”저도 한국 노래 좋아해요.”

A

I also like Korean songs.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q

Jigeum mwoeyo “지금 뭐에요?”

A

what are you doing now?
“Jigeum mwoeyo?” and translates to “What is it now?” or “What’s going on now?”

“지금 뭐에요?” (jigeum mwoeyo), the verb is “에요” (eyo). It’s a combination of the verb “이다” (ida), which means “to be,” and the polite sentence-ending suffix “요” (yo).

So, “뭐에요?” (mwoeyo) literally translates to “What is?” or “What is it?” in English, and when combined with “지금” (jigeum) meaning “now” or “currently,” the phrase “지금 뭐에요?” (jigeum mwoeyo) translates to “What is it now?” or “What is it currently?” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q

chingwa bap mogeureoyo(친구와 밥 먹으러요).

A

I’m going to eat with a friend”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q

Sigan eotteo “시간 어떻게?”

A

What time is it or how is the time?

“Sigan eotteo?” and translates to “How is the time?” or “What time is it?” depending on the context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q

Igeon yo-il “이건 요일”

A

This week

“Igeon yo-il” “This is a day of the week” or “This is a weekday” depending on the context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q

Hagin ” (하긴)
Geureon-de “그런데”
Hajiman, 하지만”
Neunde “는데”

A

“그런데” (geureon-de) and “하긴” (hagin) are both conjunctions in Korean, but they serve different purposes and have different meanings:
“but,” “however,” or “meanwhile”
In addition 하지만” (hajiman), “는데” (neunde), and “그런데” (geureon-de) are all used to convey the idea of “but”

  1. “그런데” (geureon-de):
    • “그런데” is used to introduce a new topic or shift the focus of the conversation. It can be translated as “but,” “however,” or “meanwhile” in English.
    • Example: “저는 많이 일했어요. 그런데, 피곤하지 않아요.”Jeoneun mani ilhaesseoyo. Geureonnde, pigonhaji anh-a-yo.”” (I worked a lot. But I’m not tired.)
  2. “하긴” (hagin):
    • “하긴” is used to introduce a contrast or concession in a sentence. It can be translated as “but,” “however,” or “although” in English.
    • Example: “그는 바빠요. 하긴, 항상 바빠요.” “Geuneun bappayo. Hagin, hangsang bappayo.”(He is busy. But then again, he is always busy.)

In summary, while “그런데” (geureon-de) introduces a new topic or shift in the conversation, “하긴” (hagin) introduces a contrast or concession within a sentence.

  1. 하지만 (hajiman):
    • More formal.
    • Often used in written language or formal speech.
    • Stronger contrast.
    Example: 나는 커피를 좋아하지만 차도 마셔. (Naneun keopireul joahajiman chado masheo.)
    (I like coffee, but I also drink tea.)
  2. 는데 (neunde):
    • Neutral and widely used in both spoken and written language.
    • Common in everyday conversations.
    • Less formal than “하지만.”
    Example: 나는 커피를 좋아하는데, 오늘은 차를 마셨어. (Naneun keopireul joahaneunde, oneureun chareul masheosseo.)
    (I like coffee, but today I drank tea.)
  3. 그런데 (geureon-de):
    • Used to introduce a contrasting idea or topic.
    • Can also mean “however” or “by the way.”
    • Used when changing the topic or introducing new information.
    Example: 커피 좀 마셨어? 그런데, 나도 한잔 할래. (Keopi jom masheosseo? Geureon-de, nado hanjan hallae.)
    (Did you have some coffee? By the way, I’d like to have a cup too.)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q

“이해되다” (i-hae-doe-da).

A

makes sense”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q

“하루하루” “haru haru” .

A

everyday” or “day by day”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q

Jal jinaesseoyo” (잘 지내셨어요)

A

Have you been well?” or “How have you been?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q

“다신” “dassin”

A

never again

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q

그러니까 어요” “geureonikka eoyo”

A

so, I know”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q

Eo-seo-o-seyo

A

Please come in or welcome

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

(sillyehamnida)실례합니다” in formal situations or (jamsimanyo)”잠시만요” in informal situations.

A

Excuse me”
politely get someone’s attention or to apologize for interrupting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

“Jeogiyeo” (저기여):
“Yugiyeo” (유기여):
Sillyehabnida 실례합니다.

A

“hey” or “look” in English.
Yugiyeo- here it is..

“Jeogiyeo” (저기여): formal better way to say
“Yugiyeo” (유기여): informal
Sillyehabnida then Gamsahamnida
“Silnyehamnida Gamsahamnida” and translates to “Excuse me. Thank you.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

“정말 축하합니다” (jeongmal chukahamnida)

A

Congratulations” or “Really, congratulations.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

저 돌아왔어요” (jeo dorawaosseoyo) or
“저 돌아왔습니다” (jeodorawaosseumnida).

A

I’m back”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

“Mworeogeotsimida.”“뭐라고 싶다”
“Mworeogosimida.”“뭐라고 싶다”

A

“I want to say something” “Mworeogosimida.” correct romanization should be “Mworago sipda.” to “I want to say something” or “I have something to say”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
202
Q

“뭐라고 했는데요” (Mworeogeotneundeyo)

A

“I didn’t understand what you said” It’s a polite and formal way to express that you didn’t comprehend what was said.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
203
Q

Ige mwoya “이게 뭐야”

A

What is this?
“Ige mwoya” “What is this?” It’s used to inquire about something or express confusion or curiosity about an object or situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
204
Q

츰 Chum
(츰 여기 있어) Chum yeogiyeo

A

Chum- me too or same here
Chum yeogiyeo- Here it is. Im here

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
205
Q

“나 한국말 공부해요” (Na hangungmal gongbuhaeyo)

A

I study Korean language”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
206
Q

“있다” (itda)
“없다” (eopda)

A

(itda) “to exist” or “to be” to have
(eopda) “to not exist” or “to be absent” not to have

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
207
Q

(isseo)”있다” (isseoyo)”있다요” polite
(eopseo)”없다”
(isseosseoyo)”있었어요”

A

(isseo) “to have” or “to exist” “to be”
(eopseo) “to not have” or “to not exist”
The Korean verb “있어요” (isseoyo) means “to exist” or “to be” in English, and it is used in the present tense.

The past tense form of this verb is , which means “existed” or “was.” It indicates that something existed or was in a certain state in the past.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
208
Q

“약속” (yakso)

A

appointment, promise, engagement

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
209
Q

“여자친구” (yeojachingu). Yeochin for short

A

girlfriend

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
210
Q

(Gapjagi)”갑자기”

A

all of a sudden” “unexpectedly” “suddenly”
adverb that translates to “suddenly” or “unexpectedly” in English. It is used to describe an event or action that occurs abruptly or without warning.

  1. 갑자기 비가 내려서 우산을 챙겼어요. (Gapjagi biga naeryeoseo usaneul chaengeosseoyo.)
    • Suddenly, it started raining so I grabbed my umbrella.
  2. 갑자기 전화가 왔는데 누구지? (Gapjagi jeonhwaga wanneunde nuguzi?)
    • I got a sudden phone call, but who could it be?
  3. 그녀는 갑자기 사라졌다. (Geunyeoneun gapjagi sarajyeotda.)
    • She suddenly disappeared.
  4. 갑자기 창문을 열어서 시원한 바람이 들어왔어요. (Gapjagi changmuneul yeoreoseo siwonhan barami deureowasseoyo.)
    • I suddenly opened the window, and a refreshing breeze came in.
  5. 그는 갑자기 키스를 하려고 했지만 나는 당황해서 거부했다. (Geuneun gapjagi kiseureul haryeogo haetjiman naneun danghwanghaeseo geobuhaetda.)
    • He suddenly tried to kiss me, but I was startled and refused.
  6. 갑자기 새로운 아이디어가 떠올라서 회의에 제안했다. (Gapjagi saeroun aideeoga tteoollaro hoeuie jeanhayeotda.)
    • Suddenly, a new idea came to mind, so I proposed it at the meeting.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
211
Q

(deo chingunhage malhaejullae-yo?), “더 친근하게 말해줄래요?”

A

“Would you speak more intimately?” or “Would you speak more casually?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
212
Q

“Ireonnayo?” (이런나요) ?

A

“Is it like this?” or “Is it this way?” used when someone is confirming or seeking clarification about a situation, object, or behavior that seems unusual or unexpected.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
213
Q

“일하다” (ilhada).

A

to work”
It is used to describe the action of engaging in labor or employment.

In Korean, “일” (il) means “work” or “job.” So, when combined with “하다” (hada) which means “to do,” it forms the verb “일하다” (ilhada) meaning “to work” or “to do work.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
214
Q

(Meokda)”먹다”
(Deusida)”드시다” The more formal form
(Siksahada) “식사하다”

A

To eat

“드시다” (deusida) and “식사하다” (siksahada) are different in terms of formality and usage:

  1. “드시다” (deusida):
    • This is the honorific or formal version of the verb “먹다” (meokda), which means “to eat.”
    • It is used to show respect when referring to someone else’s actions, especially when speaking to or about someone of higher social status or in formal situations.
    • Example: “식사를 드셨어요?” (Siksa-reul deusyeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten your meal? (polite form)
  2. “식사하다” (siksahada):
    • This means “to have a meal” or “to eat a meal.”
    • It is a neutral term used in everyday conversation to refer to the act of having a meal, regardless of formality.
    • Example: “식사를 하세요.” (Siksa-reul haseyo.) - Please have a meal. (neutral form)

In summary, “드시다” (deusida) is a formal and respectful way of saying “to eat,” while “식사하다” (siksahada) is a neutral term for “to have a meal.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
215
Q

(siksahada)”식사하다” or
(siksa-reul hada). “식사를 하다”
(bap meokda)”밥 먹다”

A

“To have a meal” “식사하다” (siksa hada) or simply “밥 먹다” (bap meokda), which literally means “to eat rice” but is commonly used to mean “to have a meal” in general.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
216
Q
  • “네” (ne) “
  • “내” (nae)
A

(ne) means “yes,” and “내” (nae) means “my” when referring to something that belongs to oneself.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
217
Q

“저” (je) for “나” (na).
“제” (je) for “내” (nae).
“저희” (jeohui) for “우리” (uri).
내가” (naega) for “i”

A

Na-“i”
Nae- my
Uri- we
Jeoui can be used as my in certain context
내가” (naega) in Korean means “I” or “me” in English. It is a pronoun used to refer to oneself as the subject of a sentence. For example:

  • “내가 학생입니다.” (Naega haksaengimnida.) = “I am a student.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
218
Q

(ireonayo)”이런나요” and
(ireonaeyo)”일어나어요”

A
  1. “이런나요” (ireonayo): This phrase means “Is it like this?” or “Is it this way?” It is used to inquire about the nature, characteristics, or condition of something.
  2. “일어나어요” (ireonaeyo): This phrase is formed from the verb “일어나다” (ireonada), which means “to get up” or “to rise.” When conjugated with “어요” (eyo), it becomes a polite form and means “get up” or “rise.” It is used to politely ask or instruct someone to stand up or get out of bed.

So, “이런나요” (ireonayo) is used to ask about something’s nature or condition, while “일어나어요” (ireonaeyo) is used to politely ask someone to get up.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
219
Q

“나는 한국말 배요” (Naneun hangungmal baeyo): “그런데” (geureon-de)
“내 친구는 영어 배요” (nae chinguguneun yeongho baeyo)

A

I’m learning Korean, but my friend is learning English.”
Geureon-de-“But” or “however.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
220
Q

“나는 한국말 가르쳐요” (Naneun hangungmal chareulsayo):
“그런데” (geureon-de):
“내 친구는 영어 가르쳐요” (nae chinguguneun yeongho chareulsayo):

A

“I’m teaching Korean.”“But” or “however.”“My friend is teaching English.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
221
Q

“그거 좋아해요?” (Geugeo joahaeyo?)

A

Do you like that?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
222
Q

Deo ttagttaghan maeteuriseuga issseubnikka?
“더 땡땡한 매트리스가 있습니까?”

A

Do you have a firmer mattress?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
223
Q

“그대” (geudae)

A

“you.” It’s a more poetic or formal way of addressing someone, often used in songs, poetry, or formal writing

“thou” or “thee” in old-fashioned or poetic language, but it’s more commonly used in Korean.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
224
Q

“저도 한국인입니다” (Jeodo hanguguninimnida)

A

“I am also Korean” Similar to saying “Me too, nado is similar but less formal way

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
225
Q

“저도 한국 노래 좋아해요” (Jeodo hangug norae joahaeyo),

A

“I also like Korean songs”?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
226
Q

“저도 한국 음식 좋아해요” (Jeodo hangug eumsig joahaeyo)

A

“I also like Korean food.” It’s a correct sentence to express that you enjoy Korean cuisine.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
227
Q

That’s correct! “저도 한국 음식도 좋아해요” (Jeodo hangug eumsigdo joahaeyo)

A

I also like Korean food too.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
228
Q

오늘도 우제처럼” (Oneuldo Ujee cheoreom)

A

Today too like yesterday. expressing similarity or comparison to them today as well.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
229
Q

“일 거야” (Il geoya)

A

“It will happen” or “It will be done” in
something is expected to occur or be accomplished in the future.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
230
Q

“내 친구와 바빠요” (Nae chinguwa bappeyo)

A

“My friend and I are busy.”
“Wa” is used as and
“Hago” can also be used as and

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
231
Q

“뭐 지금 해요?” (Mwo jigeum haeyo?)

A

What are you doing now?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
232
Q

“친구하고 전화해요” (Chinguhago jeonhwahaeyo)

A

“I am calling with my friend”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
233
Q

친구와 밥 해요” (Chinguwa bap haeyo)

A

I am eating with my friend”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
234
Q

“나는 친구하고 운동해요” (Naneun chinguhago undonghaeyo)

A

“I exercise with my friend”
Wa and hago can mean and but if there is no noun it becomes “with”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
235
Q

“친구하고 밥 먹어요” (Chinguhago bap meogeoyo)

A

“I eat with my friend” currently having a meal with your friend.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
236
Q

“나 너와 같은 차를 타고” (Na nowa gatchin chareul tago)
“타고” (tago) is a verb

A

“I ride the same car with you”
Tago is from a word tada- means to ride

In the phrase “차를 타고” (chareul tago), “타고” (tago) is a verb that means “to ride” or “to take (a vehicle).” So, “차를 타고” (chareul tago) translates to “ride a car” or “take a car” in English.

the person they are addressing are riding together in the same car.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
237
Q
  1. “자전거를 타고 가요.” (Jajeongeoreul tago gayo.)
  2. “버스를 타고 공항에 갔어요.” (Beoseureul tago gonghange gasseoyo.) -
A
  1. “I go by bicycle.”
  2. “I went to the airport by bus.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
238
Q

“나 너와 같이 커피 마시러 가요” (Na nowa kahji keopi masireo gayo)

A

“I’m going to have coffee with you

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
239
Q

“나 너와 같은 곳을 보고” (Na nowa gatchin goseul bogo

A

“I look at the same place with you”
Gatchin-same Goseul-place

looking at the same location or place together.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
240
Q

“나 나와 같이 같은 곳으로” (Na nawa gachi gatchin goseuro)

A

I with you together heading to the same place or
together with me to the same place.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
241
Q

“그 곳은 천국일 거야” (Geu goseun cheongugil geoya)

A

“That place must be a heaven”

(Geu goseun cheongugil geoya):

  1. “그” (geu) - “that”
  2. “곳은” (goseun) - “place/is” (subject marker)
  3. “천국일” (cheongugil) - “heaven/is” (subject marker)
  4. “거야” (geoya) - “will be” or “is going to be” (informal declarative sentence ending)

So, the sentence translates to “That place is going to be heaven.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
242
Q

“여기가 한국인 일 것이야” (Yeogiga hangukeun il geoya)

A

“This place must be Korea” in English. It implies a strong assumption or conviction that the current location is Korea.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
243
Q

“보통 일” (botong il). Or “보통날” (botongnal),

A

“normal days”
botong- normally or usually

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
244
Q

“Il” (일), “nal” (날), and “haru” (하루)

A
  1. “일” (il):
    • “일” (il) means “day” in a general sense and is often used in formal or written language.
    • It is commonly used in expressions related to time, schedules, and dates.
    • Example: 오늘은 무슨 요일입니까? (What day is it today?)
  2. “날” (nal):
    • “날” (nal) also means “day” and is more commonly used in spoken language or informal contexts.
    • It can refer to a specific day or date, similar to “il.”
    • Example: 내일은 놀기로 했어요. (We decided to play tomorrow.)
  3. “하루” (haru):
    • “하루” (haru) specifically means “a day” or “one day” as a unit of time.
    • It refers to the duration of one complete rotation of the Earth, typically consisting of 24 hours.
    • Example: 하루에 세 끼 식사를 해야 합니다. (You should have three meals a day.)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
245
Q

“안 됐어요” (an deo-eosseoyo)
“안 됐어요” is “안 돼” (an dwae). casual informal

A

“It’s not right” or “It’s not okay”

used to express that something is not acceptable or not going well.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
246
Q

Urineun keun jib-eseo sabnida

A

We live in a big house
Sappnida from sabnida is a polite form of sarayo- mean to live

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
247
Q

“계단” (gyedan)

A

“stairs” or “staircase”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
248
Q

“부엌은 저쪽입니다” (Bueogeun jeojjogimnida)

A

“The kitchen is over there” a polite and formal way to indicate the location of the kitchen.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
249
Q

“침실은 저쪽입니다” (Chimsireun jeojjogimnida) .

A

The bedroom is over there” a polite and formal way to indicate the location of the bedroom

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
250
Q

“문이 열려 있습니다” (Muni yeollyeo isseumnida)

A

“The door is open” . describes the current

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
251
Q

“열쇠를 가지고 있습니다” (Yeolsoereul gajigo isseumnikka)
“열쇠 있어?” (Yeolsoe isseo?)

A

“Do you have the keys?” polite and formal manner
Yeolsoe isseo An informal way to ask “Do you have the keys?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
252
Q

“창문은 닫혀 있습니다” (Changmun-eun dachyeo isseumnida)

“창문이 닫혀 있어.” (Changmun-i dachyeo isseo.)

A

“The window is closed”
Changmun-i dachyeo informal way

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
253
Q

“접시” (jeopsi)

A

plate”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
254
Q

“베개” (begae).

A

Pillow
a cushion or pad used to support the head while sleeping or resting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
255
Q

Badag-i deoreowoyo

A

the floor is dirty

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
256
Q

“첨” (cheom)

A

“a little” or “a bit”
indicate a small amount or degree of something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
257
Q

“지금 뭐해요 바쁘세요?” (Jigeum mwohaeyo bappeyo?)

A

“What are you doing now? Are you busy?”

to ask if someone is busy at the moment.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
258
Q

“한국어 공부는 그렇게 쉽지 않아요” “hangugeo gongbuneun geureohge swipji anayo.”

A

“Studying Korean is not that easy.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
259
Q

“피클볼을 하고 싶어요?” (Pikeulboreul hago sipeoyo?)
“피클볼을 할래?” (Pikeulboreul hallae?)

A

“Do you want to play pickleball?”
In an informal way, you can say Pikeulboreul hallae?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
260
Q

“Il cheoreom” (일처럼)

A

“like this” or “in this way”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
261
Q

“자지 마세요” (jaji maseyo).
“먹지 마세요” (meokji maseyo).
“주세요” (juseyo)

A

“Please don’t sleep,”
“Please don’t eat”
“주세요” (juseyo) is also a polite imperative form, but it is used to make requests or give instructions politely. It comes from the verb “주다” (juda), which means “to give.” Therefore, “주세요” (juseyo) is used when asking for something or giving instructions politely, whereas “마세요” (maseyo) is used to express a polite request or command to refrain from doing something. In the context of “먹지 마세요” (meokji maseyo), it specifically means “Please don’t eat,” indicating a request or command to refrain from eating.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
262
Q

“드디어” (deudieo)
“드디어 4단계에요” (deudieo 4 dangye-eyo).

A

“finally” or “at last”
“finally in level 4”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
263
Q

“뭐 사용해?” (mwo sayonghae?) informal or
“무엇을 사용하십니까?” (mueoseul sayonghasimnikka?) for a polite

A

“What do you use” or “What are you using”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
264
Q

“한국어를 배우는 것은 좋지만 새로운 언어를 배우는 것은 쉽지 않아요” (han-guk-eo-reul bae-u-neun geot-eun jo-chi-man sae-ro-un eon-eo-reul bae-u-neun geot-eun swip-ji an-a-yo)

A

“I like learning Korean but learning a new language is not easy”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
265
Q

“Hangukmal Eotteohke Gongbuhaeyo”
한국어 어떻게 공부하세요?

A

How do you study Korean?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
266
Q

“저는 드라마를 보고 그리고 에센셜 한국말 들어요” (Jeoneun deuramareul bogo geurigo eseonseol hangukmal deureoyo)

A

“I watch dramas and listen to essential Korean language.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
267
Q

“저는 드라마 봐요” (Jeoneun deurama bwayo)

A

“I watch dramas.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
268
Q

Jeoneun deurama bwayo geurigo eseonseol hangukmal Podcaster deureoyo
“저는 드라마 봐요 그리고 에센셜 한국말 팟캐스트 들어요.”

A

“I watch dramas and listen to Essential Korean podcasts.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
269
Q

Jeoneun deurama bogo eseonseol hangukmal Podcaster Deureoyo

A

“I watch dramas and listen to Essential Korean Podcasts.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
270
Q

“Jeoneun eseonseol Podcaster deureoyo, gongbu chingu hago eonsiphaeyo.”

A

“I listen to essential podcasts and study with a buddy.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
271
Q

“Jeoneun gongbu chingu hago yeonsupeu hago hanguk chingudeul hante imeil-eul seugo chingudeul hago munjadeuldo haeyo.”
“저는 공부 친구하고 연습하고 한국 친구들한테 이메일을 보고 친구들하고 문자들도 해요.”

A

“I practice with study buddies, write emails to Korean friends, and also exchange messages with friends.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
272
Q

“Ireon igeo il geoya”

A

“This is the way it should be” or “This is how it should be.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
273
Q

Nuga narang. “누가 나랑”

A

“Who is with me?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
274
Q

Yeolsimhi
“열심히”

A

“diligently” or “earnestly”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
275
Q

“태나지” “Taenaji.”

A

Sure thing, you bet, absolutely

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
276
Q

“Geureonga” (그런가)

A

“maybe” or “perhaps”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
277
Q

“Iyagineun” (이야기는)

A

the story” or “the conversation”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
278
Q

“Geuraedo” (그래도)

A

“nevertheless” or “even so”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
279
Q

“Ibeon” (이번) vs. “igeon” (이건)

A

“ibeon” specifically refers to “this time,” as in “this occasion” or “this instance,”

“igeon” is a more general term for “this thing” or “this object.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
280
Q

누구 (nugu)
뭐 (mwo)
언제 (eonje)
어디 (eodi)

A

Who: 누구 (nugu)
What: 뭐 (mwo)
When: 언제 (eonje)
Where: 어디 (eodi)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
281
Q

“Igeo bollae” vs. Igeo bollae-yo

A

“See this” look at this
Please look at this, or im showing you this. To pay attention on something

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
282
Q

“방관에서 판거와요.”
“Banggwane-seo pangeo-wa-yo.” .”

A

“I’ll step out of the room

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
283
Q

“만나서 반가워요” (mannaseo bangawoyo).
“반갑습니다” (bangapseumnida)

A

“nice to meet you”
The phrase “반갑습니다” (bangapseumnida) is used to say “nice to meet you” formal way

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
284
Q

“곧 다시 만나요” (got dasi mannayo).

A

“see you again soon”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
285
Q

“Gwansimi” (관심이)

A

“interest” or “concern”

attention or care given to something or someone.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
286
Q

몰라 (molla)

몰라요 (mollayo)

모르겠어요 (moreugesseoyo)

모릅니다 (moreumnida)

A

(molla): casual and informal “I don’t know”. used with close friends or people younger than you.

(mollayo): polite and standard way to say “I don’t know”. used in most situations with people you are not close with or older than you.

(moreugesseoyo) another polite way “I don’t know” or “I’m not sure”. A bit softer and more uncertain than mollayo

(moreumnida) most formal and respectful way to say “I don’t know”. used in formal situations or when you want to show extra respect to the listener.
“Moreugesseo” (모르겠어) is the informal way of saying “I don’t know” in Korean, while “moreugasseo” (모르겠어) is the past tense form of it, meaning “I didn’t know.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
287
Q

Araseo aratago”알았어 알았어”

A

“I got it, I got it” to emphasize that “i got it” could also mean “ok i got”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
288
Q

“isang hani” (이상하니)

A

“this is strange” or “this is odd”

convey a sense of something being unusual or out of the ordinary.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
289
Q

“Eotteohke” (어떻게)

A

translates to “how” or “in what way” in English. So, “Eotteohke” can be interpreted as “How?” or “In what way?” In the context of your question “What do we do?” it could be translated as “How do we proceed?” or “What should we do?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
290
Q

“Oneul gabjagi” (오늘 갑자기)-
Gabjagi wae

A

But today, all of the sudden.
“Oneul gapjagi” (오늘 갑자기) in Korean translates to “suddenly today” or “unexpectedly today” in English. It’s used to describe something that happened suddenly or unexpectedly on the current day.
The spelling and translation are mostly correct. “Gabjagi wae” (갑자기 왜) translates to “Why suddenly?” or “Why all of a sudden?” It’s a common expression used to inquire about the unexpectedness of a situation. So, yes, the spelling and translation are accurate.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
291
Q

“Seolma” (설마)

A

“no way” or “surely not expression used to convey disbelief or surprise at something unexpected or unlikely.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
292
Q

Amuraedo
Bogieneun
cheoreom boyeo
Amuraedo biga ol geot gatayo
Geuneun haksaengcheoreom boyeoyo
Amuteun
Eojjeotdeun

A

“anyway” or “regardless” “nevertheless”, “nonetheless”no matter what” “ in any case” “Amuraedo, or amuradu - I think you’re right” “Anyway, I think you’re right”
“Amuraedo” (아무래도) translates to “somehow” or “seems like” in English. It’s used to convey a sense of uncertainty or likelihood about a situation. So, “Amuraedo” can indeed be interpreted as “it looks like” in certain contexts.
“it looks like” or “it seems,” in Korean, you might be referring to “아무래도” (amuraedo), which translates to “it seems,” “perhaps,” or “probably.”

Another common phrase used to convey “it looks like” in terms of appearance or similarity is “보기에는” (bogieneun) or “처럼 보여” (cheoreom boyeo).

For example:
- 아무래도 비가 올 것 같아요. (Amuraedo biga ol geot gatayo.) - “It seems like it’s going to rain.”
- 그는 학생처럼 보여요. (Geuneun haksaengcheoreom boyeoyo.) - “He looks like a student.”
“아무튼” (Amuteun) and “어쨌든” (Eojjeotdeun) both serve as transitional phrases in Korean, commonly used to signify “anyhow,” “anyway,” or “regardless.” They’re used to change the subject, return to a previous topic, or move the conversation forward despite what has been said or happened previously.

  1. 아무튼, 저는 이제 가야 해요.
    • Anyway, I need to go now.
  2. 어쨌든, 결론은 무엇입니까?
    • Anyhow, what is the conclusion?

These phrases are quite versatile and can be used in a variety of contexts to smoothly transition between topics or ideas.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
293
Q

“Neomu orenmaneyo” (너무 오랜만에요)

A

“It’s been too long” or “It’s been a long time” rather than “Long time no see.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
294
Q

“Dangyeonhi” (당연히)
“Dangyeonhi jeo” (당연히 저)

A

“of course” or “naturally” used to express agreement, certainty, or inevitability in a situation.
“Of course, me” or “Naturally, I’ll do it” .

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
295
Q

Mwohago isseoyo?
Mwohaeyo?
Mworeogeosiseoyo?

A

“What are you doing?” or “What are you up to?” in English. It’s a polite form of asking someone about their current activity or plans
“What are you doing?” or “What are you up to?” is “뭐하고 있어요?” (mwohago isseoyo?) or “뭐해요?” (mwohaeyo?). So, “Mworeogeosiseoyo” (뭐러거시세요) does not convey the intended meaning. It appears to be a typo or misspelling.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
296
Q

“Eotteon” (어떤)

A

“what kind of”, which, or “what sort of” It’s used to ask about the nature or characteristics of something.
means “what kind of” or “which” in Korean. It is used to ask about or describe the characteristics of something or someone. For example:

  • 어떤 책을 읽고 싶으세요? (Eotteon chaek-eul ilkgo sipeuseyo?) - Which book do you want to read?
  • 어떤 음식을 좋아하세요? (Eotteon eumsik-eul johahaseyo?) - What kind of food do you like?

It can also be used as an adjective to describe a noun. For example:

  • 어떤 사람 (eotteon saram) - What kind of person
  • 어떤 문제 (eotteon munje) - What kind of problem
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
297
Q

Hangungmal joahaeyo geurigo gongbuhago harueyo
“한국말 좋아해요 그리고 공부하고 하루에요”

A

“I like Korean and I study it every day”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
298
Q

“Naneun kimbapeul gimchicheoreom jeongmal joahae”나는 김밥을 김치처럼 정말 좋아해”

A

I like kimbap just like kimchi”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
299
Q

“Eoje cheoreom” (어제처럼)

A

“like yesterday”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
300
Q

“Kimchineun massi eoyo geurigo Kimchineul mani mogoyo” (김치는 맛이 있어요 그리고 김치를 많이 먹어요)

A

“Kimchi tastes good and I eat a lot of kimchi”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
301
Q

“Oneureun biga waseo geurigo jibe isseoyo” (오늘은 비가 와서 그리고 집에 있어요)

A

“It’s raining today, so I’m staying at home”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
302
Q

“처럼” (cheomeol) and “처럼” (cheoreom)

A

They both mean “like or as”
“처럼” (cheoreom) is considered more formal
“처럼” (cheomeol) casual conversation.

indicate similarity or comparison in Korean, and used interchangeably in spoken language.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
303
Q

“Naya” (나야)
“나야! 여기 있어!” (Naya! Yeogi isseo!)

A

Naya It’s often used to emphasize “me” or “I”

Naya! Yeogi isseo “It’s me! I’m here!”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
304
Q

Uri iuseun jo-eun saramdeurimnida

A
  • our neighbors are nice people
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
305
Q

“Dangyeonhi naju” (당연히 나주)

A

“Of course, Naju”

statement indicating agreement or affirmation with the place named “Naju”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
306
Q

“자주 운동하지 않지만 주당 두 번 운동하려고 해요.” (Jaju undonghaji anhjiman judang du beon undongharyeogo haeyo.)

A

“I don’t exercise often but I try to work out 2 times a week”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
307
Q

“Babeul” (밥을) and “Pabeul” (파를)

A
  1. “Babeul” (밥을) is the object particle “을” (eul) attached to the word “bab” (밥), which means “rice” or “meal.” “Babeul” (밥을) translates to “rice” or “meal”
  2. “Pabeul” (파를) consists of the word “pa” (파), means “green onion,” and the object particle “를” (reul) indicating the object of the action. “Pabeul” (파를) translates to “green onions”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
308
Q

“나는 밥을 싫어해요. 몸무게가 늘어날 거 같아서요.” (Naneun babeul sireohaeyo. Mommugega neureonal geo gataseoyo.)

A

“I don’t like rice because it will make me gain weight”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
309
Q

“밥을 안 먹어요. 살이 찌겠거든요.” (Babeul an meogeoyo. Sari jjigetgeodeunyo.)

A

Yes, a simpler way to say “I don’t like rice because it will make me gain weight”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
310
Q

“Hoksi Undonghago jibeul-i geoya”

A

“Perhaps I’ll exercise and go home.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
311
Q

“누구야 나야?” Nugu ya? naya?

A

“Who is it? Is it me?”
It’s a question asking about the identity of the person.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
312
Q

“Hangukmal joahaeyo hago yeolsimhi eun gongbu-hago haruaeyo”

A

“I like the Korean language and study hard every day.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
313
Q

“일번” (ilbeon)

A

“once” or “one time” in .

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
314
Q

“역세” (yeokse)

A

“trend” or “tendency”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
315
Q

“역세를” (yeukseleul)
역세하다” (yeuksehada)

A

conjugated form of the verb “역세하다” (yeuksehada), which means “to reverse” or “to change the direction of a trend.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
316
Q

Mani pul su “많이 풀 수”

A

“can do a lot” or “can solve many”

“풀 수” (pul su) translates to “can solve” or “can do” in English. It’s a combination of the verb “풀다” (pulda), which means “to solve” or “to untie,” and the auxiliary verb “수” (su), which indicates the ability to do something. So, “풀 수” (pul su) together means “can solve” or “can do.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
317
Q

“Iku” (이쿠), “igo” (이고), and “igeo” (이거)

A
  1. Iku (이쿠): This is an informal expression used in Korean internet slang, often used to express frustration or annoyance. It doesn’t have a specific meaning but is used similarly to “ugh” or “ughh” in English.
  2. Igo (이고): This is a Korean conjunction meaning “and” or “also.” It’s used to connect two clauses or phrases, similar to “and” in English.
  3. Igeo (이거): This is a shortened form of “이것” (igeot), which means “this” in Korean. It’s used to refer to something close to the speaker or to indicate an object being talked about. In informal speech, it’s common to contract “이것” to “이거” for convenience.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
318
Q

“Yeolsi” (열시)

A

means “10 o’clock” in Korean. It refers to the hour on a 12-hour clock system.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
319
Q

“Pudda” (풀다) and “peuda” (피우다)

A

are both Korean verbs, but they have different meanings:

  1. Pudda (풀다): This verb means “to solve” or “to untie” in English. It can also mean “to release” or “to undo.” It’s commonly used in contexts related to solving problems, untying knots, or releasing something.
  2. Peuda (피우다): This verb means “to light” or “to kindle” in English. It’s often used when referring to lighting a fire, cigarette, or other combustible material.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
320
Q

“Jinjja jaemi isseo” (진짜 재미 있어)

A

“It’s really fun” or “It’s really enjoyable”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
321
Q

“아머나두” (ameonadu)

A

to express frustration or annoyance. It is an informal way of saying “어쩌나” (eojjeona), which means “what should I do?” or “what can I do?” in English. It’s similar to expressions like “Oh no” or “What now” .

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
322
Q

“어려워요” (eoryeowoyo)

A

means “It’s difficult” in English. It’s the polite form of the adjective “어렵다” (eoryeopda), which means “difficult” or “hard.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
323
Q

“Andwae ketta” (안돼 갔다)

A

translates to “No, I won’t go” in English. It’s a colloquial expression in Korean used to refuse or decline an invitation or suggestion to go somewhere.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
324
Q

“그들은” (geudeuleun) and “그들은” (geudeureun)

“그” (geu) .

A

Geu is a demonstrative pronoun that translates to “that” or “those”

both mean “they” but they are used in different contexts:

  1. 그들은 (geudeuleun): This is the subject marker “은” (eun) added to “그들” (geudeul), which means “they.” It’s used when “they” is the subject of the sentence. For example: “그들은 학생입니다” (geudeuleun haksaengimnida) means “They are students.”
  2. 그들은 (geudeureun): This is the topic marker “은” (eun) added to “그들” (geudeul). It’s used when “they” is the topic of the sentence, but not necessarily the subject. For example: “그들은 공원에 갔어요” (geudeureun gongwone gasseoyo) means “As for them, they went to the park.”

In summary, “geudeuleun” is used when “they” is the subject of the sentence, while “geudeureun” is used when “they” is the topic of the sentence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
325
Q

“매일” (maeil) and “하루” (haru) .

A

both refer to “every day” in Korean, but they are used slightly differently:

  1. 매일 (maeil): This is an adverb that means “every day” or “daily.” It is used to describe actions that occur every single day without exception. For example, “매일 밥을 먹어요” (maeil babeul meogeoyo) means “I eat rice every day.”
  2. 하루 (haru): This is a noun that means “a day.” It refers to a single day as a unit of time. However, when used in the context of frequency, “하루” (haru) can also mean “every day.” For example, “하루에 세 번” (harue se beon) means “three times a day” or “every day.”

“매일” (maeil) specifically means “every day” as an adverb, while “하루” (haru) means “a day” as a noun but can also mean “every day” in certain contexts

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
326
Q

“저는 매일 밥과 김치를 먹는 것을 좋아해요.”
“Jeoneun maeil bapgwa kimchireul meogneun geoseul johahaeyo.”

A

“I like eating rice and kimchi every day”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
327
Q

“Yoksi Geurae geuna” (역시 그래 그나)

A

“Indeed, that’s right” or “Yes, that’s correct” used to agree with or affirm a statement that has been made.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
328
Q

“Chinguga ttaemune?” (친구가 때문에?)

A

translates to “Because of your friend?” in English. It’s a question asking if something is happening or being done because of a friend.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
329
Q

“Geurae geuna” (그래 그나)

A

“I see” or “That’s right” in English. It’s a casual expression used to acknowledge or agree with something that has been said.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
330
Q

“Nugu ra” (누구랑)

A

“with whom?” in English. It’s a question asking about the person with whom an action is being done or an event is taking place.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
331
Q

“Jibe odiya?” (집에 어디야?)

A

“Where do you live?” in English. It’s a question asking about the location or address of someone’s residence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
332
Q

“Andwae sireo” (안돼 싶어)

A

“I don’t want to” in English. It’s a phrase used to express the desire not to do something or to refuse a request.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
333
Q

“Eodi” (어디) and “eodie” (어디에)
“I eodie innayo

A

both mean “where” in Korean, but they are used in different contexts:

  1. Eodi (어디): This is a standalone adverb meaning “where.” It is used to ask about the location or position of something or someone. For example, “어디에 가세요?” (eodi-e gaseyo?) means “Where are you going?”
  2. Eodie (어디에): This is a compound word formed by adding the location marker “에” (e) to “어디” (eodi). It is used to indicate a specific location or destination. For example, “서점은 어디에 있어요?” (seojeom-eun eodie isseoyo?) means “Where is the bookstore?”

In summary, “eodi” is used to ask about a general location, while “eodie” is used to ask about a specific location or destination.
“I eodie innayo?” (이 어디에 있나요?) translates to “Where are you?” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
334
Q

“Eodi ga?” (어디 가?)

A

“Where are you going?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s destination or intended location.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
335
Q

“Yeogi isseo” (여기 있어)
“Yeogi isseosseoyo?” (여기 있었어요?)

A

translates to “I’m here” or “I’m here right now” in English. It is a statement indicating one’s current location.

To ask “Where were you?” in Korean, you can use the past tense form:

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
336
Q

“Jeongmal ya” (정말 야)

A

is an informal expression in Korean that translates to “Really?” or “Is that so?” in English. It’s often used to express surprise, disbelief, or confirmation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
337
Q

“Uri jibe kaja” (우리 집에 가자)

A

“Let’s go home” in English. It’s a common expression used to suggest or propose going back to one’s home.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
338
Q

“Pigoneji” (피곤해지)

A

must be tired” in English. It’s a statement indicating the speaker’s assumption or inference about someone else being tired.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
339
Q

어제 (eoje)
오늘 (oneul)
내일 (naeil)

A

Yesterday: 어제 (eoje)
Today: 오늘 (oneul)
Tomorrow: 내일 (naeil

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
340
Q
  1. 한 시 (han si)
  2. 두 시 (du si)
  3. 세 시 (se si)
  4. 네 시 (ne si)
  5. 다섯 시 (daseot si)
  6. 여섯 시 (yeoseot si)
  7. 일곱 시 (ilgop si)
  8. 여덟 시 (yeodeol si)
  9. 아홉 시 (ahop si)
  10. 열 시 (yeol si)
  11. 열한 시 (yeolhan si)
  12. 열두 시 (yeoldu si)
A
  1. 한 시 (han si) - 1 o’clock
  2. 두 시 (du si) - 2 o’clock
  3. 세 시 (se si) - 3 o’clock
  4. 네 시 (ne si) - 4 o’clock
  5. 다섯 시 (daseot si) - 5 o’clock
  6. 여섯 시 (yeoseot si) - 6 o’clock
  7. 일곱 시 (ilgop si) - 7 o’clock
  8. 여덟 시 (yeodeol si) - 8 o’clock
  9. 아홉 시 (ahop si) - 9 o’clock
  10. 열 시 (yeol si) - 10 o’clock
  11. 열한 시 (yeolhan si) - 11 o’clock
  12. 열두 시 (yeoldu si) - 12 o’clock

When indicating the minutes, you can simply add the number of minutes after the hour. For example:
- 한 시 삼십 분 (han si samsip bun) - 1:30
- 두 시 오십 분 (du si osip bun) - 2:50

Additionally, you can add “반” (ban) to indicate “half past” the hour, and “전” (jeon) or “후” (hu) to indicate “before” or “after” the hour respectively. For example:
- 두 시 반 (du si ban) - half past 2
- 세 시 전 (se si jeon) - a quarter to 3
- 다섯 시 후 (daseot si hu) - a quarter past 5

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
341
Q

“Ani geoya” (아니 거야)

A

“No, it’s not” or “No, that’s not it” in English. It’s a casual expression used to deny or reject something.
“Geoya” (거야) “is” or “it is” in English. It’s often used in casual speech to affirm or emphasize a statement. For example, “그것이 거야” (Geugeosi geoya) means “That’s it” or “It is that.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
342
Q

“이렇게 가지” “Ireohge gaji.”
Polite form: “Ireohge gaseyo”
Casual form: “Ireohge gaja

A

“Go this way” or “Go like this”

Polite form: “Ireohge gaseyo”
Casual form: “Ireohge gaja”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
343
Q

“Sasil Jeoneun” (사실 저는)

A

“Actually, I” or “In fact, I” . It’s a phrase used to introduce a statement or express one’s own perspective or situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
344
Q

“Ireoke sanikka” (이렇게 사니까)

A

“If you buy it like this” It’s a phrase used to suggest a particular manner or method of purchasing something.

can also be translated to “If you buy it like this” or “When you buy it like this”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
345
Q

“Gachi itago” (가치 있어)

A

“It has value” or “It’s valuable” in English. It’s a phrase used to indicate that something is meaningful or important. If you meant something else, please provide more context, and I’ll be happy to assist you further.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
346
Q

“앉으세요” (Anjeuseyo) or “앉아 주세요” (Anja juseyo).

A

Both “앉으세요” (Anjeuseyo) and “앉아 주세요” (Anja juseyo) are polite ways to say “please sit” in Korean.

  • “앉으세요” (Anjeuseyo): This is a formal and polite way to say “please sit.” It is formed by combining the verb “앉다” (to sit) with the honorific suffix “-으세요.” This form is commonly used in formal or polite settings.
  • “앉아 주세요” (Anja juseyo): This is also a polite way to say “please sit,” but it includes the honorific verb ending “-아 주세요” (please do). It is a slightly more polite and deferential form compared to “앉으세요,” and it is often used when addressing someone older or of higher status.

Both expressions convey the same meaning and politeness level, but “앉아 주세요” (Anja juseyo) adds a bit more emphasis on the request for the person to kindly sit down.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
347
Q

“Jeom ni jeotta” (점이 좋다) .

A

“I am lucky” or “My luck is good” in English. It’s a phrase used to express gratitude for being fortunate or having good luck

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
348
Q

“점이 거야 친구가” (Jeom-i geoya chinguga)

A

“We’re just friends” in English. It’s a phrase used to indicate a platonic relationship between two people.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
349
Q

“우리는 그냥 친구야” (Urineun geunyang chinguya) or “우리는 친구일 뿐이야” (Urineun chinguil ppuniya)

A

“We’re just friends”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
350
Q

“우리는 그냥 친구야” (Urineun geunyang chinguya) or “우리는 친구일 뿐이야” (Urineun chinguil ppuniya)

A

“We’re just friends”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
351
Q

“아침을 먹어요” (Achimeul meogeoyo) or “아침 식사하세요” (Achim siksa haseyo).

A

“Have some breakfast”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
352
Q

“또는” “ttoneun.”

A

It means “or” in English. It is used to indicate an alternative or choice between two or more options.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
353
Q

닭 Dak

A

(chicken)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
354
Q

열쇠 yeol-seo

A
  • key ( ㅚ is eo)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
355
Q

예, 이신문 ye, i shinmun

A

(yes, this newspaper)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
356
Q

“사라지다” (sarajida)

A

“to disappear” It’s the verb form of “사라지다” (sarajida), which means “disappearance” or “vanishing.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
357
Q

“사라요” (sarayo)

A

“to live” verb form of “살다” (salda), which means “to live” or “to be alive.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
358
Q

“Ilhada” (일하다) and “ilhaeyo” (일해요)

A

are both related to the verb “일하다” (ilhada), which means “to work” in Korean.

  • “일하다” (ilhada): It is the infinitive form of the verb “to work.” It is used when talking about the action of working in general.
    • Example: 나는 매일 일해. (Naneun maeil ilhae.) - I work every day.
  • “일해요” (ilhaeyo): This is the polite present tense form of the verb “to work.” It is used to describe ongoing or habitual actions in a polite manner.
    • Example: 그는 매일 일해요. (Geuneun maeil ilhaeyo.) - He works every day.

So, “일하다” (ilhada) is the infinitive form, while “일해요” (ilhaeyo) is the polite present tense form.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
359
Q

“가지고” (gajigo)

A

Have, has, “to hold” or “to carry” It is the verb stem of the verb “가지다” (gajida), which means “to possess” or “to have.”

For example:
- 가방을 가지고 있어요. (Gabangeul gajigo isseoyo.) - I have a bag (and I’m holding it).
- 우산을 가지고 다녔어요. (Usaneul gajigo danoesseoyo.) - I carried an umbrella around.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
360
Q

“Dari” (다리)
“Dalireul” (달이를)

A

“Dari” (다리) means “bridge” in Korean.
“Dalireul” (달이를) means “the moon” in Korean.

These words have different meanings and contexts. “Dari” refers to a physical structure that spans a gap or connects two points, while “dalireul” refers to the celestial body that orbits the Earth and illuminates the night sky.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
361
Q

“Issseubnida” (있습니다)

A

is a formal and polite way of stating that something exists or is present in Korean. It is the present tense form of “있다” (to exist, to be present).

For example:
- 책이 있습니다. (Chaegi itsseumnida.) - There is a book.
- 사과가 있습니다. (Sagwaga itsseumnida.) - There are apples.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
362
Q

“imnikka” (임니까)

A

“Imnikka” (임니까) is a formal and polite way of asking a question in Korean. It is often used in written or formal spoken contexts. It is similar to the question-ending particle “-inga” in English, indicating that the speaker is seeking confirmation or clarification
- 오늘 날씨가 좋은데요. 비가 오늘 있습니까? (Oneul nalssiga joheunde yo. Bi ga oneul itsseumnikka?)
- The weather is nice today. Is it going to rain today?

In this example, “imnikka” (임니까) is used at the end of the question to seek confirmation about the possibility of rain.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
363
Q

“Issseubnikka” (있습니까)

A

is a formal and polite way of asking if something exists or is present in Korean. It is often used in written or formal spoken contexts. Here’s an example:

  • 사과가 있습니까? (Sagwaga itsseubnikka?)
    • Is there an apple?
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
364
Q

“Imnikka” (임니까) and “isseubnikka” (있습니까)

A

both used to form questions in Korean, but they serve different purposes:

  1. “Imnikka” (임니까):
    • It is a formal and polite way of expressing a desire or wish.
    • It is often used when asking for permission, making requests, or expressing intentions.
    • Example: 커피를 한 잔 드십니까? (Keopireul han jan deusimnikka?) - Would you like a cup of coffee?
  2. “Isseubnikka” (있습니까):
    • It is a formal and polite way of asking if something exists or is present.
    • It is used to inquire about the existence of something or to confirm its presence.
    • Example: 책이 있습니까? (Chaegi itsseubnikka?) - Is there a book?

In summary, “imnikka” is used to express desires or intentions politely, while “isseubnikka” is used to inquire about the existence or presence of something politely.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
365
Q

“Sip-eundeyo” (싶은데요)

A

“I want to” or “I would like to” in English. It’s a polite expression used to express a desire or wish.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
366
Q

“제” (je)
“내” (nae)

A

“my” or “mine.”제” (Je)is used in formal or polite contexts. In casual settings, “내” (nae) is more commonly used to mean “my” or “mine.”
“Je” is not a complete word in Korean. If you’re trying to say “mine” or “my” in Korean, the word you’re looking for is It is used to indicate possession or ownership. For example:

  • 제 책 (je chaek) = my book
  • 제 친구 (je chingu) = my friend
  • 제 집 (je jip) = my house
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
367
Q

“재미 없다” (Jaemi eopta)

A

“It’s not fun” or “It’s boring” in Korean. “재미” (jaemi) means “fun” or “enjoyment,” and “없다” (eopta) means “to not exist” or “to be absent.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
368
Q

“아니 라” (Ani ra):

A

“No, it’s not” or “No, it isn’t” in Korean. “아니” (ani) means “no” or “not,” and “라” (ra) is a declarative ending particle used in spoken Korean to indicate that the statement is a direct response to a question or assertion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
369
Q

Sigani neujeosseunikka jibe gayo

A

because it’s late, let’s go home.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
370
Q

“편말 서멀요” (pyeonmal seomeolyo).
“천만에요” (cheonmaneyo) or “아니에요” (anieoyo)

A

“You’re welcome” in response to thanks, similar to “천만에요” (cheonmaneyo) or “아니에요” (anieoyo). However, “Peulmal seomeolyo” is less commonly used and more informal compared to the other expressions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
371
Q

“아닙니다” (Anibnida).
Aniyo” (아니요)

A

The formal way to say “No” or “Not at all” in Korean is
in Korean, which means “No” or “Not at all.” It’s commonly used to politely decline or negate something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
372
Q

“Bangeopsimnida” (반갑습니다)

A

“Nice to meet you” in a formal manner. It’s a polite expression commonly used when meeting someone for the first time or in a formal setting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
373
Q

“반갑습니다 여러분” Bangeopsimnida yeoreobun

A

is a polite and formal way to say “Nice to meet you, everyone” in Korean. It’s commonly used when addressing a group of people in a formal setting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
374
Q

“Osyeo” (오셔)
“오시다” (osida)
“Osyeosseoyo” (오셨어요)

A

“Osyeo” (오셔) is the plain present tense form of the Korean verb “오시다” (osida), which means “to come” in polite form.

“Osyeosseoyo” (오셨어요) is the past tense form of the same verb, which means “came” in polite form.

So, depending on the context, you would use “osyeo” for the present tense and “osyeosseoyo” for the past tense

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
375
Q

“수고하세요” (Sugo haseyo)

A

“Take care” or “Keep up the good work” in English. It’s commonly used to express appreciation or encouragement towards someone who is working hard or has just completed a task.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
376
Q

“Yeogiyeo” (여기여요)

A

“I’m here” or “I am here” in Korean. It’s used to indicate one’s current location or presence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
377
Q

“Jeomsimaneyo” (점심이에요)

A

“It’s lunchtime” in Korean. It’s a polite way to indicate that it’s time for lunch.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
378
Q
  1. 실례합니다 (Sillyehamnida)
  2. 죄송합니다 (Joesonghamnida)
  3. 실례지만 (Sillyejiman)
  4. 저기요 (Jeogiyo)
  5. 양해 부탁드립니다 (Yanghae butakdeurimnida)
A
  1. 실례합니다 (Sillyehamnida) - This is a formal and polite way to say “excuse me” when you want to get someone’s attention or apologize.
  2. 죄송합니다 (Joesonghamnida) - This also means “excuse me” and is used in formal situations or to apologize.
  3. 실례지만 (Sillyejiman) - This is a polite way to interrupt or ask for someone’s attention.
  4. 저기요 (Jeogiyo) - This is used to politely get someone’s attention, similar to “excuse me” or “pardon me.”
  5. 양해 부탁드립니다 (Yanghae butakdeurimnida) - This is a formal expression meaning “please understand” or “please excuse me.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
379
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
380
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
381
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
382
Q
  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman
A
  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
383
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
384
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
385
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
386
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
387
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
388
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
389
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
390
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
391
Q

Sure, here are the common particles in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

These transliterations are based on the pronunciation of the Korean particles in English. Keep in mind that transliterations may vary, and there are different romanization systems for Korean.

A
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
392
Q
  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman
A
  1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga
  2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul
  3. 에 (location marker): e
  4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese
  5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae
  6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa
  7. 도 (also, too): do
  8. 만 (only): man
  9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun
  10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro
  11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji
  12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo
  13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero
  14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa
  15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo
  16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso
  17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
393
Q
  1. 의 (possessive marker): ui
  2. 와/과 (with): wa/gwa (used for conjunction and means “and” when it follows a vowel)
  3. 이라/라 (like, as): ira/ra
  4. 이랑/랑 (with): irang/rang (used for conjunction and means “and” when it follows a consonant)
  5. 부터 (from, since): buteo
  6. 에다/한테다 (to, toward): eda/hantaeda
  7. 쯤/정도 (about, approximately): jjeum/jeongdo
  8. 에게서/한테서 (from): egeseo/hantaeseo (used to indicate the source or origin of something)
  9. 께서/에게서 (to): kyeso/egeeseo (used to indicate the recipient or destination of something, often with honorific connotations)
  10. 에다가/한테다가 (to, towards): edaga/hantaedaga (used to indicate the direction or destination of something)
  11. 보다 (than): boda (used in comparisons to indicate the standard or point of reference)
  12. 보다도 (even more than): bodado (used to emphasize a comparison)
  13. 같이 (together, with): gati (used to indicate companionship or simultaneous action)
  14. 만큼 (as much as, to the extent): mankeum
  15. 없이 (without): eobsi
  16. 대로 (according to, as per): daero
  17. 한테서 (from): hantaeseo
  18. 을/를 위해서 (for, in order to): eul/reul wihaeseo
  19. 이라도 (even if): irado
  20. 에 비해/에 비하여 (compared to): e bihae/e bihaeo
A
  1. 의 (possessive marker): ui
  2. 와/과 (with): wa/gwa (used for conjunction and means “and” when it follows a vowel)
  3. 이라/라 (like, as): ira/ra
  4. 이랑/랑 (with): irang/rang (used for conjunction and means “and” when it follows a consonant)
  5. 부터 (from, since): buteo
  6. 에다/한테다 (to, toward): eda/hantaeda
  7. 쯤/정도 (about, approximately): jjeum/jeongdo
  8. 에게서/한테서 (from): egeseo/hantaeseo (used to indicate the source or origin of something)
  9. 께서/에게서 (to): kyeso/egeeseo (used to indicate the recipient or destination of something, often with honorific connotations)
  10. 에다가/한테다가 (to, towards): edaga/hantaedaga (used to indicate the direction or destination of something)
  11. 보다 (than): boda (used in comparisons to indicate the standard or point of reference)
  12. 보다도 (even more than): bodado (used to emphasize a comparison)
  13. 같이 (together, with): gati (used to indicate companionship or simultaneous action)
  14. 만큼 (as much as, to the extent): mankeum
  15. 없이 (without): eobsi
  16. 대로 (according to, as per): daero
  17. 한테서 (from): hantaeseo
  18. 을/를 위해서 (for, in order to): eul/reul wihaeseo
  19. 이라도 (even if): irado
  20. 에 비해/에 비하여 (compared to): e bihae/e bihaeo
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
394
Q
  1. 뿐 (only, just): bbun
  2. 까지도 (even until): kkajido
  3. 만으로도 (just by, with only): maneurodo
  4. 보다는 (rather than): bodaneun
  5. 더 (more): deo
  6. 보다는 (rather than): bodaneun
  7. 마다 (each, every): mada
  8. 만큼 (as much as, to the extent): mankeum
  9. 면서 (while, as): myeonseo
  10. 만으로도 (just by, with only): maneurodo
  11. 이라도 (even if): irado
  12. 이든지 (whether…or): ideunji
  13. 이에요/예요 (to be): ieyo/eyo
  14. 이라도 (even if): irado
  15. 라고 (as, like): rago
  16. 어/아 (connecting ending): eo/a
  17. 네/여 (confirmative ending): ne/yeo
  18. 이에요/예요 (to be): ieyo/eyo (informal)
  19. 니까 (because, so): nikka
  20. 는다면 (if, when): neundamyeon
A
  1. 뿐 (only, just): bbun
  2. 까지도 (even until): kkajido
  3. 만으로도 (just by, with only): maneurodo
  4. 보다는 (rather than): bodaneun
  5. 더 (more): deo
  6. 보다는 (rather than): bodaneun
  7. 마다 (each, every): mada
  8. 만큼 (as much as, to the extent): mankeum
  9. 면서 (while, as): myeonseo
  10. 만으로도 (just by, with only): maneurodo
  11. 이라도 (even if): irado
  12. 이든지 (whether…or): ideunji
  13. 이에요/예요 (to be): ieyo/eyo
  14. 이라도 (even if): irado
  15. 라고 (as, like): rago
  16. 어/아 (connecting ending): eo/a
  17. 네/여 (confirmative ending): ne/yeo
  18. 이에요/예요 (to be): ieyo/eyo (informal)
  19. 니까 (because, so): nikka
  20. 는다면 (if, when): neundamyeon
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
395
Q
  1. ㄹ까요 (shall we?): lkkayo
  2. 구나 (expressing realization or discovery): guna
  3. ㄴ다 (future tense marker): nda
  4. ㄴ가요 (question marker): ngayo
  5. ㄹ게요 (intention marker): lgeyo
  6. 는데 (but, however): neunde
  7. 라도 (even, at least): rado
  8. 라면 (if, when): rameon
  9. 이나 (or): ina
  10. 더라도 (even if, even though): deorado
  11. 네/이야 (confirmative ending): ne/iya
  12. 라는 (called, named): raneun
  13. 라도 (even, at least): rado
  14. 래/래 (informal way of saying “shall/will”): rae/lae
  15. 느라고 (because of): neurago
  16. 랑/이랑 (with): rang/irang (used for conjunction and means “and” when it follows a consonant)
  17. 이라면 (if, when): iramyeon
  18. 도록 (so that): dorok
  19. 뿐만 아니라 (not only, but also): bbunman anira
  20. 라도 (even if, even though): radon
A
  1. ㄹ까요 (shall we?): lkkayo
  2. 구나 (expressing realization or discovery): guna
  3. ㄴ다 (future tense marker): nda
  4. ㄴ가요 (question marker): ngayo
  5. ㄹ게요 (intention marker): lgeyo
  6. 는데 (but, however): neunde
  7. 라도 (even, at least): rado
  8. 라면 (if, when): rameon
  9. 이나 (or): ina
  10. 더라도 (even if, even though): deorado
  11. 네/이야 (confirmative ending): ne/iya
  12. 라는 (called, named): raneun
  13. 라도 (even, at least): rado
  14. 래/래 (informal way of saying “shall/will”): rae/lae
  15. 느라고 (because of): neurago
  16. 랑/이랑 (with): rang/irang (used for conjunction and means “and” when it follows a consonant)
  17. 이라면 (if, when): iramyeon
  18. 도록 (so that): dorok
  19. 뿐만 아니라 (not only, but also): bbunman anira
  20. 라도 (even if, even though): radon
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
396
Q

Polite: 누구세요? (Nugu seyo?)
-Casual: 누구야? (Nugu-ya?)

A

To ask “Who is it?” in Korean, you can use the phrase “누구세요?” (Nugu seyo?). This is a polite way to inquire about the identity of someone who is at your door or calling you on the phone.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
397
Q

“뭐에요?” (Mwoeyo?)
“그 소리가 무엇일까요?” (Geu soriga mueosilkka yo?)
- B: “좀 놀라서요. 뭐에요?” (Jom nollaseoyo. Mwoeyo?)

A

The phrase “뭐에요?” (Mwoeyo?) in Korean translates to “What is it?” or “What’s the matter?” in English. It is used to inquire about something that is not clear or to ask for clarification.

For example:
- A: “그 소리가 무엇일까요?” (Geu soriga mueosilkka yo?) - “What is that sound?”
- B: “좀 놀라서요. 뭐에요?” (Jom nollaseoyo. Mwoeyo?) - “I’m a bit startled. What is it?”

So, when someone says “뭐에요?” (Mwoeyo?), they are asking for information or clarification about something that has been mentioned or implied in the conversation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
398
Q

그럼 뭐에요?” (Geureom mwoeyo?)

A: “그 영화는 정말 재미있었어요.” (Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemiisseosseoyo.)
B: “그럼 뭐에요?” (Geureom mwoeyo?)

A

The phrase “그럼 뭐에요?” (Geureom mwoeyo?) in Korean translates to “Then what is it?” or “So, what is it?” in English. It is used to ask for further information or clarification in response to something that has been mentioned or suggested.

For example:
A: “그 영화는 정말 재미있었어요.” (Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemiisseosseoyo.) - “That movie was really interesting.”
B: “그럼 뭐에요?” (Geureom mwoeyo?) - “So, what is it?” (asking for more details about the movie)

In this context, person B is asking for more information or elaboration about the movie that person A mentioned.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
399
Q

“Aniyo” (아니요) and “anieoyo” (아니에요)

“천만에요” (Cheonmaneyo) and “아니에요” (Anieyo) !

A

“Aniyo” (아니요) and “anieoyo” (아니에요) are both negative forms of the verb “이다” (ida) which means “to be” in Korean. They are used to negate statements or to say “no” in response to a question.

  1. “Aniyo” (아니요):
    • This is the more formal and polite way to say “no” or “not” in Korean. It is used in formal or polite contexts, such as when speaking to elders, strangers, or in formal situations.
    • Example: 네, 그것은 사과가 아니에요. (Ne, geugeoseun sagwaga anieyo.) - “Yes, that is not an apple.”
  2. “Anieoyo” (아니에요):
    • This is a more casual and informal way to say “no” or “not” in Korean. It is used in casual or informal situations, such as when speaking to friends, family members, or people of similar age.
    • Example: 네, 그것은 사과가 아니에요. (Ne, geugeoseun sagwaga anieoyo.) - “Yes, that is not an apple.”

are indeed more common ways to say “You’re welcome” in Korean. Thank you for providing the correct information. If you have any more questions or need further clarification on anything else, feel free to ask

In both cases, “aniyo” and “anieoyo” are used to negate statements or to say “no,” but “aniyo” is more formal and polite, while “anieoyo” is more casual and informal.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
400
Q

Question: “뭐 먹어요?” (Bwo meogeoyo?)

Answer: “김치 먹어요.” (Kimchi meogeoyo.)

A

Question: “뭐 먹어요?” (Bwo meogeoyo?)
Translation: “What are you eating?”

Answer: “김치 먹어요.” (Kimchi meogeoyo.)
Translation: “I’m eating kimchi.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
401
Q

Question: “뭐에요?” (Mwoeyo?)

Answer: “이거 사과네요.” (Igeo saguaneun.)

Question: “이거 뭐에요?” (Igeo mwoeyo?)

Answer: “이거 김밥이에요.” (Igeo kimbap-ieyo.)

Request: “감사합니다, 사과는 주세요.” (Gamsahabnida, saguaneun juseyo.)

A

Question: “뭐에요?” (Mwoeyo?)
Translation: “What is this?”

Answer: “이거 사과네요.” (Igeo saguaneun.)
Translation: “This is an apple.”

Question: “이거 뭐에요?” (Igeo mwoeyo?)
Translation: “What is this?”

Answer: “이거 김밥이에요.” (Igeo kimbap-ieyo.)
Translation: “This is kimbap.”

Request: “감사합니다, 사과는 주세요.” (Gamsahabnida, saguaneun juseyo.)
Translation: “Thank you, please give me an apple.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
402
Q
  1. Question: “어디 가세요?” (Eodi gaseyo?)
    Translation: “Where are you going?”
    Answer: “학교에 가요.” (Hakgyoe gayo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to school.”
  2. Question: “무슨 색이에요?” (Museun saeg-ieyo?)
    Translation: “What color is it?”
    Answer: “빨간색이에요.” (Ppalgan saeg-ieyo.)
    Translation: “It’s red.”
  3. Question: “뭐 먹을래요?” (Mwo meogeullae-yo?)
    Translation: “What do you want to eat?”
    Answer: “치킨 먹고 싶어요.” (Chikin meokgo sipeoyo.)
    Translation: “I want to eat chicken.”
  4. Question: “오늘 뭐 할 거예요?” (Oneul mwo hal geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “What are you going to do today?”
    Answer: “친구 만나러 갈 거예요.” (Chingu mannareo gal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to meet a friend.”
  5. Question: “어디서 왔어요?” (Eodiseo wasseoyo?)
    Translation: “Where are you from?”
    Answer: “서울에서 왔어요.” (Seoul-eseo wasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I’m from Seoul.”
  6. Question: “언제 왔어요?” (Eonje wasseoyo?)
    Translation: “When did you come?”
    Answer: “방금 왔어요.” (Banggeum wasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I just came.”
  7. Question: “몇 살이에요?” (Myeot sal-ieyo?)
    Translation: “How old are you?”
    Answer: “스무 살이에요.” (Seumu sal-ieyo.)
    Translation: “I’m twenty years old.”
  8. Question: “어디 있어요?” (Eodi isseoyo?)
    Translation: “Where is it?”
    Answer: “책상 위에 있어요.” (Chaeksang wie isseoyo.)
    Translation: “It’s on the desk.”
  9. Question: “무엇을 찾으세요?” (Mueoseul chajeuseyo?)
    Translation: “What are you looking for?”
    Answer: “열쇠를 찾고 있어요.” (Yeolsoereul chajgo isseoyo.)
    Translation: “I’m looking for the keys.”
  10. Question: “무슨 과일이 좋아하세요?” (Museun gwail-ie joahaseyo?)
    Translation: “What fruits do you like?”
    Answer: “사과가 좋아요.” (Sagwaga joayo.)
    Translation: “I like apples.”
A
  1. Question: “어디 가세요?” (Eodi gaseyo?)
    Translation: “Where are you going?”
    Answer: “학교에 가요.” (Hakgyoe gayo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to school.”
  2. Question: “무슨 색이에요?” (Museun saeg-ieyo?)
    Translation: “What color is it?”
    Answer: “빨간색이에요.” (Ppalgan saeg-ieyo.)
    Translation: “It’s red.”
  3. Question: “뭐 먹을래요?” (Mwo meogeullae-yo?)
    Translation: “What do you want to eat?”
    Answer: “치킨 먹고 싶어요.” (Chikin meokgo sipeoyo.)
    Translation: “I want to eat chicken.”
  4. Question: “오늘 뭐 할 거예요?” (Oneul mwo hal geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “What are you going to do today?”
    Answer: “친구 만나러 갈 거예요.” (Chingu mannareo gal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to meet a friend.”
  5. Question: “어디서 왔어요?” (Eodiseo wasseoyo?)
    Translation: “Where are you from?”
    Answer: “서울에서 왔어요.” (Seoul-eseo wasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I’m from Seoul.”
  6. Question: “언제 왔어요?” (Eonje wasseoyo?)
    Translation: “When did you come?”
    Answer: “방금 왔어요.” (Banggeum wasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I just came.”
  7. Question: “몇 살이에요?” (Myeot sal-ieyo?)
    Translation: “How old are you?”
    Answer: “스무 살이에요.” (Seumu sal-ieyo.)
    Translation: “I’m twenty years old.”
  8. Question: “어디 있어요?” (Eodi isseoyo?)
    Translation: “Where is it?”
    Answer: “책상 위에 있어요.” (Chaeksang wie isseoyo.)
    Translation: “It’s on the desk.”
  9. Question: “무엇을 찾으세요?” (Mueoseul chajeuseyo?)
    Translation: “What are you looking for?”
    Answer: “열쇠를 찾고 있어요.” (Yeolsoereul chajgo isseoyo.)
    Translation: “I’m looking for the keys.”
  10. Question: “무슨 과일이 좋아하세요?” (Museun gwail-ie joahaseyo?)
    Translation: “What fruits do you like?”
    Answer: “사과가 좋아요.” (Sagwaga joayo.)
    Translation: “I like apples.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
403
Q
  1. Question: “이 책은 어디에서 샀어요?” (I chaeg-eun eodi-eseo sasseoyo?)
    Translation: “Where did you buy this book?”
    Answer: “서점에서 샀어요.” (Seojeom-eseo sasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I bought it at the bookstore.”
  2. Question: “오늘 날씨 어때요?” (Oneul nalssi eottaeyo?)
    Translation: “How is the weather today?”
    Answer: “오늘은 맑아요.” (Oneureun malgayo.)
    Translation: “It’s sunny today.”
  3. Question: “저녁에 뭐 먹을까요?” (Jeonyeok-e mwo meogeulkkayo?)
    Translation: “What should we eat for dinner?”
    Answer: “짜장면을 먹을까요?” (Jjajangmyeon-eul meogeulkkayo?)
    Translation: “How about having jjajangmyeon?”
  4. Question: “오늘 무슨 계획이에요?” (Oneul museun gyehoe-gi-eoyo?)
    Translation: “What are your plans for today?”
    Answer: “영화를 보러 갈 거예요.” (Yeonghwareul boreo gal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to watch a movie.”
  5. Question: “어제 뭐 했어요?” (Eoje mwo haesseoyo?)
    Translation: “What did you do yesterday?”
    Answer: “친구와 놀았어요.” (Chinguwa norasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I hung out with my friend.”
  6. Question: “이 차는 얼마에요?” (I cha-neun eolmae-yeyo?)
    Translation: “How much is this car?”
    Answer: “오백만 원에요.” (Obaekman woneyo.)
    Translation: “It’s five million won.”
  7. Question: “어디서 일해요?” (Eodiseo ilhaeyo?)
    Translation: “Where do you work?”
    Answer: “회사에서 일해요.” (Hoesaeseo ilhaeyo.)
    Translation: “I work at a company.”
  8. Question: “무엇을 좋아하세요?” (Mueoseul joahaseyo?)
    Translation: “What do you like?”
    Answer: “음악을 좋아해요.” (Eumageul joahaeyo.)
    Translation: “I like music.”
  9. Question: “언제 출발할 거예요?” (Eonje chulbalhal geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “When will you depart?”
    Answer: “한 시에 출발할 거예요.” (Han sie chulbalhal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I will depart at one o’clock.”
  10. Question: “이 번호는 누구의 거예요?” (I beonho-neun nuguui geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “Whose number is this?”
    Answer: “친구의 번호예요.” (Chinguui beonho-eyo.)
    Translation: “It’s my friend’s number.”
A
  1. Question: “이 책은 어디에서 샀어요?” (I chaeg-eun eodi-eseo sasseoyo?)
    Translation: “Where did you buy this book?”
    Answer: “서점에서 샀어요.” (Seojeom-eseo sasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I bought it at the bookstore.”
  2. Question: “오늘 날씨 어때요?” (Oneul nalssi eottaeyo?)
    Translation: “How is the weather today?”
    Answer: “오늘은 맑아요.” (Oneureun malgayo.)
    Translation: “It’s sunny today.”
  3. Question: “저녁에 뭐 먹을까요?” (Jeonyeok-e mwo meogeulkkayo?)
    Translation: “What should we eat for dinner?”
    Answer: “짜장면을 먹을까요?” (Jjajangmyeon-eul meogeulkkayo?)
    Translation: “How about having jjajangmyeon?”
  4. Question: “오늘 무슨 계획이에요?” (Oneul museun gyehoe-gi-eoyo?)
    Translation: “What are your plans for today?”
    Answer: “영화를 보러 갈 거예요.” (Yeonghwareul boreo gal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to watch a movie.”
  5. Question: “어제 뭐 했어요?” (Eoje mwo haesseoyo?)
    Translation: “What did you do yesterday?”
    Answer: “친구와 놀았어요.” (Chinguwa norasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I hung out with my friend.”
  6. Question: “이 차는 얼마에요?” (I cha-neun eolmae-yeyo?)
    Translation: “How much is this car?”
    Answer: “오백만 원에요.” (Obaekman woneyo.)
    Translation: “It’s five million won.”
  7. Question: “어디서 일해요?” (Eodiseo ilhaeyo?)
    Translation: “Where do you work?”
    Answer: “회사에서 일해요.” (Hoesaeseo ilhaeyo.)
    Translation: “I work at a company.”
  8. Question: “무엇을 좋아하세요?” (Mueoseul joahaseyo?)
    Translation: “What do you like?”
    Answer: “음악을 좋아해요.” (Eumageul joahaeyo.)
    Translation: “I like music.”
  9. Question: “언제 출발할 거예요?” (Eonje chulbalhal geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “When will you depart?”
    Answer: “한 시에 출발할 거예요.” (Han sie chulbalhal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I will depart at one o’clock.”
  10. Question: “이 번호는 누구의 거예요?” (I beonho-neun nuguui geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “Whose number is this?”
    Answer: “친구의 번호예요.” (Chinguui beonho-eyo.)
    Translation: “It’s my friend’s number.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
404
Q
  1. Question: “어제 뭐 했어요?” (Eoje mwo haesseoyo?)
    Translation: “What did you do yesterday?”
    Answer: “공원에 갔어요.” (Gongwone gasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I went to the park.”
  2. Question: “이 옷은 얼마예요?” (I oseun eolmayeyo?)
    Translation: “How much is this clothing?”
    Answer: “이 옷은 만 원입니다.” (I oseun man woneum-nida.)
    Translation: “This clothing is ten thousand won.”
  3. Question: “지금 뭐 하세요?” (Jigeum mwo haseyo?)
    Translation: “What are you doing now?”
    Answer: “책을 읽고 있어요.” (Chaeg-eul ilggo isseoyo.)
    Translation: “I’m reading a book.”
  4. Question: “한국 음식을 좋아하세요?” (Hanguk eumsigeul joahaseyo?)
    Translation: “Do you like Korean food?”
    Answer: “네, 한국 음식을 좋아해요.” (Ne, Hanguk eumsigeul joahaeyo.)
    Translation: “Yes, I like Korean food.”
  5. Question: “이 버스는 어디로 가요?” (I beoseuneun eodiro gayo?)
    Translation: “Where does this bus go?”
    Answer: “이 버스는 시내로 가요.” (I beoseuneun sinaero gayo.)
    Translation: “This bus goes to downtown.”
  6. Question: “이 책은 누구의 거예요?” (I chaeg-eun nugui geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “Whose book is this?”
    Answer: “이 책은 제 친구의 거예요.” (I chaeg-eun je chingue geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “This book is my friend’s.”
  7. Question: “오늘 뭐 할 거예요?” (Oneul mwo hal geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “What are you going to do today?”
    Answer: “친구랑 영화를 볼 거예요.” (Chingurang yeonghwareul bol geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to watch a movie with my friend.”
  8. Question: “언제 집에 도착하실 거예요?” (Eonje jibe dochakhassil geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “When will you arrive home?”
    Answer: “오후 여섯 시쯤 도착할 거예요.” (Ohu yeoseos sijjeum dochakhal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I will arrive around 6 p.m.”
  9. Question: “이 일은 어떤가요?” (I ireun eotteongayo?)
    Translation: “How is this job?”
    Answer: “이 일은 재미있어요.” (I ireun jaemiisseoyo.)
    Translation: “This job is interesting.”
  10. Question: “어디 가고 싶어요?” (Eodi gago sipeoyo?)
    Translation: “Where do you want to go?”
    Answer: “제주도에 가고 싶어요.” (Jejudo-e gago sipeoyo.)
    Translation: “I want to go to Jeju Island.”
A
  1. Question: “어제 뭐 했어요?” (Eoje mwo haesseoyo?)
    Translation: “What did you do yesterday?”
    Answer: “공원에 갔어요.” (Gongwone gasseoyo.)
    Translation: “I went to the park.”
  2. Question: “이 옷은 얼마예요?” (I oseun eolmayeyo?)
    Translation: “How much is this clothing?”
    Answer: “이 옷은 만 원입니다.” (I oseun man woneum-nida.)
    Translation: “This clothing is ten thousand won.”
  3. Question: “지금 뭐 하세요?” (Jigeum mwo haseyo?)
    Translation: “What are you doing now?”
    Answer: “책을 읽고 있어요.” (Chaeg-eul ilggo isseoyo.)
    Translation: “I’m reading a book.”
  4. Question: “한국 음식을 좋아하세요?” (Hanguk eumsigeul joahaseyo?)
    Translation: “Do you like Korean food?”
    Answer: “네, 한국 음식을 좋아해요.” (Ne, Hanguk eumsigeul joahaeyo.)
    Translation: “Yes, I like Korean food.”
  5. Question: “이 버스는 어디로 가요?” (I beoseuneun eodiro gayo?)
    Translation: “Where does this bus go?”
    Answer: “이 버스는 시내로 가요.” (I beoseuneun sinaero gayo.)
    Translation: “This bus goes to downtown.”
  6. Question: “이 책은 누구의 거예요?” (I chaeg-eun nugui geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “Whose book is this?”
    Answer: “이 책은 제 친구의 거예요.” (I chaeg-eun je chingue geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “This book is my friend’s.”
  7. Question: “오늘 뭐 할 거예요?” (Oneul mwo hal geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “What are you going to do today?”
    Answer: “친구랑 영화를 볼 거예요.” (Chingurang yeonghwareul bol geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I’m going to watch a movie with my friend.”
  8. Question: “언제 집에 도착하실 거예요?” (Eonje jibe dochakhassil geoyeyo?)
    Translation: “When will you arrive home?”
    Answer: “오후 여섯 시쯤 도착할 거예요.” (Ohu yeoseos sijjeum dochakhal geoyeyo.)
    Translation: “I will arrive around 6 p.m.”
  9. Question: “이 일은 어떤가요?” (I ireun eotteongayo?)
    Translation: “How is this job?”
    Answer: “이 일은 재미있어요.” (I ireun jaemiisseoyo.)
    Translation: “This job is interesting.”
  10. Question: “어디 가고 싶어요?” (Eodi gago sipeoyo?)
    Translation: “Where do you want to go?”
    Answer: “제주도에 가고 싶어요.” (Jejudo-e gago sipeoyo.)
    Translation: “I want to go to Jeju Island.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
405
Q

Keutae jeodo “그때 저도,”

A

Keutae jeodo- thats then that i too
which means “At that time, me too”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
406
Q

Geurae aratta! “그래 알았다”

A

“Yes, I understand” or “Okay, I got it.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
407
Q

“뭐니?” (mwoni)

A

“Mwoni.” It’s commonly used as a casual way of saying “What’s up?” or “What’s going on?”

  1. “뭐니- 너 돌아왔어?” would be Romanized as “Mwoni- neo dorawaosseo?”
  2. “돌아왔어?” would be Romanized as “Dorawaosseo?”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
408
Q

“수박과 오렌지” (subakgwa orenji)
“오렌지와 수박” (orenjiwa subak)
Wa/gwa
“내 친구와 같이 운동해요” (Nae chinguwa gatchi undonghaeyo)

A

Wa/gwa- means “and” or “with” this is more formal than “hago” and used only after a noun. Hago can be used after a verb
Use gwa after consonants and Wa after a bowel
“watermelon and orange”
“orange and watermelon”
means “I exercise/work out with my friend”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
409
Q

“그대로” (geudaero)

A

“as it is” or “without changing” It’s commonly used to indicate maintaining something in its current state without alterations or modifications.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
410
Q

Actually, “그대” (geudae)

A

“you” in Korean. It’s a more poetic or formal way of addressing someone, similar to “thou” or “thee” in English. It’s often used in literature, songs, or in formal writing. This is NOT used in a conversation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
411
Q

“돌” (dol)

A

typically refers to a stone or a pebble. However, it can also have other meanings depending on the context. For example, “돌” (dol) can also refer to a traditional Korean milestone or marker used for counting age. Additionally, “돌” (dol) can mean “to turn” or “to rotate” as a verb. If you have a specific context in mind, please let me know, and I can provide more detailed information.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
412
Q

“슬픈데” (seulpeunde)

A

“I’m sad” or “I’m upset” in Korean. If you’re feeling upset, I’m here to chat and help if you need support or someone to talk to.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
413
Q

“오늘 왜?” (oneul wae)

A

“What is it this time?” It’s a shortened and more casual way of asking the question.
“오늘 왜?” (oneul wae) directly translates to “Why today?” in Korean, and it’s not a direct translation for “What is it this time?” A more accurate translation for “What is it this time?” in Korean would be “이번에는 뭐야?” (ibeoneun mwoya) or “지금은 뭐야?” (jigeumeun mwoya)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
414
Q

“너는 아름답고 똑똑해” (neoneun areumdapgo ttokttokhae).
“예쁘고 똑똑해요” (yeppeugo ttokttokhaeyo)

A

“You’re beautiful and smart”
“you’re beautiful and smart”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
415
Q

“파랑색” (parangsaeg)

A

“blue color” or simply “blue.” The word “색” (saeg) means “color,” so when you add it to “파랑” (parang), which means “blue,” you get “blue color” or “blue.” Therefore, “saeg” in the phrase “parangsaeg” refers to “color.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
416
Q

“어떻게 하면” (eotteohke hamyeon)

A

means “How can I…” or “What should I do if…” in Korean. It’s used when asking for advice or seeking solutions to a problem or situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
417
Q

“예전처럼” (yejeoncheoreom) or “여전히” (yeojeonhi)

A

“as usual” or “like before” in Korean. They are used to indicate continuity or consistency in a situation or behavior.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
418
Q

“역시” (yeoksi)

A

“as usual” or “as expected.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
419
Q

“고맙다” (gomabda)
“고마워” (gomawo)
“감사합니다” (gamsahamnida)

A

informal way to say “thank you” in Korean. It’s commonly used among friends, family, and in casual situations.
“thanks” “고마워” (gomawo) in informal settings, or “감사합니다” (gamsahamnida) in formal situations. The informal “고마워” (gomawo) is commonly used among friends, peers, or in casual settings, while “감사합니다” (gamsahamnida) is more polite and appropriate for formal situations, such as expressing gratitude to elders, strangers, or in professional settings.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
420
Q

The differences among “있습니다” (isseumnida), “있습니다” (isseubnida), and “있습니댜” (issseubnida) lie in their formality levels and grammatical structures:

A
  1. “있습니다” (isseumnida): This is a polite and formal way to say “there is” or “there are” in Korean. It’s used in formal situations or when speaking to someone older or in a higher position.
  2. “있습니다” (isseubnida): This is another polite and formal way to say “there is” or “there are” in Korean. It’s also used in formal situations or when speaking to someone older or in a higher position. The difference from “있습니다” (isseumnida) lies in the pronunciation and spelling conventions.
  3. “있습니댜” (issseubnida): This is a combination of the polite form “있습니다” (isseumnida) and the informal sentence ending “댜” (dya). It’s used in written language, especially in internet or casual contexts, to sound more friendly or approachable while maintaining a level of politeness.

In summary, “있습니다” (isseumnida) and “있습니다” (isseubnida) are formal and polite, while “있습니댜” (issseubnida) is a more casual and friendly variant used in written language, particularly online or in informal settings.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
421
Q

“아니야” (aniya)
아니야 라고” (aniya rago)

A

is a casual way to say “no” or “it’s not” in Korean. It’s used in informal situations among friends or peers. The word “라고” (rago) is a particle in Korean that is often used to quote or report what someone else said. So, “아니야 라고” (aniya rago) would mean “It’s not,” quoting someone else’s statement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
422
Q

“아니야” (aniya)

A

“No” or “It’s not” in English. It’s a casual way to deny or negate something. It can also be used to mean “Nope” or “Not really” in informal conversations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
423
Q

“지” (ji)

A

지” (ji) after a noun, pronoun, or verb forms a casual question tag, similar to the English question tag “right?” or “isn’t it?” It’s used to seek confirmation or agreement from the listener.

For example:
- “그거 맛있지?” (geugeo masitji?): “That tastes good, right?”
- “오늘 춥지?” (oneul chupji?): “It’s cold today, isn’t it?”
- “밥 먹었지?” (bap meogeotji?): “You ate, right?”

Adding “지” (ji) after a verb or adjective changes the statement into a question, making it a casual way to ask for confirmation or agreement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
424
Q

“아니지” (aniji) or “아니야지” (aniyaji)

A

adds emphasis to the denial or disagreement. It’s a more emphatic way of saying “no” or “it’s not” in a casual manner. Adding “지” (ji) at the end intensifies the assertion or negation.
“Ani ji” (아니지) in Korean translates to “No, it’s not” or “No, it isn’t” in English. It’s used to disagree or refute something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
425
Q

“그렇었지” (geureotji)

A

in Korean translates to “That’s right” or “That’s how it was” in English. It’s a casual way of affirming something or acknowledging a previous statement. Adding “지” (ji) at the end turns the statement into a casual question tag, seeking confirmation or agreement from the listener.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
426
Q

“내일 친구랑 밖에 나가서 밥 먹을 거예요” (Naeil chingurang bakke nagaseo bab meogeul geoyeyo).

A

This translates to “Tomorrow, my friend and I will go out and eat.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
427
Q

“와 진짜 예쁘다!” (Wa jinjja yeppeuda!) and “와 사실 예쁘다!” (Wa sasil yeppeuda!)

A

express admiration for something beautiful in Korean. However, there’s a slight difference in emphasis:

  1. “와 진짜 예쁘다!” (Wa jinjja yeppeuda!): This translates to “Wow, it’s really beautiful!” The emphasis here is on the speaker’s genuine astonishment or surprise at the beauty of something.
  2. “와 사실 예쁘다!” (Wa sasil yeppeuda!): This also translates to “Wow, it’s really beautiful!” However, the emphasis here is on the factuality or truthfulness of the statement. It’s like saying “Wow, it’s indeed beautiful!” or “Wow, it’s actually beautiful!”

Both convey admiration for something beautiful, “진짜” (jinjja) emphasizes the speaker’s genuine reaction, while “사실” (sasil) emphasizes the truthfulness or factuality of the statement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
428
Q

“하면” (hamyeon), “다면” (damyeon), and “사면” (samyen)

A

are all conditional conjunctions in Korean, used to express hypothetical or conditional situations. Here’s how they are typically used:

  1. “하면” (hamyeon): This conjunction is used to express a conditional relationship between two clauses. It translates to “if” or “when” in English. For example: “비가 오면 집에 가겠어요” (biga omyeon jibe gagesseoyo) - “If it rains, I will go home.”
  2. “다면” (damyeon): This conjunction is also used to express a conditional relationship between two clauses, but it’s often used to introduce a hypothetical situation or condition. It translates to “if” or “in the case that” in English. For example: “시간이 있다면 영화를 볼 거예요” (sigani itdamyeon yeonghwaleul bol geoyeyo) - “If I have time, I will watch a movie.”
  3. “사면” (samyen): This conjunction is used to express a condition or situation that is based on or contingent upon something else. It can be translated as “if” or “provided that” in English. For example: “돈이 있으면 사면 좋겠어요” (doni isseumyeon samyeon jokesseoyo) - “If there is money, it would be nice to buy it.”

These conjunctions are important in Korean grammar for expressing various types of conditions or hypothetical situations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
429
Q

“다르면” (dareumyeon) or “그렇지 않으면” (geureoji aneumyeon)

A

“if it’s different” or “if it’s otherwise” in Korean, you would use different phrases such as
These phrases are used to indicate a condition or situation that occurs when something is different or otherwise.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
430
Q

(Eotteohke eop-sseo hamgge duga sipeunde?) “어떻게 없어 함께 둘 가 싶은데?”

A

“How come you’re not there? I want to be with you,”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
431
Q

(Mwoya?) “뭐야?” or
(Mwoga munjeya?).”뭐가 문제야?”

A

“What’s wrong?” or “What’s the matter?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
432
Q

(Geumanhae!) “그만해!”

A

is a common expression in Korean used to mean “That’s enough!” or “Stop it!” It’s used to abruptly end or halt someone’s actions or behavior.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
433
Q

(Sukjereul haeya haeyo). “숙제를 해야 해요”

A

“I should do my homework” in Korean

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
434
Q

“Jeodo hanguk deuramareul boneun geoseul joahaeyo.”“저도 한국 드라마를 보는 것을 좋아해요.”

A

“I also like to watch Korean dramas”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
435
Q

“없다” (Eopda)
“덮다” (Deopda)
“없어” (Eopseo)

A
  1. “없다” (Eopda) - meaning “to not exist” or “to be absent.”
  2. “덮다” (Deopda) - meaning “to cover” or “to conceal.”
  3. “없어” (Eopseo) - meaning “there is not” or “is not available.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
436
Q

“Gabjagi nado jinjja baegopa” (갑자기 나도 진짜 배고파)

A

“Gabjagi nado jinjja baegopa,” and it translates to “Suddenly, I’m really hungry” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
437
Q

Sure, here are those words in Korean:

  1. Would - 할 것이다 (Hal geosida)
  2. Can - 할 수 있다 (Hal su itda)
  3. Will - 할 것이다 (Hal geosida)
  4. They - 그들 (Geudeul)
  5. If - 만약 (Manyak)
  6. When you - 네가 할 때 (Nega hal ttae)
  7. Give - 주다 (Juda)
  8. Put - 넣다 (Neotda)
  9. Provide - 제공하다 (Jegonghada)
  10. “더” (deo)
A

Sure, here are those words in Korean:

  1. Would - 할 것이다 (Hal geosida)
  2. Can - 할 수 있다 (Hal su itda)
  3. Will - 할 것이다 (Hal geosida)
  4. They - 그들 (Geudeul)
  5. If - 만약 (Manyak)
  6. When you - 네가 할 때 (Nega hal ttae)
  7. Give - 주다 (Juda)
  8. Put - 넣다 (Neotda)
  9. Provide - 제공하다 (Jegonghada)
  10. “더” (deo)-“more” or “additional
    11.”할 수 있을까요?-“Could” “할 수 있을까요?” (hal su isseulkkayo?) or “할 수 있을까요?” (hal su isseulkka?) depending on the context. It expresses a possibility or ability to do something.
    “더” (deo) generally means “more” or “additional.” However, in the context of the phrase “더 친근하게 말해줄래요?” (deo chingunhage malhaejullae-yo?), the word “더” (deo) is not being used to mean “more” in a quantitative sense, but rather to convey a sense of “further” or “even more.”

Here, “더 친근하게” (deo chingunhage) means “more friendly” or “even friendlier,” and it’s used to modify the verb “말해줄래요?” (malhaejullae-yo?), which means “Could you say?” or “Would you say?”

So, “더 친근하게 말해줄래요?” (deo chingunhage malhaejullae-yo?) translates to “Could you say it more friendly?” or “Can you say it in a friendlier manner?” where “더” (deo) is used to emphasize the request for a friendlier tone or manner of speaking.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
438
Q

Naneun sugjega heungmireul yubarandago saeng-gaghaeyo
“나는 숙제가 흥미를 유발한다고 생각해요.”

A

“I find the homework to be stimulating”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
439
Q

Jeongmal joh-eun naissineyo
“나는 숙제가 흥미를 유발한다고 생각해요.”

A
  • what a beutiful day.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
440
Q

“죄송해요” (joesonghaeyo).

A

“I’m sorry”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
441
Q

“PPALIEOYO” (빨리어요)

A

in Korean means “hurry up” or “quickly.” It’s commonly used to urge someone to do something quickly or to hurry.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
442
Q

“Wah igeo yah” (와 이거야)

A

in Korean is an exclamation that can be translated as “Wow, this is it!” or “Wow, this is the one!” It’s commonly used to express surprise, excitement, or satisfaction when discovering or experiencing something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
443
Q

“iltan” (일탄)

A

can also mean “first” or “first time” in various contexts. It can refer to being first in order, sequence, or occurrence. For example, “일탄 경험” (iltan gyeongheom) means “first experience,” and “일탄 미팅” (iltan miting) means “first meeting.”
More examples
“Iltan joahaneunde” (일탄 좋아하는데) in Korean means “I like the first strike,” or more accurately, “I like the first move,” depending on the context. It suggests a preference for taking action or initiative in a given situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
444
Q

Ttaemune “때문에”

A

can mean “because of” “due to” or “si ce” in Korean, so “Ttaemune” can be translated as “because of me” or “due to me” depending on the context. It’s often used to indicate a cause or reason for something.
1. 나는 일이 있어서 늦었어. 때문에 미안해. (Naneun ili isseoseo neujeosseo. Ttaemune mianhae.)
(I was late because I had work. I’m sorry due to that.)

  1. 비가 내리기 시작했어. 때문에 우산을 가져왔어. (Biga naerigi sijakhaesseo. Ttaemune usaneul gajyeowasseo.)
    (It started raining, so I brought an umbrella because of that.)
  2. 그는 열심히 공부해서 시험에 통과했다. 때문에 칭찬을 받았어. (Geuneun yeolsimhi gongbuhaseo siheome tonggwahaetda. Ttaemune chingchaneul badaosseo.)
    (He passed the exam because he studied hard. Because of that, he received praise.)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
445
Q

“맞아요” (majayo)

A

can also mean “that’s it” in Korean, depending on the context. It can be used to confirm or acknowledge that something is correct or accurate, similar to saying “that’s right” or “that’s it” in English.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
446
Q

“있습니다” (jaimnida)

A

is a valid Korean word, which means “to have” or “there is/are.” It’s a conjugated form of the verb “있다” (to have/exist).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
447
Q

“누구 있던데요” (nugu isseondeyo)

A

in Korean, which translates to “Who’s there?” Is anyone there in English. It’s a common phrase used to inquire about the presence of someone or to ask who is present in a particular place or situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
448
Q

“Hana do” (하나 더)
“Hanado eobs-eo” (하나도 없어)

A

in Korean means “one more thing” or “one more time.” It’s commonly used when someone wants to add or mention something additional to what has already been discussed or done.
“Hanado eobs-eo” (하나도 없어) in Korean means “There isn’t even one” or “Not even one exists” in English. It’s used to emphasize the complete absence of something or the lack of anything at all.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
449
Q

“들어와” (deureowa).

A

“come inside,”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
450
Q

“언제부터” (eonjebuteo).

A

“since when,”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
451
Q

“Saramdeul” (사람들)

A

in Korean means “people” or “many people” in English. It’s a plural form of the word “사람” (saram), which means “person.” So, “saramdeul” refers to multiple individuals or a group of people.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
452
Q

“Mwoseunerya jigeum” (뭐슨에랴 지금)

A

in Korean is an informal and colloquial way of asking “What are you doing right now?” or “What’s going on?” It’s a casual way to inquire about someone’s current activity or situation.

“Mwoseunerya jigeum” (뭐쓰네리야 지금) seems like a casual or colloquial way of expressing surprise or disbelief about something happening right now. It’s not standard Korean, but it appears to be a playful or slangy way of saying “What’s happening right now?” or “What’s going on right now?”

The standard way to ask “What’s happening right now?” or “What are you doing right now?” in Korean would be:

  • 지금 뭐하고 있어? (jigeum mwohago isseo?)
  • 지금 무슨 일이 있어? (jigeum museun iri isseo?)

These phrases are more commonly used in everyday conversation to inquire about current actions or situations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
453
Q

“Taenaji” (태나지)

A

in Korean is a colloquial expression that can be translated as “of course” or “definitely.” It’s a casual way of agreeing with or affirming something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
454
Q

“Geureosse” (그렇쎄)

A

is a colloquial and informal way of saying “I don’t know” in Korean. It’s a contraction of “그렇다” (geureota), which means “to be like that” or “to be so,” and the informal ending “-쎄” (-sse) is often used in casual speech. So, “geureosse” essentially means “I don’t know” in a casual tone.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
455
Q

“Jeo halle” (저 할래)

A

“I will do that” or “I will take care of that” in Korean. It’s used to express one’s willingness to handle or take responsibility for something.
“I want that” or “I would like that”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
456
Q

“Wasso” (왔소)

A

in Korean translates to “you came” in English. It’s the past tense form of the verb “오다” (oda), which means “to come.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
457
Q

“Chingu rang” (친구랑)

A

“with a friend” in English. It’s commonly used to indicate that someone is doing or going somewhere with a friend.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
458
Q

“Sarangago” (사랑하고)

A

in Korean means “I love” or “and love” in English. It’s the verb “사랑하다” (saranghada), which means “to love,” conjugated with the particle “고” (go) to indicate “and.” So, depending on the context, it could mean “I love” or “and love.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
459
Q

“멀리” (meolli)

A

“Far”
in Korean. It’s used to describe a distance that is considerable or distant. For example, “멀리 있는 집” (meolli inneun jip) means “a house that is far away.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
460
Q

(meogeosseoyo)”먹었어요” or (meogeosseo) “먹었어”

A

“I ate” in Korean is
“먹었어요” (meogeosseoyo) in polite form, or “먹었어” (meogeosseo) in casual form.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
461
Q

(deureoyo)”듣어요”
(joahaeyo)”좋아해요”

A

have different meanings and usage:

  1. “듣어요” (deureoyo) is the verb “듣다” (deuda) conjugated to the polite present tense form. It means “to listen” or “to hear.” It’s used when talking about the act of listening to something, such as music, a lecture, or a conversation.
  2. “좋아해요” (joahaeyo) is the verb “좋아하다” (joahada) conjugated to the polite present tense form. It means “to like” or “to enjoy.” It’s used when expressing positive feelings or preferences toward something or someone, indicating that you like or enjoy it/them.

In summary, “듣어요” (deureoyo) is used for the action of listening or hearing, while “좋아해요” (joahaeyo) is used for expressing liking or enjoyment

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
462
Q

conjugated verbs
eyo, eoyo, isseo, isseoyo,haeyo, waeyo, Haseyo

A

The verbs you’ve mentioned are all conjugated forms of basic Korean verbs, and they are used to convey different nuances in politeness, formality, and tense. Let’s break down each one:

  1. “이다” (ida) - “to be”:
    • “이에요” (ieyo) or “예요” (yeyo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech.
    • “있어” (isseo) or “있습니다” (isseumnida): Polite present tense form used in formal speech.
    • “해요” (haeyo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech, also used with action verbs.
    • “해세요” (haeseyo): Polite imperative form used to make requests or commands.
  2. “오다” (oda) - “to come”:
    • “와요” (wayo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech.
    • “와세요” (waseyo): Polite imperative form used to make requests or commands.
  3. “하다” (hada) - “to do”:
    • “해요” (haeyo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech, also used with descriptive verbs.
    • “하세요” (haseyo): Polite imperative form used to make requests or commands.

The differences lie mainly in the level of politeness/formality and the tense of the verb. The “요” (yo) or “세요” (seyo) endings indicate politeness, and they are often used in formal or polite speech. The verb endings without “요” or “세요” are used in informal speech. Additionally, “해요” (haeyo) is used with both action and descriptive verbs, while “해세요” (haseyo) is used primarily with action verbs in polite requests or commands.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
463
Q

“Bottong” (보통)

A

in Korean means “usually” or “normally” in English. It is used to indicate something that happens in a typical or regular manner. For example:

  • “그는 보통 아침에 운동해요.” (Geuneun botong achime undonghaeyo.) - He usually exercises in the morning.

It’s important to note that “bottong” is not used to mean “but,” as your initial phrase suggests. If you intended to express “but usually,” you would need to use both words separately in the sentence structure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
464
Q

제 경우에는 조금 따뜻한 음식을 좋아해요. (Je gue-seo-e-neun jogeum ttatteuthan eumsik-eul joahae-yo.)

A

This sentence translates to: “As for me, I like a bit warm food.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
465
Q

(Baro)바로
(Jogeum)조금
(je gue-seo-e-neun)제 경우에는 or (jeo-neun) 저는

A
  1. “Right away” - 바로 (baro)
  2. “A bit” - 조금 (jogeum)
  3. “As for me” - 제 경우에는 (je gue-seo-e-neun) or 저는 (jeo-neun) for “as for me,” depending on the context.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
466
Q

(-go)”-고” Verb ending suffix

A

I see, you’re referring to verbs ending with the suffix “-고” (-go) in Korean.

  1. “타고” (tago) is a verb that means “to ride” or “to take (a vehicle).”
  2. 가다 (gada) - to go
    • 가고 (gago) - go and…
  3. 오다 (oda) - to come
    • 오고 (ogo) - come and…
  4. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat
    • 먹고 (meokgo) - eat and…
  5. 마시다 (masida) - to drink
    • 마시고 (masigo) - drink and…
  6. 보다 (boda) - to see, to watch
    • 보고 (bogo) - see/watch and…
  7. 듣다 (deuda) - to listen, to hear
    • 듣고 (deugo) - listen/hear and…
  8. 하다 (hada) - to do
    • 하고 (hago) - do and…
  9. 살다 (salda) - to live
    • 사고 (sago) - live and…
  10. 자다 (jada) - to sleep
    • 자고 (jago) - sleep and…
  11. 웃다 (utda) - to laugh
    • 웃고 (utgo) - laugh and…
  12. 일어나다 (ireonada) - to get up, to rise
    • 일어나고 (ireonago) - get up and…
  13. 걷다 (geotda) - to walk
    • 걸어가고 (georeogago) - walk and…
  14. 달리다 (dallida) - to run
    • 달려가고 (dallyeogago) - run and…
  15. 넘다 (neomda) - to cross, to pass
    • 넘어가고 (neomeogago) - cross/pass
  16. 찾다 (chatda) - to find
    • 찾고 (chatgo) - find and…
  17. 기다리다 (gidarida) - to wait
    • 기다리고 (gidarigo) - wait and…
  18. 도와주다 (dowajuda) - to help
    • 도와주고 (dowajugo) - help and…
  19. 배우다 (baeuda) - to learn
    • 배우고 (baeugo) - learn and…
  20. 춤추다 (chumchuda) - to dance
    • 춤추고 (chumchugo) - dance and…
  21. 만나다 (mannada) - to meet
    • 만나고 (mannago) - meet and…
  22. 일하다 (ilhada) - to work
    • 일하고 (ilhago) - work and…
  23. 공부하다 (gongbuhada) - to study
    • 공부하고 (gongbuhago) - study and…
  24. 떠나다 (tteonada) - to leave, to depart
    • 떠나고 (tteonago) - leave/depart and…
  25. 끝나다 (kkeutnada) - to end, to finish
    • 끝나고 (kkeutnago) - end/finish and…
  26. 생각하다 (saenggakhada) - to think
    • 생각하고 (saenggakago) - think and…
  27. 이야기하다 (iyagihada) - to talk, to converse
    • 이야기하고 (iyagihago) - talk/converse and…
  28. 쓰다 (sseuda) - to write
    • 쓰고 (sseugo) - write and…
  29. 남기다 (namgida) - to leave (behind), to leave a mark
    • 남기고 (namgigo) - leave (behind)/leave a mark and…
  30. 그리워하다 (geuriwohada) - to miss (someone/something)
    • 그리워하고 (geuriwohago) - miss (someone/something) and…
  31. 기다리다 (gidarida) - to wait
    • 기다리고 (gidarigo) - wait and…
  32. 만들다 (mandeulda) - to make, to create
    • 만들고 (mandeulgo) - make/create and…
  33. 웃다 (utda) - to laugh
    • 웃고 (utgo) - laugh and…
  34. 울다 (ulda) - to cry
    • 울고 (ulgo) - cry and…
  35. 움직이다 (umjigida) - to move
    • 움직이고 (umjigigo) - move and…

conjugated with “-고” (-go) in Korean to connect actions in sentences.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
467
Q

Wa “와” nouns joining particle

A

Nouns joined by the particle “와” (wa) to indicate “and” or “with” in Korean:
“너와” (neowa) “with you” or “and you” combination of the word “너” (neo), which means “you,” and the particle “와” (wa), which is used to indicate “and” or “with” when joining nouns.

  1. 친구와 (chinguwa) - friend and
  2. 가족과 (gajokgwa) - family and
  3. 여자친구와 (yeojachinguwa) - girlfriend and
  4. 남자친구와 (namjachinguwa) - boyfriend and
  5. 형제와 (hyeongjaewa) - siblings and
  6. 부모와 (bumowa) - parents and
  7. 선생님과 (seonsaengnimgwa) - teacher and
  8. 학생들과 (haksaengdeulgwa) - students and
  9. 동료와 (dongryowa) - colleagues and
  10. 이웃과 (iwotgwa) - neighbors and

These examples illustrate how “와” (wa) is used to join nouns in Korean to indicate “and” or “with.”
In Korean, “wa” (와/과), “go” (고), and “geurigo” (그리고) are conjunctions used to connect clauses, phrases, or words, including nouns. They serve similar functions to “and” in English, but they are used in slightly different contexts:

  1. “Wa” (와) and “Gwa” (과): These are used to join nouns and are usually interchangeable. The choice between them depends on the final sound of the preceding word:
    • “와” is used after a vowel sound. (e.g., 사과와 배 = “an apple and a pear”)
    • “과” is used after a consonant sound. (e.g., 사과과 오렌지 = orenjiwa sagwareul”an apple and an orange,” though 오렌지 would typically not be followed by 과 in natural Korean due to its ending in a vowel sound; this is just to illustrate the consonant rule.)
  2. “Go” (고): This is used to connect clauses or sentences, and it can also connect the last item in a list of nouns. It translates to “and” in the context of continuing an action or list. (e.g., 저는 사과를 먹고, 배도 먹어요. = Jeoneun sagwareul meokgo, baedo meogeoyo.”I eat an apple and also eat a pear.”)
  3. “Geurigo” (그리고): This is more flexible as it can be used to join sentences or clauses and can also start a sentence, much like “and” in English. It’s used to add information or introduce a related point. (e.g., 저는 사과를 먹습니다. 그리고, 배도 먹어요. =Jeoneun sagwareul meokseumnida. Geurigo, baedo meogeoyo “I eat an apple. And, I also eat a pear.”)
  4. 저는 사과를 먹습니다. 그리고, 배도 먹어요.
    • Jeoneun sagwareul meokseumnida. Geurigo, baedo meogeoyo.
  5. 저는 사과를 먹고, 배도 먹어요.
    • Jeoneun sagwareul meokgo, baedo meogeoyo.
  6. 사과과 오렌지
    • Sagwagwa orenji

However, note that there’s a slight mistake in the third sentence; it should ideally use 와 (wa) after 사과 since 사과 (apple) ends in a vowel sound, making it 사과와 오렌지 (sagwawa orenji) for “apples and oranges.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
468
Q

pronouns and adjectives
do not have specific conjunctive endings like verbs do.

A

In Korean, conjunctive endings like “-고” (-go) are typically used with verbs to connect actions or describe simultaneous actions. However, pronouns and adjectives do not have specific conjunctive endings like verbs do.

Instead, when connecting pronouns or adjectives to form compound sentences, you can use conjunctions like “그리고” (geurigo) for “and” or “그러나” (geureona) for “but.” These conjunctions serve a similar purpose to conjunctive endings for verbs, but they are separate words rather than endings attached to the pronouns or adjectives themselves.

For example:
- “그녀는 예쁘고 친절해요.” (Geunyeoneun yeppeugo chinjeolhaeyo.) - “She is pretty and kind.”
- “나는 바빠요, 그러나 행복해요.” (Naneun bappayo, geureona haengbokhaeyo.) - “I am busy, but I am happy.”

In these sentences, “그리고” (geurigo) and “그러나” (geureona) are used to connect the pronouns “그녀” (geunyeo) and “나” (na) to the adjectives “예쁘” (yeppeu) and “친절” (chinjeol), respectively.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
469
Q

(geurigo)”그리고”
(-go)”-고”

A

“그리고” (geurigo) and “-고” (-go) can be used in comparison between phrases and verbs:

  1. 그리고 (geurigo) - Conjunction for connecting phrases:
    • Example: “나는 사과를 사고, 그리고 배를 샀어요.” (Naneun sagwareul sago, geurigo baereul sasseoyo.)
      • Translation: “I bought apples, and then I bought pears.”
    • In this example, “그리고” (geurigo) is used to connect the two independent actions of buying apples and then buying pears.
  2. -고 (-go) - Conjunctive ending for connecting verbs:
    • Example: “나는 사과를 사고 배를 샀어요.” (Naneun sagwareul sago baereul sasseoyo.)
      • Translation: “I bought apples and pears.”
    • In this example, “-고” (-go) is used to connect the verbs “buying apples” and “buying pears” in a single compound sentence.

So, both “그리고” (geurigo) and “-고” (-go) can be used to connect phrases or verbs in a comparison or sequential manner, depending on the structure and context of the sentence.

Conjunctions that can be used to connect two independent sentences or clauses. One common conjunction for this purpose is “그리고” (geurigo), which means “and” in English.

For example:
- Sentence 1: 저는 공부했어요. (Jeoneun gongbuhesseoyo.) - “I studied.”
- Sentence 2: 친구를 만났어요. (Chingureul mannasseoyo.) - “I met my friend.”
- Combined with “그리고” (geurigo): 저는 공부했어요, 그리고 친구를 만났어요. (Jeoneun gongbuhesseoyo, geurigo chingureul mannasseoyo.) - “I studied, and I met my friend.”

In this example, “그리고” (geurigo) is used to connect the two independent sentences “저는 공부했어요” (Jeoneun gongbuhesseoyo) and “친구를 만났어요” (Chingureul mannasseoyo), forming a compound sentence. This conjunction serves to indicate the relationship between the actions described in each sentence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
470
Q

What makes a full sentences
Besides noun, verb etc..

A

In addition to nouns, verbs, pronouns, conjunctive endings, subjects, and objects, here are some other important components that can make up full sentences in Korean:

  1. Adjectives (형용사 - hyeongyongsa): These are used to describe nouns or pronouns in a sentence. Adjectives can be used predicatively (before a verb) or attributively (modifying a noun directly).Example: 예쁜 꽃 (yeppeun kkot) - “pretty flower”
  2. Adverbs (부사 - busa): These modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs to provide information about time, place, manner, degree, etc.Example: 빨리 달려요 (ppalli dallyeoyo) - “run quickly”
  3. Particles (조사 - josa): These are small words that attach to nouns, pronouns, or verbs to indicate grammatical relationships such as subject, object, location, direction, possession, etc.Example: 에 (e) - indicating location/direction, as in 집에 가다 (jibe gada) - “go home”
  4. Determiners (한정사 - hanjeongsa): These are used to specify or limit the meaning of nouns. They include demonstratives (this, that), possessives (my, your), quantifiers (some, many), etc.Example: 이 책 (i chaek) - “this book”
  5. Auxiliary Verbs (보조동사 - bojodongsa): These verbs accompany main verbs to express tense, mood, aspect, or other grammatical meanings.Example: ~고 싶다 (~go sipda) - “want to do”
  6. Conjunctions (접속사 - jeopsoksa): These connect words, phrases, or clauses in a sentence.Example: 그리고 (geurigo) - “and”
  7. Sentence Endings (마침표 - machimpyo): These are used at the end of sentences to indicate declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory meanings.Example: 요 (yo) - declarative sentence ending

These components, along with nouns, verbs, pronouns, conjunctive endings, subjects, and objects, contribute to creating full and grammatically correct sentences in Korean.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
471
Q

Sentence-final Particles nuances

A

The words “neunde,” “nikka,” “geoya,” and “yeon” are examples of sentence endings or sentence-final particles in Korean. These particles are used to convey various nuances or add emphasis to the sentence. Here’s a breakdown of each:

  1. ~는데 (-neunde): This sentence ending is often used to indicate a causal relationship between two clauses or to provide background information. It can also be used to express contrast or concession.Example: 비가 오는데 우산을 가져가지 않았어요. (Biga oneunde usaneul gajyeogaji anasseoyo.) - “It’s raining, but I didn’t bring an umbrella.”
  2. ~니까 (-nikka): This sentence ending is used to indicate a reason, cause, or explanation for the preceding statement. It is often used in informal speech.Example: 춥니까 옷을 두껍게 입으세요. (Chupnikka oseul dukkeopge ibeuseyo.) - “Because it’s cold, please wear thick clothes.”
  3. ~거야 (-geoya): This sentence ending is used to express conviction or certainty about the statement being made. It is often used in declarative sentences.Example: 내일 비가 올 거야. (Naeil biga ol geoya.) - “It will rain tomorrow.”
  4. ~연 (-yeon): This sentence ending is used to express hearsay or indirect information. It is often used when reporting something someone else has said.Example: 친구가 비가 온다고 해서 우산을 가져왔어요. (Chinguga biga ondago haeseo usaneul gajyeowasseoyo.) - “My friend said it’s going to rain, so I brought an umbrella.”
    Yes, there are more sentence-final particles in Korean that convey various nuances or add emphasis to the sentence. Here are a few more examples:
  5. ~야 (-ya): This particle is used to add emphasis or make a statement sound more assertive. It is often used in informal speech.Example: 가세요! (Gaseyo!) - “Go!”
  6. ~군요 (-gunyo): This particle is used to express realization or discovery. It is often used to convey surprise or interest.Example: 그것은 맛있는 거군요! (Geugeoseun masinneun geogunyo!) - “That looks delicious!”
  7. ~나요 (-nayo): This particle is used to seek confirmation or verification from the listener. It is often used in questions.Example: 비가 오나요? (Biga onayo?) - “Is it raining?”
  8. ~지요 (-jiyo): This particle is used to express agreement or confirmation with the listener’s statement. It is often used in responses.Example: 네, 그렇지요. (Ne, geureohjiyo.) - “Yes, that’s right.”
  9. ~려나요 (-ryeonayo): This particle is used to express uncertainty or speculation. It is often used when the speaker is not sure about something.Example: 그렇게 할려나요? (Geureohge hallyeonayo?) - “Do you think we should do it like that?”

Certainly! Here are a few more sentence-final particles in Korean with their respective nuances:

  1. ~나 (-na): This particle is used to express wonder, doubt, or curiosity. It often indicates a questioning tone.Example: 그게 정말 그런 거나? (Geuge jeongmal geureon geona?) - “Is that really true?”
  2. ~니 (-ni): This particle is used to express surprise, realization, or emphasis. It is often used in informal speech.Example: 진짜니? (Jinjjani?) - “Is that really true?”
  3. ~이야 (-iya): This particle is used to emphasize the subject or to provide additional information about the subject.Example: 내가 그랬어요. (Naega geuraesseoyo.) - “It was me.”
  4. ~다 (-da): This particle is used to make a statement sound more assertive or declarative. It is often used in informal speech.Example: 너무 맛있어요! (Neomu masisseoyo!) - “It’s so delicious!”
  5. ~더라 (-deora): This particle is used to convey past experiences or things that the speaker has personally witnessed.

Example: 그렇게 했더라. (Geureohge haetdeora.) - “That’s how it was done.”

Of course! Here are a few more sentence-final particles in Korean with their respective nuances:

  1. ~네요 (-neyo): This particle is used to express surprise, realization, or confirmation based on new information.

Example: 오늘은 추워요, 날씨가 춥네요. (Oneureun chuwoyo, nalssiga chupneyo.) - “It’s cold today, the weather is cold.”

  1. ~아요 (-ayo): This particle is used to make a statement sound polite or deferential. It is often used in formal speech.

Example: 맛있어요! (Masisseoyo!) - “It’s delicious!”

  1. ~라고 (-rago): This particle is used to quote or report what someone else has said. It is often used in indirect speech or hearsay.

Example: 친구가 그것을 좋다고 했어요. (Chinguga geugeoseul johdago haesseoyo.) - “My friend said that it’s good.”

  1. ~네 (-ne): This particle is used to soften a statement or make it sound more polite. It is often used in informal speech.

Example: 이거 좀 먹어봐도 돼요? (Igeo jom meogeobwado dwaeyo?) - “Can I try this?”

  1. ~거든요 (-geodeunyo): This particle is used to provide an explanation or reason for a statement. It is often used to emphasize the speaker’s intention.

Example: 이유가 있거든요. (Iyuga itgeodeunyo.) - “There’s a reason.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
472
Q

Jom (좀)

A

“Jom” (좀) is an adverb that is commonly used to soften requests or commands in Korean. It can be translated as “a bit,” “a little,” or “please” depending on the context.
In the sentence “Ne chaek jom billyeodo dwaeyo?” (네 책 좀 빌려도 돼요?), “jom” (좀) is an adverb that softens the request or action being asked. It can be translated to “a bit” or “a little” in English.

So, the sentence can be translated as “Can I borrow your book for a bit?” or “Can I borrow your book for a little while?” The use of “jom” adds a sense of politeness or humility to the request.
For example:
- 조금 기다려 주세요. (Jogeum kidaryeo juseyo.) - “Please wait a moment.”

In this sentence, “jom” (좀) softens the request to make it more polite. It does not mean “I” but rather adds a polite tone to the sentence.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
473
Q

“이거는 무거워요” (Igeoneun mugeowoyo)

A

“This is heavy” in English. Here, “이거는” (Igeoneun) means “this” (demonstrative pronoun indicating the subject), “무거워요” (mugeowoyo) means “is heavy” (verb indicating the state or condition of the subject).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
474
Q

(Joh-ahaneun saegkkareun mueos-ibnikka?)”좋아하는 색깔은 무엇입니까?”

A

(Joh-ahaneun saegkkareun mueos-ibnikka?) “What is your favorite color?”

  1. “좋아하는” (joh-ahaneun) - This is the present participle form of the verb “좋아하다” (joh-ahada), which means “to like” or “to prefer.” It is conjugated to indicate that the subject likes or prefers something.
  2. “색깔은” (saegkkareun) - This is composed of two parts:
    • “색깔” (saegkkal) means “color.”
    • “-은” (-eun) is a topic marker used to indicate the topic of the sentence. It is attached to the noun “색깔” (saegkkal) to mark it as the topic.
  3. “무엇입니까?” (mueos-ibnikka?) - This is a question form:
    • “무엇” (mueos) means “what.”
    • “입니까?” (ibnikka?) is a polite question ending used to ask “is it?” or “does it?”

So, when combined, “좋아하는 색깔은 무엇입니까?” (Joh-ahaneun saegkkareun mueos-ibnikka?) literally translates to “What is the color that you like?” or more naturally, “What is your favorite color?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
475
Q

(Jeongmal joh-eun naissineyo)”정말 좋은 나이세요”

A

“정말 좋은 날이네요” (Jeongmal joh-eun nal-ineyo) “What a beautiful day!”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “정말” (jeongmal): “really” or “very.”
- “좋은” (joh-eun): “good” or “nice.”
- “날” (nal): “day.”
- “이네요” (ineyo): is a sentence ending used to express a certain feeling or observation.

So, “정말 좋은 날이네요” (Jeongmal joh-eun nal-ineyo) can be translated as “What a beautiful day!” or “It’s such a nice day!” depending on the context and tone of the speaker.

The phrase “정말 좋은 나이세요” (Jeongmal joh-eun naissineyo) translates to “You are really nice” or “You are very kind” in English.

Here’s the breakdown of each word:
- “정말” (jeongmal): means “really” or “very.”
- “좋은” (joh-eun): is the adjective “좋다” (jota) which means “good” or “nice,” conjugated to mean “good” or “nice.”
- “나이세요” (naissineyo): is the honorific form of the verb “이다” (ida) meaning “to be,” which is used to show respect to the person you are speaking to. It’s a combination of “나이다” (naida) which is the honorific form of “이다” (ida), and the polite ending “-세요” (-seyo) which is used to make the sentence polite.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
476
Q

(ppalli hamyeon)”빨리 하면”
(seodulleoseo)”서둘러서”

A

“if you hurry”
(seodulleoseo) or (ppalli hamyeon).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
477
Q

(gachi gada).같이 가다”

A

“go together” “같이 가다” (gachi gada). “같이” (gachi) means “together” or “with,” and “가다” (gada) means “to go.” So, “같이 가다” (gachi gada) translates to “go together”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
478
Q

(Siraneukka)”싫어니까”

A

(siraneukka) in Korean translates to “because I don’t like/want it” in English. It’s a combination of the word “싫어” (sirheo), which means “dislike” or “don’t want,” and the conjunction “니까” (nikka), which indicates a reason or cause. So, “싫어니까” (siraneukka) expresses the reason for not wanting something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
479
Q

(dago) .”다고”

A

in Korean is a conjunction that is often used to report or convey what someone else has said. It is frequently translated as “said that” or “told that” in English. For example, “그는 내일 올 거라고 했어요” (Geuneun naeil ol georago haesseoyo) translates to “He said that he will come tomorrow

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
480
Q

“누가 했어?” (Nuga haesseo?)
“누구 있어?” (Nugu isso?)

A

“누가 했어?” (Nuga haesseo?) or “이걸 누가 했어?” (Igeol nuga haesseo?) would be the correct Korean phrases for “Who did this?”

“누구 있어?” (Nugu isso?) means “Who is there?” or “Is someone there?” in Korean, it’s used to inquire about the presence of someone else, not specifically asking who did something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
481
Q

(Nugu mwoya?)”누구 뭐야?”

A

“누구 뭐야?” (Nugu mwoya?) literally translates to “Who is it?” or “Who is there?” in English. However, it can also be used informally to express surprise or confusion about something, similar to saying “What’s this?” or “What’s going on?” in English. So, in certain contexts, “누구 뭐야?” (Nugu mwoya?) can indeed be understood as “What’s this?” or “What’s going on?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
482
Q

(Mworaguyo? Geureohke?) “뭐라구요? 그렇게?”

A

“뭐라구요? 그렇게?” (Mworaguyo? Geureohke?) can be translated as “What did you say? Like that?” or “What are you saying? Like that?” in English. It’s a response expressing surprise, disbelief, or indignation at something someone has said.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
483
Q

(Dareun ittna?) “다른 있나?”

A

(Dareun ittna?) could be translated more accurately as “Is there something else?” or “Is there anything different?” in English. It’s commonly used to inquire about the existence of other options or alternatives.
The word “있나” (itnna) is a contraction of “있나요” (itnayo), which is a casual form of asking “Is there?” or “Do you have?” in Korean. So, “이챠나” (itchana) is an informal way to say “있나” (itnna) and translates to “Is there?” or “Do you have?”
The phrase “이챠나” (itchana) is not a complete sentence in Korean, so it’s difficult to determine its meaning without context. However, it seems like it could be a contraction or colloquial form of “있나” (itnna), which means “Is there?” or “Do you have?” in English. If used in a sentence like “내가 말했잖아, 이챠나?” (Naega malhaetjanha, itchana?), it could potentially mean “I told you, is it there?” or “I told you, do you have it?” depending on the context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
484
Q

(Pilyo eobseo)”필요 없어”

A

(Pilyo eobseo) in Korean translates to “There’s no need” or “It’s not necessary” in English. It’s a phrase used to express that something is not needed or necessary in a given context.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
485
Q

(Amado geureojyo)”아마도 그렇죠”

A

(Amado geureojyo) in Korean translates to “Probably, right?” or “I probably will” in English. It’s used to express a likelihood or probability of something happening.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
486
Q

“keutae” (끝내)

A

“keutae” (끝내) “finally” or “in the end” in English. It’s used to indicate the conclusion or the final outcome of something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
487
Q

(Tsum)”뜸”
(Cheum) “첨”
(Chum)”춤”

A

“뜸” (tsum), “첨” (cheum), and “춤” (chum) are three different words in Korean with distinct meanings:

  1. “뜸” (tsum) is a noun that means “hesitation” or “pause.” It refers to the act of hesitating or pausing momentarily before making a decision or taking action.
  2. “첨” (cheum) is an adverb that means “for the first time” or “initially.” It indicates the first occurrence of something or the beginning of an action or experience.
  3. “춤” (chum) is a noun that means “dance.” It refers to the rhythmic movement of the body, usually accompanied by music, for artistic expression or entertainment.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
488
Q

(Rago)”라고”

A

“라고” (rago) is a Korean particle used to indicate reported speech or indirect quotation. It is often used after verbs of saying, thinking, or believing to introduce what someone else said or thought. It can be translated to “that,” “said,” or “according to.” For example:
- 그가 “나는 배고프다” 라고 했어요. (Geuga “naneun baegopeuda” rago haesseoyo.) - He said, “I’m hungry.”
- 친구가 내일 비가 온다 라고 말했어요. (Chingu ga naeil biga onda rago malhaesseoyo.) - My friend said that it will rain tomorrow.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
489
Q

(Masitgetne gwaenchasseo?)”맛있겠네 괜찮았어?”

A

“맛있겠네 괜찮았어?” (Masitgetne gwaenchasseo?) is a combination of two separate expressions in Korean:

  1. “맛있겠네” (Masitgetne) - “Looks delicious” or “Seems tasty.”
  2. “괜찮았어?” (Gwaenchasseo?) - “Was it okay?” or “Was it alright?”

So, when combined, it could loosely translate to “It looked delicious, was it okay?” or “Seemed tasty, was it alright?”To say “Are you okay?” in Korean, you can use the following phrases depending on the level of formality:

  1. Formal/polite: 괜찮으세요? (Gwaenchaneuseyo?)
  2. Informal: 괜찮아? (Gwaenchana?)

“맛있겠네” (masitgetne) is a Korean expression that translates to “looks delicious” or “seems tasty” in English. It is often used when observing or commenting on food that appears appetizing.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
490
Q

(Meogeullae)”먹을래”
(Meogeul)”먹을이”

A

“먹을래” (meogeullae) and “먹을이” (meogeuli) are both forms of the verb “먹다” (meokda), which means “to eat” in Korean.

  • “먹을래” (meogeullae) is the informal way of saying “Do you want to eat?” or “Shall we eat?” It is used when speaking to someone casually, like a friend or family member.
  • “먹을이” (meogeuli) is a noun derived from the verb “먹다” (meokda) with the suffix “-이” (-i), which indicates a tool or an object related to the action. “먹을이” (meogeuli) can be translated as “eating utensils” or “tableware” in English.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
491
Q

“Irang” (이랑)

A

“Irang” (이랑) is a Korean particle that is used to indicate “and” or “with” when listing items or actions. It is often used in spoken Korean to connect two or more nouns, indicating that they are associated or linked together in some way. For example:

  • 사과이랑 바나나를 사왔어요. (Sagwa-irang banana-reul sawasseoyo.) - I bought apples and bananas.
  • 친구들이랑 영화를 보러 갔어요. (Chingudeul-irang yeonghwareul boreo gasseoyo.) - I went to see a movie with friends.

In both sentences, “이랑” (irang) is used to connect nouns, indicating that they are part of the same category or activity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
492
Q

(Aneunde geuege) “애는데 그에게”
(Aneunde)애는데”

A

in Korean translates to “but to him” or “but for him” in English. It’s a phrase that indicates a contrast or contradiction in the context of a sentence.”애는데” (Aneunde) in Korean is a conjunction that is often used to express contrast or concession. It is similar to saying “but” or “however” in English. It is typically used to introduce a contrasting or unexpected clause following a statement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
493
Q

“(Manemyeon dago) 만으면 다고”

A

“만으면 다고” (Manemyeon dago) is a Korean expression that roughly translates to “If possible” or “If it’s possible” in English. It’s used to express a conditional situation or to indicate a preference or suggestion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
494
Q

(Geuga “biga onda” rago haesseoyo.)- 그가 “비가 온다” 라고 했어요.

A

“비라고” (Bi rago) can be used in indirect speech or reported speech to indicate what someone else said about rain. For example:

  • 그가 “비가 온다” 라고 했어요. (Geuga “biga onda” rago haesseoyo.) - He said, “It’s going to rain.”

Here, “비가 온다” (biga onda) means “It’s going to rain,” and “라고” (rago) is used to quote or report what someone else said.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
495
Q

(Geunde yakgan)”그런데 약간”
(Ani geunde)”아니 근데”

A

(Geunde yakgan) in Korean roughly translates to “But slightly” or “However, a little” in English. It’s a phrase that introduces a slight or minor contrast or qualification to a previous statement.
(Ani geunde) in Korean is a colloquial expression that can be translated to “No, but” or “No, however” in English. It’s often used in casual conversations to introduce a contrasting or additional point after negating or disagreeing with something.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
496
Q

“뭐예요 니까” (Mwogoseyo nikka)

A

“뭐예요 니까” (Mwogoseyo nikka) in Korean translates to “Because it is what” or “Because it is” in English. This phrase is used to provide a reason or explanation for something, often in response to a question or statement.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
497
Q

“Ibeonde geuege” (이번에 그에게)

A

“Ibeonde geuege” (이번에 그에게) in Korean translates to “to him this time” or “to him this instance” in English. It indicates the direction or recipient of an action or event happening this time or on this occasion.is this accurate

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
498
Q

(Yeolsimhi hago geurigo himdeureoyo)”열심히 하고 그리고 힘들어요”

A

(Yeolsimhi hago geurigo himdeureoyo) in Korean translates to “Working hard, and it’s difficult” in English. It describes a situation where someone is putting in a lot of effort or working diligently, but it’s also challenging or tough.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
499
Q

(Jal dwaessne) “잘됐네”

A

“That’s great” or “That’s good” in English. It’s an expression used to convey satisfaction or approval upon hearing good news or positive developments.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
500
Q

(Geurae neunde)”그래 는데”

A

(Geurae neunde) “Okay, but” or “Okay, so” okay go on..in English. It’s a phrase used to acknowledge what was previously said and to signal agreement or acceptance, but also to introduce a continuation or further discussion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
501
Q

(Majimag gichaneun sipbun dwiimnida)”마지막 기차는 십분 뒤입니다”

A

in Korean translates to “The last train is in ten minutes” in English. Here’s the breakdown of each word:

  • “마지막” (majimag): Last
  • “기차는” (gichaneun): Train (subject marker)
  • “십분” (sipbun): Ten minutes
  • “뒤입니다” (dwiimnida): Behind, after
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
502
Q

(eonje) “언제”
(eoje) “어제”

A

“언제” (eonje) means “when” in Korean.
“어제” (eoje) means “yesterday” in Korean.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
503
Q

(Daeum) “다음”
(Daeum beoseuneun eonjeimnikka) “대점 버스는 언제입니다까?”

A

“Daeum” (다음) means “next” or “following” in Korean. It can refer to something that comes after the current moment or event.
in Korean means “next”
(Daeum beoseuneun eonjeimnikka) in Korean translates to “When is the express bus?” in English. However, “대점” (daem) doesn’t seem to have a clear meaning in this context. It might be a typographical error or an uncommon usage. The correct term for express bus is usually “고속버스” (gosok beoseu) or “고속” (gosok) for short.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
504
Q

(Mworago ilgeoya?)”뭐라고 일거야?”

A

(Mworago ilgeoya?) “What are you going to say?” or “What will you say?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
505
Q

(Pi)”피”

A

“Blood”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
506
Q

Korean onomatopoeic expressions:

A

common Korean onomatopoeic expressions:

  1. 뚝뚝 (ttukttuk): Dripping sound.
  2. 똑똑 (ttokttok): Tapping sound.
  3. 찰칵 (chalkak): Clicking sound.
  4. 빙글빙글 (binggeulbinggeul): Spinning or swirling motion.
  5. 콩닥콩닥 (kongdakkongdak): Sound of walking with heavy footsteps.
  6. 뽀록뽀록 (pporokpporok): Sound of lightly tapping or patting something.
  7. 꽁꽁 (kkongkkong): Sound of something being tightly wrapped or packed.
  8. 찰랑찰랑 (challangchallang): Sound of something flowing smoothly.
  9. 쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong): Loud banging sound.
  10. 펄롱 (peollo): Expresses disappointment or dissatisfaction.
  11. 두근두근 (dugeundugeun): Sound of a heartbeat, or feeling excited or nervous.
  12. 쿵쿵 (kungkung): Sound of heavy footsteps, or beating sound.
  13. 뚜벅뚜벅 (ttubeokttubeok): Steady walking sound, like marching or pacing.
  14. 빙빙 (bingbing): Spinning or whirling sound, often used to describe dizzying motion.
  15. 퍼덕퍼덕 (peodeokpeodeok): Light splashing sound, like water drops falling.
  16. 졸졸 (jjoljjol): Gurgling sound, often used for the sound of flowing water.
  17. 쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong): Loud banging or crashing sound.
  18. 싱글벙글 (singgeulbeonggeul): Cheery, bouncy, or lively mood or movement.
  19. 똑딱 (ttokttak): Light tapping or knocking sound.
  20. 찰칵찰칵 (chalkakchalkak): Rapid clicking sound, like typing on a keyboard.
  21. 싱숭생숭 (singsungsaengsung): Feeling unsure or hesitant.
  22. 훌쩍훌쩍 (huljjeokhuljjeok): Sobbing or crying sound.
  23. 허렁 (heoreong): Sound of something falling or collapsing heavily.
  24. 철썩철썩 (cheolsseokcheolsseok): Sound of crunching or crumbling.
  25. 부비부비 (bubibubi): Bobbing or bouncing up and down.
  26. 찰싹찰싹 (chalsakchalsak): Sound of scrubbing or cleaning vigorously.
  27. 뚝딱뚝딱 (ttukttakttukttak): Sound of hammering or tapping rhythmically.
  28. 싹싹 (ssaksak): Sound of slicing or cutting swiftly.
  29. 쿵짝쿵짝 (kungjjakkungjjak): Sound of walking in wooden clogs or sandals.
  30. 꼬르륵 (kkoreureuk): Sound of swallowing or gulping.
  31. 뒤집뒤집 (dwijibdwijib): Sound of flipping or turning something over.
  32. 팔랑팔랑 (pallangpallang): Sound of flapping or fluttering.
  33. 토닥토닥 (todaktodak): Gentle tapping or patting sound.
  34. 쿵쿵 (kungkung): Sound of knocking or pounding, often on a door.
  35. 쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong): Loud crashing or banging sound.
  36. 훌훌 (hulhul): Sound of something swiftly passing by.
  37. 차르르 (charureu): Sound of flowing water or rustling leaves.
  38. 빙글빙글 (binggeulbinggeul): Spinning or rotating motion.
  39. 빙글빙글 (binggeulbinggeul): Feeling dizzy or disoriented.
  40. 쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong): Loud crashing or banging sound.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
507
Q

Common conversational expressions in Korean

A
  1. 안녕하세요? (Annyeonghaseyo?): Hello (formal)
  2. 안녕! (Annyeong!): Hi/Bye (informal)
  3. 어떻게 지내세요? (Eotteohge jinaeseyo?): How are you? (formal)
  4. 잘 지내? (Jal jinae?): How have you been? (informal)
  5. 감사합니다. (Gamsahamnida.): Thank you. (formal)
  6. 고마워. (Gomawo.): Thank you. (informal)
  7. 미안합니다. (Mianhamnida.): I’m sorry. (formal)
  8. 미안해. (Mianhae.): I’m sorry. (informal)
  9. 네. (Ne.): Yes.
  10. 아니요. (Aniyo.): No.
  11. 좋아요. (Joayo.): That’s good/fine.
  12. 괜찮아요. (Gwaenchanayo.): It’s okay.
  13. 싫어요. (Sireoyo.): I don’t like it.
  14. 잘 모르겠어요. (Jal moreugesseoyo.): I don’t know well.
  15. 어디에요? (Eodieyo?): Where is it?
  16. 언제에요? (Eonjeyo?): When is it?
  17. 뭐라고요? (Mworagoyo?): What did you say?
  18. 뭐해요? (Mwohaeyo?): What are you doing?
  19. 뭐 드실래요? (Mwo deusillareyo?): What would you like to eat/drink?
  20. 화이팅! (Hwaiting!): Fighting!/You can do it!
  21. 어디 가세요? (Eodi gaseyo?): Where are you going? (formal)
  22. 뭐 했어? (Mwo haesseo?): What did you do? (informal)
  23. 언제 만나요? (Eonje mannayo?): When shall we meet? (formal)
  24. 뭐 먹을래? (Mwo meogeullae?): What do you want to eat? (informal)
  25. 잘 자요. (Jal jayo.): Good night. (formal)
  26. 잘 자. (Jal ja.): Good night. (informal)
  27. 좋은 아침이에요. (Joeun achimieyo.): Good morning. (formal)
  28. 안녕히 주무세요. (Annyeonghi jumuseyo.): Sleep well. (formal)
  29. 맛있게 드세요. (Masitge deuseyo.): Enjoy your meal. (formal)
  30. 고마워요. (Gomawoyo.): Thank you. (formal)
  31. 뭐 하고 있어요? (Mwo hago isseoyo?): What are you doing? (formal)
  32. 이거 뭐예요? (Igeo mwoyeyo?): What is this? (formal)
  33. 어떻게 생각해요? (Eotteohge saenggakhaeyo?): What do you think? (formal)
  34. 어떡해요? (Eotteokhaeyo?): What should I/we do? (formal)
  35. 좋아해요. (Joahaeyo.): I like it. (formal)
  36. 싫어해요. (Sirheohaeyo.): I don’t like it. (formal)
  37. 궁금해요. (Gunggeumhaeyo.): I’m curious. (formal)
  38. 잠깐만요. (Jamkkanmanyo.): Just a moment, please. (formal)
  39. 더 있어요? (Deo isseoyo?): Is there more? (formal)
  40. 무슨 일 있어요? (Museun il isseoyo?): What’s the matter? (formal)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
508
Q

Common expressions and phrases often used in Korean dramas:

A
  1. 사랑해 (Saranghae): I love you.
  2. 고마워 (Gomawo): Thank you.
  3. 미안해 (Mianhae): I’m sorry.
  4. 어디 가? (Eodi ga?): Where are you going?
  5. 뭐 했어? (Mwo haesseo?): What did you do?
  6. 뭐라고? (Mworago?): What did you say?
  7. 죄송합니다 (Joesonghamnida): I’m sorry (formal).
  8. 네, 알겠습니다 (Ne, algetsseumnida): Yes, I understand (formal).
  9. 어떻게 됐어? (Eotteoke dwaesseo?): What happened?
  10. 뭐가 문제야? (Moga munjeya?): What’s the problem?
  11. 언제 끝나요? (Eonje kkeutnayo?): When does it end?
  12. 어디 있어? (Eodi isseo?): Where are you?
  13. 누구세요? (Nuguseyo?): Who is it?
  14. 대체 왜 그래? (Daeche wae geurae?): What’s wrong with you?
  15. 너무 신기해 (Neomu singihae): It’s so fascinating.
  16. 너 어디서 왔어? (Neo eodiseo wasseo?): Where are you from?
  17. 이게 무슨 일이야? (Ige museun iriya?): What’s going on?
  18. 정말 이상해 (Jeongmal isanghae): It’s really strange/weird.
  19. 나쁜 꿈이었어 (Nappeun kkumieosseo): It was a bad dream.
  20. 나 정말 그 사람을 사랑해 (Na jeongmal geu saram-eul saranghae): I really love that person.
  21. 이거 무슨 뜻이야? (Igeo museun tteusiya?): What does this mean?
  22. 많이 보고 싶었어 (Mani bogo sipeosseo): I missed you so much.
  23. 너무 힘들어 (Neomu himdeureo): It’s too hard/tough.
  24. 내가 너무 미안해 (Naega neomu mianhae): I’m so sorry.
  25. 너무 행복해 (Neomu haengbokhae): I’m so happy.
  26. 우리 다시 만나 (Uri dasi manna): Let’s meet again.
  27. 좋아하는 건데 (Johahaneun geonde): But I like it.
  28. 나쁜 꿈을 꿨어 (Nappeun kkumeul kkweosseo): I had a bad dream.
  29. 내가 너무 신경 쓰이네 (Naega neomu singyeong sseuine): I’m so worried.
  30. 얼마나 좋아해? (Eolmana johahae?): How much do you like it?
  31. 나는 너를 믿어 (Naneun neoreul mideo): I trust you.
  32. 이상한 일이야 (Isanghan iriya): It’s strange/weird.
  33. 그 사람이 나를 싫어해 (Geu saram-i nareul silheohae): That person dislikes me.
  34. 다음에 또 만나자 (Daeume tto mannaja): Let’s meet again next time.
  35. 많이 사랑해 (Mani saranghae): I love you so much.
  36. 너에게 말하고 싶어 (Neoege malhago sip-eo): I want to talk to you.
  37. 그냥 내게 말해 (Geunyang naege malhae): Just tell me.
  38. 내가 너무 힘들어 (Naega neomu himdeureo): I’m so tired.
  39. 이제 내가 죽을 때 (Ije naega jug-eul ttae): When I die now.
  40. 우리 결혼하자 (Uri gyeolhonhaja): Let’s get married.
  41. 내가 너를 보고 싶어 (Naega neoleul bogo sip-eo): I miss you.
  42. 너무 아픈 거야 (Neomu apeun geoya): It hurts too much.
  43. 나는 너를 사랑해 (Naneun neoleul salanghae): I love you.
  44. 나를 떠나가지 마 (Naleul tteonagaji ma): Don’t leave me.
  45. 그 사람이 나를 싫어해 (Geu saram-i naleul silheohae): That person dislikes me.
    Certainly! Here are some additional Korean drama expressions:
  46. 우리 함께 가자 (Uri hamkke gaja): Let’s go together.
  47. 내가 미안해요 (Naega mianhaeyo): I’m sorry.
  48. 너무 행복해요 (Neomu haengbokhaeyo): I’m so happy.
  49. 나는 당신을 사랑합니다 (Naneun dangsin-eul salanghabnida): I love you.
  50. 우리 함께 할래요 (Uri hamkke hallaeyo): Let’s be together.
  51. 나를 이해해줘요 (Nareul ihaehaejweoyo): Please understand me.
  52. 내가 당신을 필요로해요 (Naega dangsin-eul pil-yolo haeyo): I need you.
  53. 우리 다시 만나요 (Uri dasi mannayo): Let’s meet again.
  54. 너를 그리워해요 (Neoleul geuriwohaeyo): I miss you.

.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
509
Q

Common expressions you might hear in a talk show setting:

A
  1. 반갑습니다 (Bangapseumnida): Nice to meet you.
  2. 환영합니다 (Hwanyeonghamnida): Welcome.
  3. 오늘의 주제는… (Oneul-ui jujeneun…): Today’s topic is…
  4. 오늘의 게스트는… (Oneul-ui ges-teu-neun…): Today’s guest is…
  5. 다음으로 소개할 사람은… (Dae-um-eulo so-gae-hal sa-ram-eun…): Next, we’ll introduce…
  6. 이제 게임을 시작합시다 (Ije geim-eul sijakhapsida): Now, let’s start the game.
  7. 다음으로는… (Dae-um-eulo-neun…): Next, we have…
  8. 자, 질문을 받겠습니다 (Ja, jilmun-eul batgetsseumnida): Okay, we’ll take questions now.
  9. 우리의 다음 게스트는… (Uri-ui dae-um ges-teu-neun…): Our next guest is…
  10. 이제 마지막 게임을 시작합니다 (Ije majimak geim-eul sijaghabnida): Now, let’s start the final game.
  11. 오늘의 특별 게스트는… (Oneul-ui teukbyeol ges-teu-neun…): Today’s special guest is…
  12. 다음 코너에서는… (Dae-um ko-nee-e-seo-neun…): In the next segment…
  13. 이제 진행을 시작하겠습니다 (Ije jinhaeng-eul sijakhaegetsseumnida): Now, let’s begin the proceedings.
  14. 먼저 자신을 소개해 주세요 (Meonjeo jasin-eul sogae-hae juseyo): First, please introduce yourself.
  15. 여기서 질문을 받겠습니다 (Yeogiseo jilmun-eul batgetsseumnida): We’ll take questions from the audience here.
  16. 다음 코너로 넘어가겠습니다 (Dae-um ko-nee-ro neomeogagessseumnida): Let’s move on to the next segment.
  17. 이제 마무리하겠습니다 (Ije mamurihagessseumnida): Now, let’s wrap up.
  18. 오늘은 여기까지입니다 (Oneul-eun yeogikkajiibnida): That’s all for today.
  19. 다음 주에 또 만나요 (Dae-um jue tto mannayo): See you again next week.
  20. 특별 축하합니다 (Teukbyeol chukahamnida): Special congratulations.
  21. 오늘은 정말 특별한 방송이었습니다 (Oneul-eun jeongmal teukbyeolhan bangsong-ieossseubnida): Today’s broadcast was truly special.
  22. 다음 주에 또 만나요 (Dae-um jue tto mannayo): See you again next week.
  23. 오늘은 이만 마치겠습니다 (Oneul-eun iman machigessseubnida): We’ll wrap it up here for today.
  24. 정말로 재미있었습니다 (Jeongmallo jaemi-isseossseubnida): It was really enjoyable.
  25. 많은 시청자분들이 함께해 주셨습니다 (Maneun sichongja-bundeuri hamkkehae jusyeossseubnida): Many viewers joined us today.
  26. 다음 주에도 기대해 주세요 (Dae-um jue-do gidaehae juseyo): Please look forward to next week as well.
  27. 특별 게스트에게 다시 한 번 감사드립니다 (Teukbyeol ges-teu-ege dasi han beon gamsadeurimnida): Thank you once again to our special guest.
  28. 오늘의 방송이 마음에 들었다면 고맙습니다 (Oneul-ui bangsong-i maeum-e deureossdamyeon gomabseubnida): Thank you if you enjoyed today’s broadcast.
  29. 또 만나서 반가웠습니다 (Tto mannaseo bangawosseubnida): It was nice meeting you all again.
  30. 오늘도 함께해 주셔서 감사합니다 (Oneul-do hamkkehae jusyeoseo gamsahabnida): Thank you for being with us today as well.
  31. 이제 방송을 마무리하겠습니다 (Ije bangsong-eul mamurihagessseubnida): Now, we will conclude the broadcast.
  32. 오늘의 주요 내용은… (Oneul-ui juyo naeyong-eun…): The main content of today’s show is…
  33. 특별 게스트와의 대화는 정말 유익했습니다 (Teukbyeol ges-teu-wa-ui daehwaneun jeongmal yuikhaetseubnida): The conversation with our special guest was really informative.
  34. 다음에도 또 만나요 (Dae-ume-do tto mannayo): Let’s meet again next time.
  35. 오늘은 이만 마치겠습니다 (Oneul-eun iman machigessseubnida): We’ll end it here for today.
  36. 또 한 번 우리와 함께 해 주셔서 감사합니다 (Tto han beon uri-wa hamkke hae jusyeoseo gamsahabnida): Thank you for being with us once again.
  37. 방송에 출연해 주신 모든 분들께 감사드립니다 (Bangsong-e chul-yeonhae jusin modeun bundeul-kke gamsadeurimnida): We thank everyone who appeared on the show.
  38. 오늘은 여기까지 하겠습니다 (Oneul-eun yeogikkaji hagessseubnida): That’s all for today.
  39. 다음 주에 또 만나요 (Dae-um jue tto mannayo): See you again next week.
  40. 많은 시청자 여러분께 감사드립니다 (Maneun sichongja yeoreo-bundeul-kke gamsadeurimnida): Thank you to all our viewers.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
510
Q

Common expressions when shopping or at groceries in Korean

A
  1. 안녕하세요! 어떻게 도와 드릴까요? (Annyeonghaseyo! Eotteohge dowa deurilkkayo?) - Hello! How can I help you?
  2. 이것 주세요. (Igeot juseyo.) - Please give me this.
  3. 이것이 얼마예요? (Igeosi eolmayeyo?) - How much is this?
  4. 카드로 결제할게요. (Kadeuro gyeoljehalgeyo.) - I’ll pay with a card.
  5. 현금으로 계산할게요. (Hyun-geumeuro gyesanhalgeyo.) - I’ll pay in cash.
  6. 봉투 필요해요? (Bongtu pil-yo-haeyo?) - Do you need a bag?
  7. 신용카드 받으세요? (Sinyongkadeu badeuseyo?) - Do you accept credit cards?
  8. 조금 할인해 주실 수 있나요? (Jogeum halingae jusil su issnayo?) - Can you give me a little discount?
  9. 이 제품은 어디서 찾을 수 있어요? (I jepumeun eodiseo chajeul su isseoyo?) - Where can I find this product?
  10. 이게 있나요? (Ige issnayo?) - Do you have this?
  11. 제가 이것 좀 보고 싶어요. (Jega igeot jom bogo sipeoyo.) - I’d like to take a look at this.
  12. 이거 맛있어 보여요. (Igeo masisseo boyeoyo.) - This looks delicious.
  13. 이거랑 이거랑 비교해 볼 수 있어요? (Igeorang igeorang bigyohae bol su isseoyo?) - Can I compare this with this?
  14. 이거 사용법이 어떻게 되나요? (Igeo sayongbeobi eotteoke doena yo?) - How do you use this?
  15. 이게 어디서 만들었어요? (Ige eodiseo mandeureosseoyo?) - Where is this made?
  16. 이 사이즈는 얼마예요? (I saijeu-neun eolmayeyo?) - How much is this size?
  17. 저기에 있는 걸로 주세요. (Jeogi-e issneun geollo juseyo.) - Please give me the one over there.
  18. 이거 사과철인가요? (Igeo sagwacheolin-gayo?) - Is this apple in season?
  19. 이거 더 큰 거 있어요? (Igeo deo keun geo isseoyo?) - Do you have a bigger one of this?
  20. 이것 색깔이 다른 거 있나요? (Igeot saekkkari dareun geo issnayo?) - Do you have this in a different color?
  21. 이거 할인되나요? (Igeo halingdoenayo?) - Is this item on sale?
  22. 이거 새 제품이에요? (Igeo sae jepumi-eoyo?) - Is this a new product?
  23. 이거 환불할 수 있어요? (Igeo hwanbulhal su isseoyo?) - Can I return this item?
  24. 이거 얼마에요? (Igeo eolmaeyo?) - How much is this?
  25. 이거 포장해 주세요. (Igeo pojanghae juseyo.) - Please wrap this up.
  26. 이거 줄게요. (Igeo julgeyo.) - I’ll take this.
  27. 이거 써볼 수 있나요? (Igeo sseobol su issnayo?) - Can I try this?
  28. 이거 어디에 있어요? (Igeo eodie isseoyo?) - Where can I find this?
  29. 이거는 어떻게 사용해요? (Igeoneun eotteoke sayonghaeyo?) - How do you use this?
  30. 이거가 이 제품에 대한 보증이 있나요? (Igeoga i jepume daehan bojeungi issnayo?) - Does this item come with a warranty?
  31. 이거 세일 중이에요? (Igeo seil jungieyo?) - Is this item currently on sale?
  32. 이거 새로 들어왔어요? (Igeo saero deureowasseoyo?) - Is this item newly arrived?
  33. 이거는 할인율이 얼마나 되나요? (Igeoneun halingyuri eolmana doennayo?) - What is the discount rate for this item?
  34. 이거 조금만 싸게 해주세요. (Igeo jogeumman ssage haejuseyo.) - Can you please give me a little discount on this?
  35. 이거 결제는 어떻게 하나요? (Igeo gyeolje neun eotteoke hanayo?) - How do I pay for this item?
  36. 이거는 손님이 많이 사나요? (Igeoneun sonnimi mani sana yo?) - Do many customers buy this item?
  37. 이거 맛있는데, 무슨 재료로 만들었나요? (Igeo masinneunde, museun jaeryo-ro mandureonnayo?) - This is delicious, what ingredients are used to make it?
  38. 이거 냉동보관 해야 하나요? (Igeo naengdongbogwan haeya hanayo?) - Should this item be kept frozen?
  39. 이거는 언제까지 유통기한이에요? (Igeoneun eonjekkaji yutonggihan-ieyo?) - Until when is the expiration date for this item?
  40. 이거는 소량으로 구매할 수 있나요? (Igeoneun sorangeuro gumae hal su issnayo?) - Can I purchase this item in small quantities?
  41. 이거 무료 샘플이 있나요? (Igeo muryo saempuli issnayo?) - Do you have any free samples of this item?
  42. 이거랑 비슷한 거는 없나요? (Igeorang biseuthan geoneun eomnayo?) - Do you have anything similar to this?
  43. 이거 배송 가능한가요? (Igeo baesong ganeunghankayo?) - Is this item available for delivery?
  44. 이거 선물용으로 포장해 주세요. (Igeo seonmul-yongeuro pojanghae juseyo.) - Please wrap this as a gift.
  45. 이거 할인쿠폰 사용 가능한가요? (Igeo halingupeun sayong ganeunghankayo?) - Can I use a discount coupon for this item?
  46. 이거는 종류가 얼마나 있나요? (Igeoneun jongryuga eolmana innayo?) - How many varieties of this item do you have?
  47. 이거 교환 가능한가요? (Igeo gyohwan ganeunghankayo?) - Is this item exchangeable?
  48. 이거는 세탁기로 세탁 가능한가요? (Igeoneun setak-giro setak ganeunghankayo?) - Can this item be washed in a washing machine?
  49. 이거 품절이에요? (Igeo pumjeori-eoyo?) - Is this item out of stock?
  50. 이거 포인트 적립 가능한가요? (Igeo pointeu jeogrib ganeunghankayo?) - Can I earn points with this purchase?
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
511
Q

Common expressions used at work in Korean:

A
  1. 안녕하세요. 회사에 오신 것을 환영합니다. (Annyeonghaseyo. Hoesa-e osin geoseul hwanyeonghamnida.) - Hello. Welcome to the company.
  2. 오늘도 열심히 일해요. (Oneuldo yeolsimhi ilhaeyo.) - Let’s work hard today too.
  3. 잘 부탁드립니다. (Jal butagdeurimnida.) - Please take care of it.
  4. 이 일은 저한테 맡겨 주세요. (I ireun jeohante matgyeo juseyo.) - Please leave this task to me.
  5. 일정을 조율해야 합니다. (Iljeongeul joyulhaeya hamnida.) - We need to coordinate schedules.
  6. 미팅이 언제인가요? (Mitingi eonjeingayo?) - When is the meeting?
  7. 보고서를 작성해야 합니다. (Bogoseoreul jaksunghaeya hamnida.) - We need to write a report.
  8. 업무가 바쁘네요. (Eopmuga bappuneyo.) - Work is busy.
  9. 협업을 하고 싶습니다. (Hyeopeobeul hago sipseumnida.) - I want to collaborate.
  10. 일정을 확인해 주세요. (Iljeongeul hwaginhae juseyo.) - Please check the schedule.
  11. 직원들과 소통을 해야 합니다. (Jigweondeulgwa sotongeul haeya hamnida.) - We need to communicate with employees.
  12. 이 프로젝트를 완료해야 합니다. (I peurojekteureul wanryohaeya hamnida.) - We need to complete this project.
  13. 최신 업데이트를 확인하세요. (Chwisin eobdeiteureul hwagin haseyo.) - Please check for the latest updates.
  14. 문제가 생겼어요. (Munjega saenggyeosseoyo.) - There’s a problem.
  15. 휴가 신청을 하려고 합니다. (Hyuga sincheongeul haryeogo hamnida.) - I want to apply for leave.
  16. 회의가 어떻게 되었나요? (Hoeuiga eotteohge doeonnayo?) - How did the meeting go?
  17. 보고서를 제출해야 합니다. (Bogoseoreul jechulhaeya hamnida.) - We need to submit the report.
  18. 일정을 조정해야 할 필요가 있어요. (Iljeongeul jojeonghaeya hal pillyoga isseoyo.) - We need to adjust the schedule if necessary.
  19. 좀 더 시간이 필요해요. (Jom deo sigani piryohaeyo.) - I need more time.
  20. 협력사와 협상을 진행해야 합니다. (Hyeobryeogsawa hyeobsangeul jinhaenghaeya hamnida.) - We need to negotiate with the partner company.
  21. 이슈를 해결해야 합니다. (Issueureul haegyeolhaeya hamnida.) - We need to resolve the issue.
  22. 계획을 재조정해야 합니다. (Gyehoeg-eul jaejojeonghaeya hamnida.) - We need to readjust the plan.
  23. 프로젝트 진행 상황을 보고하세요. (Peurojegteu jinhaeng sanghwang-eul bogohaseyo.) - Please report on the progress of the project.
  24. 프로젝트 일정을 준수해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu iljeong-eul junsuhaeya hamnida.) - We need to adhere to the project schedule.
  25. 마감일이 언제인가요? (Magamnili eonjeingayo?) - When is the deadline?
  26. 회사 규정을 따라야 합니다. (Hoesa gyujeong-eul ttaraya hamnida.) - We need to follow company regulations.
  27. 문제를 해결하는 방안을 찾아야 해요. (Munje-reul haegyeolhaneun bang-an-eul chajaya haeyo.) - We need to find solutions to the problem.
  28. 팀원들과 협력하여 일해야 합니다. (Tim-wondeul-gwa hyeobryeog-hayeo ilhaeya hamnida.) - We need to collaborate with team members.
  29. 신규 프로젝트를 시작해야 합니다. (Singyu peurojegteu-reul sijakhaeya hamnida.) - We need to start a new project.
  30. 저희 팀은 좋은 성과를 이루어야 합니다. (Jeohui tim-eun joeun seong-gwa-reul ilu-eoya hamnida.) - Our team needs to achieve good results.
  31. 고객의 요구를 충족시켜야 합니다. (Gogaeg-ui yogu-reul chungjuk-sikyeoya hamnida.) - We need to meet customer demands.
  32. 긴급한 문제가 발생했습니다. (Gingeuphan munje-ga balssaenghaessseubnida.) - An urgent issue has arisen.
  33. 이메일을 확인해 주세요. (Imeileul hwaginhae juseyo.) - Please check your email.
  34. 프로젝트 일정을 업데이트해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu iljeong-eul eobdeiteuhaeya hamnida.) - We need to update the project schedule.
  35. 업무 계획을 수정해야 할 필요가 있습니다. (Eobmu gyehoeg-eul sujeonghaeya hal pillyoga issseubnida.) - We need to revise the work plan if necessary.
  36. 회의 일정을 조정해야 합니다. (Hoeui iljeong-eul jojeonghaeya hamnida.) - We need to adjust the meeting schedule.
  37. 업무 분담을 결정해야 합니다. (Eobmu bundam-eul gyeoljeonghaeya hamnida.) - We need to decide on the division of tasks.
  38. 보고서를 작성해야 합니다. (Bogoseo-reul jaksunghaeya hamnida.) - We need to write a report.
  39. 프로젝트 진행 상황을 검토해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu jinhaeng sanghwang-eul geomtohaeya hamnida.) - We need to review the progress of the project.
  40. 조직 내 협력을 강화해야 합니다. (Jojig nae hyeobryeog-eul ganghwahaeya hamnida.) - We need to strengthen collaboration within the organization.
  41. 문서를 검토하고 승인해야 합니다. (Munseo-reul geomtohago seung-inhaeya hamnida.) - We need to review and approve documents.
  42. 업무 프로세스를 개선해야 합니다. (Eobmu peuroses-eul gaeseonhaeya hamnida.) - We need to improve work processes.
  43. 프로젝트 팀원들에게 피드백을 주어야 합니다. (Peurojegteu tim-wondeul-ege pideubaeg-eul jueoya hamnida.) - We need to give feedback to project team members.
  44. 사내 교육을 실시해야 합니다. (San-nae gyoyug-eul silsihaeya hamnida.) - We need to conduct internal training.
  45. 업무 일정을 계획해야 합니다. (Eobmu iljeong-eul gyehoeghaeya hamnida.) - We need to plan the work schedule.
  46. 고객 서비스를 개선해야 합니다. (Gogaeg seobiseu-reul gaeseonhaeya hamnida.) - We need to improve customer service.
  47. 재고 관리를 최적화해야 합니다. (Jaego gwanli-reul choejeoghwa-haeya hamnida.) - We need to optimize inventory management.
  48. 프로젝트 일정을 준수해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu iljeong-eul junsuhaeya hamnida.) - We need to adhere to the project schedule.
  49. 긴급 상황에 신속하게 대응해야 합니다. (Gingeub sanghwang-e sinsokhage daeeunghaeya hamnida.) - We need to respond quickly to emergency situations.
  50. 안전 규정을 준수해야 합니다. (Anjeon gyujeong-eul junsuhaeya hamnida.) - We need to comply with safety regulations.
  51. 직원들의 효율성을 향상시켜야 합니다. (Jig-won-deul-ui hyoyul-seong-eul hyang-sang-sikyeoya hamnida.) - We need to improve the efficiency of employees.
  52. 예산을 관리하고 증액해야 합니다. (Yesan-eul gwanlihago jeung-aekhaeya hamnida.) - We need to manage and increase the budget.
  53. 팀원들 간의 협력을 장려해야 합니다. (Tim-won-deul gan-ui hyeobryeog-eul janglye-haeya hamnida.) - We need to encourage collaboration among team members.
  54. 문제를 신속하게 해결해야 합니다. (Munje-reul sinsokhage haegyeolhaeya hamnida.) - We need to solve problems quickly.
  55. 근무 환경을 개선해야 합니다. (Geunmu hwangyeong-eul gaeseonhaeya hamnida.) - We need to improve the working environment.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
512
Q

Common expressions you might use at a restaurant in Korean:

A
  1. 주문할게요. (Jumunhalgeyo.) - I’ll order.
  2. 메뉴판 주세요. (Menyupan juseyo.) - Can I have the menu, please?
  3. 물 주세요. (Mul juseyo.) - Water, please.
  4. 주문할게요. (Jumunhalgeyo.) - I’ll order.
  5. 이거 주세요. (Igeo juseyo.) - I’ll have this.
  6. 매운 음식이에요? (Maeun eumsik-ieyo?) - Is it spicy?
  7. 덜 매운 것 주세요. (Deol maeun geos juseyo.) - Less spicy, please.
  8. 계산할게요. (Gyesanhalgeyo.) - I’ll pay.
  9. 카드로 계산할게요. (Kadeuro gyesanhalgeyo.) - I’ll pay with card.
  10. 영수증 주세요. (Yeongsujeung juseyo.) - Can I have the receipt, please?
  11. 맛있어요. (Masisseoyo.) - It’s delicious.
  12. 많이 맵지 않아요. (Mani maepji anayo.) - It’s not very spicy.
  13. 추천 메뉴가 뭐에요? (Chucheon menyuga mwoeyo?) - What do you recommend?
  14. 이것도 주세요. (Igeotdo juseyo.) - Please give me this as well.
  15. 계산 부탁드릴게요. (Gyesan butakdeurilgeyo.) - I’d like to ask for the bill.
  16. 서비스 주세요. (Seobiseu juseyo.) - Can I have the service (complimentary dish/drink)?
  17. 얼마예요? (Eolmayeyo?) - How much is it?
  18. 매운 음식 좋아하세요? (Maeun eumsik johahaseyo?) - Do you like spicy food?
  19. 다음엔 또 올게요. (Daeumen tto olgeyo.) - I’ll come again next time.
  20. 좀 더 줘주세요. (Jom deo jweojuseyo.) - Can you give me a little more?
  21. 기본 반찬 주세요. (Gibon banchan juseyo.) - Please give me the complimentary side dishes.
  22. 얼마나 걸리나요? (Eolmana geollinayo?) - How long will it take?
  23. 반찬 추가할게요. (Banchan chugahalgeyo.) - I’d like to order additional side dishes.
  24. 테이크아웃 가능해요? (Teikeu-aus ganeunghaeyo?) - Is takeout available?
  25. 매장 포장해주세요. (Maejang pojangeojuseyo.) - Please wrap it for takeaway.
  26. 전체 계산할게요. (Jeonche gyesanhalgeyo.) - I’ll pay for the whole table.
  27. 메뉴 추천해주세요. (Menyu chucheonhaejuseyo.) - Please recommend some menu items.
  28. 좀 더 기다릴게요. (Jom deo gidarilgeyo.) - I’ll wait a bit longer.
  29. 잘 먹었습니다. (Jal meogeosseumnida.) - It was delicious. (said after finishing the meal)
  30. 식사를 하셨어요? (Siksa-reul hasyeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten? (common greeting in Korean culture)
  31. 냄비나 그릇이 필요해요. (Naembi na geureusi piryohaeyo.) - I need a pot or a bowl.
  32. 이것 좀 바꿔 주세요. (Igeot jom bakkwo juseyo.) - Can you please change this?
  33. 수저 좀 가져다 주세요. (Sujeo jom gajyeoda juseyo.) - Please bring some utensils.
  34. 어디서 무엇을 시키나요? (Eodiseo mueoseul sikinayo?) - Where do we place our order?
  35. 물 좀 더 주세요. (Mul jom deo juseyo.) - Can I have some more water?
  36. 식사 시간이 얼마나 걸려요? (Siksa sigani eolmana geollyeoyo?) - How long does the meal take?
  37. 메뉴에 사진이 있나요? (Menyue sajini innayo?) - Are there pictures in the menu?
  38. 제가 이걸 먹을 수 있나요? (Jega igeol meogeul su innayo?) - Can I eat this?
  39. 어제와는 조금 다르네요. (Eojewaneun jogeum dareuneyo.) - It’s a little different from yesterday.
  40. 계산서를 주세요. (Gyesanseoreul juseyo.) - Please give me the bill.
  41. 얼마에요? (Eolmaeyo?) - How much is it?
  42. 이 식당의 특별 메뉴가 있나요? (I sikdangui teukbyeol menyuga innayo?) - Does this restaurant have any special menu?
  43. 저는 채식주의자입니다. 채식주의 메뉴가 있나요? (Jeoneun chaesikjuuijaimnida. Chaesikjuui menyuga innayo?) - I’m a vegetarian. Do you have any vegetarian options?
  44. 음식이 너무 맛있어요. (Eumsigi neomu masisseoyo.) - The food is very delicious.
  45. 조금 매워요. (Jogeum maewoyo.) - It’s a little spicy.
  46. 음식이 너무 짜요. (Eumsigi neomu jjayo.) - The food is too salty.
  47. 양념이 부족해요. (Yangnyeomi bujokhaeyo.) - The seasoning is insufficient.
  48. 메뉴판을 주문하겠어요. (Menyupaneul jumunhagesseoyo.) - I’ll order from the menu.
  49. 추천 메뉴가 있나요? (Chucheon menyuga innayo?) - Do you have any recommended dishes?
  50. 배부르네요. (Baebureuneyo.) - I’m full.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
513
Q

In Korean, particles play specific grammatical roles in sentences. Here’s a breakdown of the particles

A

In Korean, particles play specific grammatical roles in sentences. Here’s a breakdown of the particles you mentioned:

  1. 을/를 (eul/reul): This particle marks the direct object of a verb. For example, in “친구를 만나다” (chingureul mannada), “을/를” marks “친구” (chingu) as the direct object of the verb “만나다” (to meet).
  2. 는/은 (neun/eun): This particle marks the topic or subject of the sentence. It’s used to introduce a new topic or emphasize the topic. For example, in “친구는 왔어요” (chinguneun wasseoyo), “는” marks “친구” (chingu) as the topic of the sentence.
  3. 는데 (neunde): This particle is used to indicate a reason, background information, or contrast. For example, in “친구는 왔는데, 나는 가고 싶지 않아” (chinguneun wanunde, naneun gago sipji anha), “는데” indicates the background information that the friend came, but the speaker doesn’t want to go.
  4. 들 (deul): This particle is used to indicate a plural form of nouns. For example, in “친구들을 만나다” (chingudeureul mannada), “들” marks “친구” (chingu) as plural, meaning “friends.”
  5. 게/은 (ge/eun): This particle is used to mark the subject of the sentence in some cases. For example, in “친구는 왔어요” (chinguneun wasseoyo), “은” marks “친구” (chingu) as the subject of the sentence.

These particles serve different grammatical functions, such as marking objects, topics, subjects, plural forms, or providing additional information in a sentence. They are essential for understanding the structure and meaning of Korean sentences.
Certainly! Here are some of the commonly used particles in Korean:

  1. 을/를 (eul/reul): Object marker
  2. 이/가 (i/ga): Subject marker
  3. 은/는 (eun/neun): Topic marker
  4. 에 (e): Location marker
  5. 에서 (eseo): Location marker for action verbs
  6. 에게/한테 (ege/hante): Indirect object marker (to)
  7. 와/과 (wa/gwa): And (used after a noun)
  8. 과/와 (gwa/wa): And (used after a vowel)
  9. 은데 (eunde): Connective ending in an informal context
  10. 께서 (kkeseo): Honorific subject marker for people
  11. 께/한테 (kke/hante): Honorific indirect object marker (to)
  12. 하고 (hago): And (used after a verb)
  13. 로/으로 (ro/euro): Means of transportation or direction marker
  14. 만 (man): Only, just
  15. 이랑/랑 (irang/rang): And (informal)
  16. 도 (do): Too, also
  17. 까지 (kkaji): Until, up to
  18. 만큼 (mankeum): As much as, to the extent that
  19. 에게서 (egeseo): Source or origin marker
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
514
Q

Particles sample sentences

A
  1. I/ga (Subject marker):
    - 저는 학생입니다. (Jeoneun haksaengimnida.) - I am a student.
  2. 와/과 (wa/gwa) and 과/와 (gwa/wa) (And):
    - 사과와 바나나를 사 왔어요. (Sagwa wa banana-reul sa wasseoyo.) - I bought apples and bananas.
    - 강아지와 고양이가 친구예요. (Gangaji wa goyangiga chinguyeoyo.) - The dog and the cat are friends.
  3. 은데 (eunde) (Connective ending in an informal context):
    - 공원에 갔는데 비가 왔어요. (Gongwone ganneunde biga wasseoyo.) - I went to the park, but it started raining.
  4. 께서 (kkeseo) (Honorific subject marker for people):
    - 선생님이 오셨어요. (Seonsaengnimi osyeosseoyo.) - The teacher has arrived.
  5. 께/한테 (kke/hante) (Honorific indirect object marker):
    - 선물을 할머니께 드렸어요. (Seonmureul halmeonikke deuryeosseoyo.) - I gave the present to grandmother.
  6. 하고 (hago) (And used after a verb):
    - 운동하고 수영을 좋아해요. (Undonghago suyeongeul joahaeyo.) - I like exercising and swimming.
  7. 로/으로 (ro/euro) (Means of transportation or direction marker):
    - 버스로 학교에 갑니다. (Beoseuro hakgyoe gamnida.) - I go to school by bus.
  8. (man) (Only, just):
    - 한국어만 말해요. (Hangugeoman malhaeyo.) - I only speak Korean.
  9. 이랑/랑 (irang/rang) (And - informal):
    - 친구하고 함께 가요. (Chinguhago hamkke gayo.) - Let’s go together with friends.
  10. (do) (Too, also):
    - 저도 커피를 마실래요. (Jeodo keopireul masillaeyo.) - I also want to drink coffee.
  11. 까지 (kkaji) (Until, up to):
    - 저녁까지 기다려요. (Jeonyeokkkaji gidaryeoyo.) - I will wait until evening.
  12. 만큼 (mankeum) (As much as, to the extent that):
    - 열심히 일한 만큼 보상 받을 거예요. (Yeolsimhi ilhan mankeum bosang badeul geoyeyo.) - You will be rewarded as much as you work hard.
  13. 에게서 (egeseo) (Source or origin marker):
    - 선물을 친구에게서 받았어요. (Seonmureul chinguegeseo badasseoyo.) - I received the gift from a friend.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
515
Q

(ga/e)”가/이 particle examples

A

The particle “가/이 (ga/e)” is used to mark the subject of the sentence, especially when it is the topic of the conversation or when it is being introduced for the first time. It’s also used to emphasize the subject.

For example:
- “철수가 왔어요” (Chul-su-ga wasseoyo) - “Cheol-su came.” (Here, “철수” (Chul-su) is marked as the subject of the sentence.)
- “이 책이 좋아요” (I chaek-i joayo) - “This book is good.” (Here, “이 책” (i chaek) is marked as the subject of the sentence.)

In summary, “가/이 (ga/e)” marks the subject of the sentence and can help provide clarity and emphasis on the subject.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
516
Q

“Nabba” (나빠):

A

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “nabba” (나빠):

  1. 이 음식은 맛이 나빠요. (I eumshikeun masi nabayo.)
    • This food tastes bad.
  2. 그 영화는 평가가 나빠서 많은 사람들이 싫어해요. (Geu yeonghwaneun pyeonggaga nappaseo maneun saramdeuri silheohaeyo.)
    • That movie has bad reviews, so many people dislike it.
  3. 저녁에는 날씨가 나빠서 야외 활동이 힘들어요. (Jeonyeoge-neun nalssiga nappaseo yaoe hwaldongi himdeureoyo.)
    • The weather is bad in the evening, so outdoor activities are difficult.
  4. 지금 상태가 나빠서 일을 하기 어려워요. (Jigeum sangtaega nappaseo ireul hagi eoryeowoyo.)
    • I’m in bad condition right now, so it’s hard to work.

These sentences illustrate how “nabba” can be used to describe various situations or things that are not good or unfavorable.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
517
Q

Dago” (다고) and “aneunde” (아는데)

A

Dago” (다고) and “aneunde” (아는데) are both conjunctions in Korean used to connect sentences or clauses, but they have different meanings and usage:

  1. Dago (다고): This conjunction is used to indicate causality or reason, similar to “because” or “since” in English. It introduces a reason or explanation for a preceding statement. For example: “춥다고 할 때, 온도가 10도 이하입니다.” (Because it’s cold, the temperature is below 10 degrees.)
  2. Aneunde (아는데): This conjunction is versatile and can convey various meanings depending on the context. It is often used to provide background information, introduce a new topic, express concession, or indicate continuation. It is similar to “but,” “although,” “while,” or “and” in English. For example: “놀러 갔는데, 비가 오더라고요.” (We went out to play, and it started raining.)

In summary, “dago” is used to express causality or reason, while “aneunde” is more flexible and can be used for various purposes such as providing background information, introducing a new topic, or expressing concession.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
518
Q

Buteo” (부터)

A

Buteo” (부터) in Korean indicates the starting point of an action or event. It’s often translated as “from” or “since” in English when indicating a starting point in time or space. For example, “서울부터 샌프란시스코까지” (Seoulbuteo Sanpeuransisko kkaji) means “from Seoul to San Francisco.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
519
Q

“은” (eun) and “를” (eul) particles

A

In Korean, “은” (eun) and “를” (eul) are particles used to mark the subject and object of a sentence, respectively.

  • “은” (eun): Marks the subject of the sentence. It is used after consonants or vowel endings.
  • “를” (eul): Marks the object of the sentence. It is used after consonants.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
520
Q

Sentences use of “거야” (geoya) for assertion or prediction, “는데” (neunde) for contrasting or explaining, and “신잔데” (sinikka) for expressing surprise

A

“거야” (geoya) for assertion or prediction, “는데” (neunde) for contrasting or explaining, and “신잔데” (sinikka) for expressing surprise or unexpected results.
Here are more sample sentences combining “신잔데” (sinikka), “는데” (neunde), and “거야” (geoya):

  1. “오늘 비가 올 거야 신잔데, 우산을 챙겨가는 게 좋겠어.” (Oneul bi-ga ol geoya sinikka, usaneul chaenggyeoganeun ge jogetseo.) - “It’s going to rain today unexpectedly, so it would be good to bring an umbrella.”
  2. “날씨는 맑은데 추워질 거야 신잔데, 따뜻한 옷을 입고 나가는 게 좋겠어.” (Nalssineun malkeunde chuwowil geoya sinikka, ttatteuthan oseul ipgo naganeun ge jogetseo.) - “The weather is clear but it’s going to get cold unexpectedly, so it would be good to wear warm clothes when going out.”
  3. “시간이 많은데 할 일이 많아요 거야 신잔데, 계획을 세워야 해요.” (Sigani maneunde hal iri manayo geoya sinikka, gyehoegeul sewoya haeyo.) - “There is a lot of time but there is a lot to do unexpectedly, so I need to make a plan.”
  4. “오늘 춥다고 신기가 나왔는데, 따뜻한 차를 마셔야겠어요.” (Oneul chubdago singiga nawat-neunde, ttatteuthan chareul masheoyagesseoyo.) - “It got colder today unexpectedly, so I should drink warm tea.”
  5. “내일 비가 올 거야 신잔데, 우산을 가져가야 할 것 같아.” (Naeil bi-ga ol geoya sinikka, usaneul gajyeogaya hal geot gata.) - “It’s going to rain tomorrow unexpectedly, so I think I should bring an umbrella.”
  6. “이 상황은 너무 신잔데, 어떻게 대처해야 할지 모르겠어.” (I sanghwangeun neomu sinikka, eotteohge daechyeohaeya halji moreugesseo.) - “This situation is so unexpected, I don’t know how to handle it.”
  7. 내일 비가 올 거야. (Naeil bi-ga ol geoya.) - It will rain tomorrow.
  8. 오늘은 바쁜데 시간을 찾아봐야 해요. (Oneureun bappeun-de siganeul chajabwaya haeyo.) - I’m busy today, but I need to find some time.
  9. 춥다고 신기가 많이 나왔어. (Chubdago singiga mani nawasseo.) - It got colder, so I wore a lot of warm clothes.
    Certainly! Here’s a combined sentence using “거야” (geoya), “는데” (neunde), and “신잔데” (sinikka):

“내일은 비가 올 거야, 춥다고 신기가 나왔는데 옷을 따뜻하게 입었어.” (Naeireun bi-ga ol geoya, chubdago singiga nawat-neunde oseul ttatteushage ibeosseo.)

This translates to “It will rain tomorrow, so I wore warm clothes even though it got colder.”

“Bi-ga ol geoya sinikka, chubdago singiga nawat-neunde oseul ttatteushage ibeosseo.”

“It will rain, surprisingly, even though it got colder, I wore warm clothes.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
521
Q

Sample sentences using “사실” (sasil),

A

“사실” (sasil), which means “fact” or “truth” in Korean:

  1. 그는 항상 사실을 말해요. (Geuneun hangsang sasireul malhaeyo.)
    Translation: He always tells the truth.
  2. 이 이야기는 사실이 아니에요. (I iyagineun sasiri anieyo.)
    Translation: This story is not true.
  3. 사실을 알고 있었지만 말하지 않았어요. (Sasireul algo isseossjiman malhaji anhasseoyo.)
    Translation: I knew the truth, but I didn’t say anything.
  4. 사실을 확인하기 위해 조사를 진행했습니다. (Sasireul hwaginhagi wihae josareul jinhaenghaessseubnida.)
    Translation: We conducted an investigation to verify the facts.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
522
Q

“Sugo” (수고)

A

Expression used to convey acknowledgment, appreciation, or encouragement for someone’s hard work, effort, or achievement. It’s often translated as “good job,” “well done,” or “great work” in English. It’s commonly used to show support or gratitude towards someone who has exerted effort or accomplished a task.

(Jeoneun Hangugeo-reul sugo-hayeo gongbu-haneun hagsaengimnida.)”I am a student who studies Korean language diligently” (in this sentence Haneun is a verb ending particles of Hada- to do or to study
The sentence “저는 한국어를 수고 공부하는 학생입니다”

sugo) is typically used as a noun to mean “hard work” or “effort,” and it’s not commonly used in this context to modify the action of studying.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
523
Q

Plural marker “들” (deul)”드” (deu) or “드리” (deuri)

A

Plural marker “들” (deul) is typically written as “들” (deul). So, “들” (deul) might occasionally be written as “드” (deu) or “드리” (deuri), but these variations are non-standard and informal.
The plural marker “들” (deul) is added to nouns in Korean to indicate plurality. Here’s how and when to use it:

  1. Adding “들” (deul):
    • Use “들” (deul) after a noun to indicate that there are multiple instances of that noun.
    • For example: 사과들 (sagwadeul) - apples, 학생들 (hagsaengdeul) - students.
  2. Adding “드” (deu):
    • “드” (deu) is a contracted form of “들” (deul).
    • Use “드” (deu) after a noun when it ends in a consonant, followed by “은” (eun) or “은다” (eunda).
    • For example: 학생들은 (hagsaengdeuneun) - the students, 사과들은 (sagwadeuneun) - the apples.
  3. Adding “드리” (deuri):
    • “드리” (deuri) is a polite form of “들” (deul) used in formal or polite speech.
    • Use “드리” (deuri) after a noun to indicate plurality in polite language.
    • For example: 선물들을 드리겠습니다. (Seonmuldeureul deurigesseumnida.) - I will give you the presents.

Overall, “들” (deul) is the standard plural marker, “드” (deu) is a contracted form used in specific grammatical contexts, and “드리” (deuri) is a polite form used in formal situations. Use them according to the level of formality and grammatical structure of the sentence.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using the plural marker “들” (deul) in Korean:

  1. 친구들이 함께 파티를 준비했어요.
    (Chingudeuri hamkke patireul junbihaesseoyo.)
    • The friends prepared the party together.
  2. 책들이 책상 위에 있어요.
    (Chaekdeuri chaeksang wie isseoyo.)
    • The books are on the desk.
  3. 학생들이 선생님을 따라 갔어요.
    (Hagsaengdeuri seonsaengnim-eul ttara gasseoyo.)
    • The students followed the teacher.
  4. 강아지들이 공원에서 놀고 있어요.
    (Gangajideuri gongwon-eseo nolgo isseoyo.)
    • The dogs are playing in the park.
  5. 사람들이 서로를 이해해야 해요.
    (Saramdeuri seororeul ihaehaeya haeyo.)
    • People need to understand each other.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
524
Q

Oneul sugohaesseoyo geurigo neomu pigonhaeyo)

A

“I worked hard today, and I’m very tired”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
525
Q

“이번에는” (ibeoneneun)

A

Is used to indicate “this time” or “on this occasion” in a sentence, often to introduce or emphasize something happening at the current time or occasion. For example:

  • “이번에는 무엇을 할까요?” (Ibeoneneun mueoseul halkkayo?) = “What should we do this time?”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
526
Q

“좀” (jom) and “점” (jeom)

A

“좀” (jom) and “점” (jeom) are two different words in Korean with distinct meanings and pronunciations:

  1. “좀” (jom):
    - Pronunciation: jom
    - Meaning: “a little,” “somewhat,” or “a bit”
    - Usage: It’s used to soften requests or commands, or to express moderation or mildness in a statement. For example, “조금” (jogeum) and “약간” (yakgan) are similar in meaning to “좀” (jom).
  2. “점” (jeom):
    - Pronunciation: jeom
    - Meaning: “point” or “dot”
    - Usage: It’s used in various contexts, such as when referring to a point on a map, a dot in a drawing, or a score in an evaluation.

In summary, “좀” (jom) means “a little” or “somewhat,” while “점” (jeom) means “point” or “dot.” The difference lies in their meanings and usage.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
527
Q

(simin)”시민”

A

can also be used as a transitional word in Korean, similar to “because” or “therefore” in English. It’s a colloquial usage commonly heard in spoken language, especially in informal settings or casual conversations. It’s used to indicate a logical connection or consequence between two statements. For example:

“비가 오니까 우산을 가져가야 해요. 시민 비 올 때 우산이 필요해요.”
(Biga onikka usaneul gajyeogaya haeyo. Simin bi ol ttae usani piryohaeyo.)

“It’s raining, so we need to bring an umbrella. Because it’s raining, we need an umbrella.”

In this context, “시민” (simin) is used to indicate the logical connection between the rain and the need for an umbrella. It’s a colloquial and informal way to express causality in Korean.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
528
Q

Deureumyeon
Bareun
Meon
meon got
Hamyeon
Biga omyeon usaneul gajyeogayo

A

“if it turns” or “if it rotates” in English.
“바른” (bareun) in Korean means “right” or “correct.” It can also mean “straight” or “upright” depending on the context.
“드르면” (deureumyeon) in Korean translates to “if it turns” or “if it rotates” in English.
“Meon” (먼) in Korean means “far” or “distant” in English. It’s used to describe something that is physically far away or distant in space. For example, “먼 곳” (meon got) means “a far place” or “a distant place.”
“하면” (hamyeon) in Korean is a conjunction that means “if” or “when” in English. It is used to introduce a conditional clause in a sentence. For example, “비가 오면 우산을 가져가요” (Biga omyeon usaneul gajyeogayo) means “If it rains, take an umbrella.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
529
Q

(“nnayo”)”ㄴ나요” word ending

A

Igeo annayo?) “Do you know this?” or “Are you aware of this?”
Yes, there are more words in Korean that end in “ㄴ나요” (“nnayo”) when used in question form. Here are a few examples:

  1. 가나요 (gannayo) - Is it going? / Are you going?
  2. 앉나요 (annayo) - Is it sitting? / Are you sitting?
  3. 쓰나요 (sseunayo) - Is it being used? / Are you using it?
  4. 이러나요 (ireonnayo) - Is it like this? / Is this how it is?

These words are derived from verbs or adjectives and are used to form questions about actions, states, or conditions.

Each of these words/phrases serves a different purpose in Korean sentences, expressing questions or suggestions related to existence, excitement, or meeting someone.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
530
Q

있나요” (innayo)
“있습니까” (issnigga)
“신나요” (sinnayo)
만나요” (mannayo)
Ireonnayo
anh nnayo

A
  1. “있나요” (innayo) - This is a combination of the verb “있다” (itda), meaning “to have” or “to exist,” and the question marker “아/어/여” (a/eo/yeo). It is used to ask “Is there?” or “Do you have?” For example, “책이 있나요?” (Chaegi innayo?) means “Is there a book?” or “Do you have a book?”
  2. “있습니까” (issnigga) - This is the formal question form of “있다” (itda), meaning “to have” or “to exist.” It is used in formal situations to ask “Is there?” or “Do you have?” For example, “책이 있습니까?” (Chaegi issnigga?) means “Is there a book?” or “Do you have a book?”
  3. “신나요” (sinnayo) - This is derived from the adjective “신나다” (sinnada), which means “to be excited” or “to be thrilled.” It is used to ask “Are you excited?” or “Are you thrilled?” For example, “파티가 신나요?” (Patiga sinnayo?) means “Are you excited for the party?”
  4. “만나요” (mannayo) - This is derived from the verb “만나다” (mannada), meaning “to meet.” It is used to ask “Shall we meet?” or “Do you want to meet?” For example, “내일 만날까?” (Naeil mannalkka?) means “Shall we meet tomorrow?”
    “Ireonnayo, anh nnayo” can be translated as “Is it like this? No, it isn’t.” in English. It’s a confirmation and negation in Korean.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
531
Q

“Jibekkaji” (집까지)

A

in Korean translates to “to the house” or “until home” in English. It indicates the destination or endpoint of a journey or action, emphasizing the point of arrival being one’s own home.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
532
Q

Were they, whom they, is it us, was it us, is it them, are they, with them, is it with them, was it them? In Korean

A

Here are the translations for each phrase:

  1. Were they? - 그들은 있었어요? (Geudeureun isseosseoyo?)
  2. Whom they? - 누구를 그들이? (Nugureul geudeuri?)
  3. Is it us? - 우리가 그거에요? (Uriga geugeoeyo?)
  4. Was it us? - 우리였어요? (Uriyeosseoyo?)
  5. Is it them? - 그들이 그거에요? (Geudeuri geugeoeyo?)
  6. Are they? - 그들은 있어요? (Geudeureun isseoyo?)
  7. With them? - 그들이랑 같이? (Geudeurang gati?)
  8. Is it with them? - 그들이랑 같이 그거에요? (Geudeurang gati geugeoeyo?)
  9. Was it them? - 그들이었어요? (Geudeurieosseoyo?)
    10”Are they?” in Korean is “그들은 있어요?” (Geudeureun isseoyo?) or “그들은 있나요?” (Geudeureun innayo?) depending on the context and formality level.
  10. “ieyo” (이에요) in Korean is a casual way of saying “it is” or “that’s right”
  11. In Korean, you can ask “Is it?” using the phrase “Isseoyo?” (있어요?). This is the present tense polite form of the verb “to be” (있다 - itda) and is commonly used to ask if something exists or if someone has something. For example:
  • 그것은 있어요? (Geugeoseun isseoyo?) - Is it there?
  • 너의 책은 있어요? (Neoui chaek-eun isseoyo?) - Do you have your book?
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
533
Q

“Il dan” (일단)

A

“for now” or “firstly.” “Anyway” “Once” “in the meantime” “At least” “Temporary stop” It’s used to indicate a temporary action or a preliminary step before further action is taken.

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “일단” (il dan):

  1. 일단 여기서 조금 쉬어요. (Il dan yeogiseo jogeum swieoyo.)
    • Let’s take a break here for now.
  2. 일단 이 책을 읽어보세요. (Il dan i chaek-eul ilgeoboseyo.)
    • First, try reading this book.
  3. 일단 이 문제를 해결하고 나서 다음 단계를 생각해봅시다. (Il dan i munje-reul haegyeolhago naseo da-eum dangye-reul saenggakhae bobsida.)
    • Let’s first solve this problem and then think about the next steps.
  4. 일단 이렇게 시작해보는 것이 좋겠어요. (Il dan ireohke sijakhaeboneun geos-i johgesseoyo.)
    • It would be good to start like this for now.
  5. 일단 여기까지만 하고 집에 가요. (Il dan yeogikkajiman hago jibe gayo.)
    • Let’s just do this for now and go home.

Yes, “일단” (il dan) can have other meanings depending on the context:

  1. First/For now: It is commonly used to indicate doing something temporarily or as a first step before considering further actions. For example: “일단 여기까지만 하고 집에 가요.” (Il dan yeogikkajiman hago jibe gayo.) - “Let’s just do this for now and go home.”
  2. Anyway: In informal spoken language, “일단” (il dan) can be used to mean “anyway” or “regardless.” For example: “일단 뭐라도 해 봐.” (Il dan mwolado hae bwa.) - “Anyway, give it a try.”
  3. Once: In some contexts, “일단” (il dan) can be used to mean “once” or “once upon a time.” For example: “일단 그 때가 있었어.” (Il dan geu ttaega isseosseo.) - “Once, there was such a time.”
    Yes, “일단” (il dan) can have additional meanings depending on the context:
  4. At least: It can be used to express the idea of doing something at least once or as a minimum requirement. For example: “일단 해 봐야겠어.” (Il dan hae bwayagesseo.) - “I should try it at least once.”
  5. Temporary stop: In some cases, it can signify a temporary pause or stop in a process or action. For example: “일단 여기까지만 해 놓고 나중에 다시 하자.” (Il dan yeogikkajiman hae nogeo najunge dasi haja.) - “Let’s just stop here for now and resume later.”
  6. In the meantime: It can also be used to mean “in the meantime” or “for the time being.” For example: “일단 이 문제에 대해 조사해 보는 것이 좋을 것 같아.” (Il dan i munje daehae josahae boneun geosi joheul geot gata.) - “In the meantime, I think it would be good to investigate this issue.”
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
534
Q

(Sugohaesseo) 수고했어요
(Yeolsimhi) 열심히

A

Certainly! In Korean, there are several ways to express “worked hard” depending on the context and level of formality. Here are some examples:

  1. 열심히 일했어요 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseoyo) - This is a
    Certainly! In Korean, there are several ways to express “worked hard” depending on the context and level of formality. Here are some examples:
  2. 열심히 일했어요 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseoyo) - This is a polite and formal way to say “worked hard.”
  3. 열심히 일했어 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression.
  4. 열심히 일함 (Yeolsimhi ilham) - This is a simple form without past tense conjugation.
  5. 고생했어요 (Gosaenghaesseoyo) - This means “put in a lot of effort” or “worked hard” and is also polite and formal.
  6. 고생했어 (Gosaenghaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression.
  7. 수고했어요 (Sugohaesseoyo) - This means “worked hard” or “put in effort” and is also polite and formal.
  8. 수고했어 (Sugohaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression.
    Let’s break down each word:
    polite and formal way to say “worked hard.”
  9. 열심히 일했어 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression.
  10. 열심히 일함 (Yeolsimhi ilham) - This is a simple form without past tense conjugation.
  11. 고생했어요 (Gosaenghaesseoyo) - This means “put in a lot of effort” or “worked hard” and is also polite and formal.
  12. 고생했어 (Gosaenghaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression.
  13. 수고했어요 (Sugohaesseoyo) - This means “worked hard” or “put in effort” and is also polite and formal.
  14. 수고했어 (Sugohaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression.
    Let’s break down each word:
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
535
Q

(Yemun)”예문”

A

The word “예문” (yemun) means “sample sentences” in Korean. Here are a few examples:

  1. 이 책에는 많은 예문이 있어요. (I chaegeneun manheun yemuni isseoyo.)
    Translation: “This book has many sample sentences.”
  2. 이 단어를 외우기 위해 예문을 사용하세요. (I daneoreul oewugi wihae yemuneul sayonghaseyo.)
    Translation: “Use sample sentences to memorize this word.”
  3. 이 예문은 어떻습니까? (I yemuneun eotteohseumnikka?)
    Translation: “What about this sample sentence?”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “예문” (yemun) in various contexts.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
536
Q

Pronouns i, me, you, we ours, them

A

Jeo or na- i (becomes Jeoneun or Naneun)
1. 나 (na) - standard form for “I”
2. 저 (jeo) - a more formal or polite form for “I”

For “To” (으로/로 - eulo/ro):
1. 으로 (euro) - used after a consonant
2. 로 (ro) - used after a vowel

Additional pronouns for “I” (in certain contexts):
1. 내가 (naega) - emphasizes “I” or “me”
2. 제가 (jega) - a more formal or polite way to say “I”

Other ways to express “I” (informal):
1. 나는 (naneun) - a more casual way to say “I”
2. 나야 (naya) - used to emphasize oneself
Dangshin or Neo- you (becomes Dangshin-eun)
Naui or Nae- My (becomes naege- to me or for me)
Uri- We, Us, Ours (becomes Urineun)
Urideul-ui or Urideul- Ours
Guedeul or Geudeureun- They
Guedeuleul- Them
Guedeulege- Them used as direction or movement towards them..
Geunyeodeul- Them (used in group of females)
“Geudeul-eun or jeo- that” or “those” when used as a demonstrative pronoun. In the sentence
Geunyeoneun- she
Geuneun- he

  1. 나 (na) - I, me
  2. 너 (neo) - you (informal)
  3. 저 (jeo) - I, me (formal)
  4. 그 (geu) - he, him, she, her, it
  5. 우리 (uri) - we, us, our
  6. 그들 (geudeul) - they, them
  7. 이 (i) - this
  8. 그 (geu) - that
  9. 저 (jeo) - that (formal)
    Here’s a breakdown of the terms you’ve provided:
  10. “Geudeureun” (그들은) - This is a combination of the pronoun “그들” (geudeul), which means “they” or “them,” and the subject marker “은” (eun), indicating that “they” are the subject of the sentence. So, “Geudeureun” means “They” or “They are.”
  11. “Geudeul-eun” (그들은) - This is similar to “Geudeureun” and also means “They” or “They are.” It uses the same pronoun “그들” (geudeul), but with the subject marker “은” (eun) attached to indicate the subject of the sentence.
  12. “Geudeul” (그들) - This is the pronoun “they” or “them” in Korean.
  13. “Geudaereul” (그대를) - This is a combination of the pronoun “그대” (geudae), which means “you” (informal), and the object marker “를” (reul), indicating that “you” are the object of the sentence. So, “Geudaereul” means “You” or “You (informal)” as the object of an action.
  14. “Geud” (그) - This is the pronoun “that” in Korean.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
537
Q

(enen) “에넨”

A

(enen) can be used in sentences to represent generality:

  1. “에넨 좋아하는 음식은 뭔가요?” (Enen joahaneun eumsigeun mwon gayo?) - “What kind of foods do you like?” (Here, “에넨” is used to refer to any kind of food without specifying a particular type.)
  2. “오늘 에넨 일을 다 끝냈어요.” (Oneul enen ireul da kkeutnaesseoyo.) - “I finished all sorts of tasks today.” (In this sentence, “에넨” is used to indicate various unspecified tasks.)
  3. “에넨 생각이 드는 것을 말해주세요.” (Enen saenggagi deuneun geoseul malhaejuseyo.) - “Please tell me whatever comes to mind.” (Here, “에넨” is used to imply any thoughts or ideas.)

In these examples, “에넨” (enen) is used to convey generality or to refer to various unspecified things.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
538
Q

Facial idiomatic expressions in Korean

A
  1. 입이 쩍쩍 나다 (ipi jjokjjok nada) - To have a wide smile on one’s face.
  2. 눈치가 빠르다 (nunchiga ppareuda) - To be quick-witted or perceptive.
  3. 입이 걸리다 (ipi geollida) - To have a mouthful or be unable to speak due to shock or surprise.
  4. 눈치를 채다 (nunchireul chaeda) - To sense or pick up on subtle cues or hints.
  5. 눈치가 없다 (nunchiga eobtta) - To be oblivious or unaware of social cues.
  6. 입이 마르다 (ipi mareuda) - To have a dry mouth, usually due to nervousness or anxiety.
  7. 눈에 띄다 (nune ttuida) - To stand out or catch one’s attention.
  8. 입이 떡 벌어지다 (ipi tteok beoreojida) - To have one’s mouth wide open, usually due to shock or surprise.
  9. 눈치를 보다 (nunchireul boda) - To gauge someone’s reaction or mood before speaking or acting.
  10. 입이 무겁다 (ipi mugeopda) - To be unable to speak freely due to a heavy heart or burden.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
539
Q

Very long sentences

A

Han-gugeo gongbu-neun manhi halsurok joheegin ha-getji-man maeil ttokgateun gongbu-man hamyeon jigeowul su itgi ttaemuni, manh-imyeon salan-ge ganeun geosman hamyeon jigeo-ul su itgi ddaemuni, maneul jom dareun ge pilyohada sipeul ttae-eneun yeoreul deureona sosori-na weptun gatun geol boneun geos-do joheun geot gataeyo.

Translation: Studying Korean is good the more you do it, but doing the same study every day can get boring, so when you feel you need something different, watching movies or reading novels or webtoons seems like a good idea.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
540
Q

(Nae saenggage)”내 생각에”

A

“nae saenggage(neun)”-in my opinion” or “According to me”
“in my opinion” or “according to my thoughts” in English. It is used to introduce or express one’s personal viewpoint or perspective on a matter.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
541
Q

Go “고” as a conjunctive particle:

A

Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “고” as a conjunctive particle:

  1. 저는 공원에 가고, 카페에 가요. (Jeoneun gongwone gago, kapee gayo.)
    - “I go to the park and then to the cafe.”
  2. 오늘은 영화를 보고, 식당에서 저녁을 먹었어요. (Oneureun yeonghwaleul bogo, sikdangeseo jeonyeogeul meogeosseoyo.)
    - “Today, I watched a movie and then had dinner at the restaurant.”
  3. 학교에 가고, 친구들을 만났어요. (Hakgyoe gago, chingudeureul mannaesseoyo.)
    - “I went to school and met my friends.”
    고” (go) is used as a conjunctive particle rather than a linking verb in Korean. It’s primarily used to connect sentences or phrases, similar to how “and” is used in English.
    Sure, here are some sample sentences:
  4. 저 영화는 정말 재미 고 흥미로워요. (Jeo yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemi go heungmirowoyo.)
    • “That movie is really fun and interesting.”
  5. 이 책을 읽는 것은 항상 재미 고 유익해요. (I chaek-eul ilgneun geoseun hangsang jaemi go yuikhaeyo.)
    • “Reading this book is always fun and informative.”
  6. 오늘 파티는 정말 재미 고 즐거웠어요. (Oneul patineun jeongmal jaemi go jeulgeowosseoyo.)

밥을 먹고 (Babeul meokgo) - “Eat and…”
- 공부하고 (Gongbu hago) - “Study and…”
- 산책하고 (Sanchaek hago) - “Take a walk and…”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
542
Q

(hwajangshil-i eodi-eyo?)화장실이 어디예요?

A

Where is the bathroom?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
543
Q

(jeoneun hangugeoreul jogeumbakke mothae)저는 한국어를 조금밖에 못해요

A

I only speak a little Korean:

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
544
Q

(gireul ilheosseoyo)길을 잃었어요

A

I’m lost:

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
545
Q

“Geureotseo” (그럿서)

A

is a colloquial expression in Korean, often used to mean “so,” “like that,” or “in that way.” It’s an informal way of confirming or acknowledging something.
1. A: Geu chaek ilgeo-sseo? (Did you read that book?)
B: Ilgeo-sseo, geureotseo naeil yaegihae bwa. (I read it, so let’s talk about it tomorrow.)
English: A: Did you read that book?
B: Yes, I read it, so let’s talk about it tomorrow.

  1. A: Oneul nalssi joha. (The weather is nice today.)
    B: Eung, geureotseo nadeuri gaja. (Yeah, so let’s go on an outing.)
    English: A: The weather is nice today.
    B: Yeah, so let’s go on an outing.
  2. A: Igeo meogeullae? (Do you want to eat this?)
    B: Geureotseo mas-issgetda. (Yeah, it looks delicious.)
    English: A: Do you want to eat this?
    B: Yeah, it looks delicious.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
546
Q

Meogeullae “먹을래”

A

The phrase (meogeullae) where “래” (llae) is a verb ending, is a casual and informal way to ask someone if they would like to eat something or if they want to eat. It is derived from the verb “먹다” (meokda), which means “to eat.” The ending “래” is a contraction of “레요” (raeyo), which is a casual way to suggest or ask if someone wants to do something. So “먹을래?” can be translated as “Do you want to eat?” or “Shall we eat?” in English

2

.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
547
Q

llae”ㄹ래” verb endings

A

The (llae) verb ending in Korean is used to express intention or suggestion. It’s similar to saying “Let’s” or “Shall we” in English. For example:

  • 놀러 가자! (Nolleo gaja!) - Let’s go play!
  • 한잔 할래요? (Hanjan hallaeyo?) - Shall we have a drink?

It’s often used in casual conversations or when making suggestions to others.

놀러 갈래?(nolleo gallae?)

“Do you want to go out and have fun?”

영화 볼래?(yeonghwa bollae?)

“Do you want to watch a movie?”

산책할래?(sanchaekhallae?)

“Shall we go for a walk?”

커피 마실래?(keopi masillae?)

“Would you like to have coffee?”

운동할래?(undonghallae?)

“Do you want to exercise?”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
548
Q

Sinikka”신기하다”
Waenyanhameon 왠지함언

A

(sinikka) in Korean means “It’s amazing” or “It’s fascinating.” It’s often used to express wonder or surprise at something interesting or impressive. It can also be used to describe something as astonishing or remarkable.
“Waenyanhameon” (왠지함언) and “sinikka” (신기카) are informal expressions in Korean used to convey a feeling of uncertainty or speculation. They are somewhat interchangeable, but there can be nuanced differences:

  1. Waenyanhameon (왠지함언):
    • This expression is often used when someone has a hunch or a vague feeling about something.
    • It’s like saying “for some reason” or “I don’t know why, but.”
    • Example: “Waenyanhameon, naega oneul jom himdeulgo issneun geos gatda.” (왠지함언, 내가 오늘 좀 힘들고 있는 것 같다.) - “For some reason, I feel like I’m having a tough day today.”
  2. Sinikka (신기카):
    • It is more colloquial and can be used similarly to express wonder or surprise.
    • Example: “Sinikka, geu jangmyeon neomu masisseoyo!” (신기카, 그 장면 너무 맛있어요!) - “It’s amazing, that scene is so delicious!”

In summary, “waenyanhameon” is often used for uncertain feelings or hunches, while “sinikka” is used to express amazement or surprise.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
549
Q

sanikka”사니까”
sinikka”신이까”

A

(sinikka) and “” (sanikka):

  1. 내일 비올 거 신이까 우산을 가져가세요.
    (Naeil biol geo sinikka usaneul gajyeogaseyo.)
    Translation: Take an umbrella tomorrow because it’s going to rain.
  2. 시험을 잘 볼 수 있을 거 사니까 열심히 공부해야 돼요.
    (Siheomeul jal bol su isseul geo sanikka yeolsimhi gongbuhaeya dwaeyo.)
    Translation: You need to study hard because you can do well on the exam.
  3. 그렇게 생각하니까 마음이 편해졌어.
    (Geureohge saengakhanikka maeumi pyeonhaejyeosseo.)
    Translation: I feel relieved because I think that way.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
550
Q

“Dareun go” (다른 거)

A

“Dareun go” (다른 거) means “something else” or “other things.” It is often used when referring to an alternative or different option. For example:

  1. 이거 말고 다른 거 있어요?
    (Igeo malgo dareun geo isseoyo?)
    Translation: Is there something else (other than this)?
  2. 다른 걸 시도해 봐.
    (Dareun geol sido hae bwa.)
    Translation: Try something else.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
551
Q

“Dareun ttaemune” (다른 때무네)

A

“because of a different reason” or “for another reason.” It is used to explain that the situation or outcome is influenced by a different circumstance or factor. For example:

  1. 다른 팀이 이겼어, 그래서 우리가 지금 이 상황이야.
    (Dareun timi igyeosseo, geuraeseo uriga jigeum i sanghwangiya.)
    Translation: Another team won, so that’s why we are in this situation now.
  2. 다른 사람 때문에 계획이 변경되었어.
    (Dareun saram ttaemune gyehoegi byeongyeongdoeeosseo.)
    Translation: The plans changed because of another person.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
552
Q

Kayo “가요”
Gayo “가요”

A

The pronunciation difference between (kayo) and “가요” (gayo) lies in the vowel sound. “가요” (kayo) with “a” sound is used colloquially and is more casual, while “가요” (gayo) with “ae” sound is the more formal or polite way of saying “I’m going” or “you’re going.” Both forms are conjugated versions of the verb “가다” (to go).

  1. 가요 (gayo):
    • Used when talking about one’s own actions or plans for the future.
      • 예: 내일 영화를 보러 가요. (Naeil yeonghwareul boreo gayo.) - “I will go to watch a movie tomorrow.”
  2. 가요 (kayo):
    • Used when expressing a suggestion or proposing an idea.
      • 예: 커피 마시러 가요? (Keopi masireo kayo?) - “Shall we go for coffee?”

These are general guidelines, and context plays a crucial role in understanding the appropriate use of “가요” (gayo) and “가요” (kayo).
Certainly! Here are more examples:

  1. 가요 (gayo):
    • 나는 쇼핑하러 가요. (Naneun syopinghaleo gayo.) - “I am going shopping.”
    • 내일 학교에 가요. (Naeil haggyoe gayo.) - “I will go to school tomorrow.”
  2. 가요 (kayo):
    • 레스토랑에서 식사하러 가요. (Reseutorangeseo sigsahaleo kayo.) - “Shall we go to the restaurant for a meal?”
    • 공원에 산책하러 가요. (Gongwone sancaekhaleo kayo.) - “Let’s go for a walk in the park.”

These sentences showcase the usage of “가요” (gayo) and “가요” (kayo) in different situations.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
553
Q

“ttaemune” (때문에 -

A

Here are some sample sentences using “ttaemune” (때문에 - Since):

  1. 비가 오기 때문에 우산을 가져가세요. (Biga ogi ttaemune usaneul gajyeogaseyo.)
    (Since it’s going to rain, please bring an umbrella.)
  2. 일찍 일어나기 때문에 밤 늦게 자요. (Iljjig ileonagi ttaemune bam neujge jayo.)
    (Since I wake up early, I go to bed late at night.)
  3. 그 일은 나의 부주의 때문에 일어났어. (Geu ileun naui bujuui ttaemune ileonasseo.)
    (That incident happened because of my carelessness.)

“Ttaemune” is often used to indicate a cause or reason for a situation.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
554
Q

Bangmunhada 방문하다

A

방문하다 (bangmunhada) = to visit. It needs to be conjugated when used in a sentence. So I’ll give examples using the vocabulary list and a familiar topic: past/present/future tense!

• 나는 할머니를 방문거야. (naneunhalmeonileul bangmungeoya.) =I’m going to visit my grandmother.

• 나는 사촌을 방문했어요. (naneun sachon-eul bangmunhaess-eoyo.) = I was visiting my cousin.

• 나는 할아버지을 방문해. (naneun hal-abeojileul bangmunhae.) = I visited my grandfather.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
555
Q

Gidae 기대
Gidaehada 기대하다

A

기대하다 (gidaehada) = “to expect; to look forward to”.기대 (gidae) means “expectation; hope” it can be used by itself without하다 (hada) [which means “To do”].

Examples:

• 나는 햇빛 보고 기대. (naneun haesbich bogo gidae.) = “Ilook forward to seeing the sunshine.”

• 내가 패키지를 기대하고 있습니다. (naega paekijileul gidaehago issseubnida.) = “I’m expecting a package.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
556
Q

Seunglihada 승리하다

A

승리하다 (seunglihada)= “victory; to win; to defeat.” It has a close synonym which is이기다 (igida) which also means, “to win; to defeat;”

• 나는 경쟁 승리했다. (naneun gyeongjaeng seunglihaessda) = I won the competition
• 나는 수 이겼. (Naneun su igyeoss.) = I could have won.

• 너는 할 수 없습니다 이겼어요. (neoneun hal su eobs-seubnida igyeoss-eoyo.) = You cannot win.

• 너는 할 승리했어요. (neoneun hal seunglihaess-eoyo.) = You did not win.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
557
Q

Anda 앉다

A

앉다 (anda), it’s averbthat means, “to sit”. I’ve used this in a sentence or two before I think.

• 나는 여기에 앉아 있습니다. (naneun yeogie anj-a issseubnida.) = I’m sitting here.
• 그녀는 거기에 앉아 있습니다. (geunyeoneun geogie anj-a issseubnida.) = She will sit there.
• 누군가가 여기에 앉아있다? (nugungaga yeogie anj-aissda?) = Is someone sitting here?

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
558
Q

Cham-eulo 참으로

A

참으로 (cham-eulo) | [adverb] “indeed; truly; really; in fact; honestly”

• 참으로 나는 그를 보았다! (cham-eulo, naneun geuleul boassda!) = Honestly, I saw him!

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
559
Q

Gyejeol 계절 Seasons!

A

Vocabulary List:: 계절 (gyejeol) Seasons!
• 봄 (bom) = spring
• 여름 (yeoleum) = summer
• 가을 (ga-eul) = fall
• 겨울 (gyeoul) = winter

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
560
Q

Namjaneun san araero jajeongeoreul tago gago itseupnida “남자는 산 아래로 자전거를 타고 가고 있습니다.”

A

“남자는 산 아래로 자전거를 타고 가고 있습니다.” (Namjaneun san araero jajeongeoreul tago gago itseupnida), “The man is riding a bicycle down the mountain.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
561
Q

Go “고” as a verbs ending

A

Here are some Korean verbs that end with “-go”:

  1. 보고 (bogo) - to see
  2. 듣고 (deutgo) - to hear
  3. 가고 (gago) - to go
  4. 알고 (algo) - to know
  5. 먹고 (meokgo) - to eat
  6. 마시고 (masigo) - to drink
  7. 사고 (sago) - to buy
  8. 좋아하고 (joahago) - to like
  9. 하고 (hago) - to do
  10. 이야기하고 (iyagihago) - to talk
  11. 만나고 (mannago) - to meet
  12. 공부하고 (gongbuhago) - to study
  13. 생각하고 (saenggakhago) - to think
  14. 찾고 (chatgo) - to find
  15. 일하고 (ilhago) - to work
  16. 앉고 (anjgo) - to sit
  17. 놀고 (nolgo) - to play
  18. 걷고 (geotgo) - to walk
  19. 먹고 (meokgo) - to eat
  20. 마시고 (masigo) - to drink
  21. 전화하고 (jeonhwahago) - to call
  22. 끝내고 (kkeutnaego) - to finish
  23. 웃고 (utgo) - to laugh
  24. 쓰고 (sseugo) - to write
  25. 기다리고 (gidarigo) - to wait
  26. 사고 (sago) - to buy
  27. 만나고 (mannago) - to meet
  28. 생각하고 (saenggakago) - to think
  29. 놓고 (noko) - to put down
  30. 빠지고 (ppajigo) - to fall
  31. 놀고 (nolgo) - to play
  32. 듣고 (deutgo) - to listen
  33. 찾고 (chatgo) - to find
  34. 마시고 (masigo) - to drink
  35. 살고 (salgo) - to live
  36. 웃고 (utgo) - to laugh
  37. 놓고 (noko) - to put down
  38. 부러우고 (bureougo) - to envy
  39. 늦고 (neutgo) - to be late
  40. 잊고 (ijgo) - to forget
    “고” (go) can be added to the verb stem to connect sentences or clauses. For example: link action verb
  41. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat
    • 먹고 (meokgo) - eating, and
  42. 가다 (gada) - to go
    • 가고 (gago) - going, and
  43. 보다 (boda) - to see, to watch
    • 보고 (bogo) - seeing, and
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
562
Q

Common verbs

A
  1. 가다 (gada) - to go
  2. 오다 (oda) - to come
  3. 사다 (sada) - to buy
  4. 보다 (boda) - to see or watch
  5. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat
  6. 듣다 (deutda) - to hear or listen
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
563
Q

“Hago” (하고) as a conjunction

A

“Hago” (하고) is a conjunction in Korean that means “and” when connecting two actions or items.
1. 저는 책을 읽고 커피를 마셨어요. (Jeoneun chaeg-eul ilhgo keopi-eul masyeosseoyo.)
(I read a book and drank coffee.)

  1. 공원에서 산책하고 사진을 찍었어요. (Gongwon-eseo sanchaekhago sajin-eul jjigeosseoyo.)
    (I took a walk in the park and took photos.)
  2. 요리를 하고 음악을 들었어요. (Yori-reul hago eumak-eul deuleosseoyo.)
    (I cooked and listened to music.)
  3. 영화를 보고 친구들과 대화했어요. (Yeonghwareul bogo chingudeul-gwa daehwahaesseoyo.)
    (I watched a movie and had a conversation with friends.)
  4. 산에 등산하고 바다에서 수영했어요. (San-e deungsanhago bada-eseo suyeonghaesseoyo.)
    (I hiked in the mountains and swam in the sea.)
  5. 전화하고 숙제를 했어요. (Jeonhwa-hago sukjeleul haesseoyo.)
    (I made a phone call and did homework.)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
564
Q

Baro “바로” sample sentences

A

sample sentences using “바로” (baro):

  1. 그게 바로 내 생각이에요. (Geuge baro nae saenggak-ieyo.)
    (That’s exactly what I think.)
  2. 바로 여기서 만나요. (Baro yeogiseo mannayo.)
    (Let’s meet right here.)
  3. 이것이 바로 답이에요. (Igeosi baro dabi-eoyo.)
    (This is exactly the answer.)
  4. 바로 그거예요. (Baro geugeoyo.)
    (That’s it exactly.)

sentences using “바로” (baro):

  1. 그것이 바로 내가 찾던 책이에요. (Geugeosi baro naega chatdeon chaeg-ieyo.)
    (That’s the book I was exactly looking for.)
  2. 오늘 바로 시작하겠습니다. (Oneul baro sijakhaegetsseumnida.)
    (We will start right away today.)
  3. 이 문제는 바로 해결해야 해. (I munje-neun baro haegyeolhaeya hae.)
    (We need to solve this problem right away.)
  4. 이것이 바로 네가 원한 선물이에요. (Igeosi baro nega wonhan seonmul-ieyo.)
    (This is exactly the gift you wanted.)
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
565
Q

“Ireoke haneun go eottae” (이렇게 하는 거 어때)

A

“Ireoke haneun go eottae” (이렇게 하는 거 어때) in Korean translates to “How about doing it like this?” in English. It’s a question asking for someone’s opinion or approval about doing something in a particular way.
In this context, “go” (거) and “ge” (게) serve a similar purpose as casual forms of “geoseul” (것을), meaning “thing” or “action.”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
566
Q

Oneureun “오늘은”
Oneul-eun “오늘은”

A

Both “오늘은” (oneureun) and “오늘은” (oneul-eun) can be used to mean “today.” The difference lies in their usage.

  • “오늘은” (oneureun): This form is more colloquial and commonly used in spoken language.
  • “오늘은” (oneul-eun): This form is more standard and often used in written language.

In Korean, the difference between colloquial and standard language lies mainly in their level of formality and appropriateness for different situations:

  1. Colloquial Language (구어, gueo): This is informal, everyday language used in casual conversations among friends, family, or peers. It often includes slang, contractions, and expressions specific to spoken language. Colloquial language is relaxed and less rigid compared to formal language.
  2. Standard Language (문어, muneo): This refers to formal or written language used in professional settings, formal speeches, academic writing, and official documents. It follows grammatical rules more strictly, avoids slang and contractions, and tends to be more conservative in vocabulary and expressions.

Both forms of language are essential for effective communication, but the choice between colloquial and standard language depends on the context, audience, and level of formality required.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
567
Q

“Isseumnida” (입니다)
“Isseubnikka” (입니다니까)

A

lies in their usage:

  1. isseumnida (입니다):
    - This is a formal way of saying “it is” or “to be” in Korean.
    - It is commonly used in polite and formal contexts.

Example: “Jeoneun hakseng imnida.” (저는 학생 입니다.) - “I am a student.”

  1. isseubnikka (입니다니까):
    - This is also a polite way of expressing “it is” but includes a sense of seeking confirmation or expressing a supposition.
    - It’s often used when making statements and seeking acknowledgment or agreement.

Example: “Hakseng imnikka?” (학생 입니까?) - “Are you a student?”

In summary, “isseumnida” is a straightforward statement, while “isseubnikka” is used when making a statement with a polite nuance, especially when seeking confirmation or agreement.

568
Q

“Igeoneun” (이거는)

A

translates to “this” in English. It is used to refer to a specific item or thing that is close to the speaker. For example:

  • 이거는 뭐에요? (Igeoneun mwoeyo?) - What is this?
  • 이거는 내 핸드폰이에요. (Igeoneun nae haendeupon-ieyo.) - This is my phone.
569
Q

Mal “말”

A

“말” (mal) in Korean can have multiple meanings depending on the context:

  1. Noun - Speech/Language:
    - “말” (mal) can refer to speech or language.
    - Example: 한국어로 말해주세요. (Hangugeo-ro malhae juseyo.) - Please speak in Korean.
  2. Noun - Horse:
    - “말” (mal) can also mean a horse.
    - Example: 말을 타다. (Mal-eul tada.) - To ride a horse.
  3. Verb - To Say/Speak:
    - “말하다” (malhada) is the verb form meaning “to say” or “to speak.”
    - Example: 무엇이라고 말했어요? (Muos-ilago malhaesseoyo?) - What did you say?
570
Q

“Saek” (색)
“Chaek” (책)

A

“Saek” (색) means “color” in Korean, while “chaek” (책) means “book.” These are two different words with different meanings.

571
Q

Geureoji “그러지”

A

“그러지” (geureoji), which can indeed be used to express agreement or confirmation. It’s an informal way of saying “Yes” or “That’s right” in response to a statement or question.

Here’s an example:

Person A: 오늘 날씨 정말 좋아, 맞아? (Oneul nalssi jeongmal joha, maja?)
(The weather is really nice today, isn’t it?)

Person B: 그러지! (Geureoji!)
(Yes, that’s right!)

  1. 날씨가 춥다. 그렇지, 우리는 따뜻한 음료를 마셔야 해. (Nalssi ga chubda. Geureotji, uri neun ttatteutan eumnyoreul masheoya hae.)
    (The weather is cold. However, we should drink warm beverages.)
  2. 이 책은 좋다. 그렇지만 조금 어렵다. (I chaeg-eun jota. Geureotjiman jogeum eoryeobda.)
    (This book is good. However, it’s a bit difficult.)
572
Q

Geureonikka “그런데”

A

“그런데” (geureonikka), which means “but” or “however” in Korean:

  1. 나는 커피를 좋아해. 그런데 오늘은 차를 마셨어. (Naneun keopireul johae. Geureonikka oneureun chareul masheosseo.)
    (I like coffee. However, today I drank tea.)
  2. 일이 바빠서 못 갔어. 그런데 너무 피곤해. (Iri bappaseo mot gasseo. Geureonikka neomu pigonhae.)
    (I couldn’t go because I was busy. However, I’m very tired.)
  3. 비가 올 것 같아. 그런데 우산을 가져오지 않았어. (Bi ga ol geot gata. Geureonikka usaneul gajyeooji anhasseo.)
    (It looks like it’s going to rain. However, I didn’t bring an umbrella.)

In these examples, “그런데” (geureonikka) is used to introduce a contrasting or unexpected element in the sentences.

573
Q

Euni “으니” and Neunde “는데” as conjunctive endings

A

“으니” (euni) and “는데” (neunde) are conjunctive endings used in Korean. Here are sample sentences for each:

  1. “으니” (euni):
    - 비가 오니 우산을 가져 가세요. (Biga oni usaneul gajyeo gaseyo.)
    (Since it’s raining, please take an umbrella.)
  2. “는데” (neunde):
    - 춥네요. 옷을 두 개나 입었는데도. (Chupneyo. Oseul du gaena ibeonneundedo.)
    (It’s cold. Even though I’m wearing two layers of clothes.)
574
Q

Surok “수록”
Iramyeon “이라면”

A

Both are used to express conditions or situations, but they are used in slightly different ways:

  1. 수록 (surok): It means “particularly” or “especially.” It is often used to emphasize a specific group or situation within a broader context.
  • Example: “학생을 수록” (Haksaeng-eul surok) - “particularly for students.”
  1. 이라면 (iramyeon): It means “if it is” or “if one is.” It is used to express a condition or assumption.
  • Example: “학생이라면” (Haksaeng-iramyeon) - “if you’re a student” or “if one is a student.”
575
Q

Gajima 가지마
Hajimara 하지마라
Hajima 하지마
Hajiman 하지만
Hajimallago 하지말라고

A
  1. 가지마 (gajima): “Don’t go.” It’s a command form, telling someone not to leave.
    • Sample Sentence: 친구야, 가지마. (Chingu ya, gajima.)
      • “Friend, don’t go.”
  2. 하지마라 (hajimara): “Don’t do it.” This is a more formal and stronger way to say “Don’t do something.”
    • Sample Sentence: 그렇게 하지마라. (Geureohge hajimara.)
      • “Don’t do it like that.”
  3. 하지마 (hajima): “Don’t do it.” It’s a less formal and more casual way of saying “Don’t do something.”
    • Sample Sentence: 그러지마. (Geureo jima.)
      • “Don’t do that.”
  4. 하지만 (hajiman): “But” or “However.” It’s used to introduce a contrast or contradiction.
    • Sample Sentence: 바쁘지만 도움을 줄게. (Bappeujiman doumeul julge.)
      • “I’m busy, but I will help.”
  5. 하지말라고 (hajimallago): “Don’t do it.” This is a strong command form, instructing someone not to do something.
    • Sample Sentence: 나에게 거짓말하지말라고 했어. (Naege geojinmal hajimallago haesseo.)
      • “He told me not to lie.”
576
Q

geojinmal hajima 거짓말 하지마

A

Don’t lie

577
Q

Nyago “냐고”

A

an informal and colloquial way to ask a question in Korean. It is often used in casual conversation and corresponds to asking “is it” or “isn’t it” in English. This expression is typically used when seeking confirmation or clarification in a more relaxed setting.

For example:
- 비가 오느냐고? (Biga oneunyago?) - “Is it going to rain?”
- 맛있었느냐고? (Masisseossneuyago?) - “Was it delicious?”

  1. 내일은 축구 경기가 있는냐고? (Naeileun chukgu gyeonggiga inneunyago?)
    - “Is there a soccer game tomorrow?”
  2. 그 영화는 재미있었느냐고 물어봤어. (Geu yeonghwaneun jaemiisseosseonneuyago mureobwasseo.)
    - “I asked if that movie was interesting.”
  3. 이 책은 읽었느냐고 물어봤어. (I chaeg-eun ilg-eossneuyago mureobwasseo.)
    - “I asked if you read this book.”
  4. 오늘은 무슨 일이 있었느냐고 물어보았다. (Oneul-eun museun il-i isseosneuyago muleobowassda.)
    - “I asked what happened today.”
  5. 요리가 맛있었느냐고 물어봤어. (Yoli ga masisseosneuyago muleobwasseo.)
    - “I asked if the cooking was delicious.”
578
Q

Jago “자고” as a verb ending

A

(jago) is a verb ending in Korean that comes from the verb “자다” (jada), which means “to sleep.” When used as a verb ending, it indicates the action of “sleeping” or “going to sleep.” It is often used in sentences to express a sequence of actions or to describe what someone is doing before or after something else.

For example:
- 밥을 먹고 자요. (Babeul meokgo jayo.) - “I eat and then sleep.”
- 숙제를 다 하고 자요. (Sukjereul da hago jayo.) - “I finish my homework and then sleep.”

  1. 밥을 먹고 자요. (Babeul meokgo jayo.)
    - “I eat and then sleep.”
  2. 일을 끝내고 자요. (Ileul kkeutnaego jayo.)
    - “I finish work and then sleep.”
  3. 영화를 보고 자요. (Yeonghwareul bogo jayo.)
    - “I watch a movie and then sleep.”
  4. 운동을 하고 자요. (Undongeul hago jayo.)
    - “I exercise and then sleep.”
  5. 공부를 하고 자요. (Gongbureul hago jayo.)
    - “I study and then sleep.”
579
Q

Neunde “는데”

A

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using in Korean:

  1. 나는 공부하려고 했는데, 졸려서 못 했어.
    (naneun gongbuharyeogo haessneunde, jollyeoseo mot haesseo.)
    Translation: I intended to study, but I was too sleepy, so I couldn’t.
  2. 여행을 가려고 했는데, 비가 와서 취소했어요.
    (yeohaengeul garyeogo haessneunde, biga waseo chwiso haesseoyo.)
    Translation: I planned to go on a trip, but it rained, so I canceled.
  3. 그 영화는 재미있는데, 결말이 슬퍼서 울었어.
    (geu yeonghwaneun jaemiinneunde, gyeolmari seulpeoseo uleosseo.)
    Translation: The movie was interesting, but the ending was sad, so I cried.

In these examples, “는데” (neunde)

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences using “는데” (neunde) in Korean:

  1. 레스토랑에 가려고 했는데, 예약이 다 차 있었어요.
    (reseutorang-e garyeogo haessneunde, yeyagi da cha isseosseoyo.)
    Translation: I tried to go to the restaurant, but all the reservations were full.
  2. 새로운 언어를 배우려고 했는데, 시간이 부족해서 실패했어.
    (saeroun eoneoreul baeuryeogo haessneunde, sigani bujokhaeseo silpaehaesseo.)
    Translation: I attempted to learn a new language, but I failed because of a lack of time.
  3. 그림을 그려보려고 했는데, 솜씨가 부족해서 어려웠어요.
    (geurim-eul geulyeoboryeogo haessneunde, somssiga bujokhaeseo eoryeowosseoyo.)
    Translation: I tried to draw a picture, but it was difficult because of a lack of skill.

In these sentences, “는데” (neunde) is used to convey various situations, intentions, and outcomes,

  1. 여름에 바다에 가려고 했는데, 비가 와서 계획을 바꿨어요.
    (yeoreume badae garyeogo haessneunde, biga waseo gyehoegeul bakkwasseoyo.)
    Translation: I planned to go to the beach in the summer, but it rained, so I changed my plans.
  2. 책을 읽으려고 했는데, 전화가 와서 중단했어요.
    (chaeg-eul ilgeulyeogo haessneunde, jeonhwaga waseo jungdanhess-eoyo.)
    Translation: I intended to read a book, but I received a phone call, so I interrupted it.
  3. 축구를 배우려고 했는데, 다리를 다쳐서 못 했어요.
    (chuggu-reul baeulyeogo haessneunde, dalileul dachyeoseo mot haesseoyo.)
    Translation: I tried to learn soccer, but I couldn’t because I injured my leg.

These sentences illustrate how “는데” (neunde) is used to convey various situations and reasons, e.

  1. 파티에 가려고 했는데, 갑자기 비가 오더라고 해서 취소했어요.
    (pati-e garyeogo haessneunde, gabjagi biga odeorago haeseo chwiso haesseoyo.)
    Translation: I planned to go to the party, but it suddenly started raining, so I canceled.
  2. 쇼핑을 하려고 했는데, 예상보다 많은 사람들 때문에 포기했어요.
    (syoping-eul halyeogo haessneunde, yesangboda manh-eun salamdeul ttaemun-e pogihayeo.)
    Translation: I tried to go shopping, but I gave up because there were more people than expected.
  3. 새로운 음악을 듣려고 했는데, 마음에 들어서 계속 듣고 있어요.
    (saeroun eum-ag-eul deulyeogo haessneunde, ma-eum-e deul-eoseo gyesok deutgo iss-eoyo.)
    Translation: I intended to listen to new music, but I liked it, so I keep listening.

These sentences showcase the versatility of “는데” (neunde) in expressing various situations,

580
Q

Verbs samples

A
  1. 원하다 (wonhada) - to want
  2. 바라다 (barada) - to hope, wish
  3. 갖고 싶다 (gatgo sipda) - to want to have
  4. 필요하다 (pil-yohada) - to need
  5. 원하는대로 (wonhaneundae-ro) - as one wants
  6. 희망하다 (huimanghada) - to hope
  7. 기대하다 (gidaehada) - to anticipate, expect
581
Q

Geukjin “극진”

A

“극진” (geukjin) in Korean can be translated to “intense,” “extreme,” or “profound.” It is often used to describe something that is deeply developed, highly advanced, or exceptionally intense. For example:

  1. “극진한 경험” (geukjinhan gyeongheom) - “an intense experience”
  2. “극진한 연구” (geukjinhan yeongu) - “profound research”
  3. “극진한 감동” (geukjinhan gamdong) - “an extremely moving experience”
582
Q

Choego “최고”

A

(choego) in Korean translates to “the best” or “the highest.” It is often used to express superiority or excellence in various contexts. For example:

  1. “최고의 음악” (choego-ui eumak) - “the best music”
  2. “최고의 성과” (choego-ui seonggwa) - “the best achievement”
  3. “최고의 선택” (choego-ui seontaek) - “the best choice”

“2023 최고의 그룹 상” (2023 choegoui geulub sang) means “2023 Best Group Award.”

583
Q

Geureonde “그런데”
Geunde “그데”

A

Sure, here are the meanings of (geureonde) and “그데” (geunde) in other contexts:

  1. “그런데” (geureonde):
    • However: Used to introduce a contrasting or contradictory statement.
    • Nevertheless: Used to introduce a statement that contrasts with what has been said previously.
    • But: Used to express a contrasting or opposing idea.
  2. “그데” (geunde):
    • By the way: Used to introduce an additional or tangential remark.
    • So: Used to indicate a continuation or clarification of the topic.
    • Well: Used to indicate a change of topic or to add information to the conversation.
584
Q

“Oneureun pammal haeyo?” (오늘은 팜멜 해요?)

A

“Are we having Parmal today?”

585
Q

Tsum
Geureonde “그런데
Geureonde malgo “그런데 말고

A

You’re correct, “그런데 (geureonde)” is the standard expression for “by the way” in Korean, but it’s not the only one. Another common phrase is “그런데 말고 (geureonde malgo),” which also means “by the way” but is a bit more colloquial and conversational. Both expressions are used in Korean dramas and everyday conversation.

586
Q

“Kreuliga eobji”

A

“Kreuliga eobji” translates to “Of course you wouldn’t” in English. It’s a phrase used to express understanding or agreement that something is unlikely or expected.

587
Q

“hyeonjae mwolae”

A

“hyeonjae mwolae” can be translated as “What’s your mother doing now?” in English. It’s asking about the current activity or situation of someone’s mother.
“Hyeonjae” means “current” or “present” in Korean. So, in the phrase “hyeonjae mwolae,” “hyeonjae” indicates the current time or situation.

588
Q

“Geurengo eotta iranikka” (그렇게 어떻게 이라니까)

A

“Geurengo eotta iranikka” (그렇게 어떻게 이라니까) means “How can that be?” or “How is that possible?” in Korean. It’s used to express disbelief or astonishment at something that seems unlikely or unexpected.

589
Q

“Geureoke mwoseun” (그렇게 뭐슨)

A

“Geureoke mwoseun” (그렇게 뭐슨) in Korean translates to “What do you mean by that?” or “What do you mean like that?” in English. It’s used to ask for clarification or further explanation about something that was said or done in a certain way.

590
Q

“Geuege mwoseun” (그에게 뭐든)

A

“Geuege mwoseun” (그에게 뭐든) means “Whatever it is to him” or “Anything for him” in Korean. It implies a willingness to do anything for someone or to provide anything they need.

591
Q

“Da ussen geoya?” (다 용서했다)

A

“Da ussen geoya?” (다 용서했다) in Korean translates to “Are you forgiving me?” or “Have you forgiven me?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone has forgiven the speaker for something they did or said.

592
Q

“Geureoke joah?” (그렇게 좋아?)

A

“Geureoke joah?” (그렇게 좋아?) in Korean translates to “Are you happy like that?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone is happy in a certain way or under certain circumstances.

593
Q

“Gagi gayo” (가기 가요)
“Geureom gagi gayo” (그럼 가기 가요)

A

“Gagi gayo” (가기 가요) in Korean translates to “I’ll get going now” or “I’m leaving now” in English. It’s a polite way to announce your departure.
“Geureom gagi gayo” (그럼 가기 가요) in Korean translates to “Then, I’ll get going now” or “Well then, I’m leaving now” in English. It’s a polite way to indicate that you’re leaving in response to a previous statement or situation.

594
Q

Dangyeonhi “당연히”
Geureom mulloni jyo “그럼 물론이죠”

A

“Of course” in Korean is dangyeonhi), and “But of course” can be translated as (geureom mulloni jyo).

595
Q

“시간 어떻게요?” (Sigan eotteokke yo?)

A

“What time is it?”

596
Q

Geoya “거야” as a sentence-ending particle

A

(geoya) is a sentence-ending particle in Korean that is often used to express certainty or determination. It can be translated to English as “will,” “will be,” or “is going to.”

  1. “나야, 내 꿈을 향해 나아갈 거야.” (Naya, nae kkumeul hyanghae naagal geoya.) - “It’s me; I will move toward my dream.”
  2. “뭐라고 하든 나야, 나만의 색깔을 유지하며 살아갈 거야.” (Mworago hadeun naya, namanui saekkkareul ujihame salagal geoya.) - “No matter what they say, it’s me; I will live maintaining my own uniqueness.”
  3. “나야, 내 가치를 알아주는 사람과 함께 성장할 거야.” (Naya, nae gachireul alajuneun saramgwa hamkke seongjanghal geoya.) - “It’s me; I will grow together with people who recognize my worth.”
  4. “뭐라고 하든 나야, 내 인생을 나름대로 즐길 거야.” (Mworago hadeun naya, nae insaengeul nareumdaero jeulgil geoya.) - “No matter what they say, it’s me; I will enjoy my life in my own way.”
  5. “나야, 어려운 시기에도 긍정적인 마음을 유지할 거야.” (Naya, eoryeoun sigie-do geungjeongjeogin ma-eum-eul ujihal geoya.) - “It’s me; I will maintain a positive mindset even in difficult times.”
  6. “뭐라고 하든 나야, 내 목표에 도달하기 위해 노력할 거야.” (Mworago hadeun naya, nae mokpyoe dodalhagi wihae nolyeoghal geoya.) - “No matter what anyone says, it’s me; I will strive to achieve my goals.”
  7. “나야, 자신을 믿고 살아가는 게 가장 중요한 거야.” (Naya, jasin-eul mitgo sal-aganeun ge gajang jungyohan geoya.) - “It’s me; believing in oneself and living is the most important thing.”
  8. “내일 시험이 있어, 열심히 공부할 거야.” (Naeil shiheemi isseo, yeolsimhi gongbuhal geoya.) - “I have an exam tomorrow, so I will study hard.”
  9. “이 주말에는 친구들과 놀 거야.” (I jumareneun chingudeulgwa nol geoya.) - “I will hang out with friends this weekend.”
  10. “이번 주에는 운동을 매일 할 거야.” (Ibeon jueueneun undongeul maeil hal geoya.) - “I will exercise every day this week.”
  11. “내년에는 해외 여행을 가볼 거야.” (Naenyeoneun haeoe yeohaengeul gabol geoya.) - “I plan to go on an overseas trip next year.”
  12. “이 일은 내가 해결할 거야.” (I ireun naega haegyeolhal geoya.) - “I will solve this matter myself.”
  13. “이번 주말에는 가족들과 함께 시간을 보낼 거야.” (Ibeon jumareneun gajokdeulgwa hamkke siganeul bonael geoya.) - “I will spend time with my family this weekend.”
  14. “내 생일에는 친구들을 초대해서 파티를 열 거야.” (Nae saengireneun chingudeureul chodaehaeseo patireul yeol geoya.) - “I will invite friends and throw a party on my birthday.”
  15. “다음 달에는 새로운 프로젝트에 참여할 거야.” (Daeum daleneun saeroun peurojekteu-e chamyeohal geoya.) - “Next month, I will participate in a new project.”
  16. “이번 주에는 미팅이 많아서 좀 바빠질 거야.” (Ibeon jueeneun mitingi manhaseo jom bappajil geoya.) - “I will be busy this week because of many meetings.”
  17. “다가오는 주말에는 새로운 취미를 시작할 거야.” (Dagaoneun jumareneun saeroun chwimi-reul sijakhal geoya.) - “I will start a new hobby next weekend.”
  18. “이번 달에는 목표를 달성하기 위해 열심히 일할 거야.” (Ibeon daleneun mogpyoreul dalseonghagi wihae yeolsimhi ilhal geoya.) - “This month, I will work hard to achieve my goals.”
  19. “내년에는 새로운 언어를 배워서 여행에 도움을 줄 거야.” (Naenyeoneun saeroun eoreoreul baeweoseo yeohaenge doumeul jul geoya.) - “Next year, I will learn a new language to help with travel.”
  20. “이번 주에는 책을 많이 읽어서 지식을 늘릴 거야.” (Ibeon jueeneun chaeg-eul mani ilgeoseo jisigeul neullil geoya.) - “This week, I will read a lot of books to expand my knowledge.”
  21. “내일은 일찍 일어나서 운동을 시작할 거야.” (Naeil-eun iljjig ileonaseo undong-eul sijakhal geoya.) - “Tomorrow, I will wake up early and start exercising.”
  22. “다가오는 주에는 친구들과 함께 여행을 계획 중이야. 같이 가볼래?” (Dagaoneun jueeneun chingudeulgwa hamkke yeohaeng-eul gyehoeg jung-iya. Gat-i gabollae?) - “I’m planning a trip with friends next week. Would you like to join?”
597
Q

(Naya) “나야” sample sentences

A
  1. 나야, 내 꿈을 이룰 거야. (Naya, nae kkumeul irul geoya.) - “It’s me; I will achieve my dream.”
  2. 뭐라 해도 나야, 내 길을 찾아가고 있어. (Mwola haedo naya, nae gireul chajagago isseo.) - “No matter what they say, it’s me; I’m finding my own path.”
  3. 나야, 내 생각이 중요해. (Naya, nae saenggagi jungyohae.) - “It’s me; my thoughts are important.”
  4. 노래를 부를 때 나야, 자유로워져. (Noraereul bureul ttae naya, jayurowojyeo.) - “When I sing, it’s me; I feel free.”
  5. 어떤 어려움이 와도 나야, 꾸준히 나아갈 거야. (Eotteon eoryeoumi wado naya, kkujunhi naagal geoya.) - “No matter what challenges come, it’s me; I will steadily move forward.”
  6. 나야, 내 강점을 알고 나만의 길을 걷고 있어. (Naya, nae gangjeomeul algo namanui gireul geotgo isseo.) - “It’s me; I know my strengths and am walking my own path.”
  7. 뭐라고 하든 나야, 자신감을 가지고 당당하게 말해봐. (Mworago hadeun naya, jasingameul gajigo dangdanghage malhaebwa.) - “No matter what they say, it’s me; confidently speak up.”
  8. 나야, 어떤 상황에서도 나를 지켜내야 해. (Naya, eotteon sanghwangeseodo nareul jikyeonaeya hae.) - “It’s me; I have to protect myself in any situation.”
  9. 누가 뭐라 하든 나야, 내 꿈을 향해 나아갈 거야. (Nuga mwola hadeun naya, nae kkumeul hyanghae naagal geoya.) - “No matter what anyone says, it’s me; I will move toward my dream.”
  10. 나야, 내 마음대로 살아가고 싶어. (Naya, nae ma-eumdaero salagago sip-eo.) - “It’s me; I want to live life on my own terms.”

“나야” (Naya) means “It’s me” or “I am” in Korean, used to identify oneself.

  1. 나야, 내 감정을 솔직하게 표현하고 싶어. (Naya, nae gamjeongeul soljikhage pyohyeonhago sip-eo.) - “It’s me; I want to express my emotions honestly.”
  2. 뭐라고 하든 나야, 나만의 색깔을 유지하며 살아갈 거야. (Mworago hadeun naya, namanui saekkkareul ujihame salagal geoya.) - “No matter what they say, it’s me; I will live maintaining my own uniqueness.”
  3. 나야, 어려운 시기에도 긍정적으로 생각하려고 노력 중이야. (Naya, eoryeoun sigie-do geungjeongjeog-eulo saeng-gaghaelyeogo nolyeog jung-iya.) - “It’s me; I’m trying to think positively even in difficult times.”
  4. 뭐라고 하든 나야, 내 꿈을 위해 노력하고 있어. (Mworago hadeun naya, nae kkumeul wihae nolyeogago isseo.) - “No matter what anyone says, it’s me; I’m working hard for my dream.”
  5. 나야, 자연스럽게 나를 표현하며 사는 게 행복이야. (Naya, jayeonseulke na-reul pyohyeonhamyeo saneun ge haengbog-iya.) - “It’s me; living naturally and expressing myself brings happiness.”
598
Q

Yeon “연” conditional ending particle

A

In these contexts, the “연” (yeon) ending particle in Korean serves as a conditional conjunction meaning “if” or “when.” Here’s how it’s used in each of your examples:

  • 고통하면 (gotonghamyeon): “if/when you suffer”
  • 이해하면 (ihaehamyeon): “if/when you understand”
  • 되면 (doemyeon): “if/when it becomes”

These expressions imply a conditional relationship between the actions or states described and the circumstances in which they occur.
1. “Geu yeonghwa-neun jeongmallo gamdongjeog-ieosseo, gamdongjeog-imyeon.” (If it’s moving, it’s truly moving.)
2. “Peurojekteu-e daehan geu-ui heonsin-eun chingchanbadeul manhae, heonsinbadeul manhae.” (If it’s dedication to the project, it’s worthy of praise.)
3. “Geu geurim-ui saekgam-eun saengsaenghage neukkyeojyeo, saengsaenghage neukkyeojimyeon.” (If you feel the colors vividly in that painting, they are vivid.)
4. “Geunyeo-neun dojeon-e dangdanghi majss-eosseo, dangdanghi majseumyeon.” (If she confidently faced the challenge, she faced it confidently.)
5. “Norae-ui mellodi-neun maehokjeog-iya, maehokjeog-imyeon.” (If it’s enchanting, the melody is enchanting.)

  1. “Geu chaeg-eun ma-eum-eul ganjighage mandeul-eo, ganjighage doemyeon.” (If that book makes you cherish your heart, it becomes cherishable.)
  2. “Nalssi-ga malgeum-eon gibun-do malgajyeo, malgajimyeon.” (If the weather is clear, the mood becomes clear too.)
  3. “Geu gyeongheom-eun insaeng-eul pungyoropge hae, pungyoropge hamyeon.” (If that experience enriches life, it becomes enriching.)
  4. “Geu jaggpum-eun yesul-ui gip-i-eul boyeojune, boyeojumyeon.” (If that artwork reveals the depth of art, it reveals.)
  5. “Chingu-ui useum-eun ma-eum-eul ttatteuthage mandeul-eo, ttatteuthage doemyeon.” (If a friend’s laughter warms the heart, it becomes warming.)
  6. “Geu sigan-eun chueogi doeeo, chueogidoeeo.” (If that moment becomes a memory, it becomes memorable.)
  7. “Geu iyagi-eun salam-i salam-eul ihaehage hae, ihaehamyeon.” (If that story helps people understand people, it helps.)
  8. “Geu saeng-gag-eun norae hwaeg salam-eul wihan gotong-eul hae, gotonghamyeon.” (If that thought composes a song for the heart, it composes.)
  9. “Geu gyeolhoneun salam-eul haengboghage hae, haengboghamyeon.” (If that marriage makes people happy, it makes.)
  10. “Geu gyehoeg-eun mirae-eul ilhge, ilhge hago.” (If that decision shapes the future, it shapes.)
  11. “Geu insaeng-eun geu sumgyeoleul balhwihage hae, balhwihage hamyeon.” (If that life breathes its purpose, it breathes.)
599
Q

(Yeumoni pulsurok tushi wayeo “예문이 풀수록 투쉬 와여”

A

(Yeumoni pulsurok tushi wayeo) translates to “The more sample phrases you provide, the easier it gets.”

600
Q

Geurae geuna “그래 그나”

A

(Geurae geuna) “Yes, you know” in English.

601
Q

Eotteoke haeyo uri “어떻게 해요 우리”

A

(Eotteoke haeyo uri). “What do we do now?”

602
Q

Duryeopda”두렵다”
Bulanhada. “불안하다”

A

“불안하다” (bulanhada) or “두렵다” (duryeopda).”to be scared”

603
Q

Molla “몰라”
Alji motha-da “알지 못하다”

A

“알지 못하다” (alji motha-da). “not to know something” If you want to express it more informally, you can use “몰라” (molla), which means “I don’t know.”

604
Q

Yeogi saraoyo “여기 살아요”
Saseyo “사세요”
“Sarayo” (사라요)
Eodie saraoyo? “어디에 살아요?”

A

“사세요” (saseyo) means “Buy” or “Purchase.” It’s a command form of the verb “살다” (salda), which means “to buy” or “to purchase.”
“여기 살아요” (Yeogi saraoyo), meaning “You live here.”
“Sarayo” (사라요) means “to live” or “to reside” in Korean. It’s the polite, formal way of saying “live” when talking about where someone lives or resides. For example, you might say “어디에 살아요?” (Eodie saraoyo?) which means “Where do you live?” or “Where do you reside?”

605
Q

Geuna “그나”

A

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences with “그나” (geuna):
express informality or colloquial tone. It’s similar to saying “you know” or “you see”

  1. “이 옷, 예쁘다 그나?” (I ot, yeppeuda geuna?)
    • “This outfit, isn’t it pretty?”
  2. “그 영화 정말 감동적이었어, 그나?” (Geu yeonghwa jeongmal gamdongjeog-ieosseo, geuna?)
    • “That movie was really touching, you know?”
  3. “오늘 날씨 진짜 좋다 그나?” (Oneul nalssi jinjja jota geuna?)
    • “The weather today is really nice, isn’t it?”
  4. “저 카페 커피 맛있다 그나?” (Jeo kape keopi masitda geuna?)
    • “The coffee at that cafe is delicious, you know?”
  5. “이 음악은 다르게 들어봐도 계속 좋아해, 그나.”
    (I oemak-eun dareuge deul-eobwado gyesog johahae, geuna.)(I keep liking this music even if I listen to it differently, you know.)
  6. “저 카페의 커피는 다른 곳보다 맛있어, 그나.”
    (Jeo kapeui keopi-neun dareun gotboda mas-isseo, geuna.)The coffee at that cafe is tastier than other places, you know.)
  7. “이 책은 흥미롭게 읽어봐도 끝까지 몰입되어 있어, 그나.”
    (I chaeg-eun heungmilopge ilgeo bwado kkeutkkaji molibdoeeo iss-eo, geuna.)Even if I read this book interestingly, I’m immersed until the end, you know.)

“여기 산다는 거군요.” (Yeogi sandaneun geogunyo.) “I see that you live here”

606
Q

Oneul hal ileopseumyeon jigeum jibe galgeyo “오늘 할 일이 없으면 지금 집에 갈게요”

A

“If there is nothing for me to do, I want to go home now” is “오늘 할 일이 없으면 지금 집에 갈게요” (Oneul hal ileopseumyeon jigeum jibe galgeyo).

607
Q

jaju mannaneun chingu. “자주 만나는 친구”

A

(jaju mannaneun chingu). “A friend I met often”

608
Q

Gajang Bbareun gileul jung-e hana-가장 빠른 길 중에 하나
Gil “길”

A

“길”Gil ‘Pathway, road or street

가장 빠른 길 중에 하나 Gajang Bbareun gileul jung-e hana- one of the fastest paths among them shorter version “Gajang Bbareun gil jung hana”

609
Q

Gajang yepeun chingudeul jung-e hana “(가장 예쁜 친구들 중에 하나)

A

(가장 예쁜 친구들 중에 하나) Gajang yepeun chingudeul jung-e hana “One of the prettiest friends among them.” (Jung-e means among or amongst)
Shorter way “Gajang yepeun chingu jung hana” which is still perfectly fine.

610
Q
  1. 가장 (gajang)
  2. 최상 (choesang)
  3. 최고 (choego)
  4. 극진 (geukjin)
    제일” (jaeil) or “최” (choe)
A

Here are more words for “most” or “best” in Korean:
1. 가장 (gajang)
2. 최상 (choesang)
3. 최고 (choego)
4. 극진 (geukjin)

” “제일” (jaeil) or “최” (choe).best” or “most” in Korean. “제일 예쁜” (jaeil yeppeun) or “최 예쁜” (choe yeppeun). “most prettiest,”

611
Q
  1. 어렸을 때 (eoryeosseul ttae)
  2. 어릴 적 (eoril jeok)
  3. 어릴 때 (eoril ttae)
A
  1. 어렸을 때 (eoryeosseul ttae) - Standard informal expression.
  2. 어릴 적 (eoril jeok) - Another way to say “when young.”
  3. 어릴 때 (eoril ttae) - Similar to “eoryeosseul ttae,” indicating a time when one was young.
612
Q

Ireoke haneun ge eotteo
Ireoke hanagu eotteo
Ireoke haneun ge eotteolkka yo?”이렇게 하는 게 어떨까요?”

A

Ireoke haneun ge eotteo- how about doing it this way
“이렇게 하나구 어떠” (Ireoke hanagu eotteo) seems to be a colloquial variation, but it’s understandable. In a more standard way, you could say “이렇게 하는 게 어떨까요?” (Ireoke haneun ge eotteolkka yo?), “How about doing it this way?”
“이렇게 하는 건 어떠” (Ireoke haneun geon eotteo), which means “How about doing it this way?”

613
Q

Igeo silheo “이거 싫어, 근데 이거는 어때?”

A

(Igeo silheo, geunde igeoneun eottae?”I don’t like this one, but how about this instead?”

614
Q

“Dareun saram” (다른 사람)
“Dareun saram-ege mureo-boda” (다른 사람에게 물어보다)

A

“Dareun saram” (다른 사람) means “other person” or “another person” in Korean.
“Dareun saram-ege mureo-boda” (다른 사람에게 물어보다) means “to ask someone else” or “to inquire with another person” in Korean.
The standard particle in Korean to indicate direction or purpose, similar to “에게” (ege), is “한테” (hante). So, “다른 사람한테” (dareun saram-hante) would mean “to/for other people” or “to/for asking other people.”

615
Q

Eodie gasseoyo? 어디에 갔어요?

A

(eodie gasseoyo?) | “Where did you go?”

616
Q

Samples sentences and questions

A

• 나는 뉴욕에 갔어요. (naneun nyuyog-e gass-eoyo.) | “I went to New York.”
• 여행 (yeohaeng) | travel
• 여행하다 (yeohaenghada) | to travel
• 해외여행(haeoeyeohaeng) | to travel overseas
• 얘기 할래 (yaegi hallae)-We’ll talk.,Can we talk? I’ll talk. Can I talk?You’ll talk. Can you talk?
• 맛집 (masjib) | “good restaurant”
• refers to restaurants that are good to you or to the general public
• 식당 (sigdang) | “restaurant”
• refers to any restaurant
청소하다 (cheongsohada) | “to clean”
• 나는 집을 청소했어요. (naneun jib-eul cheongsohaess-eoyo.) | “I cleaned the house.”
• 방을 청소했어요? (bang-eul cheongsohaess-eoyo?) | “Did you clean your room?”
보다 (boda)bigger than” or “smaller than”
• 집이 차보다 큽니다. (jib-i chaboda keubnida.) | “The house is bigger than the car.”
• 컵이 테이블보다 작습니다. (keob-i teibeulboda jagseubnida.) | “The cup is smaller than the table.”
• 컵과 테이블이 방보다 작습니다. (keobgwa teibeul-i bangboda jagseubnida.) | “The cup and the table are smaller than the room.”
보다 (boda) are 크다 (keuda), “big” and 작다 (jagda), “small”
• 아침 (achim) | breakfast
• 점심 (jeomsim) | lunch
• 저녁 (jeonyeog) | dinner
• 식사 (sigsa) | A meal

• 나는 저녁으로 빵만 먹습니다. (naneun jeonyeog-eulo ppangman meogseubnida.) | “I only eat bread for dinner.”
• 으로 (eulo) | particle; typically used as a directional particle
• 나는 아침으로 과일만 먹습니다. (naneun achim-eulo gwailman meogseubnida.) | “I only eat fruit for breakfast.”
• 나는 과일을 먹지 안아요. 나는 채소만 먹는다. naneun gwail-eul meogji an-ayo. naneun chae-so-man meogneunda.) | “I don’t eat fruit. I only eat vegetables.”

• 먹지 않아요. (meogji anh-ayo) | “I don’t eat”
• 안 먹어요. (an meog-eoyo) | “I don’t eat”
먹지 않아요. (meogji anh-ayo) | “I don’t eat”
안 먹어요. (an meog-eoyo) | “I don’t eat”very likely to hear this in k-dramas, etc
• 아침을 먹지 않아요. (achim-eul meogji anh-ayo.) | “I don’t eat breakfast.”
• 오늘은 점심을 안먹었어요. (oneul-eun jeomsim-eul anmeog-eoss-eoyo.) | “I didn’t eat lunch today.”
• 나는 점심을 먹지 않아요. 나 저녁만 먹어요. (naneun jeomsim-eul meogji anh-ayo. na jeonyeogman meog-eoyo.) | “I don’t eat lunch. I only eat dinner.”
• 만 (man) | only – attached to 저녁 to indicate you only eat dinner.
밥을 먹었어요? (bab-eul meog-eoss-eoyo?) | “Did you eat?”
아침에 밥을 먹었어요? (achim-e bab-eul meog-eoss-eoyo?) | “Did you eat breakfast?”
점심에 밥을 먹었어요? (jeomsim-e bab-eul meog-eoss-eoyo?) | “Did you eat lunch?”
나는 여행하고 있었요. (naneun yeohaenghago iss-eoss-yo.) | “I was traveling.”

617
Q

Nouns and Samples sentences

A

• 오렌지 주스 (olenji juseu) | orange juice
• 주스 (juseu) | juice
• 물 (mul) | water
• 우유 (uyu) | milk
• 맥주 (maek-ju) | beer
• 와인 (wa-in) | wine
• 저는 오렌지 주스를 마셨어요. (jeoneun olenji juseuleul masyeoss-eoyo. ) | “I drank orange juice.”
• 그는 맥주를 마시고 싶어요. | “He wants to drink beer.”
• 아침으로 우유를 마실 거예요. (achim-eulo uyuleul masil geoyeyo.) | “I will drink milk for breakfast.”
• 나는 생선만 먹습니다. (naneun saengseonman meogseubnida.) | “I only eat fish.”
• 나는 케이크만 먹습니다. (naneun keikeuman meogseubnida.) | ” I only eat cake.”

618
Q

Sample sentences #2

A
  1. 이번 주말에 뭐 할 거야? (Ibeon jumal-e mwo hal geoya?) - What are you going to do this weekend?
  2. 요즘에 날씨가 정말 미쳤어. (Yojeum-e nalssiga jeongmal michyeoss-eo.) - The weather has been really crazy lately.
  3. 어제 친구들과 영화를 봤어. (Eoje chingudeul-gwa yeonghwa-reul bwass-eo.) - I watched a movie with friends yesterday.
  4. 한국 음식 중에 어떤 게 제일 좋아해? (Hanguk eumsig jung-e eotteon ge jeil johahae?) - What Korean dish do you like the most?
  5. 일주일에 한 번씩 운동해. (Iljjuil-e han beonssig undonghae.) - Exercise once a week.
  6. 지금 뭐 하고 있어? (Jigeum mwo hago iss-eo?) - What are you doing right now?
  7. 오늘은 무슨 계획이야? (Oneul-eun museun gyehoeg-iya?) - What’s your plan for today?
  8. 가장 좋아하는 여행지가 어디야? (Gajang johahaneun yeohaengjiga eodiya?) - Where is your favorite travel destination?
  9. 요즘에 읽고 있는 책이 있어? (Yojeum-e ilggo issneun chaegi iss-eo?) - Are you reading any books these days?
  10. 어떤 음악을 좋아해? (Eotteon eum-ag-eul johahae?) - What kind of music do you like?
  11. 새로운 레스토랑을 발견했어. 같이 가볼래? (Saeroun leseutolang-eul balgyeonhaess-eo. Gat-i gabollae?) - I found a new restaurant. Want to go check it out together?
  12. 어떤 종류의 영화를 좋아해? (Eotteon jonglyu-e yeonghwa-reul johahae?) - What genre of movies do you like?
  13. 오늘은 뭐 식사할까? (Oneul-eun mwo sigsahalkka?) - What should we have for a meal today?
  14. 일주일에 몇 번 운동해? (Iljjuil-e myeot beon undonghae?) - How many times do you exercise in a week?
  15. 이번 주에는 뭐 좀 특별한 일이 있었어? (Ibeon jueseo-neun mwo jom teugbyeolhan il-i iss-eoss-eo?) - Did anything special happen this week?
  16. 어제 너무 피곤해서 일찍 잤어. (Eoje neomu pigonhaeseo iljjig jass-eo.) - I was so tired yesterday that I went to bed early.
  17. 좋아하는 취미가 있다면 어떤 거야? (Johahaneun chwimi ga issdamyeon eotteon geoya?) - If you have a favorite hobby, what is it?
  18. 이번 주말에는 무엇을 할 계획이에요? (Ibeon jumal-e-neun mueos-eul hal gyehoeg-ieyo?) - What are your plans for this weekend?
  19. 한국에 가 본 적이 있어? (Hanguk-e ga bon jeog-i iss-eo?) - Have you ever been to Korea?
  20. 좋아하는 음악 가수가 있으면 소개해 줘. (Johahaneun eum-ag gasu ga iss-eumyeon sogae hae jwo.) - If you have a favorite music artist, introduce them.
  21. 이번 주에 무슨 일 있었어? (Ibeon jueseo-e museun il iss-eoss-eo?) - What happened this week?
  22. 요즘에 어떤 책을 읽고 있어? (Yojeum-e eotteon chaeg-eul ilggo iss-eo?) - What book are you currently reading?
  23. 가장 기억에 남는 여행 경험이 뭐야? (Gajang gieog-e namneun yeohaeng gyeongheom-i mwoya?) - What’s the most memorable travel experience you’ve had?
  24. 좋아하는 계절은 무엇이야? (Johahaneun gyejeol-eun mueos-iya?) - What is your favorite season?
  25. 오늘 뭐 특별한 일이 있었어? (Oneul mwo teugbyeolhan il-i iss-eoss-eo?) - Did anything special happen today?
  26. 주말에 뭐 할 거야? (Jumal-e mwo hal geoya?) - What are you going to do over the weekend?
  27. 어제는 어떤 일이 있었어? (Eoje-neun eotteon il-i iss-eoss-eo?) - What happened yesterday?
  28. 오늘은 어떤 일을 했어? (Oneul-eun eotteon il-eul haess-eo?) - What did you do today?
  29. 좋아하는 음식은 무엇이야? (Johahaneun eumsig-eun mueos-iya?) - What’s your favorite food?
  30. 가장 기억에 남는 순간이 언제야? (Gajang gieog-e namneun sungan-i eonjeya?) - When is the most memorable moment for you?
  31. 요즘에 자주 보는 친구가 있어? (Yojeum-e jaju boneun chinguga iss-eo?) - Do you have a friend you often see these days?
  32. 어떤 스포츠를 좋아해? (Eotteon seupocheu-reul johahae?) - What sports do you like?
  33. 다가오는 휴일에 뭐 할 계획이야? (Dagaoneun hyuil-e mwo hal gyehoeg-iya?) - What are your plans for the upcoming holiday?
  34. 가장 기억에 남는 영화는 무엇이야? (Gajang gieog-e namneun yeonghwa-neun mueos-iya?) - What’s the most memorable movie for you?
  35. 오늘 저녁은 뭐 먹을 거야? (Oneul jeonyeog-eun mwo meog-eul geoya?) - What are you going to eat for dinner tonight?
  36. 좋아하는 음악 장르가 뭐야? (Johahaneun eum-ag jang-euga mwoya?) - What’s your favorite music genre?
  37. 오늘은 어떤 일로 바빴어? (Oneul-eun eotteon il-lo bappass-eo?) - What kept you busy today?
  38. 가장 좋아하는 색깔이 뭐야? (Gajang johahaneun saegkkal-i mwoya?) - What’s your favorite color?
  39. 어떤 여행을 꿈꾸고 있어? (Eotteon yeohaeng-eul kkumkkugo iss-eo?) - What kind of travel are you dreaming of?
  40. 즐겨보는 TV 프로그램이 있어? (Jeulgyeoboneun TV peulogeulaem-i iss-eo?) - Do you have a favorite TV show you enjoy watching?
  41. 이번 주에 놀러 갈 만한 장소가 있어? (Ibeon jueseo-e nolleo gal manhan jangso ga iss-eo?) - Do you know of any good places to visit this week?
  42. 어떤 책을 읽으면서 감동받았어? (Eotteon chaeg-eul ilg-eumyeonseo gamdong-bad-ass-eo?) - Have you been moved by any books you’ve read recently?
  43. 요즘에 자주 듣는 노래가 있어? (Yojeum-e jaju deudneun nolae ga iss-eo?) - Is there a song you’ve been listening to frequently these days?
  44. 어떤 요리를 만들어 보고 싶어? (Eotteon yoli-reul mandeul-eo bogo sip-eo?) - What type of dish would you like to try cooking?
  45. 즐겨보는 취미나 활동이 있으면 어떤 거야? (Jeulgyeoboneun chwimi-na hwaldong-i iss-eumyeon eotteon geoya?) - What hobbies or activities do you enjoy doing?
619
Q

Sumnida” (숩니다)
Imnida 입니다
Hamnida” (합니다)
Samples sentences

A

Sumnida” (숩니다) is a Korean word that isused to show respect when speaking. It is often added to the end of a sentence to convey politeness

입니다 (Imnida) is the word meaning “to be” so unlike English, you have to put your name in the middle of the sentence. So for example, my name is Jaehwi, so I can say - 제 이름은 Jae 입니다. (Je ireumeun Brian imnida.) “My name is Brian.” 2.

Hamnida” (합니다) is a Korean word that is used to express the concept of”to do” or “to be.”It is often added to the end of a verb to indicate politeness or formality
In an informal context, Mian hamnida (I’m sorry) is just fine. 죄송합니다. Jwesong hamnida. I apologize. 미안합니다.
literally means ‘the sound from the neck’ 목(mok) 소리(sori) 목 means ‘neck’, and 소리 means ‘sound’
Nekkoya (Pick Me)” (Korean:내꺼야(Pick Me); RR: Naekkeoya (Pick Me)
1. 안녕! 오랜만이야. (Annyeong! Oraenmaniya.) - Hi! Long time no see.
2. 오늘은 뭐 할까? (Oneul-eun mwo halkka?) - What should we do today?
3. 어제 뭐 했어? (Eoje mwo haess-eo?) - What did you do yesterday?
4. 맛있는 음식 먹으러 갈래? (Masissneun eumsig meog-euleo gallae?) - Want to go eat delicious food?
5. 날씨가 정말 추워. (Nalssiga jeongmal chuw eo.) - The weather is really cold.

620
Q

Naneun chaek-eul ilhgo, gongbu-hago, undong-do haesseoyo

A

“나는 책을 읽고, 공부하고, 운동도 했어요.”
“Naneun chaek-eul ilhgo, gongbu-hago, undong-do haesseoyo.”“I read a book, studied, and did some exercise.”

Chaek-eul go, gongbu-hago, undong haesseoyo.” A better sentence

621
Q

“Naeil naneun chingureul mannaseo seojeome gal geoyeyo.”

A

“내일 나는 친구를 만나서 서점에 갈 거예요.”
“Naeil naneun chingureul mannaseo seojeome gal geoyeyo.” “Tomorrow, I will meet a friend and go to the bookstore.”
Naeilreul chingu mannago seojeome gal geoyeyo a better sentence

622
Q

Naeil yeonghwareul bogo seojeome gal geoyeyo

A

“Naneun naeil yeonghwareul bol geosigo seojeome gal geoyeyo.”“I will watch a movie tomorrow and go to the bookstore.”
Naeil yeonghwareul bogo seojeome gal geoyeyo. Is a better sentence
Dairen chingu manago seojeome gal geoyeyo.

623
Q

Jigeum odie ga
Naeil gareul geoyeyo

A

Jigeum odie ga- where are you going now
Naeil gareul geoyeyo- i will go tomorrow

624
Q

Dangyeonhi 당연히
Mullijeog-eulo 물리적으로
ttohan 또한

A
  1. 당연히 (dangyeonhi) - naturally, of course
  2. 물리적으로 (mullijeog-eulo) - physically, of course
  3. 또한 (ttohan) - also, of course
625
Q

Geureom itta bwayo “그럼 이따 봐요”

A

“see you later.”

626
Q

Eoryeosseul ttae “어렸을 때”

A

“when I was young”

627
Q

Jae-mi-iss-neun
Jaemissgetda
Jaemieopda
Jaemiisseoyo
Jaemigo

A

“Jae-mi-iss-neun” (재미있는) means “interesting” or “fun” in Korean.
Here are the meanings of the phrases you provided:

  • “Jaemissgetda” (재미있겠다): It’s a contraction of “Jaemiissge hagetda” (재미있게 하겠다), which means “I will make it interesting” or “It will be fun.”
  • “Jaemieopda” (재미없다): It means “boring” or “not interesting.”
  • “Jaemiisseoyo” (재미있어요): It means “It’s interesting” or “It’s fun.”
  • “Jaemi go” (재미 좋): It’s not a complete phrase. “Jaemi” means “fun” or “interesting,” and “go” could be a verb ending indicating a command or suggestion, but it needs context to provide a precise translation.
    “Jameigo” (잼있고) is a contraction of “Jaemi iss-eo go” (재미 있어 고), which means “It’s fun” or “It’s interesting.”
628
Q

“Nikka” (니까) as a conjunction

A

Certainly, here are more examples using
“nikka” (니까) in Korean is a conjunction that is often used to express causality or reason. It is similar to saying “because” or “since”

  1. 배고프니까 뭘 먹고 싶어?
    • Baegopeunikka mwol meokgo sip-eo?
    • Translation: “Because you’re hungry, what do you want to eat?”
  2. 일찍 일어났으니까 피곤하겠지.
    • Iljjig ileonaess-eunikka pigonhagessji.
    • Translation: “Since you woke up early, you must be tired.”
  3. 너무 더우니까 에어컨을 켜자.
    • Neomu deounikka eeokeoneul kyeja.
    • Translation: “Because it’s too hot, let’s turn on the air conditioner.”
  4. 시간이 없으니까 빨리 가자.
    • Sigan-i eobseunikka ppalli gaja.
    • Translation: “Let’s go quickly because there’s no time.”
  5. 춥니까 따뜻하게 입으세요.
    • Chupnikka ttatteuthage ibeuseyo.
    • Translation: “Because it’s cold, please dress warmly.”
  6. 좋아하니까 사줬어.
    • Johahanikka sajwosseo.
    • Translation: “I bought it because you like it.”
629
Q

Uri bappa, maja?). “우리 바빠, 맞아?”

A

“We’re busy, right?” (Uri bappa, maja?).

630
Q

“Narang seon neomeo gachi gaja” (나랑 선 넘어 같이 가자)

A

means “Let’s go together, crossing the line (or boundary)” in Korean. It’s a metaphorical expression that implies going beyond the usual limits or boundaries together.

631
Q

“2023nyeon choegoui seonggwareul geodun jung hana

A

“2023년 최고의 성과를 거둔 중 하나” is “2023nyeon choegoui seonggwareul geodun jung hana.” -One of the top performers in 2023

632
Q

“boge doel geoya nadaum”(보게 될 거야 나다움)

A

“We will meet again”

633
Q

Sample sentences #3

A

“We’re here” “우리 여기 있어” (Uri yeogi isseo).
“You’re here” “당신이 여기 있어요” (Dangsin-i yeogi isseoyo) or simply “너 여기 있어” (Neo yeogi isseo),
“I don’t want to” “나는 하기 싫어” (Naneun hagi silh-eo).
• 어떻게 이렇게 하셨어요? (eotteoke ireokehasyeosseoyo?) = “How did this happen?”/”How did you do this?”
• 왜요 이렇게 하셨어요? (waeyo ireokehasyeosseoyo?) = “Why did you do this?”

634
Q

Geu-neun botong sesu -leul haeyo.)
Geunyeo-neun hangsang sesu-leul

A

그는 보통 세수를 해요. (Geu-neun botong sesu -leul haeyo.) | “He usually washes his face.”
– 그녀는 항상 세수를 해요. (Geunyeo-neun hangsang sesu-leul Geu-neun botong sesu -leul haeyo.) “She always washes her face.”

635
Q

Sample sentences #4

A

• 책이 짧아요.(chaeg-i jjalb-ayo.) | “The book is short.”
• 길은 짧아요.(gil-eun jjalb-ayo.) | “The road is short.”
• 나는 짧은 편지를 보냈어요.(naneun jjalb-eun pyeonjileul bonaess-eoyo.) | “I sent a short letter.”
• 너 마음대로 해 (ma-eumdaelo hae) | “do whatever you like”
• 말도 마 (maldo ma) don’t say anything or don’t talk
• 친절하다 (chin-jeol-hada) [adj.] | to be nice; to be kind
• 그녀는 친절한 여자입니다. (geunyeoneun chinjeolhan yeojaibnida.) | “She is a kind woman.”
• 아이는 친절했어요. (aineun chinjeolhaess-eoyo.) | “The child was nice.”
• 쥐 (jwi) | mouse
• 쥐가 아주 작아요. (jwiga aju jag-ayo.) | “The mouse is very small.”
• 쥐가 케이크를 먹었습니다. (jwiga keikeuleul meog-eossseubnida.) | “The mouse at the cake.”
• 나는 쥐가 무서워요. (naneun jwiga museowoyo.) | “I am afraid of mice.”
• 오늘 어디에 갈 거예요? (oneul eodie gal geoyeyo?) | “Where are you going today?”

• 가게 (gage) | the store
• 은행 (eunhaeng) | the bank
• 학교 (haggyo) | school
• 공원 (gong-won) |the park
• 나는 은행에 갈거야. (naneun eunhaeng-e galgeoya.) | “I’m going to the bank.”
• 나는 오늘 학교에 갈 거예요. (naneun oneul haggyoe gal geoyeyo.) | “I am going to school today.”
“안녕하세요 미안해요! 나는 지난 주를 잊었어요!!” “Mianhaeyo! Naneun jinan juleul ijeosseoyo!
• 물고기(mulgogi) | fish
• 생선 (saengseon) | fish
• 고기(gogi)불고기 (bulgogi) (dalg-gogi) meat
• 차리다 (charida) | to prepare; to set
• 그녀는 식탁을 차렸어. (geunyeoneun sigtag-eul chalyeossda.) | “She set the table.”
• 식탁을 차려줄까? (sigtag-eul chalyeojulkka?) | “Will you set the table?”
• 열심히 (yeolsimhi) | hard
• 그는 운동을 너무 열심히 해요. (geuneun undong-eul neomu yeolsimhi haeyo.) | “He exercises too hard.”

• 너무 열심히 공부하지 마세요. (neomu yeolsimhi gongbuhaji maseyo.) | “Don’t study too hard.”
• 김치를 먹을 수 없어요. (kimchi-leul meog-eul su eobseoyo.) | “I cant eat kimchi.”
매운 음식을 먹을 수 없어요. (Maeun eumsig-eul meog-eul su eobseoyo.) “I can’t eat spicy food.”
• 오렌지 주스를 마실 수 없어요. (Orenji juseuleul masil su eobseoyo.) | “I can’t drink orange juice.”
• 이 케이크 먹을 수 없어요. (i keiku meog-eul su eobseoyo.) | “I can’t eat this cake.”
• 멋있다 (meos-issda) | “to be cool”
• Similar to 대박 (daebak) which can also mean “cool” or “awesome”
• 와! 그녀는 너무 멋있어요! (wa! geunyeoneun neomu meos-iss-eoyo!) | “Wow! She’s so cool!”
• 그 신발은 멋있어! (geu sinbal-eun meos-iss-eo!) | “Those shoes are cool!”
• 패스트푸드 (paeseuteupudeu) | “fast food”
• 패스트푸드 식당이 어디 있어요? (paeseuteupudeu sigdang-i eodi iss-eoyo?) | “Where is the fast food restaurant?”
• 그는 패스트푸드를 먹지 않아요. (geuneun paeseuteupudeuleul meogji anh-ayo.) | “He doesn’t eat fast food.”
• 넘어지다 (neomeojida) | to fall, trip, or stumble

• 그는 어제 넘어졌어요. (geuneun eoje neom-eojyeoss-eoyo.) | “He fell yesterday.”
• 그들은 함께 넘어집니다. (geudeul-eun hamkke neom-eojibnida.) | “They fall together.”
• 들어오다 (deul-eooda) | “to come in”
• 방에 들어오지 마십시오. (bang-e deul-eooji masibsio.) | “Do not come in the room.”
• 안으로 들어와! (an-eulo deul-eowa!) | “Come inside!
• 방을 돈을 내야. (bang-eul don-eul naeya.) | “You have to pay for the room.”
돈을 내다 (don-eul naeda) | to pay
• 돈을 (don-eul) | money with the object particle 을
• 내다 (naeda) | [v]
• 우연히 (uyeonhi) | “by accident; by chance”
• 그녀는 우연히 편지를 읽어요. (geunyeoneun uyeonhi pyeonjileul ilg-eoyo.) | “She read the letter by accident.”
• 고양이는 우연히 와인을 마셨어요. (goyang-ineun uyeonhi wain-eul masyeoss-eoyo.) | “The cat accidentally drank the wine.”
• 가지고 있어요 (gajigo iss-eoyo) | to have [in possession]
• 나는 카드를 가지고 있어요. (naneun kadeuleul gajigo iss-eoyo.) | “I have a card (in my possession).”
• 그녀는 돈을 가지고 있어요. (geunyeoneun don-eul gajigo iss-eoyo.) | “She has money (in her possession).”
“어떻게 됐어요” “Eotteoke dwaesseoyo,” “What happened?” or “How did it go?”
“되다” “doeda,” means “to become” or “to be”
어떻게 됐어요 mean “what happened?” Well, it’s because of
• 같다 (gatda) | to be like; to look like; to seem like; etc.
• 물 같아요. 하지만 그렇지 않아요. (mul gat-ayo. hajiman geuleohji anh-ayo.) | “This looks like water. But it isn’t.”
• 그 남자의 이야기는 거짓말 같아요. (geu namjaui iyagineun geojismal gat-ayo.) | “The man’s story sounds like a lie.”
• 사라지다 (salajida) | “to disappear; to vanish”
• 어젯밤에 개가 사라졌어요. (eojesbam-e gaega salajyeoss-eoyo.) | “The dog disappeared last night.”
• 접시는 어떻게 됐어? 사라졌어! (jeobsineun eotteohge dwaess-eo? salajyeosseo!) | “What happened to the plate? It disappeared!”
“어떻게 됐어” “eotteohke dwaesseo” “What happened?” or “How did it go?”

636
Q

“Annyeong yeoreobun! Oraenmaniya!”
안녕 여러분! 오랜만이야!”

A

“Annyeong yeoreobun! Oraenmaniya!” “Hello, everyone! Long time no see!”

637
Q

Sample sentences #5

A

“나는 집에 없어요” “Naneun jibe eopseoyo,” means “I am not at home”
“나는 집에 없습니다” “Naneun jibe eopseumnida,” means “I am not at home”
우리는 동물원에 없습니다. (ulineun dongmul-won-e eobs-seubnida.) | “We are not at the zoo
• 파란색 차 (palansaeg cha) | blue car
• 검은색 문 (geom-eunsaeg mun) | black door
• 붉은색 포도 (bulg-eunsaeg podo) | red grapes
• 빨간색 사과 (ppalgansaeg sagwa) | red apple
파란색 차는 빠릅니다. (palansaeg chaneun ppaleubnida.) | “The blue car is fast.”
검은색 문은 큽니다. (geom-eunsaeg mun-eun keubnida.) | “The black door is big.”
붉은색 포도는 작습니다. (bulg-eunsaeg podoneun jagseubnida.) | “Red grapes are small.”
나는 빨간색 사과를 먹었다. (naneun ppalgansaeg sagwaleul meog-eossda.) | “I ate the red apple.”
선물을 주다 (seonmul-eul juda) | “to give a present
• 그녀는 학생들에게 선물을 주었다. (geunyeoneun hagsaengdeul-ege seonmul-eul jueossda.) | “She gave presents to her students.”
• 그는 그녀에게 선물을 주었다. (geuneun geunyeoege seonmul-eul jueossda.) | “He gave her a present.”
• 오늘 오후 (o-neul o-hu) | “This afternoon”
• 오늘 오후에 공부할 거예요. (Oneul ohue gongbuhal geoyeyo.”) “I will study this afternoon.”
,”밥 먹었어요” “Bap meogeosseoyo,” and it means “I ate rice” or “I had a meal”
“응, 먹었어” is transliterated as “Eung, meogeosseo,” “Yes, I ate” or “Yeah, I had a meal”
“아니, 아직이에요” “Ani, ajig-ieyo,” and it means “No, not yet”
“당신은 뭐 하는 것을 좋아하다?” “Dangsin-eun mwo haneun geos-eul johahada?”“What do you like to do?”
저는 책을 읽는 것을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun chaeg-eul ilgneun geos-eul johahaeyo.) | “I like reading books.”

Or another example would be using 몹시 싫어하다
– 저는 무서운 책을 읽는 것을 몹시 싫어해요. (Jeoneun museo-un chaeg-eul ilgneun geos-eul mobsi silheohaeyo.) | “I hate reading scary books.”
“몹시 싫어하다” “Mopsi silheohada,” and it means “to strongly dislike” or “to hate intensely”.
쓴 과일을 몹시 싫어합니다. (sseun gwail mobsi silheohada.) | “I hate bitter fruits
그녀는 시끄러운 음악을 몹시 싫어합니다. (Geunyeoneun sikkeureo-un eumag-eul mobsi silheohada.) | “She hates loud music.”
“몹시싫어합니다” is transliterated as “Mopsi silheohamnida,” “I strongly dislike” or “I hate intensely”
“오랜만이에요” is transliterated as “Oraenmani-eoyo,” “It’s been a long time” or “Long time no see”.
세수 하다 (se-su hada)| to wash your face
매일 세수를 해요. (Mae-il sesu-leul haeyo.)| “I was my face everyday.”

638
Q

Sample sentences #6

A

공부하는 시간을 보내다 (gongbuhaneun sigan-eul bonaeda) | “spend time studying”
• 우리는 공부하는 시간을 보냅니다. (ulineun gongbuhaneun sigan-eul bonaebnida.) | “We spend time studying.”
면 어떨까요 (myeon eotteolkkayo) |“Could” or “how about”
청소하다 (cheongsohada) to do cleaning”[v]
깨끗하다 (kkaekkeushada) to be clean” [adj]

• 산책하러 가고 싶어요? (sanchaeghaleo gago sip-eoyo?) | “do you want to go for a walk?”
• 그는 산책을 하고 싶어요. (geuneun sanchaeg-eul hago sip-eoyo.) | “He wants to go for a walk.”
• 가구 (gagu) | “furniture”
• 나는 이 방의 가구를 좋아해요. (naneun i bang-ui gaguleul joh-ahaeyo.) | “I like the furniture in this room.”
• 새 가구는 거실에 있습니다. (sae gaguneun geosil-e issseubnida.) | “The new furniture is in the living room.”
• 내 차가 어디에 있는지 알아요? (nae chaga eodie issneunji al-ayo?) | “Do you know where my car is?” Cha is a car
• 내 전화가 어디에 있는지 알아요? (nae jeonhwaga eodie issneunji al-ayo?) | “Do you know where my phone is?”
• 내 책이 어디에 있는지 알아요? (nae chaga eodie issneunji al-ayo?) | “Do you know where my book is?” chaeg is book
수영하러 가다 (suyeonghaleo gada) | “to go swimming
• 나는 주중에 수영하러 가요. (naneun jujung-e suyeonghaleo gayo.) | “I go swimming during the week.”
• 이번 주말에 수영하러 가자. (이번 주말에 수영하러 가자.) Ibeon jumal-e suyeonghaleo gaja, “Let’s go swimming this weekend.”
• 있다 (itda) | to exist, to be
• 없다 (eobsda) | to not exist, to not be
• -에 없습니다 (-e eobs-seubnida) | not at a location

“나는 집에 없어요” “Naneun jibe eopseoyo,” means “I am not at home”
“나는 집에 없습니다” “Naneun jibe eopseumnida,” means “I am not at home”
우리는 동물원에 없습니다. (ulineun dongmul-won-e eobs-seubnida.) | “We are not at the zoo
• 파란색 차 (palansaeg cha) | blue car
• 검은색 문 (geom-eunsaeg mun) | black door
• 붉은색 포도 (bulg-eunsaeg podo) | red grapes
• 빨간색 사과 (ppalgansaeg sagwa) | red apple
파란색 차는 빠릅니다. (palansaeg chaneun ppaleubnida.) | “The blue car is fast.”
검은색 문은 큽니다. (geom-eunsaeg mun-eun keubnida.) | “The black door is big.”
붉은색 포도는 작습니다. (bulg-eunsaeg podoneun jagseubnida.) | “Red grapes are small.”
나는 빨간색 사과를 먹었다. (naneun ppalgansaeg sagwaleul meog-eossda.) | “I ate the red apple.”
선물을 주다 (seonmul-eul juda) | “to give a present

639
Q

Sample sentences #7

A

• 타고 갑니다 (tago gabnida) | going (to ride)
• 타다 (tada) | to ride
• -고 갑니다 (go gabnida) | going
• 가게에 버스를 타고 갑니다. (gagee beoseuleul tago gabnida.) | I go to the store by bus.
• 파티에 택시를 타고 갔어요. (patie taegsileul tago gass-eoyo.) | I took a taxi to the party. or I went to the party by taxi.
• 집에 차를 타고 갑니다. (jib-e chaleul tago gabnida.) | I go home by car.

빨리(ppalli) | quickly; hurry
• 빨리 먹자. (ppalli meogja) | “Let’s eat quickly.”
• 우리 엄마는 빨리 집에 가야 합니다. (uli eommaneun ppalli jib-e gaya habnida.) | My mom has to go home quickly.
나는 공원을 좋아합니다” (Naneun gongwon-eul johahamnida), meaning “I like the park” if you change johahamnida to Johahaeyo it becomes informal
• 근처에 (geuncheoe) | “near; nearby”
• 근처 (geuncheo) | near; nearby
• 에 (e) | location particle attached
• 차가 집 근처에 있습니다. (chaga jib geuncheoe issseubnida.) | “The car is near the house.”
• 그 남자는 식당 근처에 있습니다. (geu namjaneun sigdang geuncheoe issseubnida.) | “The man is near the restaurant.”
그것을 이해했어요? (geugeos-eul ihaehaess-eoyo?) | “Does that make sense?” or “Did you understand that/it?”
• 그것을 (geugeos-eul) | it/that
• 이해했어요? (ihaehaess-eoyo?) | past tense of the verb 이해하다 (ihaehada) meaning, “to understand
“그렇지” “Geureotji.”“That’s right” or “Indeed”
“포기하지마” “Pogi haji ma,” and it means “Don’t give up” or “Don’t surrender”
“고양이” “Goyangi,” “cat

640
Q

“Geuraedo” (그래도)

A

In addition to its meanings as “still” or “nevertheless,”alright” can also be used in informal contexts to express reassurance, encouragement, or agreement. For example, if someone expresses uncertainty or hesitation about a decision, responding with “geuraedo” can convey support or understanding, similar to saying “It’s okay” or “That’s fine.” Additionally, in colloquial speech, “geuraedo” can sometimes be used as a filler word or a transitional phrase, similar to “anyway” or “so.”

641
Q

“Naeeleun chingureul mannago seojome gal geoyeyo

A

“Naeeleun chingureul mannago seojome gal geoyeyo.”As for tomorrow, I will meet a friend and go to the bookstore.”

642
Q

Yeogi ga “여기 가”

A

“go here”

643
Q

Mul masigo sip-eoyo, mog-i neomu malaseoyo-

A

“I want to drink water because I’m so thirsty”

644
Q

Kimchi-neun masisseoseo Geuraeseo mani meog-eosseoyo.

A

Kimchi is delicious so i ate a lot -

645
Q

Geureokunyo
Geureoguna

A

Geureokunyo- oh i see, i understand, oh it is so
Or Geureoguna in informal

646
Q

“Neo patie ganeungeoya?” (너 파티에 가는 거야?)

A

“Are you going to the party?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone is planning to attend a party.

647
Q

“Iratago” (이라따고)

A

is a colloquial expression in Korean that is often used to express determination or firm resolve. It’s similar to saying “I’ll do it no matter what” or “I’m definitely going to do it” in English. It’s a combination of “이래도” (irae-do), which means “even so” or “nevertheless,” and “-고” (-go), which is a conjunction that adds emphasis or indicates determination.

648
Q

“Maja maja” (맞아 맞아)
“Majayo” (맞아요)

A

“That’s right” or “Exactly” in English. It’s used to confirm agreement or acknowledge correctness in a conversation in Korean translates to “That’s right” or “You’re correct” in English. It’s a polite way of confirming agreement or acknowledging correctness in a conversation.

649
Q

“Samyeon” (사면)

A

in Korean translates to “if” or “when” in English. It’s a conjunction used to introduce a conditional clause or express a hypothetical situation, similar to “if” in English.

650
Q

“Narang jaju” (나랑 자주)”
Narang meokda jaju” (나랑 먹다 자주)

A

Narang jaju in Korean translates to “often with me” or “frequently with me” in English. It indicates doing something regularly or spending time together often.
“Narang meokda jaju” (나랑 먹다 자주) in Korean translates to “often eat with me” or “frequently eat with me” in English. It indicates the frequency of eating together with someone.

651
Q

“Sameul” (사물)
“Sameolo” (사물로)

A

“Sameul” (사물) in Korean means “thing” or “object” in English.
“Sameolo” (사물로) in Korean means “by thing” or “through things” in English. It is a phrase that indicates using or relying on things to achieve a certain outcome or result.

652
Q

“Jigeum Eottaeyo” (지금 어떻어요)
“Jigeum Eotteohke?” (지금 어떻게?)
“Jigeum ttaemune” (지금 때문에)
“Eotteohke kajji?”(어떻게 가지?)
“Eotteohke Jigeum kajji?” (어떻게 지금 가지?)

A

“Jigeum Eottaeyo” (지금 어떻어요) in Korean means “What is happening now?” or “What’s going on right now?” in English. It’s a question asking about the current situation or state of affairs.

“Jigeum Eotteohke?” (지금 어떻게?) in Korean means “How are you doing right now?” or “How are things going right now?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s current well-being or the current status of a situation.”Jigeum ttaemune” (지금 때문에) in Korean means “because of now” or “due to the current situation” in English. It’s used to explain the reason or cause of something happening or being done at the present moment.
“Eotteohke kajji?” (어떻게 가지?) in Korean means “How are you going?” or “How are you getting there?” in English. It’s a question asking about the method or means of transportation someone is using to travel or reach a destination.
“Eotteohke Jigeum kajji?” (어떻게 지금 가지?) in Korean means “How are you going right now?” or “How are you getting there at the moment?” in English. It’s a question asking about the method or means of transportation someone is currently using to travel or reach a destination.
“Mwohaeyo jigeum kajji?” (뭐해요 지금 가지?) in Korean means “What are you doing right now? Where are you going?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s current activity and destination.

653
Q

“Ireon imnikka” (이런 입니까)
“Ireonaseo” (이러나서)
“Ireonamyeon” (이러나면)
“Ireon cheoreom” (이런 처럼)
“Ireonnayo” (이런나요)
“Ireon neunde” (이런는데)

A

“Ireon imnikka” (이런 입니까) in Korean translates to “Is it such a thing?” in English. It’s a phrase used to express surprise, disbelief, or skepticism about something that has been mentioned or observed.
“Ireonaseo” (이러나서) in Korean translates to “Because it’s like this” or “Because it’s this way” in English. It’s used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation or action based on a specific condition or circumstance.
“Ireonamyeon” (이러나면) in Korean translates to “If it’s like this” or “If it’s this way” in English. It’s used to express a conditional situation or outcome based on a certain condition being met.
“Ireon cheoreom” (이런 처럼) in Korean translates to “like this” or “in this way” in English. It’s used to describe a similarity or comparison to something that has been previously mentioned or observed.
“Ireonnayo” (이런나요) in Korean translates to “Is it like this?” or “Is it this way?” in English. It’s a question asking for confirmation or clarification about something that is being observed or described.
“Ireon neunde” (이런는데) in Korean translates to “It’s like this, but…” or “Although it’s like this…” in English. It’s used to introduce a contrast or contradiction to something that has been mentioned or observed.

654
Q

Understanding Noun Topic Markers

A

In Korean, there are three main topic markers:

  1. 이 (i) or 가 (ga) - used after consonants
  2. 은 (eun) or 는 (neun) - used after vowels
  3. 을 (eul) or 를 (reul) - used to mark the object of a sentence

These topic markers are used to indicate the topic or subject of a sentence and help to clarify the relationship between different parts of the sentence.

655
Q

Words that emphasize the degree or intensity of something,

A

In Korean, besides “neomu” (너무) and “gajang” (가장), which mean “too much” and “most” respectively, you can use the following words or phrases to convey a sense of excessiveness or superlativeness:

  1. 매우 (maeu) - Very
  2. 극도로 (geukdoro) - Extremely
  3. 대단히 (daedanhi) - Greatly
  4. 아주 (aju) - Very
  5. 엄청 (eomchyeo) - Extremely
  6. 상당히 (sangdanghi) - Considerably
  7. 굉장히 (gwangjanghi) - Very
  8. 철저히 (cheoljeohi) - Thoroughly
  9. 너무나도 (neomunado) - Too much
  10. 대단하게 (daedanhage) - Remarkably

These words and phrases can be used to emphasize the degree or intensity of something, indicating that it is excessive or the most extreme.

656
Q

“Hyeonjae sinikka” (현재 시니까)

A

“Hyeonjae sinikka” (현재 시니까) in Korean translates to “Is it now?” or “Is it the present?” in English. It’s a question asking whether something is happening or occurring at the current moment.

657
Q

“Hanado eobs-eo” (하나도 없어)

A

“Hanado eobs-eo” (하나도 없어) in Korean means “There isn’t even one” or “Not even one exists” in English. It’s used to emphasize the complete absence of something or the lack of anything at all.

658
Q

“I tago imnikka” (이 타고 있니까)

A

“I tago imnikka” (이 타고 있니까) in Korean translates to “Are you on it?” or “Are you riding it?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone is currently on or using a mode of transportation, such as a vehicle or public transportation.

659
Q

“Geunyang geuga geureohge haetdago haesseoyo” (그냥 그가 그렇게 했다고 했어요)
Geuga geureohge haetdago “그가 그렇게 했다고 했어요”

A

“Dago” (다고) in Korean is a conjunction used to report or quote what someone else has said. It’s often translated to “said,” “told,” or “according to” in English. For example, “그가 그렇게 했다고 했어요” (Geuga geureohge haetdago haesseoyo) means “He said he did it like that.”

“Geunyang geuga geureohge haetdago haesseoyo” (그냥 그가 그렇게 했다고 했어요) in Korean translates to “He simply said he did it like that” in English. It’s a statement indicating that someone reported or stated that another person did something in a certain way, without additional elaboration or explanation.

660
Q

Dangsin-gwa hamkke
Neowa hamkke

A

“With you” in Korean can be translated as “당신과 함께” (dangsin-gwa hamkke) or simply “너와 함께” (neowa hamkke) depending on the context and level of formality.

661
Q

“Ireoke sasil” (이렇게 사실)
Sasil ireoke

A

“Ireoke sasil” (이렇게 사실) in Korean translates to “Actually, like this” or “In this way, in fact” “Indeed like this” in English. It’s a phrase used to introduce a statement or information that is factual or true.
Both “Ireoke sasil” and “Sasil ireoke” are correct. They have the same meaning, which is “Like this, actually” or “Actually, like this” in English. The word order in Korean can be flexible, so both phrases are grammatically correct and commonly used.
“Sasil Ireoke” (사실 이렇게) translates to “Actually, like this” or “In fact, like this” in English. It’s used to introduce a statement or explanation about something that is happening or being done in a certain way. For example, “Sasil Ireoke haeboayo” (Actually, do it like this) or “Sasil Ireoke haneun geolro algo isseoyo” (I actually know it like this). If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!
“Sasireun Ireoke” (사실은 이렇게) translates to “Actually, like this” or “In fact, like this” in English. It’s a phrase used to introduce a statement or explanation about something, emphasizing the reality or truth of a situation. It’s often used to clarify or provide further details about something previously mentioned. If you have any further questions or need clarification, feel free to ask!

662
Q

“Ara bogo” (알아 보고)

A

“Ara bogo” (알아 보고) can also be translated as “Let me see” or “Let me check” in English, depending on the context. It’s a versatile phrase used to express the intention to gather information or confirm something.

663
Q

“Haengbok gagi” (행복 가기
“Jeodo haengbok gagi hago saranghamyeon” (저도 행복 가기 하고 사랑하면)

A

“Haengbok gagi” (행복 가기) in Korean means “to go towards happiness” or “to pursue happiness.” It’s a phrase used to express the desire or intention to seek happiness or to move in the direction of happiness.
The phrase “Jeodo haengbok gagi hago saranghamyeon” (저도 행복 가기 하고 사랑하면) in Korean translates to “If I also go towards happiness and love.” It expresses the speaker’s willingness or intention to pursue happiness and love.

664
Q

Urineun sasilcheoreom hamkke geoya. “우리는 사실처럼 함께 거야”

A

“We will be together like in reality.”
Sure, the sentence “우리는 사실처럼 함께 거야” (weoneun sasilcheoreom hamkke geoya) can be converted to English alphabet as “urineun sasilcheoreom hamkke geoya.”

665
Q

“Ibeoneneun sasil” (이번에는 사실)

A

“Ibeoneneun sasil” (이번에는 사실) translates to “this time for sure” “This time it’s true” or “This time it’s real” in English. It’s used to indicate that something is true or real for the current occasion or instance.

666
Q

“Jinjja neo mollayo” (진짜 너 몰라요)
“Jinjja nollaseo” (진짜 놀랐어)
“Jinjja Mollayo” (진짜 몰라요)
“Jinjja nikka” (진짜 니까)
neo jinjja ara?) or “너 정말 알아?” (neo jeongmal ara?)

A

“Jinjja neo mollayo” (진짜 너 몰라요) translates to “You really don’t know” in English. It’s a statement indicating disbelief or surprise at someone’s lack of knowledge about something.
“Jinjja nollaseo” (진짜 놀랐어) in Korean translates to “I was really surprised” or “I was really shocked” in English. It’s a phrase used to convey a strong sense of surprise or astonishment about something.
“Jinjja Mollayo” (진짜 몰라요) in Korean translates to “I really don’t know” in English. It’s a phrase used to express genuine uncertainty or lack of knowledge about something.
“Jinjja nikka” (진짜 니까) in Korean is a casual way of expressing “Really?” or “Are you serious?” The word “jinjja” (진짜) means “really” or “truly,” and “nikka” (니까) is a colloquial ending that emphasizes the statement or question. So, altogether, it’s an informal expression used to convey disbelief or surprise.
“You really know” translates to “너 진짜 알아?” (neo jinjja ara?) or “너 정말 알아?” (neo jeongmal ara?). It’s a way of asking if someone truly knows or understands something.

667
Q

“Nado geureonikka” (나도 그러니까)

A

“Nado geureonikka” (나도 그러니까) translates to “I’ll do the same” or “Me too then” in English. It’s used to express agreement or willingness to do something similar to what someone else has done or said.

668
Q

“Ah bunne” (아 분네)

A

“Ah bunne” (아 분네) in Korean is an informal way of saying “Ah, you’re right” or “Ah, I see” in English. It’s used to acknowledge and agree with what someone else has said.

669
Q

“Bullah, bulleh” (불라, 불래)

A

“Bullah, bulleh” (불라, 불래) is a colloquial expression in Korean used to express frustration or annoyance. “What’s going on?” or “Why is this happening?”It doesn’t have a direct translation, but it’s often used in situations where someone is irritated or exasperated with a person or situation. It can convey a sense of “What’s going on?” or “Why is this happening?” depending on the context.
In english example of colonial expression is “kick a bucket” hit the hay” or break a leg”

670
Q

“Jigeum eodieyo” (지금 어디에요)

A

“Jigeum eodieyo” (지금 어디에요) in Korean translates to “Where are you now?” or “Where are you at the moment?” in English. It’s a question asking for someone’s current location or whereabouts.

671
Q

“Anigo eottae” (아니고 어떻게)
“Nugu seyo” (누구세요)

A

“Anigo eottae” (아니고 어떻게) in Korean translates to “And how about you?” or “And what about you?” in English. It’s a phrase used to ask for someone else’s opinion or situation after sharing one’s own.
“Nugu seyo” (누구세요) in Korean translates to “Who are you?” in English. It’s a polite or formal way of asking for someone’s identity when answering a phone call or encountering someone unfamiliar.

672
Q

“Eotteohke arayo”
“Seolma”
“Ibeonen nugu”
“Anigo eottae”

A

“Eotteohke arayo” (어떻게 알아요) in Korean means “How did you know?” or “How do you know?” in English. It’s a question asking about the method or means by which someone obtained information or came to know something.
“Seolma” (설마) in Korean means “by any chance” or “surely not” in English. It’s used to express disbelief or to pose a rhetorical question when one considers something unlikely.
The phrase “Ibeonen nugu” (이번에는 누구) in Korean translates to “Who this time?” in English. It’s a question asking about the identity of a person for a specific occasion or situation.
“Anigo eottae” (아니고 어떻게) in Korean translates to “And how about you?” or “And what about you?” in English. It’s a phrase used to ask for someone else’s opinion or situation after sharing one’s own.

673
Q

“Ije gwaenchanhayo” (이제 괜찮아요)

A

“Ije gwaenchanhayo” (이제 괜찮아요) in Korean translates to “It’s okay now” or “It’s fine now” in English. It’s used to reassure someone that a situation has improved or that there is no need to worry anymore.

674
Q

“Nugu nendeyo” (누구네요)

A

“Nugu nendeyo” (누구네요) in Korean translates to “Who is it?” or “Who could it be?” in English. It’s a question asking about the identity of someone or something.

675
Q

“Bulkeyo” (불켜)
“Seulte aniyo” (슬프지 않아)
“Hana kkaji” (하나 까지)

A

“Bulkeyo” (불켜) in Korean means “Turn on the light” in English. It’s a command or instruction to switch on the light.
“Seulte aniyo” (슬프지 않아) in Korean means “Not sad” or “Not sorrowful” in English. It’s a phrase used to express that something is not causing sadness or sorrow.
“Hana kkaji” (하나 까지) in Korean translates to “up to one” or “until one” in English. It’s a phrase used to indicate a limit or boundary, often in terms of quantity or time.
Seulte aniyo” (슬프지 않아) in Korean means “Not sad” or “Not sorrowful” in English. It’s a negation of the adjective “슬프다” (seulpeuda), which means “to be sad.” Adding “지 않아” (ji anha) after an adjective forms a negative statement, indicating the absence of the described quality or state. Therefore, “슬프지 않아” (seulte aniyo) conveys the idea of “not being sad.”

676
Q

“Museunsirya” (무슨 시랴)

A

“Museunsirya” (무슨 시랴) a colonial expression in Korean is an informal way of saying “What are you talking about?” or “What on earth are you saying?” It’s used to express disbelief or confusion in response to something someone has said.

677
Q

“Museunsirya” (무슨 시랴)

A

“Museunsirya” (무슨 시랴) a colonial expression in Korean is an informal way of saying “What are you talking about?” or “What on earth are you saying?” It’s used to express disbelief or confusion in response to something someone has said.

678
Q

Yeogi salgo sipeo?

A

In colloquial or informal Korean, you might hear the following expression:

“여기 살고 싶어?” (Yeogi salgo sipeo?)

This colloquial expression is a shortened and more casual version of the polite form mentioned earlier. It’s commonly used in everyday conversations among friends or acquaintances.

679
Q

“Deura” (드라)
“Deura gago” (드라 가고)
Deureoosipshio)
Deureoseyo

A

Yes, “Deura” (드라) is a shortened colloquial version of “들어” (deureo), which means “come in” in Korean. It’s often used in informal or casual settings among friends or in less formal situations.
“Deura gago” (드라 가고) in Korean means “I’m going in” or “I’m entering” in English. It’s a casual expression used to indicate that the speaker is about to enter a room or space.
In Korean, a colonial expression for “come in” would be “들어오십시오” (deureoosipshio) or “들어오세요” (deureoseyo). These expressions are used to politely invite someone to enter a room or space, similar to “come in” in English. However, it’s important to note that these phrases are not specifically associated with colonialism but rather are commonly used polite expressions in Korean culture.

680
Q

“Gandago” (간다고)

A

“Gandago” (간다고) in Korean translates to “I’m going” or “I’m leaving” in English. It’s a statement indicating that the speaker is about to depart or go somewhere. So, “Deura gandago” (드라 간다고) would mean “I’m going to come in.”

681
Q

“Mureogasseo” (물어갔어)
“Mureobwasseo” (물어봤어)
Mureogesseo

A

“Mureogasseo” (물어갔어) in Korean does mean “I went to ask” or “I went to inquire.” It’s a past tense form of the verb “물어보다” (mureoboda), which means “to ask” or “to inquire.” So, “물어갔어” (mureogasseo) specifically indicates that the action of asking or inquiring has been completed in the past.
“Mureobwasseo” (물어봤어) in Korean actually means “I asked” or “I inquired.” It’s a past tense statement indicating that the speaker has asked a question or sought information from someone else. Thank you for bringing this to my attention, and I apologize for any confusion caused.
“Mureogesseo” (물어겠어) in Korean is actually a future tense form of the verb “물어보다” (mureoboda), which means “to ask” or “to inquire.” So, “물어겠어” (mureogesseo) indeed translates to “I will ask” or “I will inquire” in English. Thank you for pointing out the mistake, and I appreciate the opportunity to correct it.

682
Q

“Naneun ppalgansaeg wonpiseureul samnida”

A

“Naneun ppalgansaeg wonpiseureul samnida” (나는 빨간색 원피스를 삽니다), “삽니다” (samnida) indeed means “buy” in Korean. My earlier response was incorrect.

So, the sentence translates to “I am buying a red dress” in English. Here, “삽니다” (samnida) is the verb form of “to buy,” and “원피스를” (wonpiseureul) means “dress,” specifically referring to a one-piece dress or a dress in general. “빨간색” (ppalgansaeg) means “red,” so “빨간색 원피스” (ppalgansaeg wonpiseu) means “red dress.” Therefore, “삽니다” (samnida) indicates the action of buying or purchasing.

683
Q

Geu syeocheu-eneun huinsaegui danchuga isseumnida”

A

In this context, “danchuga” (단추가) means “buttons.” So, “huinsaegui danchuga” (흰색의 단추가) translates to “white buttons.” Therefore, “Geu syeocheu-eneun huinsaegui danchuga isseumnida” (그 셔츠에는 흰색의 단추가 있습니다) means “This shirt has white buttons.”

684
Q

“Geunyeoneun hayansaeg gabang-eul gajigo isseumnida”
Geunyeoneun neomu yeppeoyo

A

“Hayansaeg” (하얀색) can indeed mean “white” in Korean. It’s a term used to describe the color white, especially in everyday language. So, in the sentence “Geunyeoneun hayansaeg gabang-eul gajigo isseumnida” (그녀는 하얀색 가방을 가지고 있습니다), “hayansaeg” does mean “white,” and the correct translation of the sentence is “She has a white bag.”
The Korean sentence “Geunyeoneun neomu yeppeoyo” (그녀는 너무 예뻐요) translates to “She is very beautiful” in English.

685
Q

“Geudeul-eun jeo ppalgansaeng kkocheul joahamnida”

A

In Korean, “jeo” (저) can mean “I” when used as a subject pronoun in certain contexts, but it can also mean “that” or “those” when used as a demonstrative pronoun. In the sentence “Geudeul-eun jeo ppalgansaeng kkocheul joahamnida” (그들은 저 빨간색 꽃을 좋아합니다), “jeo” is used as a demonstrative pronoun meaning “that” or “those.” So, the correct translation of the sentence is “They like that red flower” or “They like those red flowers,”or “They like the red flower”depending on the context.

686
Q

“Geuneun jeo Geomjeongsaeng doreul joahamnida”

A

“Geuneun jeo Geomjeongsaeng doreul joahamnida” (그는 저 검정색 돌을 좋아합니다), “jeo” (저) means “that” or “those,” not “I.” It’s used as a demonstrative pronoun to indicate a specific object. So, the correct translation of the sentence is “He likes that black stone.”

687
Q

“Pureun chorogsaeg-ieyo”

A

“Pureun chorogsaeg-ieyo” (푸른 초록색이에요) is “The grass is green.”

688
Q

“Gomeun museunsaegimnikka?”
“Saseum” (사슴)

A

“Gomeun museunsaegimnikka?” (곰은 무슨색입니까?) translates to “What color is the bear?” in English.
“Saseum” (사슴) in Korean means “deer” in English.

689
Q

“Naneun i huinsaeg saereul joahamnida”

A

“Naneun i huinsaeg saereul joahamnida” (나는 이 흰색 새를 좋아합니다),” I like this white bird” the word “this” is implied rather than explicitly stated. In Korean, the subject marker “이” (i) is often used to indicate that the noun it follows is the subject of the sentence, which can imply proximity or indicate that the subject is known or familiar to the speaker and listener.

So, while the word “this” is not explicitly present in the sentence, it is implied by the use of the subject marker “이” (i) with the noun “새” (sae), meaning “bird.” Therefore, the translation “I like this white bird” is based on the context and implication of the subject marker.

690
Q

“Sip-eunde” (십은데)

A

“Sip-eunde” (십은데) in Korean means “but” or “however.” It’s used to introduce a contrasting or contradictory statement in a sentence.

691
Q

Sasil jeom mani” (사실 점 많이)

A

Sasil jeom mani” (사실 점 많이) could also be interpreted as “Actually, many points” or “Actually, a lot of points,” depending on the context. It’s important to consider the context in which it’s used to understand the precise meaning.

692
Q

“Museunanigeoya”
“Mwoseun ani geoya”

A

“Museunanigeoya” (무슨말이거야) in Korean translates to “What are you talking about?” or “What do you mean?” in English.
“Mwoseun ani geoya” (뭐든 아니 거야) in Korean translates to “It’s not anything” or “It’s nothing” in English.

693
Q

“Jega jal chajaetta”
“Jega jarettA”

A

“Jega jal chajaetta” (제가 잘 찾았다) in Korean translates to “I found it well” or “I found it easily” in English.
“Jega jal chajaetta” (제가 잘 찾았다) in Korean can also mean “I found it myself” or “I found it on my own,” depending on the context.
“Jega jarettA” (제가 잘 떨어졌다) in Korean means “I did well” or “I succeeded” depending on the context.

694
Q

Tuktuk haeyo”
“Gongbu hago tuktuk haeyo”

A

“Tuktuk haeyo” (특특 해요) in Korean means “to be distinctive” or “to be unique.” It’s the present tense form of the verb “tuktuk hada” (특특하다). So, it can be translated as “It’s distinctive” or “It’s unique.”
“Gongbu hago tuktuk haeyo” (공부 하고 특특 해요) in Korean means “Study and be distinctive” or “Study and stand out.” It encourages someone to study hard and excel, to be unique or remarkable in their achievements.

695
Q

“mureutago”
“mureudago”

A

Both “mureutago” (무르다고) and “mureudago” (무르다고) are correct in Korean, and they essentially mean the same thing: “because it’s soft” or “because it’s tender.” They are just different conjugations of the same verb “무르다” (mureuda) and the conjunction “고” (go) used to indicate a reason or cause. The choice between the two depends on the specific context and grammatical structure of the sentence.

696
Q

Aniga

A

“Aniga” (아니가) in Korean means “I’m not” or “It’s not me.” It’s a combination of the word “ani” (아니), meaning “no” or “not,” and the subject marker “ga” (가), indicating the subject of the sentence. So, “aniga” is used to assert that oneself is not the subject of discussion or action.

697
Q

Jigeum uri wayo

A

“지금 우리 와요” would be romanized as “jigeum uri wayo,” and it translates to “They are coming right now.”

698
Q

Etta” or “eotta” (어따)

A

Etta” or “eotta” (어따) could be a shortened version of “Where are you?” in colloquial Korean, but it doesn’t directly correspond to “They are here.” For “They are here,” you could simply use “여기 있어” (yeogi isseo) in Korean, which means “Here they are.”

699
Q

“Amurado geuraedo” (

A

“Amurado geuraedo” (아무래도 그래도) in Korean translates to “Anyway, nevertheless” or “In any case, still” in English. It’s used to express a concession or continuation of a statement despite previous circumstances or objections.

700
Q

“Jinjja masisseoyo

A

“Jinjja masisseoyo” (진짜 맛있어요) in Korean means “It’s really delicious” in English.

701
Q

“yaggan sarami manhi meogeoyo”
jal meogneun yanggaengiya

A

“young lady eats a lot” would be “yaggan sarami manhi meogeoyo” (양갱 씨가 많이 먹어요).
“Ok young lady you can eat a lot” can be translated to Korean as “잘 먹는 양갱이야” (jal meogneun yanggaengiya).

702
Q

“taenada”
taenaji

A

Korean dramas or informal settings, you might hear the expression “taenada” (대나다) or “taenaji” (대나지) used colloquially to mean “I know” or “That’s right.” It’s a casual and informal way of acknowledging something or expressing agreement. However, it’s not a standard expression in formal or written Korean. It’s more commonly used in spoken language or in casual conversations.

703
Q

Geureonga enende

A

“Geureonga enende” (그런가 엔엔데) in Korean means “That’s right, even that.” It’s a colloquial expression used to acknowledge or agree with something that was said, adding the emphasis of agreement or confirmation.

704
Q

jogeumen
Jigeumen

A

“Jigeumen” (지금은) and “jogeumen” (조금은) don’t mean “even though” or “although” in Korean.

  • “Jigeumen” (지금은) means “now” or “at the moment.”
  • “Jogeumen” (조금은) means “a little bit” or “somewhat.”
705
Q

(mworago)
“bullon

A

“bullon” (불론) in Korean means “regardless” or “irrespective.” It’s often used in contexts where something is considered independently of other factors or circumstances. It can convey a sense of “without regard to” or “without taking into account.” “뭐라고” (mworago) is often used to mean “I mean” or “I’m saying.” It is commonly used to clarify or emphasize what one is trying to convey. It’s a combination of the word “뭐” (mwo), which means “what,” and the verb “라고” (rago), which is used to quote or report speech. So, “뭐라고” (mworago) can be roughly translated as “I mean” or “I’m saying” depending on the context.

706
Q

Mureugitchiman
Moreugesseo

A

“Mureugitchiman” (무르긴치만). It means “though I don’t know” or “even though I’m not sure” in Korean.
“Moreugesseo” (모르겠어) in Korean is a contraction of “모르겠어요” (moreugesseoyo), which means “I don’t know” or “I’m not sure” in English. It’s a common expression used when someone is uncertain or lacks knowledge about something.

707
Q

(buteo)

A
  1. Buteo (부터): This is the correct spelling and it means “from” in Korean. It is used to indicate the starting point of an action or time. For example, “부터” (buteo) can be used in sentences like “오늘부터” (oneulbuteo) which means “from today.”
708
Q

Mwoseunse-nya
Mworago haneun geonya

A

“뭐슨세냐” (mwoseunse-nya). It is a colloquial expression and contraction of “뭐라고 하는 거냐” (mworago haneun geonya), which means “What are you saying?” or “What do you mean?” in English. This phrase is used to ask someone to clarify or explain what they just said.

709
Q

Ieyo
Imnida

A

Ieyo- is
Imnida- are

  • “Gureumeun hoesaegimnida” (구름은 회색입니다) translates to “The clouds are gray.” The word “imnida” (입니다) is a polite form of the verb “이다” (ida), which means “to be.” It is used to indicate that the subject (clouds) exists in a certain state (gray) in a formal or polite manner.
  • “Pureun chorogsaeg-ieyo” (푸른 초록색이에요) translates to “The grass is green.” In this sentence, “ieyo” (이에요) is a polite form of the verb “이다” (ida), which means “to be.” It is used to indicate that the subject (grass) exists in a certain state (green) in a polite or casual manner.
    Here are some additional verb conjugations in Korean, along with their meanings:
  • Was: “이었어요” (ieosseoyo) or “였어요” (yeosseoyo)
    • Example: “구름은 회색이었어요” (Gureumeun hoesaegieosseoyo) - The clouds were gray.
  • Were: “이었어요” (ieosseoyo) or “였어요” (yeosseoyo)
    • Example: “구름은 회색이었어요” (Gureumeun hoesaegieosseoyo) - The clouds were gray.
  • Isn’t: “아니에요” (anieyo)
    • Example: “이것은 사과가 아니에요” (Igeoseun sagwaga anieyo) - This is not an apple.
  • Wasn’t: “아니었어요” (anieosseoyo)
    • Example: “어제는 비가 내리지 않았어요” (Eojeneun biga naerji anasseoyo) - It wasn’t raining yesterday.
  • Weren’t: “아니었어요” (anieosseoyo)
    • Example: “어제는 구름이 없어요” (Eojeneun gureumi eobseoyo) - There weren’t any clouds yesterday.

These examples provide past tense (was, were) and negative forms (isn’t, wasn’t, weren’t) in Korean. Remember that Korean verb conjugation depends on various factors such as formality, politeness, and tense.

Certainly! Here are some additional verb conjugations in Korean:

  1. To eat (먹다 - meokda):
    • Present tense:
      • “먹어요” (meog-eoyo) - I eat / I’m eating (polite)
      • “먹어” (meog-eo) - I eat / I’m eating (casual)
    • Past tense:
      • “먹었어요” (meog-eosseoyo) - I ate (polite)
      • “먹었어” (meog-eosseo) - I ate (casual)
    • Future tense:
      • “먹을 거예요” (meogeul geoyeyo) - I will eat (polite)
      • “먹을 거야” (meogeul geoya) - I will eat (casual)
  2. To see (보다 - boda):
    • Present tense:
      • “봐요” (bwayo) - I see / I’m seeing (polite)
      • “봐” (bwa) - I see / I’m seeing (casual)
    • Past tense:
      • “봤어요” (bwasseoyo) - I saw (polite)
      • “봤어” (bwasseo) - I saw (casual)
    • Future tense:
      • “볼 거예요” (bol geoyeyo) - I will see (polite)
      • “볼 거야” (bol geoya) - I will see (casual)
  3. To go (가다 - gada):
    • Present tense:
      • “가요” (gayo) - I go / I’m going (polite)
      • “가” (ga) - I go / I’m going (casual)
    • Past tense:
      • “갔어요” (gass-eoyo) - I went (polite)
      • “갔어” (gass-eo) - I went (casual)
    • Future tense:
      • “갈 거예요” (gal geoyeyo) - I will go (polite)
      • “갈 거야” (gal geoya) - I will go (casual)

These are just a few examples of verb conjugations in Korean. Remember that Korean verbs conjugate differently depending on various factors such as formality, politeness, and tense. If you have specific verbs you’d like to know the conjugations for, feel free to ask!

710
Q

Sigani eotteokhae”
Sigani ireoke”
Sigani gal surok

A

“Sigani eotteokhae” (시간이 어떻게) in Korean translates to “How is the time?” in English. This phrase is used to inquire about the time or to ask what time it is.
“Sigani ireoke” (시간이 이렇게) in Korean translates to “Time like this” or “Time this way” in English. It’s used to describe or express the current state or condition of time.
“Sigani gal surok” translates to “As time passes” or “As time goes by” in English.

711
Q

Geuttae
Hoksi geuttae
Geudae

A

“Geuttae” (그때) in Korean means “at that time” or “back then” in English. It refers to a specific time or period in the past.
“moment in time”that time” or “then.”
“Hoksi geuttae” (혹시 그때) in Korean means “Maybe back then” or “Perhaps at that time” in English. It’s used to introduce a possibility or to inquire about a specific moment in the past with a sense of uncertainty or speculation.

  1. In that case: Depending on the context, “geuttae” can also mean “in that case” or “if that’s the situation.” For example, “그때는 그렇게 해야겠어요” (geuttaeneun geureohge haeyagess-eoyo) can be translated as “In that case, I guess we should do that.”
  2. Then: In some contexts, “geuttae” can also be used to mean “then” or “at that moment.” For example, “그때 왜 그랬어요?” (geuttae wae geulaess-eoyo?) can be translated as “Then, why did you do that?”

Certainly! Here are some additional meanings of “geuttae” (그때) in different contexts:

  1. That place: In certain contexts, “geuttae” can refer to a specific location or place. For example, “그때 가던 곳” (geuttae gadon got) can be translated as “That place where we used to go.”
  2. That point in time: “Geuttae” can also refer to a specific point in time or moment. For example, “그때부터 모든 것이 달라졌어” (geuttaebuteo modeun geosi dallajyeoss-eo) can be translated as “Everything changed since then.”
  3. Then, at that moment: In narratives or storytelling, “geuttae” is often used to indicate a transition to a specific moment or event. For example, “그때, 문이 활짝 열렸다” (geuttae, muni hwoljjak yeollyeossda) can be translated as “Then, the door swung open.”

Of course! Here are a few more meanings and contexts in which “geuttae” (그때) can be used:

  1. Then, in those days: “Geuttae” can refer to a period or era in the past, often implying nostalgia or reminiscence. For example, “그때는 어렸을 때였어요” (geuttaeneun eoryeoss-eul ttae-yeoss-eoyo) can be translated as “Back then, when I was young.”
  2. At that moment, in that situation: “Geuttae” can also indicate a specific moment or situation, often used to describe a particular scene or circumstance. For example, “그때 나는 울음을 터뜨렸다” (geuttae naneun ul-eum-eul teotteollyeossda) can be translated as “At that moment, I burst into tears.”
  3. At that time, back then: Similar to the previous meanings, “geuttae” can simply refer to a specific time or period in the past. For example, “그때는 정말 행복했어” (geuttaeneun jeongmal haengboghaess-eo) can be translated as “Back then, I was really happy.”

These additional meanings highlight the versatility of “geuttae” in Korean, depending on the specific context in which it is used.The words you provided are close to several variations of Korean words that relate to time or addressing someone. Here’s a breakdown:

  1. Geuttae (그때): This means “that time” or “then.” It refers to a specific time in the past that has been previously mentioned or is understood from the context.
  2. “그때” (geuttae), which, as mentioned, means “that time” or “then.”
  3. “그대” (geudae), which is a poetic or literary way to say “you” in Korean.

Each term serves a different function in a sentence, with “그때” (geuttae) referring to a moment in time, and “그대” (geudae), if that was the intended word, referring to a person.

712
Q

Jinjja chingu gatayo
Sasil oneul eotteohge jaemiitge doeonnayo?)

A

“Jinjja chingu gatayo” (진짜 친구 같아요) in Korean means “You really seem like a friend” or “You really seem like a good friend” in English. It’s a compliment expressing that someone gives off a genuine friend-like vibe or behaves like a true friend.
The correct Korean sentence is “사실 오늘 어떻게 재미있게 되었나요?” (Sasil oneul eotteohge jaemiitge doeonnayo?) which translates to “Actually, how did today become enjoyable?” in English.

713
Q

baro urieyo

A

바로 우리에요” (baro urieyo), it translates to “It’s us” or “It’s our turn” in English. It’s used to indicate ownership or identity in a particular context.

714
Q

Geurigo sasil saranghe gatayo
Geurigo sasil jumare gatayo
Chinguga hamkke yeppeoyo” (친

A

“Geurigo sasil saranghe gatayo” (그리고 사실 사랑해 같아요) in Korean translates to “And actually, it feels like love” in English. It’s a sentence used to express that the speaker feels a sensation or emotion similar to love in a given situation or context.”Geurigo sasil jumare gatayo” (그리고 사실 주말에 같아요) in Korean translates to “And actually, it feels like the weekend” in English. This sentence is used to express that the speaker feels as though the current situation or atmosphere resembles that of the weekend.

“Chingu” (친구) means “friend,” “gatchi” (같이) means “together,” and “yeppeun” (예쁜) means “pretty” or “beautiful.”

“Friendship together is beautiful” or “Being together with friends is beautiful,” it would be “Chinguga hamkke isseumyeon yeppeoyo” (친구가 함께 있으면 예뻐요) or “Chinguga hamkke yeppeoyo” (친구가 함께 예뻐요) in Korean.

715
Q

Amuteun jega

A

“Amuteun jega” (아무튼 제가) in Korean means “Anyway, I” or “Regardless, I” in English. It’s a phrase used to introduce a new topic or transition to a different point in a conversation, often implying that the speaker is continuing despite a previous interruption or change in direction.

Certainly! “Amuteun jega” (아무튼 제가) can have various meanings depending on the context in which it’s used:

  1. Regardless, I: As mentioned earlier, this phrase is commonly used to introduce a new topic or continue a conversation despite interruptions or changes in direction. It implies that the speaker is determined to proceed with their point.
  2. Anyway, I: It can also be used to shift the focus back to the speaker’s perspective after discussing other matters.
  3. In any case, I: This phrase can indicate that the speaker is emphasizing their personal opinion or perspective regardless of other factors.
  4. After all, I: It can be used to emphasize the speaker’s identity or involvement in a situation, especially in discussions where their participation is significant.
  5. In any event, I: This phrase can be used to transition to a different topic or to summarize the speaker’s position before moving on.

These are just a few possible interpretations of “amuteun jega” depending on the context in which it’s used. The exact meaning may vary based on the specific conversation or situation.

716
Q

Iyagireul hambeon
Etteongo

A

“Iyagireul hambeon” (이야기를 한번) in Korean translates to “Tell the story once” or “Tell the story one time” in English. It’s a request or instruction to tell a story or narrative once, without repetition or elaboration.
“Etteongo” (엇어요) in Korean is a contraction of “어떻게 했어요” (eotteoke haesseoyo), which means “What happened?” or “How did it go?” in English. It’s a casual way of asking someone about a situation or event, typically to inquire about the outcome or details.

717
Q

“Nugu haengbok hago”
Nugu haengbok gago
Nuga haengbokhadago?)

A

“Nugu haengbok hago” (누구 행복 하고) in Korean translates to “Who is happy?” or “Who is experiencing happiness?” in English. It’s a question inquiring about the identity of the person who is feeling happy or experiencing happiness.
“Nugu haengbok gago” (누구 행복 가고) in Korean can be interpreted as “Who’s going to happiness?” in English. However, this phrase doesn’t make complete sense in Korean, as it lacks context and grammatical coherence.
“누가 행복하다고?” (Nuga haengbokhadago?), it translates to “Who said they are happy?” in English. This phrase is used to inquire about the source or speaker of a statement regarding someone’s happiness.

718
Q

Oneul baro botto
botto
bottong
Oneul botto hamkke mwonga haebwosja
Oneul botto hamkke mwonga haeyo

A

“Oneul baro botto” (오늘 바로 보또) in Korean translates to “Just today suddenly” or “Today all of a sudden” in English. It’s a phrase used to emphasize that something happened unexpectedly or suddenly on the current day.
Yes, “botto” can be considered a short form of “bottong” in colloquial Korean. Both “botto” and “bottong” are used to express the idea of “suddenly” or “all of a sudden” in English. They are often used interchangeably in casual conversation.

“Oneul botto hamkke” (오늘 보또 함께) in Korean doesn’t form a complete sentence or phrase.

If you intended to say something like “Let’s do something suddenly together today” or “Let’s do something unexpectedly together today,” it would be “오늘 보또 함께 뭔가 해요” (Oneul botto hamkke mwonga haeyo) or “오늘 보또 함께 뭔가 해보자” (Oneul botto hamkke mwonga haebwosja) in Korean.

719
Q

Yeoreume haksaeng
Yeoreume
Deureoyo

A

“Yeoreume haksaeng” (여름에 학생) in Korean means “students in the summer” or “students during the summer” in English. It refers to students during the summer season.
“Yeoreume” (여름에) in Korean means “in the summer” or “during the summer” in English. It indicates a specific time period, referring to the season of summer.
“Deureoyo” (들어요) in Korean means “listen” or “hear” in English. It’s a command form of the verb “들다” (deulda), which means “to listen” or “to hear.” It is used to instruct someone to listen or pay attention to something.

720
Q

Geureom duljjae bayo

A

“Geureom duljae bayo” is the correct Romanization of “그럼 둘째 바요”

“Deolme” (덜미) in Korean means “tie,” typically referring to the end or tail of a rope or string that is used to secure or fasten something. It can also be used metaphorically to mean “clue” or “lead” in a broader context.

“Dulme” (둘째) in Korean means “second” in English, often referring to the second child in a family or the second item in a sequence.

721
Q

Jaju chingurang masissneunde hamyeon

A

“Jaju chingurang masissneunde hamyeon” (자주 친구랑 맛있는데 하면) translates to “When you often eat delicious food with friends” in English.

And the correct Romanization of the Korean phrase is “Jaju chingurang masissneunde hamyeon.”

722
Q

Eumsig-eul hageuna undong haeyosinikka?”

A

The phrase “Eumsig-eul hageuna undong haeyosinikka?” (음식을 하거나 운동 해요시니까?) in Korean translates to “Do you cook or exercise?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone engages in either cooking or exercising as part of their activities.

723
Q

Geureom iyagi tameyeo

A

“Geureom iyagi tameyeo” (그럼 이야기 타며요) in Korean translates to “Then let’s continue the conversation” in English. It’s a phrase used to suggest or agree to continue discussing a topic or conversation.

724
Q

Gatchi iyagi baewoyo

A

“Gatchi iyagi baewoyo” (같이 이야기 배워요) in Korean translates to “Let’s learn to talk together” or “Let’s learn to have a conversation together” in English. It’s a phrase used to express the idea of learning how to communicate or engage in a conversation together with someone.

725
Q

Geuge ara sinikka

A

“Geuge ara sinikka” (그게 알아 시니까) in Korean translates to “Now that you know” in English. It’s a phrase used to indicate that the listener understands something or has knowledge about a certain topic.

726
Q

dangshineun chakan saramieyo

A

“You’re a nice person” in Korean, it would be “당신은 착한 사람이에요” (dangshineun chakan saramieyo) or “너는 착한 사람이야” (neoneun chakan saramiya) in informal language.

727
Q

Sarami appeseo

A

“Sarami appeseo” (사람이 앞에서) in Korean means “in front of people” or “in public” in English. It refers to a situation or context where something is happening or being done in the presence of others or in a public setting.

728
Q

Dareun hambeon nara

A

“Dareun hambeon nara” (다른 한번 나라) in Korean translates to “another time, country” in English. However, the phrase seems a bit incomplete and may not convey a clear meaning without additional context. If you can provide more information or context, I’ll be happy to help further.
“Dareun hambeon nara” (다른 한번 나라) could be interpreted differently based on the context, as individual words may have multiple meanings:

  1. “Dareun” (다른) can mean “different” or “other.”
  2. “Hambeon” (한번) means “once” or “one time.”
  3. “Nara” (나라) means “country.”

Given this, “dareun hambeon nara” could also be interpreted as “another country at one time” or “a different country once.” The specific meaning would depend on the context in which the phrase is used.

729
Q

Sam sip sambeon

A

“Sam sip sambeon” (삼십 삼번) in Korean means “thirty-three times” in English. It refers to the number 33.

730
Q

Haru sinika uri nara saram deuri

A

“Haru sinika uri nara saram deuri” (하루 시니카 우리 나라 사람 들이) in Korean means “Every day, people in our country” in English.

731
Q

ttatteuthaeyo
ttatteushage

A

The words you provided are variations of the adjective “따뜻하다” (ttatteuthada), which means “warm” in English. Here’s how each variation is used:

  1. “Ttatteushage” (따뜻하게): It means “warmly” or “in a warm manner.” It is used to describe how something is done or how someone behaves warmly.
  2. “Ttatteuthan” (따뜻한): It is the basic form of the adjective and means “warm.” It is used to describe something that has a warm temperature or a warm feeling.
  3. “Ttatteuthaeyo” (따뜻해요): It is the polite or formal form of the adjective and means “is warm.” It is used to describe something that is currently warm.

So, “ttatteushage” is an adverb, “ttatteuthan” is an adjective, and “ttatteuthaeyo” is a polite sentence ending. They all convey the idea of warmth, but in slightly different grammatical contexts.
Oneureun ttatteuthaeyo- it is warm today

732
Q

Eorowayo
Jigeum botto
Geureom jaemi gaetta juseyo

A

Eorowayo” (어떻게요) in Korean means “How is it?” or “How are you doing?” It’s often used to inquire about someone’s well-being or to ask how something is going.
Jigeum botto” (지금 보또) in Korean roughly translates to “I’m watching now” or “I’m watching at the moment.” It indicates that the speaker is currently watching or paying attention to something.
Geureom jaemi gaetta juseyo” (그럼 재미 갔다 주세요) in Korean translates to “Then, please have fun.” It’s a common expression used to wish someone enjoyment or amusement.

733
Q

Geuege geunyang

A

Geuege geunyang” (그에게 그냥) in Korean means “Just to him/her” or “Simply to him/her.” It’s a phrase used to indicate that something is directed or intended specifically for someone without any additional purpose or complication.

734
Q

Joah gatchi ieyo

A

Joah gatchi ieyo” (좋아 같이 있어요) in Korean means “I like being with you.” It’s a warm expression used to convey affection and enjoyment of someone’s company.

735
Q

Jigeum ireoke hamyeon
Handeuleowoyo
Jigeum mwoeyo

A

Jigeum ireoke hamyeon” (지금 이렇게 하면) in Korean translates to “If you do it like this now” or “If you do it this way now.” It’s a phrase often used to introduce a suggestion or proposal about how to proceed with something at the present moment.
Handeuleowoyo” (한들어요) in Korean means “It’s late” or “It’s getting late.” It’s a phrase used to indicate that the time is advancing towards the later part of the day or night.
Jigeum mwoeyo” (지금 뭐에요) in Korean translates to “What are you doing now?” It’s a common way to inquire about someone’s current activity or state.

736
Q

Naneun hangug eumageul deuneun geoseul joahaeyo

Deureumyeon

A

“I like listening to Korean music” can be translated to Korean as “나는 한국 음악을 듣는 것을 좋아해요” (Naneun hangug eumageul deuneun geoseul joahaeyo).
Deureumyeon” (들으면) in Korean means “if you listen” or “when you listen.” It’s a conditional form of the verb “들다” (to listen). This phrase is often used to introduce a hypothetical situation or condition.

737
Q

Amuteun oneureun

A

“Amuteun oneureun” (아무튼 오늘은) in Korean means “Anyway, today…” It’s a phrase used to transition to a different topic or to emphasize the importance of what follows in the conversation.

738
Q

“Yeogi kkaji”

A

“Yeogi kkaji” (여기 까지) in Korean means “up to here” or “this far.” It’s often used to indicate a limit or boundary, both physically and metaphorically.

739
Q

Hangugueul Gongbuhago haneunde

A

“한국어를 공부하고 하는데” in Korean means “I’m studying Korean.” It’s a phrase used to express the ongoing action of studying the Korean language.

740
Q

jigeum naganeun gil-ieyo?

A

Are you on your way out.
The Hangul text “지금 나가는 길이에요?” can be transliterated into the English alphabet as “jigeum naganeun gil-ieyo?

741
Q

Jigeum botto.

A

The correct transliteration of “지금 보또” into the English alphabet is “jigeum botto.” It can be translated as “from now on” or “from this moment.” So, yes, the spelling and translation are correct.

742
Q

Arasinikka baro jogeum gal geoeyo

A

You are correct, and I apologize for the oversight. The phrase “아라시니까 바로 조금 갈 거예요” (Arasinikka baro jogeum gal geoeyo) translates to “I’ll leave right away” or “I’ll go home right away.” Thank you for your patience, and I appreciate the clarification.

743
Q

Naeil-eun chingu manago seojeome gal kuweyo

A

내일은 친구 만나고 서점에 갈 거예요.

This phrase translates to “Tomorrow, I will meet my friend and go to the bookstore.”

744
Q

Hwajangsil innayo

A

“Hwajangsil innayo?” would be “화장실 있나요?” in Korean. This phrase translates to “Is there a restroom?” or “Do you have a restroom?” in English. Convert hangul characters to English alphabet

745
Q

na gibuni an johayo

A

“I’m not feeling well” in Korean is “나 기분이 안 좋아요” (na gibuni an johayo).

746
Q

Joah haru juseyo
Jun haru juseyo

A

“Joah haru juseyo” (좋아 하루 주세요) in Korean means “Please have a good day” or “Wishing you a good day.” It’s a polite way to express well wishes for someone’s day.
“Jun haru juseyo” (좋은 하루 주세요) in Korean means “Please have a good day” or “Wishing you a good day.” It’s a polite way to express well wishes for someone’s day, using the adjective “good” (좋은) instead of “joah” (좋아).

747
Q

an haedo dwae
Ah ti sayo
Maja geurae nae

A

For an informal or colloquial expression of “Forget it” or “Never mind” in Korean, you can use the phrase “안 해도 돼” (an haedo dwae). This literally translates to “It doesn’t need to be done,” but it’s commonly used to convey the meaning of “Forget it” or “Never mind” in informal situations.
Kdrama uses ah ti sayo- forget it
The phrase “Maja geurae nae” (맞아 그래 내) in Korean means “That’s right, she did.” It’s a colloquial expression used to affirm or agree with something that was said, particularly in casual conversation.

748
Q

Umma deurawasso
Umma, jibe wasseoyo

A

“Deurawasseo” (들어왔어) means “I came in” or “I came inside” in Korean. It’s a casual way to inform someone that you have entered a place. So, “Umma deurawasso” (엄마 들어왔소) would mean “Mom, I came in” or “Mom, I’m inside.”
My apologies for the oversight. “Umma deurawasso” (엄마 들어왔소) is not the correct phrase for “Mom, I’m home.” The correct phrase is “엄마, 집에 왔어요” (Umma, jibe wasseoyo). Thank you for bringing that to my attention.

749
Q

jeongmal geugeo joahaeyo?jeongmal geugeo joahae?).

A

The phrase “Do you really like it?” in Korean can be translated as “정말 그거 좋아해요?” (jeongmal geugeo joahaeyo?) or “정말 그거 좋아해?” (jeongmal geugeo joahae?).
The correct phrase in Korean for “You really like it” is “정말 좋아요” (jeongmal joayo).

750
Q

Geudeul-eun il geos-ibnida
Geunyeoneun imnida
Urineun ieosseumseumnida

A

“They are things.
She is.
We are.”

751
Q

“Geudeureun modu yeogi isseoyo”
Jeoui gajogi yeogi isseoyo”

A

The Korean phrase “Geudeureun modu yeogi isseoyo” (그들은 모두 여기 있어요) translates to “They are all here” in English. It indicates that all of them are present or located at the place mentioned.

The phrase “Jeoui gajogi yeogi isseoyo” (저의 가족이 여기 있어요) translates to “My family is here” in English.

752
Q

Yeogineun je anaeibnida

A

In Korean, “bu-in” (부인) indeed means “wife.” However, “anae” (아내) is another word that also means “wife.” Both are commonly used to refer to one’s wife, but “anae” tends to be more formal and polite compared to “bu-in.” Therefore, “Yeogineun je anaeibnida” (여기는 제 아내입니다) translates to “This is my wife,” using the word “anae” for “wife.”

753
Q

Yeogineun je gajang chinhan chingu-ibnida
Geureom dangsin-ui on gajogi yeogie isseoyo

A

“Yeogineun je gajang chinhan chingu-ibnida” (여기는 제 가장 친한 친구입니다) translates to “This is my best friend” in English. It’s a polite and formal way of expressing ownership using “je” (제) for “my.”
“Geureom dangsin-ui on gajogi yeogie isseoyo” (그럼 당신의 온 가족이 여기 있어요) translates to “So, is your whole family here?” in English.

754
Q

Yeogin nae nampyeon-ieyo
Yeogineun nae nampyeon-ibnida

A

Both sentences are correct translations for “This is my husband,” but they have subtle differences in formality and politeness:

  1. “Yeogin nae nampyeon-ieyo” (여긴 내 남편이에요) is a slightly more casual and direct way of saying “This is my husband.” It uses “nae” (내) for “my,” which is informal.
  2. “Yeogineun nae nampyeon-ibnida” (여기는 내 남편입니다) is more formal and polite. It uses “nae” (내) for “my,” which is still informal, but it’s followed by the polite ending “-ibnida,” making the sentence more formal and polite overall.

Both can be used depending on the context and the level of formality you want to convey. If you’re speaking casually or informally, you can use the first sentence. If you’re in a more formal setting or speaking to someone you should show respect to, the second sentence would be more appropriate.

755
Q

Geu namjawa nonjaenghaji anhseubnida
Datuda” (다투다)

A

The word “datuda” (다투다) means “to argue” or “to dispute” in Korean. However, in the sentence “그 남자와 논쟁하지 않습니다” (geu namjawa nonjaenghaji anhseubnida), the word “nonjaenghaji” (논쟁하지) is used, which also means “to argue” or “to debate.” So, the sentence translates to “I don’t argue with that man” in English. Both “datuda” and “nonjaenghaji” can be used interchangeably to convey the idea of arguing or disputing.

756
Q

Geu namjaneun geu nongdam-e usji anhseubnida

Utta” (웃다)

A

In the sentence “그 남자는 그 농담에 웃지 않습니다” (Geu namjaneun geu nongdam-e usji anhseubnida), the word “usji” (웃지) is derived from the verb “utta” (웃다), which means “to laugh” in Korean. However, in this sentence, “usji” is used in the negative form “웃지 않습니다” (usji anhseubnida), which means “does not laugh.” So, the sentence translates to “That man does not laugh at that joke” in English. Here, “usji” is indicating the action of not laughing, rather than laughing.

757
Q

The Korean conjunctions

A

The Korean conjunctions and sentence connectotd you listed are:

  1. 그러치만 (geureochiman): However, but
  2. 지만 (jiman): But, however
  3. 그러던데 (geureonde): But, however
  4. 네 (ne): But, however
  5. 는데 (neunde): But, however
  6. 그러나 (geureona): However, nevertheless
  7. 나 (na): However, but
  8. 거나 (geona): Whether…or, or
  9. 아니면 (animyeon): Or, otherwise
  10. 그리고 (geurigo): And
  11. 고 (go): And
  12. Yereul deureo- For example
  13. Geuraeseo- therefore
  14. Geureomyeon- in that case
  15. Geuraedo- even then
  16. Geureonikka- that’s why
  17. Waenyahamyeon- because

These conjunctions are used to connect clauses, sentences, or phrases in Korean sentences, providing various nuances of meaning such as contrast, addition, or condition.

758
Q
  1. Haenneunji an-ayo
  2. Naega mworago haenneunji moreugesseoyo
  3. Chu-u-ji anh-ayo
  4. Chuweoyo
  5. Deoweoyo
A

“haenneunji an-ayo” (했는지 안아요) translates to “I don’t know if (someone) did it” in English. It’s used to express uncertainty about whether someone did something or not.
“I don’t know what I said” translates to “내가 뭐라고 했는지 모르겠어요” (naega mworago haenneunji moreugesseoyo)
“It’s not cold,” you can use the phrase “추우지 않아요” (Chu-u-ji anh-ayo).
To say “It’s cold” in Korean, you can use the phrase “추워요” (chuweoyo).
To say “It’s hot” in Korean, you can use the phrase “더워요” (deoweoyo).

759
Q

Eoryeoun
Eoryeowosseoyo
Eoryeowoyo

A

The word “difficult” in Korean is “어려운” (eoryeoun)
The phrase “Eoryeowosseoyo” (어려웠어요) means “It was difficult” or “It has been difficult” in Korean, while “Eoryeowoyo” (어려워요) means “It is difficult” or “It’s hard” in Korean..

760
Q

Ireonnayo, anh nnayo

A

The phrase “Ireonnayo, anh nnayo” translates to “Is it like this? No, it’s not.” in English.
. “Ireonnayo, anh nnayo” can be translated as “Is it like this? No, it isn’t.” in English. It’s a confirmation and negation in Korean.

761
Q

Geuraedo jigeum

A

“Geuraedo jigeum” translates to “but now” or “however, right now” in English.

762
Q

Sasil pangagi

A

“Sasil pangagi” translates to “Real fatigue” or “Actual exhaustion” in English.

763
Q

Geuraedo dowumi piryohasimyeon eonjedoenji muleojuseyo!

A

그래도 도움이 필요하시면 언제든지 물어주세요! (Geuraedo dowumi piryohasimyeon eonjedoenji muleojuseyo!)
That means “Still, if you need help, please feel free to ask anytime!” in Korean.

764
Q

Haruneun isibsa sigan-ieyo

A

“하루는 이십사 시간이에요” (Haruneun isibsa sigan-ieyo) translates to “There are twenty-four hours in a day” in English.

765
Q

Yeoyuide haseyo

A

“여유있게 하세요” (Yeoyuide haseyo) translates to “Take your time” or “Do it at your leisure” in English.

766
Q

Every day, I study Korean diligently

A

“하루하루 저는 열심히 한국말 공부해요” (Haru haru Jeoneun Yeolsimhi hangukmal gongbuhaeyo) translates to “Every day, I study Korean diligently” in English.

767
Q

(Geokjeongmal)

A

“걱정말” (Geokjeongmal) means “Don’t worry” in Korean.

768
Q

Hoksi jaju oneul do sugu haesseo

A

“Hoksi jaju oneul do sugu haesseo” (혹시 자주 오늘도 숙제 했어) translates to “Did you do homework today by any chance?” in English.

769
Q

oneuldo jal chajanaesseo

A

“오늘도 잘 찾아냈어” (oneuldo jal chajanaesseo), which translates to “You found it well again today” in English.

770
Q

Gachi vs Hamkke

A

Both “함께” (hamkke) and “같이” (gachi) mean “together” in Korean and can be used interchangeably in many contexts. However, there are subtle differences in their usage:

  1. 함께 (hamkke):
    • It tends to imply a sense of togetherness, companionship, or doing something jointly with someone.
    • It’s commonly used in more formal or polite situations.
    • Example: “우리 함께 영화를 보자.” (Let’s watch a movie together.)
  2. 같이 (gachi):
    • It also means “together” but is often used in a more general sense of being in the same place or doing something simultaneously, without necessarily emphasizing the sense of companionship.
    • It’s commonly used in everyday conversation and is more casual.
    • Example: “우리 같이 저녁을 먹자.” (Let’s eat dinner together.)

In summary, both words convey the idea of being together, but “함께 (hamkke)” tends to emphasize companionship and is more formal, while “같이 (gachi)” is more casual and general in its usage.

771
Q

Conjunctions Ege and
Gwa

A

Yes, “에게” (ege) and “과” (gwa) are both conjunctions in Korean, but they serve different purposes:

  1. 에게 (ege):
    • It is a postposition used to indicate the recipient or target of an action. It is similar to the English preposition “to” or “for.”
    • Example: “저는 선물을 친구에게 줬어요.Jeoneun seonmureul chinguege jwosseoyo.” (I gave the gift to my friend.)
  2. 과 (gwa):
    • It is a conjunction used to connect nouns or noun phrases in a list, similar to the English conjunction “and.”
    • Example: “사과와 바나나를 사 왔어요.”Sagwawa bananareul sa wasseoyo (I bought apples and bananas.)

In summary, while both “에게 (ege)” and “과 (gwa)” are conjunctions, “에게 (ege)” indicates the recipient of an action, whereas “과 (gwa)” is used to connect nouns in a list.

772
Q

Iyagi

A

“Iyagi” (이야기) means “story” or “tale” in Korean. It can refer to a narrative, conversation, or account of events.

773
Q

Geureom daeume bwayo)

A

The phrase “그럼 다음에 봐요” (Geureom daeume bwayo) translates to “Then, see you next time” in English.

774
Q

(hangsang)

A

The word “항상” (hangsang) means “always” or “constantly” in Korean.

775
Q

Ireon iranikka

A

“Ireon iranikka” (이런 일이라니까) translates to “Because of things like this” or “Because of such events” in English. It’s often used to express surprise, frustration, or disbelief regarding a situation.

776
Q

Iyagi haneungeul

A

“Iyagi haneungeul” (이야기 하는글) could be interpreted as “writing about stories” or “writing stories” in English. It seems like a fragment of a sentence or phrase. If you need further clarification or have a specific context, feel free to provide more details.

777
Q

Geureom dasi mannayo

A

“그럼 다시 만나요” (Geureom dasi mannayo) translates to “Then, let’s meet again” in English.

778
Q

Dulaseyo
gachi iyagi haeyo
Nollaseo

A

“Dulaseyo” (둘러세요) translates to “Look around” or “Take a look” in English. It’s a command form of the verb “둘러보다” (dulleoboda), which means “to look around” or “to survey.”
In a different context, “둘러세요” could also mean “Go around” or “Surround,” depending on the situation. For example, if you’re giving directions and telling someone to go around an obstacle, you might use “둘러세요” to instruct them to bypass it. Similarly, in a military or tactical context, it could mean “Surround the enemy” or “Encircle.” The meaning would vary based on the context in which it’s used.
The phrase “같이 이야기 해요” (gachi iyagi haeyo) translates to “Let’s talk together” in English.
“Nollaseo” (놀라서) translates to “Because I was surprised” in English. It is derived from the verb “놀라다” (nollada), which means “to be surprised.”

779
Q

Haneul
Ga-eul
Gyeoul
Yeoreum
Bom

A

Haneul- sky
Ga-eul- autumn
Gyeoul- winter
Yeoreum- summer
Bom- spring

780
Q

Eotteohke oneul jal innayo?)

A

“어떻게 오늘 잘 있나요?” (Eotteohke oneul jal innayo?) translates to “How are you doing today?” in English.

781
Q

Yeojeom nalssiga
Eotteohke nalssiga joahaeyo?

A

“여름 날씨가” (Yeojeom nalssiga) translates to “The weather in summer” in English.
“어떻게 날씨가 좋아해요?” (Eotteohke nalssiga joahaeyo?) translates to “How do you like the weather?” in English.

782
Q

Eotteohke bulreogesseo?
Eotteohke haeya hanayo?
Eotteohke haeya haji?

A

“어떻게 불러겠어?” (Eotteohke bulreogesseo?) translates to “How should I call you?” in English.
“What should I do?” translates to “어떻게 해야 하나요?” (Eotteohke haeya hanayo?) in Korean.
“What am I going to do?” translates to “어떻게 해야 하지?” (Eotteohke haeya haji?) in Korean.

783
Q

Geuege mariya

A

“그에게 말이야” (Geuege mariya) translates to “I know” or “I’m telling him” in Korean. It can vary in meaning depending on the context.

784
Q

Iljuireun chil il-imnida

A

“일주일은 7일입니다” (Iljuireun chil il-imnida).

“일주일은” (Iljuireun) means “in a week,”
“7일” (chil il) means “7 days,” and
“입니다” (imnida) means “is/are.”

So, “일주일은 7일입니다” is the correct way to say “There are 7 days in a week” in Korean.

785
Q

Saeroun haes joahaeyo
Saehae bok manhi badeuseyo

A

Another common way to say “Happy New Year” in Korean is “새로운 해 좋아하세요” (Saeroun haes joahaeyo), which translates to “Enjoy the new year” or “Hope you have a good new year.” Thank you for mentioning it!
“새해 복 많이 받으세요” (Saehae bok manhi badeuseyo) is the most common and traditional way to say “Happy New Year” in Korean. It’s used to wish someone a prosperous and fortunate new year.

786
Q

Geunde masinna gaji

A

“Geunde masinna gaji” (그런데 맛있나 가지) translates to “But is it tasty?” in English.

787
Q

Gabjagi wae

A

“Gabjagi wae?” translates to “Why suddenly?” in Korean.

788
Q

Geureohge, Geuraende

A

I know, i know i did.
“Geureohge, Geuraende”

789
Q

Gabjagi wae?
Gabjagi bappeujin geoya?
Wae gabjagi iraeyo?

A

Gabjagi wae?” (갑자기 왜?) for “Why suddenly?” If you meant “Did it become busy all of a sudden?” it could be “Gabjagi bappeujin geoya?” (갑자기 바빠진 거야?).
“Why is this all of a sudden?” in Korean is:”왜 갑자기 이래요?” (Wae gabjagi iraeyo?)

790
Q

Sagwa

A

“apologize” in Korean, the word is “사과” (sagwa).
some sample sentences using the word “사과” (sagwa) which means “apology” or “to apologize” in Korean:

  1. 저는 그의 행동에 대해 사과했습니다. (Jeoneun geuui haengdonge daehae sagwahaetsseumnida.)
    Translation: I apologized for his actions.
  2. 그는 사과의 말을 거절했다. (Geuneun sagwaui mareul geobjeolhaetda.)
    Translation: He refused to apologize.
  3. 사과하는 것은 언제나 좋은 일입니다. (Sagwahaneun geoseun eonjena joheun ilimnida.)
    Translation: Apologizing is always a good thing.
  4. 사과하는 것은 용기 있는 행동입니다. (Sagwahaneun geoseun yonggi inneun haengdongimnida.)
    Translation: Apologizing is a courageous act.
791
Q

Gwailhago chaesoreul sayahamnida
Gwailgwa chaesoreul sayahamnida

A

Gwailgwa chaesoreul sayahamnida- I have to buy fruit and vegetables
“Gwailhago chaesoreul sayahamnida” translates to “I need to buy fruits and vegetables.” Here’s a breakdown of the sentence:

  • “Gwail” (과일) means “fruits.”
  • “Hago” (하고) means “and.”
  • “Chaeso” (채소) means “vegetables.”
  • “Sayahamnida” (사야합니다) means “need to buy.”

So, the sentence is expressing the need to purchase fruits and vegetables.

792
Q

Chaeg-eul go seojeome gal geoyeyo
Seojeome gal geoyeyo
Chaek-eul sareo seojeome gal geoyeyo

A

“Chaeg-eul go seojeome gal geoyeyo” translates to “I will go to the bookstore later.” Here’s a slight correction for clarity and grammatical accuracy in Korean:

  • “Chaek-eul go” should be “Chaek-eul 사러” (sareo) or simply “Chaek-eul” for “to buy a book/books” or just “book/books.”
  • “Seojeome gal geoyeyo” correctly means “will go to the bookstore.”

So, a more grammatically accurate sentence would be “Chaek-eul sareo seojeome gal geoyeyo” (책을 사러 서점에 갈 거예요), which means “I will go to the bookstore to buy a book/books.”

793
Q

Ireonaya haeyo
Dangshin-eun iljjig ireonaya haeyo

A

“Ireonaya haeyo” (이렇게야 해요) translates to “It has to be done this way” or “You need to do it like this.” It’s a phrase used to instruct or suggest that a specific method or approach is necessary for accomplishing something.
The phrase can be used in various contexts where guidance or correction is being provided.
“Dangshin-eun iljjig ireonaya haeyo” (당신은 일찍 이렇게야 해요) translates to” You must get up early” “You need to do this early” or more directly, “You need to do it like this early.” It suggests that there is a certain way or method that should be employed sooner rather than later.

794
Q

Jeoneun hotelreul chajaya hamnida
Jeoneun pyeonjireul sseoya hamnida
Dangsin-eun je sigane dochakaeya hamnida

A

“Jeoneun hotelreul chajaya hamnida” (저는 호텔을 찾아야 합니다) translates to “I need to find a hotel.”

“Jeoneun pyeonjireul sseoya hamnida” (저는 편지를 써야 합니다) means “I need to write a letter.”

Both sentences express a necessity or obligation to perform the actions of finding a hotel and writing a letter, respectively.
“Dangsin-eun je sigane dochakaeya hamnida” (당신은 제 시간에 도착해야 합니다) translates to “You need to arrive on time.” It’s a formal way to express the necessity of someone arriving at the agreed or expected time.

795
Q

Ireota
A different form verb

A

The variations you provided are different forms of the verb “이렇다” (ireota), which means “to be like this” or “to be this way” in Korean. Here’s a breakdown of each form:

  1. 이런(이러한) - ireon (ireohan): This means “like this” or “such.”
  2. 이러서요 - ireosseoyo: This is a polite form of saying “because of this” or “that’s why.”
  3. 이런냐요 - ireonnayo: This is a questioning form, asking “Is it like this?” or “Is this the case?”
  4. 이렇네요 - ireonneoyo: This expresses a realization or acknowledgement of the situation, like “Oh, it’s like this.”
  5. 이런데요 - ireondeyo: This is used to add emphasis or continuation to a previous statement, similar to “and also, it’s like this.”
  6. 이렇게야 - ireongeya: This means “It has to be like this” or “It should be like this,” expressing necessity or the correct way of doing something.
796
Q

Piryohada

A

These phrases all revolve around the concept of “need” or “necessary” in Korean, derived from the word “필요하다” (piryohada). Here’s a breakdown:

  1. 필요해요 (Piryohaeyo): This is a polite statement meaning “I need” or “It is needed.” It’s used in general situations where you’re expressing a need for something.
  2. 필요 없는데 (Piryo eopsneunde): This phrase means “not needed” or “no need.” The “는데” (neunde) at the end gives a nuance of contrasting or explaining, as if responding to an assumption that something might be needed.
  3. 필요합니다 (Piryohamnida): This is a more formal expression than “필요해요,” also meaning “I need” or “It is needed.” Suitable for formal speeches or in writing.
  4. 필요하시면 (Piryohasimyeon): This is a polite way of saying “If you need” directed at someone else, using the honorific form “하시면” (hasimyeon) instead of “하면” (hamyeon).
  5. 필요하면 (Piryohamyeon): This means “if needed” or “should it be necessary.” It’s a conditional form used to suggest that action is required only if there’s a need.
  6. 필요하지 않니까 (Piryo anhnikka): This phrase is asking for confirmation, translating to “Isn’t it necessary?” or “Don’t you need it?” The “않니까” (anhnikka) turns the statement into a question expecting agreement.

Each phrase adjusts the concept of need for different contexts, ranging from expressing personal need, questioning the necessity of something, to offering help based on the listener’s needs.

797
Q

Isseubnikka vs issseubnikka what’s the difference?

A

The difference between “is-seubnikka” (있습니까) and “iss-seubnikka” (있습니다까) lies in the presence or absence of the double ‘s’ sound (ㅆ) in the middle of the word “is” (있).

  • “Isseubnikka” (있습니다까) is a formal question form of the verb “to exist” (있다, itda), combined with the question ending “-nikka” (니까), and it means “Is it there?” or “Does it exist?” in a polite form.
  • “Is-seubnikka” (있습니까) is the same as “is there” but in a more polite or formal form. It’s formed by adding the honorific suffix “-seubnikka” (습니까) to the verb stem “is” (있).

So, the difference is in politeness level: “Is-seubnikka” is more polite/formal than “isss-eubnikka”.

798
Q

Jeoneun sangseoni wonhamnida vs sangseoni juseyo what’s the difference?

A

“Jeoneun sangseoni wonhamnida” (저는 상선이 원합니다) means “I want a fish.” It’s a statement indicating a desire or preference for a fish.

“Sangseoni juseyo” (상선이 주세요) means “Please give me a fish.” It’s a request for someone to provide a fish.

The difference is similar to the previous example:

  • “Jeoneun sangseoni wonhamnida” is a statement expressing personal desire or preference.
  • “Sangseoni juseyo” is a polite request for someone to provide the item mentioned.
799
Q

Sangja

A

A box in Korean is called “상자” (sangja).

800
Q

Yeolsimhi gajigo

A

“Yeolsimhi gajigo” (열심히 가지고) translates to “Go diligently” or “Go with determination” in Korean. It’s a phrase used to encourage someone to put in effort and work hard towards their goal.

801
Q

Ara simyeon

A

“Ara simyeon” (알아 싶으면) translates to “If you want to know” or “If you’re curious” in Korean. It’s a phrase used to introduce or suggest a willingness to provide information or answer questions if someone expresses interest or curiosity.

802
Q

Ireon aranikka

A

“Ireon aranikka” (이런 아라니까) translates to “Because it’s like this” or “Because it’s this way” in Korean. It’s a phrase used to explain or justify something based on the current situation or circumstances.

803
Q

Yakgan chinguga

A

“Yakgan chinguga” (약간 친구가) means “a bit of a friend” or “a somewhat friend” in Korean. It implies that someone is not a close friend but rather an acquaintance or someone with whom you have a slight level of friendship.

804
Q

Iyagi isang sip-eunde

A

“Iyagi isang sip-eunde” (이야기 이상 싶은데) translates to “I want to talk more than that” or “I want to talk beyond that” in Korean. It expresses a desire to continue the conversation or delve deeper into the topic being discussed.
Here are some sample sentences using “이야기 이상 싶은데” (Iyagi isang sip-eunde):

  1. 이야기 이상 싶은데, 너희들은 어떻게 지내고 있어? (Iyagi isang sip-eunde, neohuideureun eotteohge jinaego isseo?)
    Translation: I want to talk more than that, how have you all been?
  2. 우리는 이야기 이상 싶은데, 너는 이번 주말에 뭐할 거야? (Ulineun iyagi isang sip-eunde, neoneun ibeon jumare mwohal geoya?)
    Translation: We want to talk more than that, what are you going to do this weekend?
  3. 이야기 이상 싶은데, 그 곳에서 어떤 경험을 했니? (Iyagi isang sip-eunde, geu goseseo eotteon gyeongheomeul haetni?)
    Translation: I want to talk more than that, what experiences did you have there?
  4. 그녀는 이야기 이상 싶은데, 어떤 취미를 가지고 있을까? (Geunyeoneun iyagi isang sip-eunde, eotteon chwimi-reul gajigo isseulkka?)
    Translation: I want to talk more than that about her, what hobbies does she have?

These sentences demonstrate the usage of “이야기 이상 싶은데” to express a desire to delve deeper into a topic or conversation beyond what has been discussed.

805
Q

Greuliga eobseoyo

A

“Greuliga eobseoyo” (그렇게 없어요) translates to “It’s not like that” or “It’s not that way” in Korean. It’s used to deny or refute a statement or assumption made by someone.
Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “그렇게 없어요” (Greuliga eobseoyo):

  1. 그렇게 없어요. 그건 사실이 아니에요. (Greuliga eobseoyo. Geugeon sasil-i anieyo.)
    Translation: It’s not like that. That’s not true.
  2. 너무 걱정하지 마세요. 그렇게 없어요. (Neomu geokjeonghaji maseyo. Greuliga eobseoyo.)
    Translation: Don’t worry too much. It’s not like that.
  3. 제가 그렇게 심각하게 생각하지 않아요. (Je-ga greulige simgak-hage saenggak-haji anh-ayo.)
    Translation: I don’t think about it that seriously.
  4. 그렇게 없어요. 다른 이유가 있을 거예요. (Greuliga eobseoyo. Dareun iyu-ga isseul geoyeyo.)
    Translation: It’s not like that. There must be another reason.

These sentences illustrate the usage of “그렇게 없어요” in various contexts to deny or negate a particular statement or assumption.

806
Q

Mandeul-eoyo
Mandeullyeogo haeyo

A
  • 만들어요 (mandeul-eoyo) means “I make” or “It is made.”
  • 만들려고 해요 (mandeullyeogo haeyo) translates to “I’m trying to make” or “I plan to make.”
    Here are sample sentences using “만들어요” (mandeul-eoyo) and “만들려고 해요” (mandeullyeogo haeyo), which respectively mean “I make/It is made” and “I plan to make/I’m trying to make”:
  1. 저는 저녁을 만들어요. (Jeoneun jeonyeogeul mandeul-eoyo.)
    • I make dinner.
  2. 친구가 생일 케이크를 만들어요. (Chinguga saengil keikeureul mandeul-eoyo.)
    • My friend makes a birthday cake.
  3. 이 회사는 친환경 제품을 만들어요. (I hoesaneun chinhwangyeong jepumeul mandeul-eoyo.)
    • This company makes eco-friendly products.
  1. 나는 새로운 앱을 만들려고 해요. (Naneun saeroun aebeul mandeullyeogo haeyo.)
    • I’m trying to make a new app.
  2. 주말에 가족과 함께 쿠키를 만들려고 해요. (Jumare gajokgwa hamkke kukireul mandeullyeogo haeyo.)
    • I plan to make cookies with my family this weekend.
  3. 그녀는 자신의 비즈니스를 만들려고 해요. (Geunyeoneun jasineui bijeuniseureul mandeullyeogo haeyo.)
    • She is trying to start her own business.

These sentences give you an idea of how to use each phrase in everyday situations, expressing the act of making something or the intention to make something in the near future.

If your intent was something different or specific, could you please provide more context or clarify your request?

807
Q

Samul
Samuleul daruda
Samuleul mandeulda

A

“사물” (samul) meaning “objects” or “things” and you’re looking for a phrase that involves interaction or action with objects, please provide more context for accurate assistance.

For a phrase that might relate to doing or making something with objects, you might say:
- 사물을 다루다 (samuleul daruda) - “to handle objects”
- 사물을 만들다 (samuleul mandeulda) - “to make objects”

If you were aiming for something else or have a specific context in mind, please clarify so I can assist you better.

808
Q

Dangsin-eun mwohaeyo?

A

“Dangsin-eun mwohaeyo?” (당신은 뭐해요?) translates to “What are you doing?” in English. It’s a common question used to inquire about someone’s current activity or occupation.

809
Q

Hansang eottaeyo?
Eumsik

A

“음식” (eumsik) is the term for “meal” or “food” in Korean. So the phrase “한상 어때요?” (Hansang eottaeyo?) translates to “How is the food?” or “How is the meal?” I apologize for the oversight. Thank you for pointing that out.

810
Q

Ijannayo

A

“Ijannayo” (이잖아요) can have a few different meanings depending on the context:

  1. “이잖아요” (Ijannayo) - This phrase can mean “You know,” “As you know,” or “It’s like this” in Korean. It’s often used to emphasize or clarify a point that the speaker assumes the listener already knows or understands.
  2. “이잖아요” (Ijannayo) - It can also be used to express frustration or annoyance in a situation, similar to saying “Come on” or “You know better” in English.

If you provide more context, I can give you a more accurate interpretation of the phrase in your specific situation.
Certainly! Here are sample sentences using “이잖아요” (Ijannayo) in different contexts:

  1. Emphasizing a point:
    • 너도 이잖아요. 그 일을 잘 알고 있어야 해요. (Neodo ijannayo. Geu ireul jal algo isseoya haeyo.)
      Translation: You know too. You have to know that matter well.
  2. Expressing frustration:
    • 이잖아요, 이미 그렇게 말했잖아요! (Ijannayo, imi geureohge malhaettjanayo!)
      Translation: Come on, I already told you like that!
  3. Clarifying information:
    • 요즘 날씨가 추워요. 이잖아요, 겨울이니까요. (Yojum nalciga chuwoyo. Ijannayo, gyeoulinikayo.)
      Translation: The weather is cold these days. You know, it’s winter.

These sentences demonstrate the different ways “이잖아요” (Ijannayo) can be used in conversation to emphasize a point, express frustration, or clarify information.

811
Q

Banamyeon,
Manamyeon

A

“Banamyeon, manamyeon” (바나면, 망나면) translates to “If it fails, if it succeeds” in English. It’s a conditional statement that discusses the outcomes of a certain situation, indicating that both success and failure are possibilities.
Both spellings are correct, but they have different meanings and are used in different contexts:

  1. “Banamyeon” (바나면) - This is a conditional form of the verb “banada” (바나다), which means “to fail” or “to break down.” So, “banamyeon” means “if it fails” or “if it breaks down.”
  2. “Manamyeon” (망나면) - This is a conditional form of the verb “manada” (망하다), which means “to fail” or “to go wrong.” Therefore, “manamyeon” means “if it fails” or “if it goes wrong.”

Both spellings are correct, but they convey slightly different nuances based on the verbs they are derived from.

812
Q

Jigeum geunyang

A

“Jigeum geunyang” (지금 그냥) translates to “Just now” or “Right now” in English. It’s used to indicate that something is happening or being done at the present moment without any special or additional context.

813
Q

Jeongmal ige
Ibeon
ibeon ju
ibeon dal
Ibeon olhae

A

“Jeongmal ige” (정말 이게) translates to “Really, this” or “This is really” in English. It’s used to express emphasis or confirmation about something, similar to saying “This is it” or “This is really it” in English.
“Ibeon” (이번) means “this time” or “this occasion” in Korean. It’s often used to refer to the current or upcoming occurrence of an event, situation, or opportunity. For example, “이번 주” (ibeon ju) means “this week,” and “이번 달” (ibeon dal) means “this month.”
Ibeon olhae- this year

814
Q

Eotteon

A

“어떤” (eotteon) means “what kind of” or “what sort of.”

815
Q

Oneuldo jagayo

A

“Oneuldo jagayo” (오늘도 잘아요) translates to “Today is also good” or “Today is good too” in English. It’s a positive expression used to convey that today is a good day as well, similar to saying “Have a good day” or “Hope today goes well.”

816
Q

Neomu
Gajangi
Gajang

A

“Neomu” (너무) and “gajangi” (가장이) serve different purposes in Korean:

  1. “Neomu” (너무) is an adverb that means “too” or “very” in English. It’s used to emphasize an extreme degree or intensity of something. For example, “너무 맛있어요” (neomu masisseoyo) means “It’s very delicious” or “It’s too delicious.”
  2. “Gajangi” (가장이) can mean “the eldest” or “the oldest” in the context of family members, indicating the person who is the oldest among siblings or family members. It can also mean “the most” or “the best” depending on the context. For example, “그는 가장이에요” (geuneun gajangi-eoyo) means “He is the oldest” or “He is the eldest.” And “그녀는 가장 예쁘다” (geunyeoneun gajang yeppeuda) means “She is the most beautiful” or “She is the prettiest.”

In summary, “neomu” emphasizes intensity, while “gajangi” denotes superlativeness or eldestness, depending on the context.

817
Q

Ige yakgan

A

“Ige yakgan” (이게 약간) translates to “This is a bit” or “This is somewhat” in English. It’s a phrase used to express that something is to a small or moderate extent.

818
Q

Ereonnikka
Ireonnikka

A

“Ereonnikka” (어려니까) means “because it’s difficult” or “since it’s hard” in English. It’s used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation or action based on its difficulty.
“Ireonnikka” (이런니까) translates to “because it’s like this” or “because it’s this way” in English. It’s used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation based on its current state or condition.

819
Q

Oneul ige sasil iyagireul

A

“Oneul ige sasil iyagireul” (오늘 이게 사실 이야기를) could be intended to mean “Today, this is actually the story” or “Today, this is the real story,” depending on the context. However, the sentence seems incomplete and might need additional information to provide a complete thought or narrative.

820
Q

Eotteongo gatayo

A

“Eotteongo gatayo?” (어떻게 보세요?) translates to “How does it look?” or “What do you think?” in English. It’s a question asking for someone’s opinion or impression about something’s appearance, quality, or overall evaluation.

821
Q

Chameul pumyeon
Noryeokhal ttae

A

“when trying/really working hard,” a more accurate phrase might be “참을 품으면” (chameul pumyeon), which literally translates to “if you endure/have patience.” However, this still doesn’t quite fit standard expressions.

For “if trying hard” or “when putting in effort,” a phrase like “노력할 때” (noryeokhal ttae) might be more appropriate.

Could you provide more context or clarify what you mean?

822
Q

Acham, choegeuneun

A
  1. 아참, 최근에는
    • Acham, choegeuneun
    • Meaning: “Oh, recently…”
      Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “아참, 최근에는” (Acham, choegeuneun):
  2. 아참, 최근에는 날씨가 정말 추워졌어요.
    • “Oh, recently the weather has gotten really cold.”Acham, choegeuneun nalssi ga jeongmal chuwojyeosseoyo.
  3. 아참, 최근에는 일이 정말 바빠서 시간이 없어요.Acham, choegeuneun iri jeongmal bappaseo sigani eobseoyo.
    • “Oh, recently I’ve been so busy with work that I have no time.”
  4. 아참, 최근에는 친구들과 자주 만나서 좋았어요.Acham, choegeuneun chingudeulgwa jaju mannaseo joasseoyo.
    • “Oh, recently I’ve been meeting my friends often, and it’s been nice.”
      Sure, here are the Romanized versions of the sample sentences:

These sentences demonstrate how “아참, 최근에는” can be used to introduce topics or express observations about recent events or experiences. Pls convert hangul characters to English alphabet

If you have any further questions or need additional translations, feel free to ask!

823
Q

Jaju

A

“Jaju” (자주) means “often” or “frequently” in English. It’s used to describe actions or occurrences that happen regularly or repeatedly.

824
Q

Wae geoya

A

The phrase “Wae geoya?” (왜 거야?) translates to “Why is that?” or “What’s the matter?” in English. It’s used to inquire about the reason or cause behind something that seems unexpected or unusual.

825
Q

“I bwayeo

A

“I bwayeo” (이 봐요) is a phrase in Korean that translates to “Hey” or “Look here” in English. It’s used to get someone’s attention, often in a somewhat assertive or firm way. It can be seen as less polite compared to other phrases for getting attention, so it’s important to use it in appropriate contexts where the level of formality and the relationship to the listener allow for a less formal address.

826
Q

Igeot jom bwa!
Yeogi bwa!
Jeogi jom bwa!

A

To express “hey, look” or to get someone’s attention in Korean, you might say:

  • 이것 좀 봐! (Igeot jom bwa!) - “Look at this!”
  • 여기 봐! (Yeogi bwa!) - “Look here!”
  • 저기 좀 봐! (Jeogi jom bwa!) - “Look over there!”

These phrases are commonly used to draw someone’s attention to something specific.

827
Q

Dwaesseo
Gwaenchanha

A

The phrase “forget it” in Korean, similar to expressing resignation or deciding not to pursue a matter further, can be expressed as “됐어” (dwaesseo) or “괜찮아” (gwaenchanha) in a casual context.

Yes, “dwaesseo” (됐어) can also mean “it’s fine” or “it’s okay” in Korean. It’s commonly used to convey that something is acceptable or not a problem. So, if someone apologizes or offers something, replying with “dwaesseo” can mean “it’s fine” or “no worries.”
- 됐어 (Dwaesseo) is used to imply “never mind” or “forget about it,” suggesting that something is no longer considered necessary or has been decided against.
- 괜찮아 (Gwaenchanha) can mean “it’s okay” or “never mind,” used in a wide range of situations to express that something is alright or to dismiss a concern.

So, if you meant “forget it” in a sense of dropping a subject or not worrying about something anymore, “됐어” (dwaesseo) would be the closer match.

828
Q

Yeogiseo yaegi
Geunyang yeogiseo yaegihalgeyo
Yeogiseo ige

A

“Yeogiseo yaegi” translates to “Talk here” or “A conversation here” in English. It’s a simple phrase indicating that the speaker intends to have a discussion or conversation at the current location.
“Will just talk here” can be translated to Korean as “그냥 여기서 얘기할게요” (geunyang yeogiseo yaegihalgeyo). This phrase can be used when deciding to have a conversation or discussion in the current location without moving elsewhere.
“Yeogiseo ige” (여기서 이게) translates to “This here” or “This from here” in English. It’s a phrase used to point out or introduce something that is present in the immediate location of the speaker. “Yeogiseo” means “from here” or “here,” and “ige” means “this.” The phrase can be used in various contexts, depending on what the speaker wishes to highlight or discuss that is located “here” at their current location.

829
Q

Taena geureom
Geureotdamyeon dahaeng-ine

A

“Taena geureom” (대나 그럼) translates to “Then, okay” or “Well then” in English. It’s a phrase used to indicate agreement or acceptance with a decision or course of action that has been proposed or suggested.
“그렇다면 다행이네” (Geureotdamyeon dahaeng-ine), which translates to “I’m glad then” or “Then that’s a relief” in English. This expression is used when the speaker feels relieved or pleased about a situation after learning something new or after a situation has been clarified.

830
Q

Geurigo

A

Yes, “그리고” (geurigo) can mean “also” and “and” in Korean. It’s often used to add more information or items to a list or to connect related ideas in a sentence.

In addition to “also” and “and,” “그리고” can also be used in other contexts:

  1. Moreover/Furthermore: It’s used to introduce additional information or points in support of a previous statement.
    • Example: 그리고, 그 회사는 효율적인 생산 공정을 가지고 있습니다. (Moreover, that company has an efficient production process.)
  2. Then: In some cases, “그리고” can be used to indicate a sequence of events or steps.
    • Example: 그리고, 저희는 집에 돌아갔습니다. (Then, we went back home.)
  3. But/However: Sometimes, “그리고” can be used to introduce a contrasting idea or to express a shift in the conversation.
    • Example: 그 사람은 부자이지만, 그리고 행복하지 않아 보입니다. (That person is wealthy, but he doesn’t seem happy.)

So, while “그리고” is commonly used to mean “also” and “and,” it can have other meanings depending on the context in which it’s used.

831
Q

Hamyeong
Gatchi ttaemune

A

“Hamyeong” (함께) translates to “together” or “with” in English. It’s often used to indicate doing something in the company of others or jointly with someone. For example, “우리 함께 갈까요?” (Let’s go together?) or “함께 공부해요” (Let’s study together). If you meant something else or need further clarification, feel free to ask!
“같이 때문에” (Gatchi ttaemune) translates to “because of together” in English. However, this phrase doesn’t make sense in Korean. It seems like there might be a misunderstanding or typo. If you could provide more context or clarify what you mean, I’d be happy to assist you further.

832
Q

Ireon igeIreon
Ige jeil joayo
Ireon ige piryohaeyo

A

“Ireon ige” (이런 이게) translates to “This like this” or “This is like this” in English. It’s used to describe or refer to something that is similar to what is being discussed or observed. For example, “이런 이게 제일 좋아요” (This is the best) or “이런 이게 필요해요” (This is needed).
Sure, here’s the Romanized version of the explanation:

“Ireon ige” (이런 이게) translates to “This like this” or “This is like this” in English. It’s used to describe or refer to something that is similar to what is being discussed or observed. For example, “Ireon ige jeil joayo” (This is the best) or “Ireon ige piryohaeyo” (This is needed). If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

833
Q

Eotteohke sigan gateyo

A

“Eotteohke sigan gateyo?” (어떻게 시간 가죠?) translates to “How does time pass?” in English. This question is often used rhetorically to express wonder or amazement at how quickly time seems to pass by. It reflects on the perception of time and how it feels to experience its passage.

834
Q

Geunde ige
Geuraeseo ige

A

“Geunde ige” (근데 이게) translates to “But this” or “So, this” in English. It’s a phrase commonly used in casual conversation to introduce a new topic or to provide additional information related to the ongoing discussion. It’s similar to saying “but, this” in English when transitioning to a different point or idea.
“Geuraeseo ige” (그래서 이게) translates to “So, this” or “Therefore, this” in English. It’s used to indicate a logical consequence or conclusion based on the previous statement or situation. It’s similar to saying “So, in that case” or “Therefore, this is the situation” in English. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

835
Q

Geureonikka sasil ibeoni eobseubnida

A

“Geureonikka sasil ibeoni eobseubnida” (그렇닉까 사실 이번이 없습니다) translates to “So, in fact, there isn’t this time” or “Therefore, indeed, there is no this time” in English. It seems like there might be a slight misunderstanding or typo in the phrase. If you could provide more context or clarify what you mean, I’d be happy to assist you further.

836
Q

Mandeureoyo

A

“만들어요” (mandeureoyo) translates to “make” or “create” in English. It’s a verb form in Korean, indicating the action of making or creating something. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!
Of course! Here are the sample sentences translated into English alphabet:

  1. “Jeoneun maeil achime keopireul mandeureoyo.”
    • “I make coffee every morning.”
  2. “Urineun hamkke jibeul mandeureoyo.”
    • “We build houses together.”
  3. “Geuneun jasin-ui kkum-eul ilugi wihae nolaghago iss-eoyo.”
    • “He is working hard to make his dreams come true.”
  4. “Yoli-reul mandeureo meogneun geos-i chuimi-eyo.”
    • “Cooking and eating is a hobby of mine.”
  5. “Ibeon jumaleneun saeloun eum-ag-eul mandeuleo bol geoyeyo.”
    • “I’m going to try making new music this weekend.”

These sentences showcase different contexts in which “만들어요” (mandeureoyo) can be used to express the act of making or creating something. Let me know if you need further assistance!

837
Q

Mwoya

A

“Mwoya” (뭐야) translates to “What’s the matter?” or “What’s going on?” in English. It’s a common expression used to inquire about a situation or to express surprise or curiosity about something unexpected or unusual. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

838
Q

Geureom aniya

A

“Geureom aniya” (그럼 아니야) translates to “Well, no” or “In that case, no” in English. It’s used to deny or contradict something that has been said or implied, indicating that the situation is not as described. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

839
Q

Wonhamnida

A

“Wonhamnida” (원합니다) translates to “I want” or “desire” in English. It’s a formal way to express wanting or wishing for something. If there’s something specific you’re curious about or need assistance with, feel free to let me know!
These are all formal (or polite) endings in Korean, used in different contexts. Let me break them down for you:

  1. Isseubnikka (있습니까?): “Is there?”, “Do you have?” - Used in questions to inquire about the existence or presence of something.
  2. Eossseobseubnida (었습니다): “There was”, “I had” - Past tense, used to state that something existed or an action was done in the past.
  3. Sipseubnida (십니다): This seems to be a typo or a less common form. Possibly you meant “ssseubnida” as in “합니다” for doing actions.
  4. Gessseubnida (겠습니다): “I will”, “It will” - Future tense, used to express intention or a prediction.
  5. Sayahamnida (사야합니다): “Must buy” - Indicates a necessity or obligation to purchase.
  6. Tayahamnida (타야합니다): “Must ride”, “Must take” - Indicates a necessity or obligation to ride or take something (like a bus or train).
  7. Hamnida (합니다): “Do”, “Does” - A formal statement form for actions.
  8. Isseumnida (있습니다): “There is”, “I have” - States the existence or possession of something.
  9. Gaeworimnida (개워립니다): This seems to be a typo or a less common form. It does not correspond to a commonly used verb or form in Korean.
  10. Sipiworimnida (시피워립니다): This seems to be a typo or a less common form and might be misinterpreted. It doesn’t directly translate to a standard Korean form.
  11. Guworimnida (구워립니다): Could be intended as “baked”, “roast” - Indicates something is baked or roasted, but the formal standard form would be “구워요” or “구웁니다” for cooking contexts.
  12. Yuworimnida (유워립니다): This also seems to be a typo or less common form, not a standard Korean ending or verb form.

Many of these forms are polite and formal, used in written communication or formal speech, especially when addressing someone in a position of authority or whom you’re not familiar with. If any are intended for specific contexts or you meant different verb forms, let me know, and I’d be happy to provide further assistance!

840
Q

Ibayo

A

“Ibayo” (이바요) is a Korean expression that is often used to express surprise or realization. It’s similar to saying “Oh, really?” or “Oh, I see” in English. It can also be used to indicate understanding or agreement with what someone has said. If you have any more questions or need further clarification, feel free to ask!
Certainly! Here are some more Korean expressions along with their meanings:

  1. “정말요?” (Jeongmalyo?): “Really?” - Used to express surprise or disbelief.
  2. “그래요?” (Geuraeyo?): “Is that so?” or “Really?” - Used to acknowledge what someone has said or to confirm information.
  3. “알겠어요” (Algesseoyo): “I understand” - Used to indicate understanding or agreement.
  4. “고마워요” (Gomawoyo): “Thank you” - A polite way to express gratitude.
  5. “미안해요” (Mianhaeyo): “I’m sorry” - Used to apologize for something.
  6. “천만에요” (Cheonmaneyo): “You’re welcome” - A response to someone saying “thank you,” indicating that it was no trouble at all.
  7. “괜찮아요” (Gwaenchanayo): “It’s okay” or “It’s alright” - Used to reassure someone or to say that something is not a problem.
  8. “화이팅!” (Hwaiting!): “Fighting!” - A term of encouragement, similar to “You can do it!” or “Go for it!”
  9. “잘 지내요?” (Jal jinaeyo?): “How are you?” - A common greeting, asking about someone’s well-being.
  10. “네, 알겠습니다” (Ne, algesseumnida): “Yes, I understand” - A formal way to acknowledge and agree with something.

These are just a few examples of commonly used Korean expressions. Let me know if you’d like more or if you have any specific expressions in mind!

841
Q

Hoksi ani geoya
Eobsilka

A

“Hoksi ani geoya” (혹시 아니 거야) means “Maybe not” or “It might not be” in English. It’s used when expressing uncertainty or doubt about something, suggesting that the outcome or situation might not be as expected or previously thought. If you have any further questions or need more clarification, feel free to ask!
“Eobsilka” (없실까) means “Could it be that there isn’t/aren’t?” or “Is it possible that there isn’t/aren’t?” in English. It’s used to express uncertainty or doubt about the existence or presence of something. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

842
Q

Chingurang Yaksogeul

A

“Chingurang Yaksogeul” (친구랑 약속을) translates to “With a friend, a promise” in English. It implies making a commitment or arrangement with a friend. If you have any further questions or need more information, feel free to ask!

843
Q

Sasil silheo

A

“Sasil silheo” (사실 싫어) translates to “I actually don’t like it” or “Honestly, I don’t like it” in English. It’s a straightforward expression used to convey dislike or disapproval of something. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

844
Q

Botong ttae
Neomu
Jumal
Hangahada

A

“보통 때” in English alphabet is transliterated as “botong ttae.” It refers to “ordinary times” or “normal occasions” in Korean. If you need further assistance or have any other questions, feel free to ask!
“Neomu” (너무) in English alphabet is transliterated as “neomu.” It is used to express “too much” or “very” in English. For example, “너무 좋아요” (neomu joayo) means “I like it very much.” If you need further assistance or have any other questions, feel free to ask!
“주말” in English alphabet is transliterated as “jumal.” It refers to the “weekend” in Korean. If you need further assistance or have any other questions, feel free to ask!
“한가하다” in English alphabet is transliterated as “hangahada.” It means “to be leisurely” or “to have leisure time” in Korean. If you have any further questions or need more assistance, feel free to ask!

845
Q

Sasil ani geoya
Anirago

A

“Sasil ani geoya” (사실 아니 거야) in English alphabet is transliterated as “sasil ani geoya.” It means “Actually, it’s not like that” or “In fact, it’s not that way” in Korean. If you have any further questions or need more assistance, feel free to ask!”

Anirago” (아니라고) can be translated to “saying it’s not” or “I say it’s not” in English. It’s used to deny or contradict a statement or assumption. If you need sentences or more explanations, just let me know!

846
Q

Ireongo gatayo
Ireohge doel geot gatayo

A

“Ireongo gatayo” (이렇게 될 것 같아요) translates to “I think it will be like this” or “It seems it will turn out this way” in English. It expresses the speaker’s prediction or expectation about a future situation based on the current context or trend.
The correct spelling and translation for “이렇게 될 것 같아요” in the English alphabet is “Ireohge doel geot gatayo,” meaning “I think it will be like this” or “It seems it will turn out this way.”

847
Q

Jeodo yakgan silheo

A

“Jeodo yakgan silheo” (저도 약간 싫어) translates to “I also dislike it a bit” or “I also somewhat dislike it” in English.

848
Q

Hambeon sigan sinnayo

A

“Hambeon sigan sinnayo” can be interpreted as “Try spending time once; it’s exciting” or “Give it time once; it’s fun.” This phrase suggests that engaging in a particular activity or spending time on something at least once could be enjoyable or worthwhile.

849
Q

Arrachi! Geureom gaja

A

“Arrachi! Geureom gaja” translates to “Alright! Then let’s go” in English. It’s an expression of agreement followed by a suggestion or decision to proceed with a plan or action.

850
Q

Neomu massi neundeyo

A

“Neomu massi neundeyo” translates to “It’s very delicious” or more literally, “It’s being very delicious.” It’s a way to express that something tastes very good.

851
Q

Geuraeseo

A

“그래서” in English alphabet is “geuraeseo,” and it translates to “so” or “therefore” “That’s why”
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “geuraeseo” to mean “that’s why”:

  1. 내일 시험이 있어서 공부해요. 그래서 오늘은 늦게까지 밤에 공부할 거예요. Naeil siheomi isseoseo gongbuhhaeyo. Geuraeseo oneureun neujegekkaji bame gongbuhal geoyeyo
    Translation: I have an exam tomorrow. That’s why I will study until late at night tonight.
  2. 비가 오고 있어서 우산을 가져왔어요. 그래서 우리는 저기 앉을 수 있어요. Biga oggo isseoseo usaneul gajyeowasseoyo. Geuraeseo urineun jeogi anjeul su isseoyo.
    Translation: It’s raining, so I brought an umbrella. That’s why we can sit over there.
    Sure, here are the translations of those sentences into Korean using the English alphabet:
  3. Geunyeoneun jibe eungilreul ijgo isseosseoyo, geuraeseo munul mot yeoleo bosigo aneseo gidarage doeeossseoyo.
    She forgot her keys at home, so she couldn’t open the door. That’s why she had to wait outside until someone else arrived.
  4. Miseongeun gajgo issdaga gagee eumsigeul sagji moshaesseoyo, geuraeseo uriga taekaut euroman sikyeossseoyo.The store was closed, so I couldn’t buy the ingredients for dinner. That’s why we ended up ordering takeout instead.
  5. Geuneun beoseureul meoleosseoyo, geuraeseo ileun neomeossseoyo. Geuraeseo geunyeui bossneun geureohge himdeuleossseoyo.
    Of course, here are more sampleHe missed the bus, so he arrived late to work. That’s why his boss was upset with him.
852
Q

Algesseo

A

Yes, “알겠어” (algesseo) means “okay” or “got it” in Korean.

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “algesseo” (알겠어) with their meanings provided in Korean using the English alphabet:

  1. Neoneun naeil dasi yeonraghae jul su isseulkka? Algesseo.
    • Meaning: Neoneun naeil dasi yeonragalge, algesseo.
    • Translation: Can you contact me again tomorrow? Okay, I got it.
  2. I jaryoreul mokpyoro gongbuhaeya dwae. Algesseo?
    • Meaning: I jaryoreul jal iyonghaeseo mokpyoro gongbuhae, algesseo?
    • Translation: You need to study this material with the goal in mind. Okay?
  3. Jigeumbuteo i il jongryoreul jikyeoya handa. Algesseo?
    • Meaning: Jigeumbuteo i ilui jongryoreul jal jikyeoya hae, algesseo?
    • Translation: From now on, you need to adhere to this work procedure. Got it?

In these translations, I’ve conveyed the intended meanings as if responding or acknowledging instructions or questions in a conversational context.

853
Q

Jalhaja, beoja

A

“Jalhaja, beoja” “Let’s do it right.”

854
Q

I see, me too

A

“아라 나도”는 한국어로 “I see, me too”를 뜻합니다.

855
Q

Mwonga beoreojyeosseo
Something did happened

A

” “Mwonga beoreojyeosseo.”

856
Q

Wae ani aratago

A

“Wae ani aratago?” in English alphabet is “왜 아니 알았어?” which translates to “Why didn’t you know?” Why you didn’t?.

857
Q

Gal surok
Hal surok
Kal surok

A

The spellings are not correct, but they seem to be attempts at Korean words. Here are the corrected spellings and their meanings:

  1. 갈 수록 (Gal surok) - As time goes on / The more (something happens)
  2. 할 수록 (Hal surok) - The more you do (something)
  3. 칼 수록 (Kal surok) - The sharper (a knife becomes)

These phrases are used to express the idea that something increases or becomes more intense over time.

858
Q

Seol ttae

A

The correct spelling is “설때” (Seol ttae). This term is used to refer to a particular time or moment.

Yes, “설때” (Seol ttae) can also refer to the time around the Lunar New Year in Korea, known as Seollal (설날). During this holiday, families traditionally gather together to celebrate and spend time with each other. So, “설때” can also imply the holiday season or the time of Seollal specifically.

859
Q

Hoksi mogo seo?

A

“Hoksi mogo seo?” (혹시 먹고 싶어?) translates to “Do you want to eat something by any chance?” or “Would you like to eat something?” It’s a casual way to ask if someone is interested in eating something at the moment.

860
Q

Geureonikka neomu geokjeonghaji ma

A

“Geureonikka” (그러니까) translates to “So” or “Therefore” in English, and it’s used to introduce a reason or explanation. If you’re trying to convey “So don’t worry too much,” a more complete phrase in Korean would be “그러니까 너무 걱정하지 마” (Geureonikka neomu geokjeonghaji ma), which directly translates to “So, don’t worry too much.”

861
Q

scythe

A

In English, a “scythe” is a tool used for cutting grass or reaping crops. It has a long, curved blade at the end of a long pole, with one or two short handles at right angles to it. Scythes have been used for centuries in agriculture for harvesting grain or mowing grass.

862
Q

Jamgeum
Mule ppajim

A

If you’re aiming for a term related to “drowning” or “immersing,” a closer Korean word might be “잠금” (jamgeum) for “immersion” or “물에 빠짐” (mule ppajim) for “falling into water/drowning.”

863
Q

Gongjeogin

A

“Gongjeogin” (공적인) means “official” or “public” in Korean. It can be used to describe something that is recognized or authorized by an official entity or government.

864
Q

Sikmul

A

The word for “plant” in Korean is “식물” (sikmul).

865
Q

Bullahsayo

A

Yes, “불러세요” (Bullahsayo) is correct. It is a polite imperative form of the verb “불르다” (bulleuda), which means “to call.” In this form, it is commonly used to politely ask someone to call for someone else or to summon someone.

866
Q

Chimdae
Chimsil
Bang

A

“Chimdae” (침대) in Korean means “bed.” It refers to the piece of furniture used for sleeping or resting.
“Chimsil” (침실) “bedroom.” It’s the room in a house or apartment where people sleep.
Bang- room
“Bang” (방) in Korean means “room.” It’s a versatile word that can refer to any kind of room, depending on the context—such as a bedroom, living room, or study room.

867
Q

Uriui
Uri

A

“Uriui” (우리의) in Korean means “our” or “ours.” It’s a possessive pronoun used to indicate ownership or relation to the speaker and at least one other person.
“Uri” (우리) in Korean means “we” or “us.” It can also imply “our” depending on the context, reflecting a sense of community or collective belonging.

868
Q

Algesseumnida
Daetgeul eobsseumnida, algesseumnida

A

The correct spelling and translation for “Algesseumnida” in Korean is:

“알겠습니다” (Algesseumnida), which means “I understand” or “Got it.”
The correct spelling and translation for “No comment, algesseumnida” in Korean is:

“댓글 없습니다, 알겠습니다” (Daetgeul eobsseumnida, algesseumnida)

869
Q

Ani Eobs-eo

A

“Ani Eobs-eo” (아니 없어) in Korean can be translated to “No, it’s not there” or “No, I don’t have it,” depending on the context. The phrase combines “아니” (Ani), meaning “no,” with “없어” (Eobs-eo), meaning “there is not” or “do not have.”

870
Q

Eotteon isseubnikka?

A

“Eotteon isseubnikka?” (어떤 있습니까?) can be translated as “What kind do you have?” or “What is there?” depending on the context. It’s a formal way of asking about the types or kinds of something that are available or present.

871
Q

Cheum joah

A

“Cheum joah” (처음 좋아) translates to “I like the beginning” or “I like it at first.” It can express a preference for the initial experience or phase of something.

872
Q

Dangyeonhajyo

Mullonijyo

A

“Of course” in Korean can be translated as “물론이죠” (mullonijyo) in a casual and somewhat polite context, or “당연하죠” (dangyeonhajyo) for a straightforward affirmation.

873
Q

I bwayo
I bwayo, hoksi joahaeyo?

A

“I bwayo” (이 봐요) can be interpreted as
“Look” “Look at this” or “Hey, look,” depending on the context. It’s a way to draw someone’s attention to something specific, similar to saying “Look here” or “Check this out” in English. The form “봐요” (bwayo) makes it a polite request.
“I bwayo, hoksi joahaeyo?” (이 봐요, 혹시 좋아해요?) translates to “Look at this, do you like it by any chance?” This phrase combines a request for attention with a polite inquiry about someone’s preference or liking towards something.

874
Q

hae boseyo

A

The correct expression you might be looking for that means “go ahead” in Korean is “해 보세요” (hae boseyo). It seems like there was a little mix-up in the transliteration. “해 보세요” is a polite way to encourage someone to try or proceed with an action.

875
Q

Gabjagi wae

A

The phrase “Gabjagi wae” (갑자기 왜) translates to “Why suddenly” in English. It’s used to express surprise or confusion about something unexpected happening or changing abruptly.

876
Q

Pigonhada, jal galge
Pigonhae, jalge

A

“피곤하다, 잘 갈게” (Pigonhada, jal galge)

However, it’s more natural to say it as:

“피곤해, 잘게” (Pigonhae, jalge)

This translates directly to “I’m tired, I’ll sleep.”

877
Q

Hajima, jeoneun imi choeseoneul dahago isseoyo

A

The phrase “Hajima, I’m already doing my best” in Korean is: “하지마, 저는 이미 최선을 다하고 있어요” (Hajima, jeoneun imi choeseoneul dahago isseoyo). This expresses a request to stop or not to do something, followed by a statement indicating that the speaker is already giving their best effort.

878
Q

Geunde bangeun?

A

“Geunde bangeun?” (근데 방은?) translates to “But where is the room?” in English. It’s a question asking about the location of a specific room.

879
Q

Hwanan
Michida

A

The word “mad” can be translated to “화난” (hwanan) in Korean, which means “angry” or “upset.” Another word for “mad” is “미치다” (michida), which means “to go crazy” or “to be insane,” but it’s used in a more intense context.

880
Q

Jal gasseo

A

Yes, “Jal gasseo?” (잘 잤어?) translates to “Did you sleep well?” in English. It’s a common greeting used to inquire about someone’s sleep quality or how well they rested.

881
Q

Desseo

A

“Desseo” (됐어) translates to “It’s fine” or “It’s okay” in English. It’s a casual way to acknowledge that everything is okay or to indicate acceptance of a situation.

882
Q

Heoksim
yoksim manheun

A

“Heoksim” (헉심) an interjection or exclamation used to express surprise, shock, or disbelief. The word for “greedy” in Korean is “욕심 많은” (yoksim manheun) or simply “욕심이 많은” (yoksimi manheun).

883
Q

Geuchyo
Geuchi

A

It looks like there’s a slight misspelling. The word you’re likely referring to is “맞죠?” (matjyo?), which means “Right?” or “Isn’t it?” in English, used to ask for confirmation or agreement.
“Geuchi” (그치) in Korean can mean “stop” or “enough” depending on the context. It’s often used to request the cessation of an action or to indicate that something is sufficient or satisfactory.

If you meant “그쵸?” (geuchyo?), it’s an informal and colloquial way to say “Right?” or “Isn’t it?” as well, seeking affirmation in a casual conversation.

884
Q

Bullae

A

“Bullae” (불래) is a colloquial expression in Korean that means “Let’s go!” or “Let’s do it!” It’s often used to encourage action or to express excitement about starting something.

885
Q

Geureohge aniya

A

“Geureohge aniya” (그렇게 아니야) translates to “That’s not it like that” or “It’s not like that.” It’s used to clarify or correct a misunderstanding or misinterpretation.

886
Q

Eodie gayo?

A

“Eodie gayo?” (어디에 가요?) translates to “Where are you going?” in English. It’s a common question used to inquire about someone’s destination or intended location.

887
Q

Hajayo

A

“Hajayo” (하자요) translates to “Have a seat” “Sit down” in English. It’s a polite command form of the verb “sit” (앉다, anjda). Adding “요” (yo) at the end makes the command polite. So, “하자요” (hajayo) is a polite way to tell someone to sit down.

888
Q

Mwo jal gayo?
Nuga jal gago isseoyo?

A

“Mwo jal gayo?” (뭐 잘 가요?) translates to “What is going well?” or “What is going smoothly?” in English. It’s a question asking about something that is proceeding positively or successfully. someone’s well-being or if something is proceeding smoothly, you might say:

  • “잘 가고 있어요?” (Jal gago isseoyo?) - “Is it going well?”
  • “누가 잘 가고 있어요?” (Nuga jal gago isseoyo?) - “Who is doing well?” or “Who is going well?”

If you meant to say “It is going well,” a correct phrase would be “잘 가고 있어” (Jal gago isseo).

889
Q

Wae Ireoke endeyeo?

A

“Wae Ireoke endeyeo?” (왜 이렇게 하는데요?) translates to “Why are you doing this?” in English. It’s a question expressing confusion or frustration about someone’s actions or behavior.
“Wae haja Ireoke endeyeo?” (왜 하자 이렇게 엔데요?) seems to be a mix of Korean and English. It’s not a coherent sentence in either language.

If you’re asking “What are you doing this far?” in English, a way to say it in Korean would be:

“어떻게 여기까지 오셨어요?” (Eotteoke yeogikka-ji osyeosseoyo?)

This translates to “How did you come this far?” or “How did you end up here?”

890
Q

Gatendeyo, uri guthi gajo

A

“Gatendeyo, uri guthi gajo” (같은데요, 우리 구체적으로 하죠) translates to “They are the same, what do we do now?” in English. It’s a statement expressing the observation that two things are similar or the same, followed by a suggestion or question about the next course of action.

891
Q

Eodie uri gayo?

A

“Eodie uri gayo?” (어디에 우리 가요?) translates to “Where are we going?” in English. It’s a question asking about the destination or location of “we” or “us.”

892
Q

Mwoya igeon?

A

The correct phrase is “뭐야 이건?” (Mwoya igeon?) which translates to “What is this now?” or “What’s this?” in English. It’s a common expression used when someone is surprised or confused by something unexpected.

893
Q

Sitago

A

“Sitago” (싫어요) means “I don’t want to” in Korean. It’s a straightforward way to express a dislike or unwillingness to do something.
The word “sitago” (싫어요) means “I don’t want to” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “sitago”:

  1. 나는 떡볶이를 싫어요. (Naneun tteokbokkireul sitago.) - “I don’t want to eat tteokbokki.”
  2. 영화를 보는 건 싫어요. (Yeonghwareul boneun geon sitago.) - “I don’t want to watch a movie.”
  3. 오늘 나는 일찍 자고 싶어요. (Oneul naneun iljjik jago sipeoyo.) - “Today, I want to sleep early.”
  4. 저는 쇼핑을 가는 걸 싫어해요. (Jeoneun syopingeul ganeun geol sitaehaeyo.) - “I don’t like going shopping.”
  5. 친구들과 약속을 잡는 건 싫어요. (Chingudeulgwa yaksogeul japneun geon sitago.) - “I don’t want to make plans with friends.”

These sentences express a dislike or unwillingness to do certain activities or actions.

894
Q

Jeongmal Geurae

A

“Jeongmal Geurae” (정말 그래) translates to “can you really”“That’s right” or “Exactly” in English. It’s used to confirm or agree with something that has been said.

895
Q

Mianhae jeongmallo

A

“Mianhae jeongmallo” (미안해 정말로) translates to “I’m really sorry” or “I’m truly sorry” in English. It’s a sincere apology expressing genuine remorse or regret for something that has happened.

896
Q

Geureokke

A

The correct phrase is “그렇게” (geureokke), which means “like that” or “in that way” in Korean. It’s used to emphasize the manner or condition of something.

897
Q

Jeullae
Jeulgida

A

“Jeullae” (즐래) in Korean means “Do you like it?” or “Are you enjoying it?” It’s a casual question asking about someone’s enjoyment or satisfaction with something.
In formal Korean, you would use the verb “즐기다” (jeulgida) to convey the meaning of “enjoy” or “like.” To ask if someone likes something or if they are enjoying it formally, you can use the following expressions:

  1. “Do you like it?” - “즐기시나요?” (Jeulgisinayo?)
  2. “Are you enjoying it?” - “즐기고 계십니까?” (Jeulgigo gyesimnikka?)

These expressions are more suitable for formal situations or when addressing someone in a polite manner, such as in business settings or when speaking to someone older or in a position of authority.
“Jeullae” (즐래) indeed primarily means “Do you like it?” or “Are you enjoying it?” in Korean. However, depending on the context and how it’s used, it can convey slightly different nuances. Here are some additional meanings and sentence examples:

  1. “Do you want to? / Shall we?” - In a casual context, “jeullae” can also be used to suggest doing something together, similar to saying “Do you want to?” or “Shall we?” in English.
    • Korean: 산책하자. (Jeullae sancaekhaja.) - “Do you want to go for a walk?”
  2. “Is it okay? / Is it all right?” - In some situations, “jeullae” can be used to ask if something is acceptable or permissible.
    • Korean: 여기 앉아도 괜찮아? (Yeogi anjado gwaenchanha?) - “Is it okay if I sit here?”
  3. “Do you mind?” - “Jeullae” can also be used to politely ask if something is bothersome or if it’s causing inconvenience.
    • Korean: 문을 닫아도 괜찮아요? (Muneul dadado gwaenchanhayo?) - “Do you mind if I close the door?”
      Certainly! Here are some more examples of how “jeullae” can be used in different contexts:
  4. “Do you like this dish?”
    • Korean: 이 요리 맛있어? 즐래? (I yori masisseo? Jeullae?)
  5. “Do you want to watch a movie tonight?”
    • Korean: 오늘 밤에 영화 보러 갈래? (Oneul bame yeonghwa boreo gallae?)
      Response: 네, 즐래! (Ne, jeullae!) - “Yes, I’d like to!”
  6. “Shall we go to the park?”
    • Korean: 공원에 가볼래? (Gongwone gaborae?)
      Response: 좋아, 즐래! (Joa, jeullae!) - “Sure, I’d like to!”
  7. “Is it all right if I borrow your book?”
    • Korean: 네 책 좀 빌려도 돼요? (Ne chaek jom billyeodo dwaeyo?)
      Response: 네, 즐래요. (Ne, jeullaeyo.) - “Yes, that’s fine.”
  8. “Do you mind if I turn up the volume?”
    • Korean: 볼륨을 좀 높여도 괜찮아요? (Bolleumeul jom nopyeodo gwaenchanhayo?)
      Response: 아니요, 즐래요. (Aniyo, jeullaeyo.) - “No, go ahead.”

These examples demonstrate various ways “jeullae” can be used in everyday conversations to ask for preferences, suggestions, or permissions.

898
Q

Sirayo and Siraeyo

A

“Sirayo” (싫어요) and “siraeyo” (싫어요) are essentially the same word with different romanizations. Both forms are used to express “I don’t like” or “I dislike” in Korean. The only difference is the Romanization, which represents the same Korean word.

Both “sirayo” and “siraeyo” are informal and polite ways to express dislike. They can be used interchangeably based on personal preference or regional differences in pronunciation.
The polite form of “싫어요” (sirayo or siraeyo), meaning “I don’t like” or “I dislike,” is “싫어합니다” (siraehamnida) in formal speech. This form is used in polite or formal contexts, such as when speaking to someone older or in a professional setting.
Sure, here are some more sample sentences using “siraeyo” (싫어요):

  1. 나는 비 오는 날씨를 싫어요. (Naneun bi oneun nalssi-reul siraeyo.) - “I don’t like rainy weather.”
  2. 그 영화는 너무 무서워서 나는 보기를 싫어요. (Geu yeonghwaneun neomu museowoseo naneun bogireul siraeyo.) - “I don’t want to watch that movie because it’s too scary.”
  3. 나는 시간이 부족해서 공부하기를 싫어요. (Naneun sigani bujokhaeseo gongbuhagireul siraeyo.) - “I don’t want to study because I don’t have enough time.”
  4. 이 곳의 음식은 매우 매워서 나는 먹기를 싫어요. (I gos-ui eumsigeun maeu maewoseo naneun meoggireul siraeyo.) - “I don’t want to eat the food here because it’s too spicy.”
  5. 나는 겨울을 싫어요. (Naneun gyeoureul siraeyo.) - “I don’t like winter.”

These sentences express various dislikes or unwillingness to engage in certain activities or experiences.

899
Q

Uh eotteokhae? Gwenchana?

A

“Uh eotteokhae? Gwenchana?” (어떻해? 괜찮아?) translates to “What’s wrong? Are you okay?” in English. It’s a common expression used to inquire about someone’s well-being or to ask if they are okay when they seem upset or distressed.

900
Q

Yah, Jinjja molla!
Wah! Jinjja? Molla!
Omo! Jinjja? Molla! Jeongmal nollasseo

A

“Yah, Jinjja molla!” (야, 진짜 몰라!) translates to “Hey, I really don’t know!” in English. It’s an informal expression used to convey frustration or exasperation when someone doesn’t know the answer to a question or doesn’t understand something.
“Wah! Jinjja? Molla!” (와! 진짜? 몰라!) translates to “Wow! Really? I don’t know!” in English. It’s an informal expression used to express surprise or disbelief, followed by admitting that one doesn’t know something.

“Omo! Jinjja? Molla! Jeongmal nollasseo.” (오모! 진짜? 몰라! 정말 놀랐어.)

This sentence translates to: “Oh my! Really? I don’t know! I was really surprised.”

901
Q

Deureowa
Deulaseo
Deureo

A

“Deulaseo” (들어서) translates to “come in” in English. It’s a polite invitation for someone to enter a place or room.
An impolite or casual way to say “come in” in Korean is “들어” (deureo) or “들어와” (deureowa). These are more direct and less formal than “들어서” (deulaseo). However, it’s important to use the appropriate level of politeness depending on the situation and the relationship between you and the person you’re addressing.

902
Q

Molla

A

“Molla” (몰라) is the present tense informal form of “to not know” in Korean, while “mollasseo” (몰랐어) is the past tense informal form.
To say “I didn’t know” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

  1. “몰랐어요” (Mollasseoyo) - This is the polite/formal form.
  2. “몰랐어” (Mollasseo) - This is the casual form.

Both phrases translate to “I didn’t know” in English. You can choose the appropriate form based on the level of formality you want to convey.

  • “Molla” (몰라) is used when you want to say “I don’t know” in the present moment.
  • “Mollasseo” (몰랐어) is used when you want to say “I didn’t know” about something in the past.

So, for example:
- “뭐야, 나도 몰라.” (Mwoya, nado molla.) - “What is it, I don’t know either.” (present tense)
- “어제 그 일에 대해서는 나도 몰랐어.” (Eoje geu ire daehaeseoneun nado mollasseo.) - “I didn’t know about that yesterday.” (past tense)

903
Q

Allaesseo

A

“to know,” it is “알았어” (allaesseo). This translates to “I knew” or “I knew it” in English.
“그녀가 떠난다는 걸 알았어.” (Geunyeoga tteonandaneun geol allaesseo.) “I knew she was leaving” in English.

  1. 어제 그 일에 대해서는 알았어. (Eoje geu ire daehaeseoneun allaesseo.)
    • “I knew about that yesterday.”
  2. 너의 비밀을 알았어. (Neo-ui bimireul allaesseo.)
    • “I knew your secret.”
  3. 시험 문제에 대한 답을 알았어. (Sihyeom munjee daehan dabeul allaesseo.)
    • “I knew the answer to the test question.”
  4. 네가 거짓말을 하고 있다는 걸 알았어. (Nega geojitmareul hago issdaneun geol allaesseo.)
    • “I knew you were lying.”
  5. 내가 너무나 잘못했다는 것을 알았어. (Naega neomuna jalmoshaetdaneun geoseul allaesseo.)
    • “I knew I had done something very wrong.”

These sentences demonstrate different contexts in which “알았어” (allaesseo) can be used to express past knowledge or awareness of something.

904
Q

Nollasseo

A

“놀랐어” (nollasseo) is the casual form of “놀랐어요” (nollasseoyo), which means “surprised” in Korean. It’s used to describe a state of being surprised or amazed in informal situations.

905
Q

Wah! Geunyeoneun jeongmal yeppeuda.

Nugunga nega areumdaun misoreul gajigo itdago malhae bon jeogi isseo?

A

Wah! Geunyeoneun jeongmal yeppeuda.” (와! 그녀는 정말 예쁘다.)

This sentence translates to “Wow! She is really beautiful” in English.
The phrase “Did someone ever tell you that you have a beautiful smile?” can be translated to Korean as:

“누군가 네가 아름다운 미소를 가지고 있다고 말해 본 적이 있어?” (Nugunga nega areumdaun misoreul gajigo itdago malhae bon jeogi isseo?)

906
Q

Yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom

A

The phrase you’re attempting to construct seems a bit off for conveying “as for what you know currently” in Korean. The phrase “여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼” (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom) would be a closer translation.

Here’s a breakdown:
- “여러분들에게” (yeoreobundeurege) means “to all of you” or “to everyone here.”
- “현재” (hyeonjae) means “currently.”
- “알고 있는” (algo inneun) means “knowing” or “you know.”
- “것처럼” (geotcheoreom) means “like” or “as if.”

So, the phrase “여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼” more directly translates to “as for what you are currently knowing” or “as you all currently know.” This construction more accurately conveys the idea you’re aiming for.
The phrase “여러분들에” (yeoreobundeure) directly translates to “to all of you” or “to everyone here” and is used to address a group of people. However, if you’re aiming for a phrase that means “as you know everything,” you might be looking for a different construction.

To convey the idea of “as you all know” or “as everyone knows,” you might use:

  • “여러분도 알다시피” (yeoreobundo aldasidepi)
  • “여러분이 잘 알고 계시듯이” (yeoreobuni jal algo gyesideusi)

These phrases more accurately capture the sentiment of “as you know everything” or “as everyone knows” when trying to preface a statement with the assumption that the information is already known to the audience.
Sure, let’s incorporate “여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼” (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom) into some sample sentences to see how it might be used in context:

  1. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이 프로젝트의 마감일은 다음 주입니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, i peurojekteu-ui magam-il-eun da-eum ju-ibnida.)
    • As you all currently know, the deadline for this project is next week.
  2. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 우리 학교는 다음 달부터 새로운 교육 과정을 도입할 예정입니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, uri hakgyoneun da-eum dalbuteo saeroun gyoyuk gwajeong-eul doibhal yejeong-ibnida.)
    • As all of you currently know, our school will introduce a new curriculum starting next month.
  3. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 회사의 새 정책은 다음 달에 시행됩니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, hoesa-ui sae jeongchaek-eun da-eum dal-e sihaengdoebnida.)
    • As everyone here currently knows, the company’s new policy will be implemented next month.
  4. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이번 행사에는 특별한 게스트가 참여할 예정입니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, ibeon haengsa-eneun teukbyeolhan geseuteuga chamyeohal yejeong-ibnida.)
    • As for what you all currently know, a special guest is scheduled to participate in this event.

These sentences show how the phrase can set up information that is presumed to be known by the audience, transitioning smoothly into additional details or reminders about that information.
Sure, let’s incorporate “여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼” (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom) into some sample sentences to see how it might be used in context:

  1. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이 프로젝트의 마감일은 다음 주입니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, i peurojekteu-ui magam-il-eun da-eum ju-ibnida.)
    • As you all currently know, the deadline for this project is next week.
  2. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 우리 학교는 다음 달부터 새로운 교육 과정을 도입할 예정입니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, uri hakgyoneun da-eum dalbuteo saeroun gyoyuk gwajeong-eul doibhal yejeong-ibnida.)
    • As all of you currently know, our school will introduce a new curriculum starting next month.
  3. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 회사의 새 정책은 다음 달에 시행됩니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, hoesa-ui sae jeongchaek-eun da-eum dal-e sihaengdoebnida.)
    • As everyone here currently knows, the company’s new policy will be implemented next month.
  4. 여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이번 행사에는 특별한 게스트가 참여할 예정입니다.
    • (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, ibeon haengsa-eneun teukbyeolhan geseuteuga chamyeohal yejeong-ibnida.)
    • As for what you all currently know, a special guest is scheduled to participate in this event.

These sentences show how the phrase can set up information that is presumed to be known by the audience, transitioning smoothly into additional details or reminders about that information.

907
Q

Jal moreugesseoyo
Geuraeseyo?
Geuraeseo

A

To say “not sure” in Korean, you might use “잘 모르겠어요” (jal moreugesseoyo). This phrase is polite and expresses uncertainty or indecision about something.
Yes, “그래세요?” (Geuraeseyo?) translates to “Is that so?” or “Really?” in English, used in formal or polite contexts to express surprise or ask for confirmation about what someone just said.
“그래서” (Geuraeseo) means “so” or “and so” in English. It’s used to connect thoughts, implying a consequence or a sequence of events. For example, “그래서 뭐했어?” translates to “So, what did you do?”

908
Q

Jeoneun deureun hangungmal noraega joayo, jeongmal joahaeyo

A

To say “I like the Korean song I heard, I like it” in Korean, you would phrase it slightly differently for clarity and smoothness in Korean structure. It could be:

“저는 들은 한국말 노래가 좋아요, 정말 좋아해요.”
(Jeoneun deureun hangungmal noraega joayo, jeongmal joahaeyo.)

This translates to “The Korean song I heard is nice, I really like it.”

909
Q

Geuranga gateyo

A

The phrase “그런가 같아요” (Geuranga gateyo) translates to “It seems so” or “It looks like that” in English. It’s used to express agreement or acknowledgment based on what was previously said or observed.
Here are some sample sentences using “그런가 같아요” (Geuranga gateyo):

  1. 날씨가 흐린 것 같아서 우산을 가져가야겠어요. (Nalssi ga heureun geot gataseo usaneul gajyeogaya gesseoyo.)
    • It looks like the weather is going to be cloudy, so I should bring an umbrella.
  2. 그 영화를 봤어요? 그런가 같아서 재미있을 것 같아요. (Geu yeonghwaleul bwasseoyo? Geuranga gateoseo jaemiisseul geot gataseoyo.)
    • Did you watch that movie? It seems like it would be interesting.
  3. 너무 바쁜 것 같아서 오늘은 약속을 취소해야 할 것 같아요. (Neomu bappeun geot gataseo oneureun yaksogeul chwisohaeya hal geot gatayo.)
    • It seems like I’m too busy, so I might have to cancel our plans for today.
  4. 그 사람은 요즘 조용한 것 같아요. (Geu saram-eun yojeum joyonghan geot gatayo.)
    • It seems like that person has been quiet lately.
  5. 시험이 얼마 안 남았는데, 그런가 같아서 매일 열심히 공부해야겠어요. (Sihemi eolma an namannunde, geuranga gateoseo maeil yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyagesseoyo.)
    • There’s not much time left until the exam, so I should study hard every day.
910
Q

Jinjja bullayo

A

Ah, got it! “진짜 뿔이야” (Jinjja bullayo) can also mean “It’s really nonsense” or “That’s a load of bull” in a colloquial sense. It’s often used to express disbelief, skepticism, or to dismiss something as untrue or absurd.

911
Q

Geunde geuttae
Gajang yeolsimhi
Isinikka

A

“그런데 그때” (geunde geuttae) translates to “but at that time” or “however, back then” in English. It’s used to introduce a contrasting or contextualizing statement related to a previous time or situation.

“가장 열심히” (gajang yeolsimhi) translates to “the most diligently” or “the most hardworking” in English. It’s used to describe someone who is putting forth the most effort or working the hardest among a group.
“이신가요” (isinikka) translates to “Is it?” or “Really?” in English. It’s often used to seek confirmation or clarification about something that was just mentioned or implied.

912
Q

jal jue gaettae
Jal jwasseul ttae
Jal jinaeseyo?

A

“잘 주었을 때” (jal jue gaettae
The phrase “잘 주었을 때” (jal jue gaettae) could be a typo or misinterpretation because it doesn’t form a common expression in Korean. If the intended phrase is “잘 줬을 때” (jal jwasseul ttae), it means “when (I/you/he/she/it) gave (something) well,” indicating a past action of giving that was done well or correctly.

However, without the typo, “잘 주었을 때” doesn’t directly translate to a common phrase or expression in Korean. If you are looking for a specific meaning or usage in different contexts, please provide more details or check the phrase again.) translates to “when you did well” in English. It refers to a specific time or situation when someone performed admirably or effectively.
The phrase “잘 지내세요?” (jal jinaeseyo?) translates to “Are you doing well?” or “How have you been?” in English. It’s a polite way to ask someone about their well-being or current state. If you’re specifically asking about a third person like “he,” the question would slightly change in Korean to inquire directly about that person, such as “그는 잘 지내요?” (geuneun jal jinaeyo?) for “Is he doing well?” or “How is he doing?”

913
Q

beolssseoya

A

beolssseoya-informal for “it’s getting late”
The formal phrase “벌써 밤이 되었어요” (beolssseo bami doeosseoyo) translates to “It’s already become night” or “It’s already nighttime” in English. It indicates that it’s getting late or that evening has arrived.

The expressions “beuseupta” or “beoseupda” seem to be aiming towards conveying “It’s late” or “It’s getting late” in a casual manner, but they aren’t standard expressions in Korean.

For saying “It’s getting late” in a casual manner, you could say:
- 벌써 늦었어 (beolsseo neut-eosseo).

And for a more standard expression:
- 벌써 늦었습니다 (beolsseo neuj-eossseubnida) for a formal and polite way.

If you’re aiming for slang or highly informal expressions, these might vary widely and could be understood differently depending on the context or even among different groups of speakers.

914
Q

Gajyeoga
Gajyeogayo

A

The phrase “take it” would be translated into Korean as “가져가” (gajyeoga) when instructing someone to take something and go. “가주 가요” (gaju gayo) isn’t a standard way to express this; it seems to be a mix of verbs that doesn’t convey a clear standard Korean expression.

If you want to say “Take it” in a more formal or polite context, you could say:
- 가져가세요 (gajyeogaseyo).
It looks like there’s a mix-up in the expression. If you’re aiming for “Go and take it” or “Take it and go” in Korean, the correct phrase would be “가져가요” (gajyeogayo). This is the polite form of telling someone to take something with them. The phrase you provided, “Gaiyeogayeo,” doesn’t match a standard Korean expression or verb form.

915
Q

Hoksi, Biga omyeon sirhehaeyo

A

The phrase “You hate it when it rains” translates to “비가 오면 싫어해요” (biga omyeon sirhehaeyo) in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- “비가” (biga) - “when it rains”
- “오면” (omyeon) - “if” or “when”
- “싫어해요” (sirhehaeyo) - “hate it” or “dislike it”

So, the sentence “비가 오면 싫어해요” expresses the sentiment of disliking rain.

916
Q

Annyeonghasin-gayo?
Yeoreobun Annyeong sanikka?

A

“Annyeong sinikka?” (안녕 신이까?) does not form a meaningful phrase in Korean.

If you meant to ask “안녕하신가요?” (Annyeonghasin-gayo?), it would translate to “Are you well?” or “How are you?” in English.
“Yeoreobun Annyeong sanikka?” (여러분 안녕하신가요?) translates to “Are you all well?” or “How are you all?” in English. It’s a polite and formal way to address a group of people and inquire about their well-being.

917
Q

Museopda Boseyo
Museopda Neo

A

The phrase “무섭다 보세요” (museopda boseyo) translates to “See how scary it is” in English.

  • “무섭다” (museopda) means “scary” or “frightening.”
  • “보세요” (boseyo) is a polite imperative form of the verb “보다” (boda), which means “to see” or “to look.” It’s used to suggest or encourage someone to look or see for themselves.

So, “무섭다 보세요” (museopda boseyo) is a phrase used to emphasize the scariness of something and suggest that the listener should experience it firsthand.

The phrase “무섭다 너” (museopda neo) translates to “You are scary” in English.

  • “무섭다” (museopda) means “scary” or “frightening.”
  • “너” (neo) is the informal word for “you.”

So, “무섭다 너” (museopda neo) is a direct statement indicating that the person being addressed is perceived as frightening or scary.

918
Q

Sam sigan jeonbuteo

A

It seems like there might be a typo or a misunderstanding in the phrase “botto” as it doesn’t correspond to any Korean word or expression.

If you’re trying to say “since 3 hours ago” in Korean, you would say “3시간 전부터” (sam si gan jeonbuteo) or “3시간 전부터 지금까지” (sam si gan jeonbuteo jigeumkkaji), which means “since three hours ago” or “from three hours ago until now.”

919
Q

Ah, michinine

A

The phrase “아, 미친이네” (Ah, michinine) in Korean translates to “Oh, that’s crazy” in English. It’s an informal expression used to convey surprise or disbelief about something that seems outrageous or unbelievable.

920
Q

Al-ayo

A

The correct phrase for “I know” in Korean is “알아요” (al-ayo) or “알아” (al-a) in informal speech. “아루 아루” (aru aru) doesn’t convey the meaning of “I know” in Korean. If you meant “I know,” you can use “알아요” (al-ayo) or “알아” (al-a) depending on the level of formality.

921
Q

Galge geureom
Jigeum galge geureom

A

The phrase “갈게 그럼” (galge geureom) translates to “I’ll leave then” or “I’ll go now” in English. It’s a casual way of indicating that you will depart or leave a place.
The phrase “지금 갈게 그럼” (jigeum galge geureom) translates to “I’ll leave now then” in English. It’s a casual way of indicating that you’re about to depart or leave at this moment.

922
Q

Eonje cheoreom?

A

The phrase “언제처럼?” (eonje cheoreom?) translates to “When was it?” in English. It’s used to inquire about the time or date of a past event or occurrence.

923
Q

Mwogayo?

A

The phrase “뭐가요?” (mwogayo?) translates to “What do you mean?” in English. It’s used to ask for clarification or further explanation when someone’s statement or action is unclear or ambiguous.

924
Q

Ga gandago?
Mwoya? Ga gandago?

A

The phrase “가 간다고?” (ga gandago?) translates to “Are you leaving?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone is in the process of leaving or planning to leave soon.
The phrase “뭐야? 가 간다고?” (Mwoya? Ga gandago?) translates to “What? Are you leaving?” in English. It’s a response expressing surprise or disbelief, followed by a question asking if someone is indeed leaving.

925
Q

Arattago

A

The phrase “알았다고” (arattago) translates to “I said, alright” in English. It’s used to confirm that you understand or agree with something that has been said to you.

926
Q

Mwonde?

A

The word “Mwonde” (뭐인데) translates to “What is it?” in English. It’s a common informal expression used to ask for clarification or to inquire about something when you’re unsure or curious.

927
Q

Pam meogeosseo?

A

The phrase “밤 먹었어?” (pam meogeosseo?) translates to “Did you eat dinner?” or more literally, “Did you eat [the] evening [meal]?” In Korean, “밤” (pam) means “night” or “evening,” and “

928
Q

Jigeum honja isseoyo?
Jigeum honja isseo?
Ah, Neo hyeonjae geuna!

A

The word “현재” (hyeonjae) means “currently” or “at the present moment” in Korean. It doesn’t directly translate to “are you alone right now.”

To ask “Are you alone right now?” in Korean, you could say “지금 혼자 있어요?” (jigeum honja isseoyo?) for a polite form or “지금 혼자 있어?” (jigeum honja isseo?) in a casual form.
The phrase “Ah neo hyeonjae geuna!” can be understood as “Ah, so you’re alone right now!” in English. It’s a casual way of expressing surprise or realization that someone is currently alone.

929
Q

Malhae
Malhaejwo

A

In casual Korean, “말해” (malhae) can be used as a shorter form of “말해줘” (malhaejwo), meaning “tell me.”

930
Q

Hoksire

A

Yes, “hoksire” is a casual way to ask “are you sure?” in Korean.

931
Q

Seolma

A

Yes, “seolma” (설마) in Korean can be translated as “No way,” “Really?” or “Could it be?” It’s often used to express disbelief or surprise at something unexpected.
Sure! I’ll provide the sample sentences again with the Hangul, the Romanized Korean, and the English translation for clarity.

  1. 설마 그 사람이 이 일에 관련되어 있을까?
    • Seolma geu sarami i ire gwanlyeondoeeo isseulkka?
    • “No way, could that person be involved in this matter?”
  2. 설마 비가 올 줄은 몰랐어.
    • Seolma biga ol jureun mollasseo.
    • “I really didn’t expect it to rain.”
  3. 설마 네가 이겼다고?
    • Seolma nega igyeotdago?
    • “No way, did you win?”
  4. 설마 내가 늦었나?
    • Seolma naega neujeotna?
    • “Could it be that I’m late?”
  5. 설마 진짜로 그렇게 생각해?
    • Seolma jinjjaro geureoke saenggakhae?
    • “Do you really think so?”

This format shows the Hangul, the Romanized pronunciation, and the English translation, making it easier to understand and pronounce for those learning Korean.

932
Q

Ildan

A

first of all” or “in the first place” in Korean is actually “일단” (ildan).” Here’s how it’s used:

  1. 일단 집에 가서 생각해 보자.
    • Ildan jibe gaseo saenggakhae boja.
    • “Let’s go home and think about it first.”
  2. 일단 먹고 나서 다른 걱정을 하자.
    • Ildan meokgo naseo dareun geokjeongeul haja.
    • “First, let’s eat and then worry about other things.”
  3. 일단 침착하게 문제를 해결해 보자.
    • Ildan chimchakhage munjereul haegyeolhae boja.
    • “First of all, let’s try to solve the problem calmly.”

This phrase is often used to suggest an immediate, preliminary action or to focus on what should be done first before addressing subsequent steps or concerns.

933
Q

Namjarang sagwigoh itji anhayo
Yeogi namja eopseoyo

A

For “I’m not seeing a man” in the context of clarifying that you’re not dating or involved with a man, you might say something slightly different in Korean. A more natural way to express this could be:

  • 남자랑 사귀고 있지 않아요.
    • (Namjarang sagwigoh itji anhayo.)
    • “I’m not dating a man.”

Or, if you’re emphasizing the absence of a man in a specific situation or location, you might say:

  • 여기 남자 없어요.
    • (Yeogi namja eopseoyo.)
    • “There’s no man here.”

The context of not “seeing” a man, as in dating or being romantically involved, is more directly translated with terms related to dating (사귀다 - sagwida) or being in a relationship.

934
Q

Jeoneun sae chaga piryohaeyo.

A

It looks like there’s a slight typo in your sentence. If you’re trying to say “I need a new car,” it should be:

  • 저는 새 차를 필요합니다. (Jeoneun sae chareul piryohamnida.)

However, the more natural way to express “I need a new car” in Korean, incorporating the correct verb for “need,” would be:

  • 저는 새 차가 필요해요. (Jeoneun sae chaga piryohaeyo.)
935
Q

Je
Jeoui

A

Yes, that’s correct! In Korean, “제” (je) or “저의” (jeoui) both mean “my.” “제” is the contracted form of “저의.” You can use either form depending on the context and formality level. For example:

  • 제 이름은 미카엘입니다.
    • (Je ireumeun Mikaerimnida.)
    • “My name is Michael.”
  • 저의 핸드폰을 잊어버렸어요.
    • (Jeoui haendeupon-eul ijeobeoryeosseoyo.)
    • “I forgot my phone.”

Both “제” and “저의” can be used to indicate possession or ownership.
Certainly! Here are more examples using “제” (je) and “저의” (jeoui) to indicate “my”:

  1. 제 친구를 소개시켜 드리겠습니다.
    • (Je chingureul sogae sikyeo deurigessseubnida.)
    • “I will introduce my friend to you.”
  2. 저의 꿈은 선생님이 되는 것입니다.
    • (Jeoui kkumeun seonsaengnim-i doeneun geosimnida.)
    • “My dream is to become a teacher.”
  3. 제 책을 어디에 두었을까요?
    • (Je chaeg-eul eodie dueosseulkkayo?)
    • “Where did I put my book?”
  4. 저의 가방이 너무 무거워요.
    • (Jeoui gabangi neomu mugeowoyo.)
    • “My bag is too heavy.”
  5. 제 생일은 10월 5일입니다.
    • (Je saeng-ireun 10wol 5iribnida.)
    • “My birthday is October 5th.”

These examples illustrate how “제” and “저의” can be used interchangeably to indicate possession or relation to the speaker in a variety of contexts.

936
Q

Geogi
Chimsireun jeojjogimnida
Bueogeun geogi itsseumnida
Geogie nuga innayo?
Bueogeun jeojjogimnida
Jeogiga eotteon gos-ingayo?

A

Actually, “제쪽” (jejjog) in Korean typically means “my side” or “my part.” It doesn’t directly translate to “there.”

Chimsireun jeojjogimnida- the bedroom is there

If you’re looking for the Korean word for “there,” you can use “거기” (geogi) or “저기” (jeogi), depending on the context.

  • “거기” (geogi) is used to refer to a location relatively near the listener or the speaker and listener together.
  • “저기” (jeogi) is used to refer to a location relatively far from both the speaker and the listener.

For example:
- 거기에 누가 있나요?
- (Geogie nuga innayo?)
- “Is there anyone there?”

  • 저기가 어떤 곳인가요?
    • (Jeogiga eotteon gos-ingayo?)
    • “What kind of place is there?”
      The phrase “부엌은 저쪽입니다” (Bueogeun jeojjogimnida) translates to “The kitchen is on that side.” While it’s grammatically correct, it may not exactly convey “The kitchen is there” as in pointing out a specific location.

If you want to specifically say “The kitchen is there” as in pointing out a location, you could say:

  • 부엌은 거기 있습니다.
    • (Bueogeun geogi itsseumnida.)

This translates directly to “The kitchen is there.” It’s a more direct way of indicating a specific location.

937
Q

Dachyeo
Datda

A

The word “닫혀” (dachyeo) in Korean is the verb form of “closed.” It’s the past tense of the verb “닫다” (datda), which means “to close.” So “닫혀” (dachyeo) specifically means “closed” in the context of something being shut or not open.

Of course! Here are some sample sentences using “닫혀” (dachyeo) meaning “closed”:

  1. 문이 이미 닫혀 있어요.
    • (Muni imi dachyeo isseoyo.)
    • “The door is already closed.”
  2. 가게는 아직 닫혀 있나요?
    • (Gageneun ajik dachyeo innayo?)
    • “Is the shop still closed?”
  3. 창문을 닫혔어요.
    • (Changmuneul dachyeosseoyo.)
    • “The window was closed.”
  4. 지난 주에는 학교가 일주일 동안 닫혀 있었어요.
    • (Jinan jue-neun haggyoga iljuil dong-an dachyeo isseosseoyo.)
    • “Last week, the school was closed for a week.”
  5. 현재 건물은 리모델링으로 인해 닫혀 있습니다.
    • (Hyeonjae geonmureun rimodeulling-euro inhae dachyeo itsseumnida.)
    • “The building is currently closed due to remodeling.”

These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which “닫혀” (dachyeo) can be used to describe something being closed.

938
Q

Jeoneun jeobsiga isseoyo
Jeoneun jeobsireul gajigo isseoyo

A

Yes, you’re correct! In the sentence “저는 접시가 있어요” (Jeoneun jeobsiga isseoyo), the word “가” (ga) is a subject marker indicating that the subject “접시” (jeobsi), which means “plate,” is the one being possessed or owned by the speaker.

In the phrase “가지고” (gajigo), “고” (go) is a conjunctive ending that means “and” or “with,” and “가지다” (gajida) is the verb meaning “to have” or “to possess.” So, “가지고” (gajigo) combines the verb “to have” with the conjunctive ending to mean “having” or “having with.”

In your sentence, “저는 접시가 있어요” (Jeoneun jeobsiga isseoyo), “가” (ga) indicates that the speaker has the plate. However, if you want to say “I have a plate” using “가지고” (gajigo), you could say:

  • 저는 접시를 가지고 있어요.
    • (Jeoneun jeobsireul gajigo isseoyo.)
    • “I have a plate.”
939
Q

Jeondeungbadchimdae

A

Yes, you’re correct! If “전등받침대” (jeondeungbadchimdae) is interpreted as “전등” (jeondeung, lamp/light) + “받침대” (badchimdae, stand/base), then it could indeed refer to a bedside lamp or a lamp stand.

In this context:

  • “전등” (jeondeung) means “lamp” or “light.”
  • “받침대” (badchimdae) could be interpreted as “stand” or “base,” specifically referring to the stand or base of the lamp.

So, “전등받침대” (jeondeungbadchimdae) could refer to the stand or base of a bedside lamp.

940
Q

Deo
Ttakttaghan
Ttatteuthaeyo
Ttatteuthaeyo

A

Yes, you are correct!

  • “더” (deo) means “more” or “additional,” and in this context, it’s used to indicate “you” or “you have.”
  • “딱딱한” (ttakttaghan) means “firmer” or “harder.”

So, “더 딱딱한” (deo ttakttaghan) means “firmer” or “more firm.”

The sentence “더 딱딱한 매트리스가 있습니까?” (Deo ttakttaghan maeteuriseuga isseubnikka?) translates to “Do you have a firmer mattress?” or “Is there a firmer mattress available?”
It seems like you provided two Korean phrases:

  1. “딱커니까” (Ttakkeunikka) - This phrase is a contraction of “딱” (ttak), which means “exactly” or “precisely,” and “그러니까” (geureunikka), which means “so” or “therefore.” “딱커니까” (Ttakkeunikka) is colloquially used to mean “so, exactly,” or “that’s right.”
  2. “딱퉁해요” (Ttatteuthaeyo) - This phrase consists of “딱” (ttak), which means “exactly” or “precisely,” and “퉁하다” (ttunghada), which means “to be blunt” or “to be straightforward.” “딱퉁해요” (Ttatteuthaeyo) is often used to describe someone who is blunt or straightforward in their manner of speaking.

Both phrases are commonly used in casual conversations in Korean.

941
Q

Badag-i deoreowoyo
Nae jingongcheongsogiga gojang nasseoyo

A

Yes, you’re correct! “더러워요” (deoreowoyo) means “dirty” in Korean. So, the sentence “바닥이 더러워요” (Badag-i deoreowoyo) translates to “The floor is dirty.”
Yes, you’re correct! “고장 났어요” (gojang nasseoyo) means “broken” or “out of order” in Korean. So, the sentence “내 진공청소기가 고장 났어요” (Nae jingongcheongsogiga gojang nasseoyo) translates to “My vacuum cleaner is broken.”

942
Q

Jeohante sajingiga isseoyo

A

It seems there was a little confusion in the sentence. Let’s break it down:

  • “저한테” (Jeohante) means “to me” or “for me.”
  • “사진기가” (sajingiga) is made up of “사진기” (sajingi), which means “camera,” and “가” (ga), which is the subject marker.
  • “있어요” (isseoyo) means “there is” or “have.”

So, “저한테 사진기가 있어요” (Jeohante sajingiga isseoyo) translates to “I have a camera” with the literal meaning being closer to “There is a camera to me.” The sentence structure is indeed correct for indicating possession of a camera.

943
Q

Gajigo (Gajida
Joahaeyo
Piryohaeyo
Gajyeogada
Boda)
Deutda
Jabda
Billida
Doedollida
Dollyeojuda
Idonghada

A

To have- gajigo
To want- joahaeyo
To need- piryohaeyo

  1. To take - 가져가다 (gajyeogada)
  2. To see - 보다 (boda)
  3. To listen - 듣다 (deutda)
  4. To hold - 잡다 (jabda)
  5. To borrow - 빌리다 (billida)
  6. To take back - 되돌리다 (doedollida)
  7. To return - 돌려주다 (dollyeojuda)
  8. To move - 이동하다 (idonghada)
    Certainly! For the verbs “to have,” “to want,” and “to need,” it’s important to note that “가지고” (gajigo) is a form used in compound verbs to mean “having” as a possession or condition for doing something else, rather than a simple verb on its own for “to have.” For simplicity and to align with your request, I’ll treat “가지다” (gajida) as the base form for “to have,” and I will provide conjugations for “to want” and “to need” based on your input, adjusting them to their dictionary forms for accurate conjugation:
  9. To have - 가지다 (gajida)
    • Present tense: 가지고 있어요 (gajigo isseoyo) - Note: This is a common way to express possession.
    • Past tense: 가지고 있었어요 (gajigo isseosseoyo)
    • Future tense: 가지고 있을 거예요 (gajigo isseul geoyeyo)
  10. To want - 좋아하다 (joahada)
    • Present tense: 좋아해요 (joahaeyo)
    • Past tense: 좋아했어요 (joahaesseoyo)
    • Future tense: 좋아할 거예요 (joahal geoyeyo)
  11. To need - 필요하다 (piryohada)
    • Present tense: 필요해요 (piryohaeyo)
    • Past tense: 필요했어요 (piryohaesseoyo)
    • Future tense: 필요할 거예요 (piryohal geoyeyo)

These are more natural forms for expressing “to have,” “to want,” and “to need” in Korean, including their present, past, and future tense conjugations.

  1. To take - 가져가다 (gajyeogada)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 가져가요 (gajyeogayo)
      • Past tense: 가져갔어요 (gajyeogasseoyo)
      • Future tense: 가져갈 거예요 (gajyeogal geoyeyo)
  2. To see - 보다 (boda)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 봐요 (bwayo)
      • Past tense: 봤어요 (bwasseoyo)
      • Future tense: 볼 거예요 (bol geoyeyo)
  3. To listen - 듣다 (deutda)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 들어요 (deureoyo)
      • Past tense: 들었어요 (deureosseoyo)
      • Future tense: 들을 거예요 (deureul geoyeyo)
  4. To hold - 잡다 (jabda)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 잡아요 (jabayo)
      • Past tense: 잡았어요 (jabasseoyo)
      • Future tense: 잡을 거예요 (jabeul geoyeyo)
  5. To borrow - 빌리다 (billida)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 빌려요 (billyeoyo)
      • Past tense: 빌렸어요 (billyeosseoyo)
      • Future tense: 빌릴 거예요 (billil geoyeyo)
  6. To take back - 되돌리다 (doedollida)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 되돌려요 (doedollyeoyo)
      • Past tense: 되돌렸어요 (doedollyeosseoyo)
      • Future tense: 되돌릴 거예요 (doedollil geoyeyo)
  7. To return - 돌려주다 (dollyeojuda)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 돌려줘요 (dollyeojwoyo)
      • Past tense: 돌려줬어요 (dollyeojwosseoyo)
      • Future tense: 돌려줄 거예요 (dollyeojul geoyeyo)
  8. To move - 이동하다 (idonghada)
    • Conjugation:
      • Present tense: 이동해요 (idonghaeyo)
      • Past tense: 이동했어요 (idonghaesseoyo)
      • Future tense: 이동할 거예요 (idonghal geoyeyo)
944
Q

Mullonimnida. Eotteon geot-e daehae iyagihago sipeuseyo?

A

물론입니다. 어떤 것에 대해 이야기하고 싶으세요? (Mullonimnida. Eotteon geot-e daehae iyagihago sipeuseyo?) Of course. What would you like to talk about?

945
Q

yeolsimhi ilhago isseo?

A

The phrase you’re looking for seems to be a bit off from standard Korean. If you’re aiming to ask “Are you working hard?” in Korean, the correct phrase would be “열심히 일하고 있어?” (yeolsimhi ilhago isseo?).

  • “열심히” (yeolsimhi) means “hard” or “diligently.”
  • “일하고” (ilhago) comes from “일하다” (ilhada), meaning “to work.”
  • “있어?” (isseo?) is the present continuous form for verbs, indicating an ongoing action, translated as “Are you doing?”

So, “열심히 일하고 있어?” means “Are you working hard?” or “Are you diligently working?”

946
Q

Oraenmani-eoyo. Jal jinaesseo?
Jal jinaesseo?

A

“오랜만이에요. 잘 지냈어?” translates to “It’s been a long time. How have you been?” or “Long time no see. Have you been well?” in English. This is a friendly greeting used when you haven’t seen someone for a while and you’re asking about their well-being. The phrase is polite yet casual, making it suitable for people you know personally.
“잘 지냈어?” (Jal jinaesseo?) translates to “Have you been well?” or “How have you been?” in English. It’s a common way to ask someone about their well-being, especially if you haven’t seen them in a while. The phrase is casual and typically used with people you are familiar with.

947
Q

Jigeum botto

A

It looks like there’s a bit of a mix-up in the phrase “jigeum botto.” If you’re aiming for a phrase that means “Look now” or “See now” in Korean, a more accurate phrase might be “지금 봐” (jigeum bwa) for informal situations or “지금 보세요” (jigeum boseyo) for more formal or polite situations. Here’s a breakdown:

  • “지금” (jigeum) means “now.”
  • “봐” (bwa) is the imperative form of “보다” (boda), which means “to see” or “to look,” used informally.
  • “보세요” (boseyo) is the polite imperative form of “보다” (boda).

So, “지금 봐” or “지금 보세요” translates directly to “Look now” or “See now,” inviting someone to pay attention to something immediately.

948
Q

Eotteon boseyo!
Geureom galgeyo
Eotteohke geureom?
Beolss-eo da meogeosseo?
Beolss-eo
Eolma aniya
siksa haesseoyo?

A

The phrase “어떤 보세요?” (Eotteon boseyo?) seems to be a mix-up or misunderstanding of Korean words and grammar. It seems like you’re aiming for an expression that means “Look what happened!” However, the given phrase doesn’t accurately convey that meaning. Here’s why:

  • “어떤” (eotteon) means “which” or “what kind of.”
  • “보세요” (boseyo) is a polite request form of “보다” (boda), which means “to look” or “to see.”

So, “어떤 보세요?” could be interpreted as asking someone to look at or consider “which” or “what kind,” which doesn’t make sense in this context.

For expressing something like “Look what happened!” in Korean, you might say:
- “봐요, 무슨 일이 일어났어요!” (Bwayo, museun iri ireonasseoyo!)
- “봐요” (Bwayo) is a conjugated form of “보다” (boda), meaning “Look.”
- “무슨 일이 일어났어요” (museun iri ireonasseoyo) means “what happened.”

This phrase conveys surprise or the need to draw attention to an event that occurred.
The phrase “그럼 갈게요” (Geureom galgeyo) translates to “Then I’ll go” or “In that case, I’ll go” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “그럼” (geureom) means “then” or “in that case.”
  • “갈게요” (galgeyo) comes from the verb “가다” (gada), which means “to go.” In this case, it’s conjugated to the future tense with the polite ending “-요” (-yo).

So, “그럼 갈게요” (Geureom galgeyo) is a polite way of saying “Then I’ll go” in Korean.
The phrase “어떻게 그럼?” (Eotteohke geureom?) translates to “How can that be?” or “How is that possible?” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “어떻게” (eotteohke) means “how” or “in what way.”
  • “그럼” (geureom) means “that way” or “in that case.”

So, when you put them together, “어떻게 그럼?” (Eotteohke geureom?) is used to express surprise, disbelief, or confusion about something that has been said or happened.
The word “벌써” (beolss-eo) in Korean translates to “already” or “so soon.” It’s commonly used to express surprise or disbelief that something has happened or is happening sooner than expected.

For example:
- “벌써 왔어?” (Beolss-eo wasseo?) - “Are you already here?”
- “벌써 다 먹었어?” (Beolss-eo da meogeosseo?) - “Did you already eat everything?”
The phrase “얼마 아니야” (eolma aniya) can be translated to “It’s not long” or “It hasn’t been long.”

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “얼마” (eolma) means “how long” or “how much.”
  • “아니야” (aniya) means “not” or “isn’t.”

So, when you say “얼마 아니야” (eolma aniya), you’re essentially saying “It hasn’t been long” or “It’s not long.” It’s often used to convey that a period of time hasn’t passed by much.
It seems there’s a small typo in your message. The phrase for asking if someone has eaten in Korean is “식사 했어요?” (siksa haesseoyo?) rather than “Tsiksa isseoyo.”

  • “식사” (siksa) means “meal” or “to eat.”
  • “했어요?” (haesseoyo?) is the past tense of “하다” (hada), meaning “to do,” so when combined, “했어요?” asks “Did you do?”

So, “식사 했어요?” (siksa haesseoyo?) translates to “Have you eaten?” or more literally, “Did you eat?”

949
Q

Museowohaji anh-ayo?
Museowotda arasseo?

A

The phrase “Beuseupta araseyo?” appears to be a mix of Korean and English. If you’re asking “Aren’t you afraid?” in Korean, you would say “무서워하지 않아요?” (Museowohaji anh-ayo?) or simply “무서워요?” (Museowo-yo?) for “Are you afraid?”

Here’s the breakdown:

  • “무서워요?” (Museowo-yo?) - “Are you afraid?” (polite form)
  • “하지 않아요?” (Haji anh-ayo?) - “Don’t you?” or “Aren’t you?” (polite form)

So, “무서워하지 않아요?” (Museowohaji anh-ayo?) combines both to ask “Aren’t you afraid?”
The phrase “무서웠다 알았어?” (Museowotda arasseo?) is a combination of two different expressions:

  1. “무서웠다” (museowotda) - This is the past tense form of “무서워하다” (museowohada), which means “to be scared” or “to be afraid.”
  2. “알았어?” (arasseo?) - This is the informal way of saying “Did you know?” or “Do you know?”

So, “무서웠다 알았어?” (Museowotda arasseo?) translates to “Did you know it was scary?” or “Were you aware that it was scary?”

950
Q

Yeongigae, arachi!
Yeogi bareun

A

It seems like you’re trying to say “영이게, 알았지!” (Yeongigae, arachi!) in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:

  1. “영이게” (Yeongigae) - This seems like a name or a term referring to someone or something specific. Without context, it’s difficult to provide an accurate translation.
  2. “알았지” (arachi) - This is the informal way of saying “I knew it” or “I knew that” in Korean.

So, “영이게, 알았지!” (Yeongigae, arachi!) translates to “Yeongigae, I knew it!” or “Yeongigae, I knew that!”
“여기 바른” (Yeogi bareun) in English would be “Right here” or “Here it is.” “Bareun” (바른) means “right” or “correct” in Korean. It can also mean “straight” or “upright” depending on the context. So, in the phrase “여기 바른” (Yeogi bareun), it’s used to indicate that something is located “right here” or “correctly here.”

951
Q

Geokjeonghaji maseyo
Silheo geureoke baseyo
malhago sipji anayo
hago sipji anayo
sipji anayo

A

The phrase for “don’t worry” in Korean is “걱정하지 마세요” (Geokjeonghaji maseyo) or “걱정하지 마” (Geokjeonghaji ma), which is a more casual form.

The phrase “싫어 그렇게 바세요” (Silheo geureoke baseyo) translates to “Please don’t do it like that” or “I don’t like it like that.”

To say “I don’t want to” in Korean, you can use the phrase “싶지 않아요” (sipji anayo) after the verb stem.

So, “I don’t want to” in Korean is “하고 싶지 않아요” (hago sipji anayo).

If you want to say “I don’t want to (do something specific),” you can replace “하고” (hago) with the appropriate verb stem. For example, “말하고 싶지 않아요” (malhago sipji anayo) means “I don’t want to talk.”

952
Q

Geureohge aniya
Geureonikka anieyo
Geureol riga anida
Geureol riga anieyo

A

The phrase “그렇게 아니야” (Geureohge aniya) translates to “It’s not like that” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “그렇게” (Geureohge) means “like that” or “that way.”
  • “아니야” (Aniya) means “it’s not” or “it isn’t.”

So, “그렇게 아니야” (Geureohge aniya) is used to convey that something is not as described or not in the manner suggested.
The phrase “그러니까 아니에요” (Geureonikka anieyo) translates to “So it’s not” or “That’s not it” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “그러니까” (Geureonikka) means “so” or “therefore.”
  • “아니에요” (Anieyo) means “it’s not” or “it isn’t.”

So, “그러니까 아니에요” (Geureonikka anieyo) is used to express that something is not as stated or not the case.
My apologies for misunderstanding your previous message. “그렇니까 아니요” (Geureonikka aniyo) is the correct phrase, meaning “That’s not it.”

As for “그렇나이아니다” (Geureuliga aniyo), it doesn’t form a correct Korean expression. If you meant to say “그럴 리가 아니다” (Geureol riga anida), it translates to “There’s no way that’s true” or “That can’t be true.” This phrase is used to express disbelief or skepticism about something.
The phrase “그럴 리가 아니요” (Geureol riga anieyo) translates to “There’s no way that’s true” or “That can’t be true” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “그럴 리가” (Geureol riga) means “there’s a possibility” or “that’s likely.”
  • “아니요” (Anieyo) means “it’s not” or “it isn’t.”

So, “그럴 리가 아니요” (Geureol riga anieyo) is used to express disbelief or skepticism about something.

953
Q

Najunge jeonhwahalgeyo
Najunge jeonhwahalge

A

The phrase “나중에 전화할게요” (Najunge jeonhwahalgeyo) translates to “I’ll call you later” in Korean.
Najunge jeonhwahalge for short

954
Q

Geuraeseo? Mollane

A

“그래서? 몰라네” (Geuraeseo? Mollane) translates to “So? I don’t know” “ Really? I didn’t know”

It’s a conversational response where “그래서?” (Geuraeseo?) means “So?” or “And then?” indicating the speaker is asking for further explanation or what comes next. “몰라네” (Mollane) expresses a lack of knowledge or understanding about the subject in question.
Yes, you’re correct. “그래서? 몰라네” (Geuraeseo? Mollane) can also be interpreted as “Really? I didn’t know” depending on the context and tone of the conversation. In this case, “그래서?” (Geuraeseo?) expresses surprise or confirmation, and “몰라네” (Mollane) indicates the speaker’s realization or acknowledgment of not knowing something.

955
Q

Jigeum myeot siyeyo?
Sigan mwohae?
Sigan eottae?
Nalssiga eottaeyo?

A

“What time is it now?” in Korean is “지금 몇 시예요?” (Jigeum myeot siyeyo?).
“시간 뭐해?” (Sigan mwohae?) translates to “What are you doing?” in English. It’s a casual way to inquire about someone’s current activities or how they’re spending their time.
“시간 어때?” (Sigan eottae?) translates to “How’s your time?” or “How’s your schedule?” in English. It’s a common way to ask someone about their availability or how they’re doing with their time.
“날씨가 어때요?” (Nalssiga eottaeyo?) translates to “How’s the weather?” in English.

956
Q

Naneun beonyeonggaga piryohaeyo.
Oneul nalssiga jeongmal joayo.
Museun saenggakhaeyo?
Hakgyoeseo gongbureul mani haesseoyo.
Jeoneun yorihaneun geoseul joahaeyo.

A

Sure, here are some sample sentences:

  1. 나는 번역가가 필요해요. (Naneun beonyeonggaga piryohaeyo.) - “I need a translator.”
  2. 오늘 날씨가 정말 좋아요. (Oneul nalssiga jeongmal joayo.) - “The weather is really nice today.”
  3. 무슨 생각해요? (Museun saenggakhaeyo?) - “What are you thinking?”
  4. 학교에서 공부를 많이 했어요. (Hakgyoeseo gongbureul mani haesseoyo.) - “I studied a lot at school.”
  5. 저는 요리하는 것을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun yorihaneun geoseul joahaeyo.) - “I like cooking.”
957
Q

Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.

A

“담벼락이 너무 높아서 올라갈 수 없어요.” (Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.) - “The wall is too high, so I can’t climb up.”

958
Q

Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.

A

“담벼락이 너무 높아서 올라갈 수 없어요.” (Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.) - “The wall is too high, so I can’t climb up.”

959
Q

Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.

A

“담벼락이 너무 높아서 올라갈 수 없어요.” (Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.) - “The wall is too high, so I can’t climb up.”

960
Q

Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.

A

“담벼락이 너무 높아서 올라갈 수 없어요.” (Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.) - “The wall is too high, so I can’t climb up.”

961
Q

Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.

A

“담벼락이 너무 높아서 올라갈 수 없어요.” (Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.) - “The wall is too high, so I can’t climb up.”

962
Q

Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.

A

“담벼락이 너무 높아서 올라갈 수 없어요.” (Dambyeolagi neomu nopaseo ollagal su eopseoyo.) - “The wall is too high, so I can’t climb up.”

963
Q

Geureohge ani geureo

A

The phrase “그렇게 아니 그렇어” (Geureohge ani geureo) translates to “It’s not like that” in English. It’s used to express that something is not as described or not the case.

964
Q

Nam ya

Carefull to say this. It very informal way

A

“남 어” (Nam ya) can indeed be interpreted as “none of your business” in Korean. It’s a colloquial expression used to tell someone that a certain matter is not their concern. However, it’s worth noting that this phrase can come across as quite blunt or impolite, so it’s important to consider the tone and context in which it’s used.

965
Q

Gatchi gaja eonni
Gatchi gaja nae chingu

A

“같이 가자 언니” (Gatchi gaja eonni) translates to “Let’s go together, sister” in English. It’s a friendly and inviting way to suggest going somewhere together with someone who is older than you and whom you address as “언니” (eonni), meaning “sister.”
“같이 가자, 내 친구” (Gatchi gaja, nae chingu) translates to “Let’s go together, my friend” in English.

966
Q

Masitge deuseyo

A

“맛있게 드세요” (Masitge deuseyo) translates to “Enjoy your meal” or “Enjoy the meal” in English. It’s a polite phrase used before someone starts eating to wish them a pleasant dining experience.

An impolite way to express “Enjoy your meal” could be “맛있게 드려라” (Masitge deuryeora). However, this phrase is quite rude and disrespectful. It’s better to use the polite form “맛있게 드세요” (Masitge deuseyo) in most situations to show courtesy and respect to the person you’re addressing.

967
Q

Heum, masisseumnida
Heum, masinne
Heum masitda

A

A polite way to express “Hmm, it tastes good” would be “흠, 맛있습니다” (Heum, masisseumnida). This form is more formal and respectful, suitable for use in formal settings or when speaking to someone older or in a position of authority.
The phrase “흠 맛있다” (Heum masitda) translates to “Hmm, it tastes good” in English. It’s a casual expression used to convey enjoyment or satisfaction with the taste of food.
The phrase “흠, 맛있네” (Heum, masinne) is a casual way of saying “Hmm, it tastes good” in Korean. It’s a slightly informal expression commonly used among friends or in casual settings.

968
Q

Ge bolgesibnida
Ge bolgeyo

A

Yes, “게 볼게요” (Ge bolgeyo) is a casual way of saying “I’ll be waiting,” while “게 볼게십니다” (Ge bolgesibnida) is the polite form of the same phrase. Adding “-십니다” (-sibnida) makes the expression more formal and respectful, suitable for use in polite or formal situations.

969
Q

Nugu mannayo?
Nugureul mannasseosseoyo?
Nugureul mannasseumnikka?

A

The phrase “누구 만나요?” (Nugu mannayo?) translates to “Who did you meet?” in English. It’s a casual way of asking about the person someone met.

To make it more formal, you can say “누구를 만나셨어요?” (Nugureul mannasseosseoyo?) or “누구를 만나셨습니까?” (Nugureul mannasseumnikka?), which translates to “Whom did you meet?” in English. These forms are more polite and suitable for formal situations or when speaking to someone older or in a higher position.

970
Q

Oraenmani-eoyo
Oraenmanda

A

Yes, “오랜만이에요” (Oraenmani-eoyo) and “오랜만이다” (Oraenmanda) convey similar sentiments but differ slightly in formality and usage.

  • “오랜만이에요” (Oraenmani-eoyo) is a polite form used in casual or semi-formal situations. It means “It’s been a long time” or “Long time no see,” and it’s used when speaking to someone you haven’t seen in a while, showing a respectful level of politeness.
  • “오랜만이다” (Oraenmanda) is a statement of fact that is more informal and typically used in writing or in very casual speech among close friends or relatives. It also means “It’s been a long time.”

The main difference lies in the level of formality and the context in which you would use each phrase.

971
Q

Jega yeogineun sarayo

A

“제가 여기는 살아요” (Jega yeogineun sarayo) translates to “I live here” in English. It’s a statement indicating that the speaker resides in the current location.

972
Q

Bangawoyo, geuna

A

The phrase “반가워 그나” (Bangawo geuna) is not a standard expression in Korean. Instead, you can say “반가워요, 그나” (Bangawoyo, geuna) to mean “It’s nice to see you” in English.

973
Q

Geureom deo boayo

A

“그럼 더 보아요” (Geureom deo boayo) translates to “See you again then” in English. It’s a friendly way to say goodbye, indicating that you’ll see the person again in the future.

974
Q

Yeogiseo ilhaeyo?

A

To ask “Do you work here?” in Korean, you would say:

“여기서 일해요?” (Yeogiseo ilhaeyo?)

This is a polite and straightforward way to inquire if someone works at the current location.

975
Q

Bimil
Amuhantedo malhaji ma

A

The word “secret” in Korean is “비밀” (bimil). “비밀” (bimil) is the correct term for “secret.”

To say “You can’t tell anyone” in Korean, you would use:

  • “아무에게도 말하지 마세요” (Amuegedo malhaji maseyo) in formal or polite speech.
  • “아무한테도 말하지 마” (Amuhantedo malhaji ma) in casual or informal speech.
976
Q

Sagi geuna

A

The phrase “사기 그나” (Sagi geuna) translates to “She got conned” in English. It’s a casual way to express that someone has been deceived or swindled.

977
Q

Mworago andeyo?

A

“뭐라고 안 해요?” (Mworago andeyo?) translates to “What did I say?” in English. It’s a question asking for clarification about something that was said.

978
Q

Sasireun, naneun han gijarobuteo neo-e daehae isanghan yaegireul deureosseo

A

The phrase “사실은” (Sasireun) translates to “to tell the truth” in English. The complete sentence would be: “사실은, 나는 한 기자로부터 너에 대해 이상한 얘기를 들었어” (Sasireun, naneun han gijarobuteo neo-e daehae isanghan yaegireul deureosseo), meaning “To tell the truth, I heard something strange about you from a reporter I’m close to.”

979
Q

Mwodeun nege
Mueoseul deureusyeossseumnikka?

A

The phrase “뭐든 네게” (Mwodeun nege) translates to “What did you hear?” in English. It’s a question asking for clarification about what information was received or heard.

A formal way to ask “What did you hear?” would be:

“무엇을 들으셨습니까?” (Mueoseul deureusyeossseumnikka?)

This phrase uses the honorific form “들으셨습니까?” (deureusyeossseumnikka) instead of the casual “들으셨어요?” (deureusyeosseoyo). It’s suitable for formal situations or when speaking to someone older or in a higher position.

980
Q

Doni haneuleseo naeryeowosseumyeon jogetseo.

A

For the second part of your message, “I wish money would fall from the sky” can be translated to:

“돈이 하늘에서 내려왔으면 좋겠어요.” (Doni haneuleseo naeryeowosseumyeon jogetseoyo.)
The phrase “돈이 하늘에서 내려왔으면 좋겠어요.” (Doni haneuleseo naeryeowosseumyeon jogetseoyo) is already in a polite form. If you’re looking for a slightly shorter or more casual version, you could say:

“돈이 하늘에서 내려왔으면 좋겠어.” (Doni haneuleseo naeryeowosseumyeon jogetseo.)

This version maintains politeness but is slightly less formal.

981
Q

Josimhae
Juyihae!

A

“Watch out!” in Korean can be translated as “조심해!” (Josimhae!) or “주의해!” (Juyihae!).

982
Q

Nae chareul inayo?

A

The phrase “내 차를 이나요?” (Nae chareul inayo?) translates to “Is my car here?” in English. It’s a question asking about the location or presence of the speaker’s car.

983
Q

Geu sarameul mitji maseyo
Geu saram mitjima.
Geu sarameun sinroehal manhaeyo.Geu sarameun sinroehal manhae.

A

The phrase “그 사람 이치마” (Geu saram ichima) does not have a clear meaning in Korean. It seems like there might be a typo or misunderstanding in the phrase provided.

To say “Don’t trust him” in Korean, you would say:

“그 사람을 믿지 마세요.” (Geu sarameul mitji maseyo.)

This phrase directly translates to “Don’t trust that person.”
Yes, “그 사람 믿지마” (Geu saram mitjima) is an even shorter version of “Don’t trust him” in Korean.
The phrase “그 사람 더덜무니” (Geu saram deodeolmuni) does not have a clear meaning in Korean. It seems like there might be a typo or misunderstanding in the phrase provided.

To say “He is trustworthy” in Korean, you would say:

“그 사람은 신뢰할 만해요.” (Geu sarameun sinroehal manhaeyo.)

For a shorter version of “He is trustworthy,” you can say:

“그 사람은 신뢰할 만해.” (Geu sarameun sinroehal manhae.)

This is a more concise way of expressing “He is trustworthy” in Korean.

This phrase directly translates to “He is trustworthy” in English.

984
Q

Gamjeong

A

If you are asking for the Korean word for “feelings,” it is “감정” (Gamjeong).

985
Q

Amuraedo allyeo deuryeoya hal geot gataseoyo.

Hajiman dangsini araya handago saenggakhaetseumnida

A

“아무래도” (Amuraedo) translates to “anyway” or “anyhow” in English, and it often conveys a sense of “I think” or “probably” in the context of a sentence. The phrase you’re looking for, “but I thought you should know,” can be expressed differently in Korean, depending on the context. A more direct translation could be “하지만 당신이 알아야 한다고 생각했습니다” (Hajiman dangsini araya handago saenggakhaetseumnida). However, this is a bit formal.

For a phrase that carries a similar sentiment to “아무래도” and the idea of “but I thought you should know,” you might say:
- 아무래도 알려 드려야 할 것 같아서요. (Amuraedo allyeo deuryeoya hal geot gataseoyo.)

This translates more directly to “Anyway, I thought I should let you know,” and conveys a casual tone.

986
Q

Geokjeong maseyo

A

“걱정 마세요” (Geokjeong maseyo) is the correct phrase for “Don’t worry” in Korean. It’s polite and commonly used to reassure someone.

987
Q

Naneun bareun sarami anilji mollado geureon ireun haji aneul geoyeyo.

A

To convey the sentiment “I may not be a righteous man, but I wouldn’t do that” in Korean, you could say:

“나는 바른 사람이 아닐지 몰라도 그런 일은 하지 않을 거예요.” (Naneun bareun sarami anilji mollado geureon ireun haji aneul geoyeyo.)

This sentence breaks down as follows:
- 나는 (Naneun): I
- 바른 사람이 아닐지 (bareun sarami anilji): may not be a righteous person
- 몰라도 (mollado): even if I don’t know / though I may not know
- 그런 일은 (geureon ireun): such a thing
- 하지 않을 거예요 (haji aneul geoyeyo): I will not do

988
Q

Nugu mana?
Nugureul mannalkka?

A

“Nugu mana” could be interpreted as “누구 만나?” in informal Korean, meaning “Who are you meeting?” or “Who will you meet?” depending on context. For “Who would I meet?” in a speculative or rhetorical sense, you might say “누구를 만날까?” (Nugureul mannalkka?) if asking yourself or pondering aloud about future possibilities.

989
Q

Najunge
Najunge jeonhwahalgeyo.
Oneureun bappaseo najunge mannaya haeyo.
I ireul najunge haedo gwaenchanayo
Najunge dasi yeollakhaeyo.
Najunge bwayo!

A

Yes, “나중에” (najunge) means “later” in Korean.

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “나중에” (najunge):

  1. 나중에 전화할게요. (Najunge jeonhwahalgeyo.) - I’ll call you later.
  2. 오늘은 바빠서 나중에 만나야 해요. (Oneureun bappaseo najunge mannaya haeyo.) - I’m busy today, so we’ll have to meet later.
  3. 이 일을 나중에 해도 괜찮아요. (I ireul najunge haedo gwaenchanayo.) - It’s okay to do this later.
  4. 나중에 다시 연락해요. (Najunge dasi yeollakhaeyo.) - Let’s get in touch again later.
  5. 나중에 봐요! (Najunge bwayo!) - See you later!
990
Q

Mwoimkka?
Mwoya?
Igeo mwoim?

A

An informal way to say “What is it?” or “What is this?” in Korean is:

“뭐야?” (Mwoya?)

or

“이거 뭐임?” (Igeo mwoim?)

These expressions are commonly used in casual conversations among friends or peers.

991
Q

Geureohge eodiseo
Geugeon gongjeonghaji anha. Neo neomu igijeogiya

A

The phrase “그렇게 어디서” (Geureohge eodiseo) translates to “Where from that?” in English. However, it doesn’t seem to fit the context of expressing that something isn’t fair or accusing someone of being selfish.

For “That’s not fair. You’re so selfish.” in Korean, you might say:

“그건 공정하지 않아. 너 너무 이기적이야.” (Geugeon gongjeonghaji anha. Neo neomu igijeogiya.)

This expresses the sentiment of unfairness and selfishness more accurately.

992
Q

Sugo manheusyeosseoyo
Sugo isseoyo

A

Yes, a shorter version of “수고 많으셨어요” (Sugo manheusyeosseoyo) is “수고 있어요” (Sugo isseoyo). This still conveys the meaning of “Good job” or “Well done” but in a more concise way.

993
Q

Han beon sido hae bollae?

A

If you meant to ask “Do you want to try one?” in Korean, you would say:

“한 번 시도해 볼래?” (Han beon sido hae bollae?) or simply “한 번 시도해 볼래?” (Han beon sido hae bollae?) for a more casual tone.

This phrase translates directly to “Do you want to try?” or “Would you like to give it a try?” in English.

994
Q

Mianhae jeongmallo

A

The phrase “미안해 정말로” (Mianhae jeongmallo) translates to “I’m really sorry” in English. It’s a sincere way to apologize for something.

995
Q

Geuttae junbi doemyeon naege malhaejwo

Hal ttae malhaejwo

A

To say “When you are ready, at that time you can tell me” using “그때” (Geuttae), you can say:

“그때 준비되면 나에게 말해줘.” (Geuttae junbi doemyeon naege malhaejwo.)

In this sentence:
- “그때” (Geuttae) means “at that time” or “when.”
- “준비되면” (Junbi doemyeon) means “when you are ready.”
- “나에게 말해줘” (Naege malhaejwo) means “tell me” or “inform me.”

So, the full sentence translates to “When you are ready, at that time you can tell me.”
The word “그때” (Geuttae) means “then” or “at that time” in Korean. It doesn’t directly translate to “tell me when you feel like it.”

To express “tell me when you feel like it” in Korean, you could say:

“할 때 말해줘” (Hal ttae malhaejwo)

This translates to “Tell me when you feel like it” in English. It’s a polite way to request someone to inform you when they are ready or feel inclined to do something.

996
Q

Ne joayo

A

The phrase “네 좋아요” (Ne joayo) translates to “Yes, that’s good” or “Okay” in English. It’s used to confirm or agree with something, indicating that you are satisfied with the plan or decision. It can be used to indicate that you are good to go or that everything is in order.

997
Q

Eotteohke ne geunya?)

A

The phrase “어떻게 네 건이야?” (Eotteohke ne geunya?) translates to “What happened with you?” or “What’s going on with you?” in English. It’s a question asking about a specific situation or event that involves the person being addressed.

998
Q

Eotteohke yeogi osyeossjyo?

A

The phrase “어떻게 여기 오셨죠?” (Eotteohke yeogi osyeossjyo?) translates to “How did you come here?” in English. However, if you meant “What brings you here?” you could say:

“여기에 와서 무슨 일 있어요?” (Yeogie waseo museun il isseoyo?)

This translates directly to “What business do you have here?” or more naturally, “What brings you here?”

999
Q

(Mwogayo?

A

The phrase “뭐가요?” (Mwogayo?) translates to “What do you mean?” in English. It’s used to ask someone to explain or clarify their statement or intention.

1000
Q

Jeoneun hwaga naji anasseoyo
Na hwanaji anha

A

The phrase “제가 운제여” (Jega Unjeyeo) doesn’t have a clear meaning in Korean. If you meant to say “I’m not upset,” you could say:

“저는 화가 나지 않았어요” (Jeoneun hwaga naji anasseoyo) in polite form or “나 화나지 않아” (Na hwanaji anha) in casual form.

These phrases both translate to “I’m not upset” in English.

1001
Q

Manhi masigin hasyeosseonne

A

The phrase “많이 마시긴 하셨네” (Manhi masigin hasyeosseonne) translates to “You must have had a lot to drink” in English. It’s a comment suggesting that the person has consumed a significant amount of alcohol.
Yes, “많이 마시긴 하셨어” (Manhi masigin hasyeosseo) is a slightly shortened and more casual way of saying “많이 마시긴 하셨네” (Manhi masigin hasyeosseonne). Both phrases convey the idea that the person has likely consumed a lot of alcohol.

1002
Q

Ijeuseyo
Ijeo

A

The phrase “가엾다” (Gaetta) does not mean “forget it” in Korean. It seems there might be a typo or misunderstanding.

To express “forget it” in Korean, you could say:

“잊어” (Ijeo) in a casual way or “잊으세요” (Ijeuseyo) in a polite way.

These phrases directly translate to “forget” or “forget it” in English.

1003
Q

Dureoga

A

The phrase “들어가” (Dureoga) translates to “go inside” in English. It’s a command form instructing someone to enter a place or location.

1004
Q

Iltal sigan eottaeyo?
Naeil sigan isseoyo?

A

The phrase “일탈 시간 어때요?” (Iltal sigan eottaeyo?) translates to “How about tomorrow?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone is available or free tomorrow. However, it seems like there might be a typo in your phrase, as “일탈” (Iltal) means “escape” or “deviation” and might not be the intended word. If you meant to ask “Are you free tomorrow?” you could say:

“내일 시간 있어요?” (Naeil sigan isseoyo?) for a polite form.
“내일 시간 있어?” (Naeil sigan isseo?) for a casual form.

1005
Q

Eotteon iri geunyeoege deureogassnayo?

A

The word “갑자기” (Gabjagi) translates to “suddenly” or “unexpectedly” in English. It’s used to describe something that happens abruptly or without warning. However, if you’re asking “What’s gotten into her?” to express surprise or confusion about someone’s behavior, a more suitable phrase in Korean would be:

“어떤 일이 그녀에게 들어갔나요?” (Eotteon iri geunyeoege deureogassnayo?)

This translates to “What happened to her?” or “What’s going on with her?” in English.

1006
Q

Arasseo, gwaenhi haesseo
Arasseo, haesseo

A

The phrase “알았어, 했어” (Arasseo, haesseo) can be used as a shorter version of “알았어, 괜히 했어” (Arasseo, gwaenhi haesseo). It still conveys the meaning of “Okay, forget it” in a more concise way.

1007
Q

Geureonga gayo?
Geuraetna bwayo

A

The phrase “그런가 가요?” (Geureonga gayo?) translates to “Is that so?” or “I suppose so?” in English. It’s used to express mild skepticism or uncertainty about something that was said or suggested.
The phrase “그랬나 봐요” (Geuraetna bwayo) translates to “I think so” or “I guess so” in English. It’s used to express agreement or confirmation based on one’s own understanding or observation.

1008
Q

Igeol gajyeogalgeyo
Igeol gajyeogalge

A

The phrase “제 여기 갔다” (Je yeogi gatta) seems to have a typo or misunderstanding. If you meant to say “I’ll take this” in Korean, you could say:

“이걸 가져갈게요” (Igeol gajyeogalgeyo) in a polite form.
“이걸 가져갈게” (Igeol gajyeogalge) in a casual form.
Yes, “이걸 가져갈게” (Igeol gajyeogalge) is a shortened and more casual way of saying “이걸 가져갈게요” (Igeol gajyeogalgeyo), both of which mean “I’ll take this” in English.

These phrases both translate to “I’ll take this” or “I’ll take it” in English.

1009
Q

Geureonde eodieseo
Geureohge andeseo

A

The phrases “그렇게 안 돼서” (Geureohge andeseo) and “그런데 어디서” (Geureonde eodieseo) both mean “not like that” in English, but they have slightly different nuances:

  • “그렇게 안 돼서” (Geureohge andeseo) literally means “because it doesn’t go like that” and is used to express that something isn’t possible or acceptable in a certain way.
  • “그런데 어디서” (Geureonde eodieseo) literally means “but where from” and is used to express disbelief or surprise about something being said or suggested.

So, depending on the context, you can use either phrase accordingly.

1010
Q

Na yeolsimhi hangulmal gongbuhalgeyo
Naneun hangeuleul yeolsimhi gongbuhesseoyo
Naneun hangeuleul yeolsimhi gongbuago isseoyo

A

“나 열심히 한글말 공부할게요” (Na yeolsimhi hangulmal gongbuhalgeyo) means “I will study the Korean language diligently.” It’s a commitment to put effort into learning Korean.
The past tense of “I will study the Korean language diligently” is “I have been studying the Korean language diligently.” In Korean, it translates to:

“나는 한글을 열심히 공부했어요.” (Naneun hangeuleul yeolsimhi gongbuhesseoyo.)

This phrase indicates that the action of studying diligently has been completed in the past.
The present tense of “I have been studying the Korean language diligently” is “I am studying the Korean language diligently.”

In Korean, it translates to:

“나는 한글을 열심히 공부하고 있어요.” (Naneun hangeuleul yeolsimhi gongbuago isseoyo.)

This phrase indicates that the action of studying diligently is currently ongoing in the present.

1011
Q

Igeoseun nae gajogimnida
Igeoseun je anaego, geunyeoui ireumeun….name
Igeoseun nae du namja aideurimnida
Igeoseun nae macheego, geuui ireumeun…name
Geurigo je maknaeneun…name
Geudeureun nae janyeodeurimnida

A

“This is my family” translates to “이것은 내 가족입니다” (Igeoseun nae gajogimnida) in Korean.
“This is my wife and her name is” translates to “이것은 제 아내고, 그녀의 이름은” (Igeoseun je anaego, geunyeoui ireumeun) in Korean.
“These are my 2 boys” translates to “이것은 내 두 남자 아이들입니다” (Igeoseun nae du namja aideurimnida) in Korean.
“This is my eldest and his name is” translates to “이것은 내 맏이고, 그의 이름은” (Igeoseun nae macheego, geuui ireumeun) in Korean.
“And my youngest one is…” translates to “그리고 제 막내는…” (Geurigo je maknaeneun…) in Korean. After this, you can add the name of your youngest child. For example:

“그리고 제 막내는 소희예요” (Geurigo je maknaeneun Sohuiyeyo) - “And my youngest one is Sohui.”
“They are my children” translates to “그들은 내 자녀들입니다” (Geudeureun nae janyeodeurimnida) in Korean.

1012
Q

Silheo hamyeon
Silheo hamyeon geunyang haji maseyo.

A

“싫어 하면” (Silheo hamyeon) translates to “if you don’t like it” in English. It’s used to introduce a condition or hypothetical situation. For example:

“싫어 하면 그냥 하지 마세요.” (Silheo hamyeon geunyang haji maseyo.) - “If you don’t like it, just don’t do it.”

1013
Q

Honjae haleyo?
Honjae galeyo?

A

“Honjae haleyo?” translates to “Will you do it alone?” or “Are you going to do it by yourself?”
“Honjae galeyo?” translates to “Are you going alone?” or “Will you go by yourself?”

1014
Q

Geuraedo amuraedo
Geureochi
Geureoke
Geureochi amuraedo

A

Ah, I see! It sounds like you’re trying to say “그래도 아무래도” (geuraedo amuraedo), which can be interpreted as “I guess you’re right” depending on the context of the conversation in the drama. “그래도” (geuraedo) means “but still” or “nevertheless,” and “아무래도” (amuraedo) can mean “anyhow” or “I guess.” Together, they can express a reluctant agreement or realization, akin to “I guess you’re right” in English. The nuances can vary based on how it’s used in the dialogue.”그렇지” (geureochi) or “그렇게” (geureoke) are often used in casual conversations. “그렇지” (geureochi) can mean “right?” or “isn’t it?” as a way to agree or seek agreement. It’s a casual, colloquial way to confirm something or express that something is as expected.

For example:
- “맛있다, 그렇지?” (Masitda, geureochi?) - “It’s delicious, right?”
- “날씨 좋다, 그렇지?” (Nalssi jota, geureochi?) - “The weather is nice, isn’t it?”

On the other hand, “그렇게” (geureoke) translates to “like that” or “so,” and is used to describe the manner or way something is done or occurs.

If you’re aiming for a casual affirmation similar to “right?” or “you know?”, then “그렇지” (geureochi) would be the appropriate choice.”그렇지 아무래도” (Geureochi amuraedo) combines “그렇지” (geureochi), which can mean “right” or “isn’t it?” with “아무래도” (amuraedo), meaning “somehow,” “anyway,” or “I guess.” So, this phrase could be interpreted as “Right, I guess” or “Seems so, anyway,” indicating agreement but with a sense of resignation or acknowledgment of the situation despite possible doubts or concerns.

It’s a nuanced expression, reflecting a blend of agreement with a hint of inevitability or resignation, often used in conversational Korean to acknowledge something while also implying it’s out of one’s control or beyond doubt.

1015
Q

Omyeong junge

A

“오명 중에” (Omyeong junge) translates to “among the names” in English. It’s used to refer to a specific category or group among which something is being discussed or considered.

1016
Q

Eotteohke hamyeon
Eotteohke hamyeon hangugeo silryeogeul noh-il su isseulkkayo, yeolsimhi gongbuhaedo?

A

“어떻게 하면” (Eotteohke hamyeon) translates to “How can I/if/how do I” in English. It’s a phrase used to inquire about or express uncertainty about the method or means to accomplish something.
“How can I be better in Korean even if I study diligently?” translates to “어떻게 하면 한국어 실력을 높일 수 있을까요, 열심히 공부해도?” (Eotteohke hamyeon hangugeo silryeogeul noh-il su isseulkkayo, yeolsimhi gongbuhaedo?) in Korean. This sentence expresses a desire to improve one’s Korean language skills despite putting in diligent effort.

1017
Q

Yeoja yeop e-isso
Yeop-e inneun yeoja
Yeochin or Yeojachingu

A

“옆에 있는 여자” (Yeop-e inneun yeoja) translates to “The woman next to me” in English. This phrase indicates the presence of a woman next to the speaker.
“여친” (yeochin) is actually short for “여자 친구” (yeoja chingu), which means “girlfriend” in Korean. It’s a colloquial abbreviation commonly used in casual conversations. If you’re referring to a female friend in general, you can use “친구” (chingu), which means “friend.”

1018
Q

Hoksi banaseo isanghayo?
Hoksi jigeum mannaseo isanghayo?

A

“혹시 반아서 이상하요?” (Hoksi banaseo isanghayo?) translates to “Is it strange meeting now by any chance?” in English. This phrase is asking if the meeting at the current moment feels unusual or odd, with a slight sense of uncertainty or doubt implied by “hoksi” (by any chance).”혹시 지금 만나서 이상하요?” (Hoksi jigeum mannaseo isanghayo?) translates to “Is it strange meeting now by any chance?” in English. This phrase is asking if the meeting at the present moment feels unusual or odd, with a hint of uncertainty or doubt implied by “hoksi” (by any chance).

1019
Q

Eotteohke anayo?
Iljanayo?

A

“어떻게 아나요?” (Eotteohke anayo?) translates to “How do you know?” in English. It’s a question used to inquire about how someone came to know or understand something.
“일자나요?” (Iljanayo?) translates to “Is it a date?” in English. It’s a question asking if a particular occasion or meeting is intended to be a romantic date.

1020
Q

Ildan gajigo

A

“Ildan gajigo” (일단 가지고) translates to “Let’s go for now” or “Let’s go first” in English. It’s a phrase used to suggest taking action or proceeding with something temporarily or as a first step, with the intention of addressing other matters later.

1021
Q

Yeoreobundeulgwa iyagihago isseoyo

A

“Yeoreobundeure iyagihago” seems like a partial phrase. It likely is intended to mean “Talking with everyone,” but it’s incomplete and slightly incorrect grammatically. A more grammatically complete and natural phrase would be:

여러분들과 이야기하고 있어요. (Yeoreobundeulgwa iyagihago isseoyo.)
This means “I am talking with everyone.”

If you have a different context in mind, let me know so I can provide a more precise translation!

1022
Q

Geurae, nugu isso?
Ah, jeoketta!
Ah, juketta!
Ah, joketta!

A

The phrase “그래, 누구 있어?” (Geurae, nugu isso?) translates to “Okay, who is there?” or “Alright, who is around?” It’s a way of asking about who is present in

These phrases seem like attempts to write similar expressions in Korean, but they’re slightly off in spelling or context from standard phrases:

  1. “아, 적었다” (Ah, jeoketta) - As previously mentioned, this means “Ah, I wrote it.”
  2. “아, 죽었다” (Ah, juketta) - This means “Ah, (he/she/it) died” or “Ah, I’m dead/done for.” It’s often used dramatically or humorously to indicate that something is over or someone is in a dire situation.
  3. “아, 좋겠다” (Ah, joketta) - This can be translated as “Ah, that would be nice/good,” expressing a wish or a desirable outcome.

Each phrase has a different meaning based on the verb used, affecting the context in which it might be appropriately used.

1023
Q

Horang-i

A

“Horang-i” (호랑이) means “tiger” in Korean. Here’s how you might see it used in sentences:

  1. Horang-i neomu ganghae yo. (호랑이 너무 강해요.)
    • The tiger is very strong.
  2. Jeoneun horang-i-reul johahae yo. (저는 호랑이를 좋아해요.)
    • I like tigers.
  3. Horang-i-reul bon jeok isseoyo? (호랑이를 본 적 있어요?)
    • Have you ever seen a tiger?
  4. Urinara-eun horang-i-reul sangjinghaneun dongmul-i-eyo. (우리나라는 호랑이를 상징하는 동물이에요.)
    • In our country, the tiger is a symbolic animal.
1024
Q

Hoksi oneul sigan eottaeyo?
Hoksi oneul sigan isseoyo?
Oneul gwenchana sigan isseoyo?

A

“Hoksi oneul sigan eottaeyo?” (혹시 오늘 시간 어때요?) translates to “Do you have time today by any chance?” or “Are you free today?” It’s a polite way to ask someone if they’re available. Here’s how you might use it in a conversation:

  1. Hoksi oneul sigan eottaeyo? Jeoneun hamkke jeomsim meogeureo gal sarami piryohae yo.
    (혹시 오늘 시간 어때요? 저는 함께 점심 먹으러 갈 사람이 필요해요.)
    • Do you have time today? I need someone to go to lunch with.
  2. Hoksi oneul sigan eottaeyo? Uri jom mannaseo iyagihae bolkka?
    (혹시 오늘 시간 어때요? 우리 좀 만나서 이야기해 볼까?)
    • Do you have time today? Should we meet up and talk?

Both phrases have similar meanings and are used to inquire about someone’s availability or schedule for the day. The main difference lies in the choice of verbs:

  1. “Hoksi oneul sigan eottaeyo?” (혹시 오늘 시간 어때요?):
    • This phrase uses the verb “어떻다” (eotteohda), which means “to be like” or “to be in what state.” In this context, it’s asking “How is your time today?” or “What is your time like today?” It’s a slightly indirect way of asking about someone’s availability.
  2. “Hoksi oneul sigan isseoyo?” (혹시 오늘 시간 있어요?):
    • This phrase uses the verb “있다” (itta), which means “to have” or “to exist.” It’s a more direct way of asking if someone has time today.

In practical terms, the difference is subtle, and both phrases are commonly used interchangeably in conversations. They both convey the same basic question about availability in a polite manner.
“Oneul gwenchana sigan isseoyo?” (오늘 괜찮아 시간 있어요?) translates to “Are you okay with the time today?” or “Do you have time today?” in English. This phrase is asking if someone is available or has time today, but it also includes the element of confirming if the suggested time is suitable or acceptable for the person.

1025
Q

Geu ani geudeun

A

The phrase “Geu ani geudeun” (그 아니 그는) might be trying to say “He is not that,” but it’s somewhat unclear and not grammatically correct in Korean. If you want to say “He is not nice” in Korean, you can say:

Geuneun chinjeolhaji anhseumnida. (그는 친절하지 않습니다.)
This is a more correct and formal way to express that someone is not nice.

1026
Q

Gongjeongmal maseyo!
Geojitmalhamyeon, nareul dachige hal geoyeyo
Neomu seulpeohaji maseyo

A

“Gongjeongmal maseyo” (공정말 마세요) translates to “Please don’t lie” or “Don’t lie to me” in English. It’s a direct and polite way to ask someone not to deceive or be dishonest.

“If you lie, it will hurt me” translates to “Geojitmalhamyeon, nareul dachige hal geoyeyo” in Korean.
“Don’t feel too upset” translates to “Neomu seulpeohaji maseyo” in English alphabet.

1027
Q

Nado arayo!
Moreugesseo!

A

“Nado arayo” (나도 알아요) translates to “I know too” in English.
“모르겠어” (moreugesseo) means “I don’t know” in English.

1028
Q

Ujima

A

“Ujima” (우지마) means “don’t cry” in English.

1029
Q

Mokja

A

“Mokja” is a casual and shortened way to say “Let’s eat” in Korean. The full phrase would be “Mokja!” (먹자!).
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “mokja” (먹자):

  1. Mokja! (먹자!)
    • Let’s eat!
  2. Ijen gogi mokja! (이젠 고기 먹자!)
    • Let’s eat meat now!
  3. Mokja! Eolmana meogeo? (먹자! 얼마나 먹어?)
    • Let’s eat! How much are you going to eat?
  4. Bab mokja! (밥 먹자!)
    • Let’s eat rice!
  5. Mokja! Hwanyeong-hae! (먹자! 환영해!)
    • Let’s eat! Welcome!
1030
Q

Geureuliga eobseoseo

A

“그럴 리가 없어서” (Geureuliga eobseoseo) translates to “There’s no way that’s true” or “It’s hard to believe that” in English. It’s often used to express doubt or skepticism about something that has been said or suggested.
Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “그럴 리가 없어서” (Geureuliga eobseoseo):

  1. 그럴 리가 없어서, 그가 그런 일을 할 수 있을 리가 없어.
    • “There’s no way that’s true, there’s no way he could do such a thing.”
  2. 그럴 리가 없어서, 그렇게 이해할 수 없어.
    • “It’s hard to believe that, I just can’t understand it.”
  3. 그럴 리가 없어서, 그게 사실일 리가 없어.
    • “There’s no way that’s true, there’s no way that could be real.”
  4. 그럴 리가 없어서, 그게 가능할 리가 없어.
    • “There’s no way that’s possible, there’s no way that could happen.”
  5. 그럴 리가 없어서, 그가 그렇게 행동할 리가 없어.
    • “There’s no way that’s possible, there’s no way he would behave like that.”
1031
Q

Hana wonhaseyo?
Hana deo wonhaseyo?
Hana ju kayo?
deo manhi

A

Ah, I see. In that case, you can say:

“하나 원하세요?” (Hana wonhaseyo?)

This translates to “Do you want one?” or “Would you like one?” in English.
The correct phrase to ask “Do you want one?” in the context of offering something to eat or buy would be:

“하나 더 원하세요?” (Hana deo wonhaseyo?)
The phrase “Hana ju kayo?” (하나 주세요?) translates to “Can I have one?” or “Please give me one” in English. It’s a polite way to request one of something.

This translates directly to “Do you want one more?” or “Would you like one more?” in English.
The word “더” (deo) in Korean means “more” in English. It’s often used in contexts where you want to express an increase in quantity or degree. For example, “더 많이” (deo manhi) means “more” or “more often,” and “더 큰” (deo keun) means “bigger” or “larger.”

1032
Q

Michin geoya

A

“미친 거야” (Michin geoya) translates to “You’re crazy” in English. It’s a colloquial expression used to indicate disbelief or shock at someone’s actions or statements.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “미친 거야” (Michin geoya):

  1. 미친 거야! 왜 그렇게 했어?
    • “You’re crazy! Why did you do that?”
  2. 이거 봐, 미친 거야!
    • “Look at this, it’s crazy!”
  3. 미친 거야, 정말 그렇게 할 수 있어?
    • “You’re crazy, can you really do that?”
  4. 너 미친 거야?
    • “Are you crazy?”
  5. 미친 거야, 이런 일이 일어날 줄 몰랐어.
    • “It’s crazy, I didn’t expect something like this to happen.”
1033
Q

Itchanayo

A

Sure, here are the Korean sentences converted to English alphabet:

  1. Itchanayo?
    • Is it okay?
  2. Itchanayo? Naega i jarie anjado dwaeyo?
    • Is it okay? Can I sit here?
  3. Itchanayo? Naega neohante doawajulkka?
    • Is it okay? Should I help you?
  4. Itchanayo? Ireohge haedo gwaenchanayo?
    • Is it okay? Is it fine like this?
  5. Itchanayo? Naega neohante jeonhwahaedo doelkka?
    • Is it okay? Can I call you?
1034
Q

Geureohge ani geoeyo
Jibe ganeunde-yo
Jibe rago?

A

The phrase “그렇게 아니 거에요” (Geureohge ani geoeyo) means “It’s not like that” or “That’s not the case” in English. It’s used to clarify a misunderstanding or to correct someone’s assumption.
The phrases you provided are not entirely clear. However, I can help with interpretations:

  1. “Jibe endeyo” (집에 엔데요) doesn’t have a clear meaning in Korean. “Jibe” (집에) means “to home,” but “endeyo” doesn’t form a coherent word or phrase. If you meant something like “to go home,” it would be “집에 가요” (Jibe gayo) or “집에 가는데요” (Jibe ganeunde-yo).
  2. “Jibe rago?” (집에 라고?) means “to the house?” or “are you going home?” in Korean. It’s a shortened form of asking someone’s destination. The more complete form would be “집에 가요?” (Jibe gayo?) or “집에 가는 거예요?” (Jibe ganeun geoyeyo?).
1035
Q

Ah, jota

A

The phrase “아, 좋다” (Ah, jota) means “Ah, it’s nice” in English. It’s a casual expression used to express approval or satisfaction with something.

1036
Q

Amugeotdo aniya

A

The phrase “파멸 세몰여” (Pameul semeolyeo) doesn’t have a clear meaning in Korean. If you’re looking for a way to say “nothing” in a colloquial expression, you could use “아무것도 아니야” (Amugeotdo aniya), which means “it’s nothing” or “it’s nothing at all.”

1037
Q

Ah, yeogie ani geuna
Ah, yeogieyo. Ani geunyang aniya

A

“Ah, yeogie ani geuna” translates to “Ah, 여기 아니 그냥” in Korean. It means “Oh, not here, just” in English.. The phrase “아, 여기에요. 아니 그냥 아니야” (Ah, yeogieyo. Ani geunyang aniya) translates to “Ah, it’s here. No, it’s just nothing” in English.

1038
Q

Issnayo
Oneul nalssi jeongmal johda, issnayo?

A

“Issnayo” (이써나요) in Korean means “Isn’t it?” or “Right?” It’s often used to seek agreement or confirmation.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “issnayo” (이써나요):

  1. 오늘 날씨 정말 좋다, 이써나요? (Oneul nalssi jeongmal johda, issnayo?) - “The weather is really nice today, isn’t it?”
  2. 이 책은 정말 흥미로워 보여, 이써나요? (I chaek-eun jeongmal heungmirowo boyeo, issnayo?) - “This book seems really interesting, doesn’t it?”
  3. 요리를 잘 할 수 있는 방법을 배우면 좋겠다, 이써나요? (Yorireul jal hal su issneun bangbeobeul baeumyeon johgetda, issnayo?) - “It would be great to learn how to cook well, wouldn’t it?”
    Of course, here are some more sample sentences:
  4. 이 영화는 정말 재미있어 보여, 이써나요? (I yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemiisseo boyeo, issnayo?) - “This movie looks really fun, doesn’t it?”
  5. 이 식당은 유명하다고 들었어, 이써나요? (I sikdangeun yumyeonghadago deureosseo, issnayo?) - “I heard this restaurant is famous, isn’t it?”
  6. 지금 시간이 어느 정도인지 알고 계신가요, 이써나요? (Jigeum sigani eoneu jeongdo-inji algo gyesingayo, issnayo?) - “Do you know what time it is approximately, don’t you?”
  7. 이 새로운 계획이 우리에게 도움이 될 거라고 생각해, 이써나요? (I saeroun gyehoege uriege doumi doel georago saenggakhae, issnayo?) - “I think this new plan will be helpful for us, don’t you?”
1039
Q

Jal Itchanayo?
Jal jinaesseo?
Wol-yo-il silh-eo
Ajamondaega joahaessji anhseubnida
Jega jumare neomu joahaeyo

A

Jal Itchanayo”잘 지냈어” means “I’ve been well” in English.
Jal jinaesseo “잘 지냈어” means “I’ve been well” in English.
In the English alphabet, “I don’t like Monday” is written as “Wol-yo-il silh-eo.”
In the English alphabet, “I don’t like Monday” would be written as “Ajamondaega joahaessji anhseubnida.”
“제가 주말을 너무 좋아해요” translates to “I really like weekends” in English.

1040
Q

Jinjeonghaseyo
geokjeong haseyo

A

Yes, I’m sure. “진정하세요” (jinjeonghaseyo) is the correct way to say “Calm down” in Korean. “걱정 하세요” (geokjeong haseyo) means “Please worry,” which is not the intended expression for calming someone.

1041
Q

Geureohge aniga aranikka

A

The phrase “그렇게 아니가 아라니까” (geureohge aniga aranikka) in Korean could be translated as “That’s why I’m telling you it’s not like that” or “That’s why I say it isn’t so.” It’s used to explain or assert that something isn’t the way someone else might think or suggest. This expression is often used to clarify a misunderstanding or correct a wrong assumption.
Sure, here are the Korean sentences romanized into the English alphabet:

  1. 친구: neo ajikdo geu il ttaemune hwaga nan geoya?
    na: ani, geureohge aniga aranikka. beolsseo yongseohaesseo.
    • Friend: Are you still angry about that incident?
    • Me: No, geureohge aniga aranikka. Beolsseo yongseohaesseo.
  2. 동료: uri peurojegteuga neujeojineun geon ne tarirago deureosseo.
    나: geureohge aniga aranikka. sasil-eun jajae gonggeub-i jyeondoeoss-eo.
    • Colleague: I heard that our project delay is your fault.
    • Me: That’s why I say it isn’t so. Actually, jajae gonggeub-i jyeondoeoss-eo.
  3. 가족: ibeon jumal-e uri jib-e an ondamyeo?
    나: geureohge aniga aranikka. ilyoile bangmunhalge.
    • Family: So you’re not coming to our house this weekend?
    • Me: That’s why I’m telling you it’s not like that. I’ll visit on Sunday.
1042
Q

Mwo isseo geokjeonghaneun geoya?

A

In Korean, “What is it troubling you?” written in the English alphabet would be: “Mwo isseo geokjeonghaneun geoya?”

1043
Q

Mwoga isanghe

A

“Mwoga isanghe” in English alphabet would be “뭐가 이상해” in Hangul, which translates to “What’s wrong?” in English.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “뭐가 이상해” (Mwoga isanghe) in Korean:

  1. 친구: 왜 이렇게 기분이 안 좋아 보여?
    나: 뭐가 이상해? 그냥 조금 피곤한 것 같아.
    • Friend: Why do you seem so down?
    • Me: What’s wrong? I just feel a bit tired.
  2. 부모님: 학교에서 무슨 일이 있었니? 너 왜 이렇게 우울해 보여?
    나: 뭐가 이상해? 아무 일도 없어요.
    • Parents: What happened at school? Why do you look so sad?
    • Me: What’s wrong? There’s nothing wrong.
  3. 동료: 오늘 일을 왜 이렇게 느린 거야?
    나: 뭐가 이상해? 좀 집중이 안 되는 것 같아요.
    • Colleague: Why are you working so slowly today?
    • Me: What’s wrong? I just can’t seem to focus.
1044
Q

chulte aniyeo!
geureolli eobseoyo!

A

The phrase “No way” in Korean can be translated to “철뜻 아니에요” (chulte aniyeo) or “그럴리 없어요” (geureolli eobseoyo). Both expressions convey disbelief or incredulity. Here’s a sample sentence:

Friend: Did you hear? Jim got a perfect score on the test!
Me: No way! That’s incredible! (친구: 짐이 시험에서 만점을 맞았대! 나: 철뜻 아니에요! 놀랍다!)

1045
Q

Mariba

A

The phrase “말이 바” (mariba) in Korean means “tell me the truth” or “speak honestly.” It’s often used to urge someone to be truthful or to clarify a situation. Here’s a sample sentence:
Here are the same sentences with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. At work:
    Boss: How’s the project going?
    Employee: Mali ba, it’s more complicated than we anticipated.
    • Boss: Peurojekteo eotteoke jinhaengdwae?
    • Employee: Mali ba, saenggakhaetdeon geosboda bokjabhaeyo.
  2. Among friends:
    Friend 1: Did you like the movie last night?
    Friend 2: Mali ba, it wasn’t very good.
    • Friend 1: Eoje yeonghwa jaemiisseosseo?
    • Friend 2: Mali ba, byeolloyeosseo.

Parent: Did you finish your homework?
Child: 말이 바, I still have some left to do. (부모님: 숙제 다 했니? 아이: 말이 바, 아직 몇 개 남았어요.)
Parent: Did you finish your homework?
Child: Mari ba, ajik myeot gae namasseoyo.

1046
Q

Amuteun

A

Yes, “아무튼” (amuteun) translates to “anyway” in English. It’s often used to change the subject or to return to the main point of a conversation.
Of course, here are the sample sentences with the Korean phrases written in English alphabet:

  1. Casual Conversation:
    • “Amuteun, naeil mwo hal geoya?” (Anyway, what are you going to do tomorrow?)
  2. Dismissing Unimportant Details:
    • “Eojeneun jom himdeureosseo. Amuteun, oneureun swineun nariya.” (Yesterday was a bit tough. Anyway, today is a day off.)
  3. Returning to the Main Point:
    • “Uri gyehoeg-eun mwoyeotji? Amuteun, uri-neun ibeon jumal-e sane gagi-lo haess-eossjanh-a.” (What was our plan again? Anyway, we decided to go to the mountains this weekend.)

I hope these help! Let me know if you need further assistance.

1047
Q

Dangsin
Neo
Geudae
Seonsaengnim

A

In Korean, there are several ways to say “you” depending on the level of formality and the relationship between the speaker and the listener. Here are some common ways:

  1. Standard/Formal:
    • “당신” (dangsin) - This is a polite and formal way to address someone, similar to “you” in English. It’s often used in formal settings or when speaking to someone of higher status.
  2. Standard/Neutral:
    • “너” (neo) - This is a standard and neutral way to address someone, similar to “you” in English. It’s commonly used in casual conversations between friends or peers.
  3. Standard/Polite:
    • “당신” (dangsin) - While “당신” (dangsin) is also formal, it can be used in a polite tone when speaking to someone you don’t know well or to show respect.
  4. Informal/Casual:
    • “너” (neo) - This is the most common informal way to address someone in casual settings, such as among friends or family members.
  5. Honorifics:
    • “그대” (geudae) - This is an honorific term used to address someone with respect, often used in literature, songs, or in addressing someone of higher status.
  6. Title or Name:
    • Instead of using a pronoun, Koreans often address others by their title or name. For example, “선생님” (seonsaengnim) for teacher, “아버지” (abeoji) for father, or the person’s name directly.

These are some of the common ways to say “you” in Korean, each with its own nuances of formality, politeness, and familiarity.

1048
Q

Gal goeyeo

A

“Gal goeyeo” (갈 거예요) is a Korean phrase that translates to “I will go” or “I am going” in English. It’s commonly used to express future intentions or plans to go somewhere.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences written in Korean using the English alphabet:

  1. Gal goeyeo. (I will go.)
  2. Eodi gal goeyeo? (Where will you go?)
  3. Naneun haggyoe gal goeyeo. (I will go to school.)
  4. Gal goeyeo, annyeong! (I’m going, goodbye!)
  5. Chingudeulgwa mannal su iss-eo. Gal goeyeo. (I can meet my friends. I will go.)

These sentences use the English alphabet to represent the sounds of the Korean language.

1049
Q

O-neul haneul-eun malg-eun nal-ieyo
Jeo-neun Hangug-eo hagseubnida
Jal jinaego issseubnida.

A

Sure, here are some sample sentences written in Korean using the English alphabet:

  1. Annyeonghaseyo! (Hello!)
  2. Bangawoyo? (Where is it?)
  3. Gomabseubnida. (Thank you.)
  4. Jal jinaego issseubnida. (I’m doing well.)
  5. Jeo-neun Hangug-eo hagseubnida. (I am studying Korean.)
  6. Mianhamnida. (I’m sorry.)
  7. Yeoboseyo? (Hello? - on the phone)
  8. O-neul haneul-eun malg-eun nal-ieyo. (Today the sky is clear.)
  9. Jigeum eodi-e iss-eoyo? (Where are you right now?)
  10. Saranghae. (I love you.)

These sentences use the English alphabet to represent the sounds of the Korean language.

1050
Q

Geureohge eodieya?

A

“Geureohge eodieya?” is a Korean phrase that translates to “Where is that?” in English. It’s used to inquire about the location of something or someone.
Of course, here are some sample sentences using “Geureohge eodieya?” in Korean with the English alphabet:

  1. Geureohge eodieya? Igeoseun eodi? (Where is that? Where is this?)
  2. Geureohge eodieya? Naneun geugeos-eul chaj-ji moshaess-eoyo. (Where is that? I couldn’t find it.)
  3. Geureohge eodieya? Eoneu gos-inji alaboneun geosi eolmana himdeun iliya. (Where is that? Figuring out where it is is such a difficult thing.)
  4. Geureohge eodieya? Eoneu jib-inji gieog-eul an hae. (Where is that? I can’t remember which house it is.)
  5. Geureohge eodieya? Museun gos-inji yeongyeoldoel su eobsda. (Where is that? It’s impossible to predict where it is.)

These sentences inquire about the location of something using the phrase “Geureohge eodieya?”

1051
Q

Hoksi joahae aniya?

A

The phrase “Hoksi joahae aniya?” in Korean translates to “Do you like it, perhaps?” in English. It’s used to ask someone if they like something or someone.
Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “Hoksi joahae aniya?” in Korean with the English alphabet:
Yes, exactly! “Hoksi joahae aniya?” translates to “Perhaps, do you like her?” in English. It’s a question often used to inquire about someone’s feelings or preferences towards another person.
1. Hoksi joahae aniya? I maeumeul gajigo issneun geos-il geos-eul salanghanda. (Do you like it, perhaps? Loving what you do is the key to happiness.)
2. Hoksi joahae aniya? Maldo eobs-i, geulssiga nunmuli eonjgo iss-eul geos-ida. (Do you like it, perhaps? Without saying a word, your eyes can give away your tears.)
3. Hoksi joahae aniya? Amuleohji anh-a, modeun geos-eul alabogo issneun geos-eul seuseuro neuggilsu issneun geos-i anida. (Do you like it, perhaps? Being curious is not about being clueless, it’s about feeling everything.)
4. Hoksi joahae aniya? Ihaehaeseo eolmana joheun geos-inji jeoldae jeoldae al su eobs-eo. (Do you like it, perhaps? You can never truly understand how good it is until you experience it.)
5. Hoksi joahae aniya? Sigani anira gajang jungyohan geoseun gajang eoryeobda. (Do you like it, perhaps? The most important thing is not time, but the most difficult thing is.)

These sentences use the phrase “Hoksi joahae aniya?” to ask about preferences or feelings in various contexts.

1052
Q

Mwoseun mariya?

A

“Mwoseun mariya?” is a Korean phrase that translates to “What do you mean by that?” in English. It’s used to ask for clarification or further explanation about something that was said or done.

Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “Mwoseun mariya?” in Korean with the English alphabet:

  1. Mwoseun mariya? Geugeol ihaehal su eobseo. (What do you mean by that? I can’t understand it.)
  2. Mwoseun mariya? Jagi-ege dangsingwa sangceo-yeoss-eumyeon andoeneun geos-eul malhaessda. (What do you mean by that? You said something to your partner that should not have been said.)
  3. Mwoseun mariya? Naneun geugeol gieoghaneun geos-ilji moshanda. (What do you mean by that? I don’t remember that.)
  4. Mwoseun mariya? Naneun dangsin-i malhaneun geoseul ihaehal su eobsda. (What do you mean by that? I can’t understand what you’re saying.)
  5. Mwoseun mariya? Geugeos-eul haebeolyeossda. (What do you mean by that? It was unexpected.)

These sentences use the phrase “Mwoseun mariya?” to ask for clarification or further explanation in different situations.

1053
Q

Ah, alsi boto, Ije buteo yeogiseo sal geoya

A

“Ah, alsi boto” is a Korean phrase that translates to “Ah, I understand” or “Ah, I got it” in English. It’s a casual expression used to acknowledge understanding.

The second part of your sentence, “I’m going to live here from now on,” translates to “이제부터 여기서 살 거야 (Ije buteo yeogiseo sal geoya)” in Korean. It indicates a decision to start living in a particular place permanently or for an extended period.

Putting it all together: “Ah, alsi boto. I’m going to live here from now on.”

1054
Q

Nalgaega gwiga arayo?

A

“Nalgaega gwiga arayo?” would translate to “I see that you look strange?” in English. It’s a slightly awkward sentence in Korean as it combines two different expressions. A more natural way to say “You look strange” would be simply “Nalgaega gwiga” (널개가 괴기야).

1055
Q

Geureuliga eobseo

A

“Geureuliga eobseo” (그를이가 없어) does indeed translate to “Can’t trust him” in English. It’s a straightforward expression conveying distrust or lack of confidence in someone.
Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “Geureuliga eobseo” in Korean with the English alphabet:

  1. Geureuliga eobseo. I saeng-gag-eun mideulsuga eobs-eo. (Can’t trust him. I can’t believe his thoughts.)
  2. Geureuliga eobseo. Naneun geugeol al su eobs-eo. (Can’t trust him. I can’t know that.)
  3. Geureuliga eobseo. Eolmana yebbeuge malhaneunji moreugessda. (Can’t trust him. I don’t know how sincerely he speaks.)
  4. Geureuliga eobseo. Geugeol mideulsuga eobsda. (Can’t trust him. I can’t believe that.)
  5. Geureuliga eobseo. Geugeol daehaeseo jeonhwahal su eobs-eo. (Can’t trust him. I can’t call him about that.)

These sentences use the phrase “Geureuliga eobseo” to express a lack of trust or confidence in someone in various contexts.

1056
Q

Sugo isseoyo

A

“Sugu isseoyo” is not a common phrase in Korean. It seems like a transliteration of “You did a good job” into Korean using the English alphabet.

The correct phrase in Korean would be “수고 있어요 (Sugo isseoyo)” or “잘 했어요 (Jal haesseoyo)” to express “You did a good job.”

1057
Q

Ige mwoeyo?

A

“Ige mwoeyo?” translates to “What is this?” in English. It’s a common phrase used to inquire about something when you’re unsure or curious about it.

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “Ige mwoeyo?” in Korean with the English alphabet:

  1. Ige mwoeyo? Geugeol al su eobseoyo. (What is this? I can’t understand that.)
  2. Ige mwoeyo? Igeos-eul ibeossda. (What is this? I forgot what this is.)
  3. Ige mwoeyo? Al su eobsgess-eo. (What is this? I don’t think I can understand it.)
  4. Ige mwoeyo? Jeongmal moreugessda. (What is this? I really don’t know.)
  5. Ige mwoeyo? Geugeol mideulsu eobs-eoyo. (What is this? I can’t believe that.)

These sentences use the phrase “Ige mwoeyo?” to ask about something when uncertain or curious.

1058
Q

Yeoreume

A

Sure! Here are some sample sentences using “yeoreume” (여름에), which means “in the summer,” written in the English alphabet:

  1. Yeoreume badae gago sipeoyo. (여름에 바다에 가고 싶어요.)
    • I want to go to the beach in the summer.
  2. Yeoreume Seoul-i jeil deoweoyo. (여름에 서울이 제일 더워요.)
    • Seoul is the hottest in the summer.
  3. Yeoreume nae chinguwa san-eul oreul geoeyo. (여름에 내 친구와 산을 오를 거예요.)
    • I will climb the mountain with my friend in the summer.
  4. Yeoreume bingsu-reul manhi meogeoyo. (여름에 빙수를 많이 먹어요.)
    • I eat a lot of shaved ice in the summer.
  5. Yeoreume jeo-neun hangang gongweon-e ganeun geol johahae요. (여름에 저는 한강 공원에 가는 걸 좋아해요.)
    • I like going to Han River Park in the summer.

These sentences give you a feel of how “yeoreume” is used to discuss activities and preferences during the summer in Korean.

1059
Q

Bab meogeosseoyo?
Jigeum myeot sieyo?
Jal isanayo?
Jal jinaesseo?

A

Sure, here are a few sample sentences in Korean transliterated into the English alphabet:

  1. Jeoneun migukeseo wasseoyo. (저는 미국에서 왔어요.)
    • I came from the USA.
  2. Bab meogeosseoyo? (밥 먹었어요?)
    • Have you eaten?
  3. Jigeum myeot sieyo? (지금 몇 시예요?)
    • What time is it now?
  4. Hangug-eo jom hal jul alayo. (한국어 좀 할 줄 알아요.)
    • I can speak a little Korean.
  5. I bangeun neomu deoweoyo. (이 방은 너무 더워요.)
    • This room is too hot.

Those are both great questions!

  1. Jal isanayo? (잘 있나요?)
    • This means “Are you well?” or “How have you been?”
  2. Jal jinaesseo? (잘 지냈어요?)
    • This means “Did you live well?” or “How have you been?”

They are both common ways to greet someone and inquire about their well-being in Korean.

1060
Q

Igeo hasileyo?
Igeo gajilraeyo?

A

The phrase “Igeo hasileyo?” (이거 하실래요?) translates to “Do you want to do this?” or “Would you like to try this?” It’s a polite way to offer someone the opportunity to do something, often used when presenting an activity, game, or sometimes even when offering food or drink. If you are specifically asking if someone wants to take or have a specific item, you would usually say “Igeo gajilraeyo?” (이거 가질래요?) which translates to “Do you want to have this?”

1061
Q

Mworeul boimnikka?
Mworeul malhaneun geoni?

A

The phrase “Mworeul boimnikka?” (뭐를 보이니까?) translates to “What are you showing?” in English. It’s often used to ask someone what they are displaying or indicating visually.

The phrase “What are you talking about?” in Korean is:

“Mworeul malhaneun geoni?” (뭐를 말하는 거니?)

This phrase is commonly used to ask someone to clarify or explain what they are referring to in conversation.

1062
Q

Nega eonje geuraesseo?
Nega eonje?

A

To say “When did I do that?” in Korean, you can use the phrase:

“네가 언제 그랬어?” (Nega eonje geuraesseo?)

Certainly! “Nega eonje?” is a shortened and simplified version of “네가 언제?” which means “When did you?” It’s a casual way to ask about the timing of someone’s actions.

1063
Q

Jingehago jaemi-e go

A

The phrase “Jingehago jaemi-e go” in English translates to “It’s interesting and fun.” It’s a great way to express enjoyment and excitement about something.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using the phrase “Jingehago jaemi-e go” written in the English alphabet:

  1. Jingehago jaemi-e go hangug yeohaengeul gago sipeoyo.
    • I want to go on a trip to Korea because it’s interesting and fun.
  2. Bulssanghan eumsigeul meogeumyeon jingehago jaemi-e go isseoyo.
    • Eating spicy food is interesting and fun.
  3. Yeonghwa bogo issneun geoseun jingehago jaemi-e go issseoyo.
    • Watching movies is interesting and fun.
  4. Dul saie seoul-e danyeowassneunde jingehago jaemi-e go wasseoyo.
    • We went to Seoul together, and it was interesting and fun.
  5. Hangug-ui gongbuhaggyo-e ganeun geoseun jingehago jaemi-e go isseoyo.
    • Going to a Korean language school is interesting and fun.

These sentences illustrate different contexts where the phrase “Jingehago jaemi-e go” can be used to describe enjoyable experiences.

1064
Q

Hangugeo hago sipeoyo

Nae chinguwa jeulgeoun sigan bonaesseoyo

A

Of course! Here are some sample sentences in Korean written in the English alphabet:

  1. Annyeonghaseyo! (안녕하세요!)
    • Hello!
  2. Jeogi issneun gage-e gago sipeoyo. (저기 있는 가게에 가고 싶어요.)
    • I want to go to that store over there.
  3. Gomawoyo. (고마워요.)
    • Thank you.
  4. Hangugeo hago sipeoyo. (한국어 하고 싶어요.)
    • I want to speak Korean.
  5. Nae chinguwa jeulgeoun sigan bonaesseoyo. (내 친구와 즐거운 시간 보냈어요.)
    • I had a good time with my friend.

These sentences should give you a sense of how Korean phrases can be written using the English alphabet.

1065
Q

Jingehago jaemi-e go, jeongmal gomawo

A

That’s a great sentence! It translates to Jingehago jaemi-e go, jeongmal gomawo “It’s interesting and fun, thank you very much” in English. It’s a nice way to express gratitude after enjoying an interesting and enjoyable experience.

1066
Q

Wah, Saeroun chareul nabayo!
Wa, saeroun chareul sasseoyo?

A

Exactly! “Wah, Saeroun chareul nabayo” in English translates to “Wow, did you buy a new car?” It’s a common expression of surprise or admiration when someone mentions acquiring a new vehicle.
My apologies for any confusion in the previous response. The verb “nabayo” (나바요) is not a correct form in Korean. The correct verb for “to buy” in the polite form is “saseyo” (사세요). If you meant to say, “Wow, did you buy a new car?” in Korean, it would be:

“Wa, saeroun chareul sasseoyo?” (와, 새로운 차를 샀어요?)

This uses the past tense verb “sasseoyo” (샀어요), meaning “bought” or “did buy.”

1067
Q

Hambeon mariba

A

The phrase “Hambeon mariba” (한번 말이바) is a colloquial expression in Korean. It’s a casual way of saying “Just tell me once” or “Just say it once.” It’s often used to express impatience or frustration when someone is being asked to repeat something multiple times.

1068
Q

Gabjagi wae? Moreugesseo?

A

Gabjagi wae? Moreugesseo?What is it? Is something wrong?

Exactly! The phrase “Gabjagi wae? Moreugesseo?” translates to “Why suddenly? Don’t you know?” in English. It’s commonly used to express surprise and confusion about a sudden change or unexpected situation, and to inquire if something is wrong.

1069
Q

Neumo maseyo
Baegopa gaja

A

The phrase “Neumo maseyo” (너무 맛있어) translates to “It’s very delicious” in English. It’s a compliment often used when enjoying a meal or tasting something tasty.
The phrase “Baegopa gaja” (배고파 가자) translates to “I’m hungry, let’s go” in English. It’s a casual way of suggesting to go eat when feeling hungry.

1070
Q

Annyeong, deo bwayo

A

“Annyeong, deo bwayo” (안녕, 더 봐요)? If so, it translates to “Goodbye, see you later” in English. Let me know if you need further assistance!

1071
Q

Naba

A

Ah, I see what you’re aiming for. When you split it like “Na” meaning “I” and “ba” as a part of “am,” it’s getting closer to Korean sentence structure, but it’s not standard.

In Korean, “I am” is generally expressed as “나는” (naneun) or “저는” (jeoneun) depending on the formality, where “나” (na) or “저” (jeo) means “I,” and “-는” is a topic marker indicating that the speaker is talking about themselves. The verb “to be” isn’t explicitly stated in Korean the way “am” is used in English; instead, it’s understood or expressed differently depending on the sentence.

For instance:
- 나는 학생이에요 (naneun haksaeng-ieyo) — “I am a student.”
- 나는 행복해 (naneun haengbokhae) — “I am happy.”

If you meant to create a structure that directly translates the components of “I am” very literally and colloquially, your interpretation tries to match the pieces, but it’s not standard Korean.

1072
Q

Ireo
Ireona
Ireon nayo

A

The phrase “Ireon nayo” seems to be slightly incorrect or misspelled in terms of typical Korean expressions. If you’re trying to say “Get up” in Korean, the correct phrase would be:

Ireo (일어) or Ireona (일어나)

Both mean “Get up” or “Rise up” in English, with “Ireona” being the more commonly used imperative form to tell someone to wake up or stand up.

1073
Q

(Gapjagi museun mariya geuege?

A

The phrase you’ve provided, “Gapjagi mwoseun mariya geuege?” (갑자기 뭐슨 말이야 그에게?), seems like an attempt to ask “What are you suddenly talking about to him/her?” in English. However, the phrase is a bit grammatically awkward in Korean. Here’s a more standard way to phrase this:

  • 갑자기 무슨 말이야 그에게? (Gapjagi museun mariya geuege?)

This translates directly as “What suddenly are you talking about to him/her?” The question is formed more coherently and is clearer in conveying the suddenness and directness of the inquiry.

1074
Q

Galgeyo

A

The phrase “Ga bulkeyo” appears to be an attempt to say “I have to go” or “I’ll get going” in Korean, but it seems to be a bit off in terms of proper grammar or phrasing. The correct expressions you might be looking for could be:

  • 가야겠어요 (Gayagesseoyo) – “I have to go.”
  • 갈게요 (Galgeyo) – “I’ll be going.”

These phrases are more commonly used in Korean to indicate that someone is leaving or needs to leave.

1075
Q

ilhaet-dago

A

The phrase “Ilhan dago” does not correctly form a coherent or grammatical expression in Korean. It seems like there might be an attempt to combine words or parts of phrases that aren’t fitting together properly.

If “ilhan” is intended as a form of the verb “to work” (일하다, ilhada), and “dago” is intended to convey a quotation or a statement (다고, dago), then a more correct formation to convey a message like “He said he worked” or “They say that one worked” might be:

  • 일했다고 (ilhaet-dago)

This means “He/She said (he/she) worked” or can be used to report past actions more generally. If you’re trying to say something different, please provide more context so I can offer a more accurate translation!

1076
Q

Geureuliga eobji

A

The phrase “Geureuliga eobji” (그럴이가 없지) translates to “No, it can’t be” or “There’s no way” in English. It’s a colloquial expression used to convey disbelief or denial in Korean.

1077
Q

Cheultereo
Geureol su eopseoyo

A

The phrase “Cheultereo” (츌테러) doesn’t seem to be a standard Korean word or expression. It’s possible it could be a misspelling or a colloquial or slang term specific to certain contexts.

However, if you meant to say “no way” or “there’s no way” in Korean, you could use the following phrases:

  • 그럴 수 없어요 (Geureol su eopseoyo) - “It can’t be.”
  • 그럴 리 없어요 (Geureol ri eopseoyo) - “There’s no way that’s possible.”

These are common expressions used to convey disbelief or denial in Korean. If “cheultereo” is used in a specific context or has a different meaning, please provide more information so I can assist you better!

1078
Q

Pabo gati
Chingu marayo
Aru aru
Geugeol ara

A

The phrase “Pabo gati” (바보 같이) translates to “like a fool” in English. So, if you say “I’m a fool,” it would be “Pabo gati” (바보 같이) in Korean.
The phrase “Chingu marayo” (친구 만나요) translates to “I’m here to meet a friend” in English. It’s a polite way of expressing the purpose of your visit when meeting someone.
The phrase “Aru aru” (아루 아루) does not have a standard meaning in Korean. It’s possible that it’s a colloquial expression or slang used in certain contexts or dialects, but it’s not commonly used in standard Korean.

If you’re trying to say “I know that” in Korean, you could use the phrase:

  • 그걸 알아 (Geugeol ara)

This translates to “I know that” or “I’m aware of that” in English.

1079
Q

Wah eotto gaji

A

eotto gaji” (어떻게 해지) means “What should I do?” or “What can I do?”
The phrase “Wah eotto gaji” (와 어떻게 해지) doesn’t directly translate to “Wow, that’s amazing” in English.

A more accurate translation for “Wow, that’s amazing” in Korean would be:
I apologize for the confusion. “Wah eotto gaji” (와 어떻게 해지) doesn’t have a direct translation to “Wow, that’s amazing” in English.

In Korean, “eotto gaji” (어떻게 해지) means “What should I do?” or “What can I do?” So, “Wah eotto gaji” would roughly translate to “Wow, what should I do?” or “Wow, what can I do?” It’s a phrase used to express surprise or helplessness in a situation.

“와, 대박이네요!” (Wa, daebak-ineyo!)

This is a common expression used to convey amazement or admiration in Korean.

1080
Q

Eotteohke ireon esso

A

The phrase “Eotteohke ireon esso” (어떻게 이런 게) translates to “How is this possible?” or “How can this be?” in English. It’s commonly used to express disbelief or astonishment at something that seems unlikely or unexpected.

1081
Q

Ani aniga deolayeo

A

The phrase “Ani aniga deolayeo” (아니 아니가 돌아요) translates to “No, I don’t know” in English. It’s a straightforward way of expressing that you’re not aware of something or don’t have the information.

1082
Q

Saeroun buteo

A

“새로운 분투” (saeroun buteo) translates to “new struggle” or “new challenge” in Korean.
Sure, here are the sample sentences with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. “새로운 분투를 시작하는 것은 항상 두려움과 함께합니다.” (Starting a new struggle always comes with fear.)1. “Saeroun buntureul sijaghaneun geoseun hangsang duryeoumgwa hamkkehamnida.”
  2. “새로운 분투를 통해 자신을 발전시키는 것이 중요합니다.” (It’s important to grow through new challenges.) “Saeroun buntureul tonghae jasineul baljeonshikineun geosi jungyohamnida.”
  3. “새로운 분투를 이겨내면 더 강해질 수 있어요.” (Overcoming new struggles can make you stronger.)
    Saeroun buntureul igyeonaemyeon deo ganghaejil su isseoyo.”
  4. “새로운 분투를 통해 새로운 것을 배우는 기회를 얻었어.” (I gained the opportunity to learn new things through a new struggle.)
    “Saeroun buntureul tonghae saeroun geoseul baeuneun gihoeleul eodeosseo.”
  5. “새로운 분투를 통해 자신의 한계를 넘을 수 있습니다.” (You can surpass your limits through new challenges.)
  6. “Saeroun buntureul tonghae jasine han-gyereul neomeul su issseubnida.”
1083
Q

Hambeok gagi
Jigeum boto
Jeongmal ga bulke gayo?

A

“함벽 가기” (Hambeok gagi) means “going to Hambeok.” However, “Jigeum buteo” doesn’t make sense in this context. Could you please provide more information or clarify your request?
It seems like you’re asking for directions or indicating your current location. “Jigeum boto” (지금 보토) roughly translates to “I’m here now” or “I’m at this place currently.”
“함벽 가기 지금 보토” does not have a clear meaning in Korean. It seems like a combination of words that might not form a coherent sentence. If you provide more context or clarify the intended meaning, I can assist you better.”정말 가 불켜 가요?” in English alphabet is “Jeongmal ga bulke gayo?” which translates to “Are you really going to turn the lights off?” in English.

1084
Q

Ireoke kkaji

A

“Ireoke kkaji” (이렇게 까지) translates to “up to this point” or “to this extent” in English.
Sure, here are the sample sentences with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. “Ireoke kkaji haeya hal pillyoga isseulkka?”
  2. “Naneun ireoke kkaji nae uigyeoreul jujanghal uihyangi eopseo.”
  3. “Ireoke kkaji wasseoya geuga jinsireul gobaekhaessda.”
  4. “Ireoke kkaji daehwaga eoryeoul jul mollasseo.”
  5. “Ireoke kkaji manheun doneul sseuneun ge baramjikhan ga sipkido hae.”
  6. 이렇게 까지 해야 할 필요가 있을까요? (Do we really need to go up to this extent?)
  7. 나는 이렇게 까지 내 의견을 주장할 의향이 없어. (I don’t intend to argue my point up to this point.)
  8. 이렇게 까지 와서야 그가 진실을 고백했다. (He confessed the truth only when it came to this extent.)
  9. 이렇게 까지 대화가 어려울 줄 몰랐어. (I didn’t realize the conversation would be difficult up to this point.)
  10. 이렇게 까지 많은 돈을 쓰는 게 바람직한가 싶기도 해. (I wonder if it’s desirable to spend so much money up to this extent.)
1085
Q

Amuraedo geunyang

A

“Amuraedo geunyang” (아무래도 그냥) translates to “Anyway, just” or “Regardless, simply” in English. Apologies for the inconvenience. Here are both the Korean sentences and their English translations:

  1. “Amuraedo geunyang, gati yeonghwareul boreo gaja.” - “Anyway, let’s just go watch a movie together.”
  2. “Oneul bame teukbyeolhan gyehoegeun eobseo. Geuraeseo amuraedo geunyang jibe isseoseo swieoyagesseo.” - “There are no special plans for tonight. So, anyway, I’ll just stay home and relax.”
  3. “Ajikkaji jeonghwaghan gyehoeg-eun eobsjiman, amuraedo geunyang choeseon-eul dahae bwalyagesseo.” - “There’s no exact plan yet, but anyway, I’ll just do my best and see.”
  4. “Ige olbaleun gyeoljeong-inji hwagsin-eun eobsjiman, amuraedo geunyang jigeum-eun igeos-eul seontaeghaeyagesseo.” - “I’m not sure if this is the right decision, but anyway, I’ll just choose this for now.”
  5. “Wiheomhal sudo issjiman, amuraedo geunyang han beon sidohae boja.” - “It might be risky, but anyway, let’s just give it a try.”.
1086
Q

Baro isseoneyo
Neoreul dalmasseoyo

A

The phrase “바로 있어네요” (Baro isseoneyo) translates directly to “It’s right here” or “It’s exactly here” in English. It seems there might be a misunderstanding with the phrase “takes after you,” which typically describes someone resembling or behaving like someone else, especially a family member.

If you meant to say “takes after you” in the context of resemblance or behavior, a more appropriate Korean phrase might be “너를 닮았어요” (Neoreul dalmasseoyo), which translates to “He/She takes after you.”

1087
Q

Geumani

A

The Korean expression “그만이” (Geumani) doesn’t directly correspond to “stop it.” To accurately say “stop it” in Korean, you would use “그만해” (Geumanhae) or “그만하세요” (Geumanhaseyo), which are more direct and correct forms for telling someone to stop doing something. “Geumani” seems to be a transcription error or misunderstanding of these phrases.
Here are some sample sentences using “그만해” (Geumanhae) or “그만하세요” (Geumanhaseyo), which mean “stop it” in Korean:

  1. 너무 시끄러워, 그만해!
    (Neomu sikkeureowo, geumanhae!)
    “It’s too loud, stop it!”
  2. 이제 그만하세요, 더 이상 할 수 없어요.
    (Ije geumanhaseyo, deo isang hal su eopseoyo.)
    “Please stop now, I can’t take it anymore.”
  3. 농담 그만해, 누군가 상처받을 수 있어.
    (Nongdam geumanhae, nugunga sangcheobadeul su isseo.)
    “Stop joking, someone could get hurt.”
  4. 계속 그러면 그만하세요. 저는 이제 듣기 싫어요.
    (Gyesok geureomyeon geumanhaseyo. Jeoneun ije deutgi sirheoyo.)
    “If you keep going like that, please stop. I don’t want to hear it anymore.”
  5. 우리 그만하고 집에 가자.
    (Uri geumanhago jibe gaja.)
    “Let’s stop and go home.”

These examples should help convey how to use “그만해” and “그만하세요” effectively in various contexts.

1088
Q

Geureochiman mwo?

A

The phrase “그렇지만” (geureochiman) translates to “but” or “however” in English, used to introduce a contradiction or a contrasting idea. If you’re asking for the Korean equivalent of “but what?” as a response or follow-up question, you could say “그렇지만 뭐?” (geureochiman mwo?), which means “But what?” in English. Here’s how you might use it:

  1. A: 우리 이번 주말에 영화를 보러 가자.
    B: 그렇지만 뭐? 날씨가 안 좋으면 어떡해?
    (A: Uri ibeon jumale yeonghwareul boreo gaja.
    B: Geureochiman mwo? Nalssiga an joheumyeon eotteokhae?)
    A: “Let’s go watch a movie this weekend.”
    B: “But what if the weather is bad?”

This usage is a bit colloquial and may vary slightly in different contexts, but it can serve as a general guide for how to use the phrase “그렇지만 뭐?”
Here are some sample sentences using the phrase “그렇지만 뭐?” (geureochiman mwo?), which translates to “But what?” in English. This phrase is used to express uncertainty or to question what comes next after acknowledging a point:

  1. A: 저녁에 친구들하고 만나기로 했어.
    B: 그렇지만 뭐? 우리 약속이 있잖아.
    (A: Jeonyeoge chingudeulhago mannagiro haesseo.
    B: Geureochiman mwo? Uri yaksogi itjanha.)
    A: “I’ve planned to meet with friends in the evening.”
    B: “But what about our plans?”
  2. A: 이 일이 정말 중요하다고 생각해.
    B: 그렇지만 뭐? 시간이 없어서 어떻게 해야 하지?
    (A: I iri jeongmal jungyohadago saenggakhae.
    B: Geureochiman mwo? Sigani eopseoseo eotteoke haeya haji?)
    A: “I think this task is really important.”
    B: “But what? We don’t have time, so what should we do?”
  3. A: 다음 주에 여행 가자고 했잖아.
    B: 그렇지만 뭐? 비용 문제를 어떻게 해결할 건데?
    (A: Daeum jue yeohaeng gajago haetjanha.
    B: Geureochiman mwo? Biyong munjereul eotteoke haegyeolhal geonde?)
    A: “We said we’d go on a trip next week.”
    B: “But what about the cost? How will we solve that?”

These examples illustrate how “그렇지만 뭐?” can be used to express skepticism or to prompt further explanation in a conversation.

1089
Q

Museun soriya jigeum?

A

지금 무슨 소리야?
(Jigeum museun soriya?)

This is a common way to ask “What are you talking about?” in Korean, literally translating to “What sound (or words) are you making right now?” This expression is often used when someone is surprised or confused by what another person has said.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using the phrase “지금 무슨 소리야?” (Jigeum museun soriya?), which translates to “What are you talking about right now?” in English:

  1. A: 내일은 비가 온대.
    B: 지금 무슨 소리야? 날씨 예보에는 맑다고 했어.
    (A: Naeireun biga ondae.
    B: Jigeum museun soriya? Nalssi yeboeneun malgdago haesseo.)
    A: “It’s going to rain tomorrow.”
    B: “What are you talking about? The weather forecast said it would be clear.”
  2. A: 우리 회사가 다음 달에 망한다고 해.
    B: 지금 무슨 소리야? 회사가 아주 잘 되고 있는데!
    (A: Uri hoesaga daeum dare manghandago hae.
    B: Jigeum museun soriya? Hoesaga aju jal doego inneunde!)
    A: “They say our company will go bankrupt next month.”
    B: “What are you talking about? The company is doing very well!”
  3. A: 그 사람이 나한테 반했대.
    B: 지금 무슨 소리야? 그 사람은 너를 거의 몰라.
    (A: Geu sarameun nahante banhaessdae.
    B: Jigeum museun soriya? Geu sarameun neoreul geoui molla.)
    A: “That person has a crush on me.”
    B: “What are you talking about? That person hardly knows you.”

These examples showcase how the phrase can be used in everyday conversations to express disbelief or confusion about what someone else has said.

1090
Q

Geunyeoneun ilhago isseoyo

A

그녀는 일하고 있어요.
(Geunyeoneun ilhago isseoyo.)

This phrase can be broken down into:
- 그녀는 (Geunyeoneun) = “She” (as the subject)
- 일하고 있어요 (Ilhago isseoyo) = “is working” (present continuous tense)

Here’s how you might use this in a conversation:

  1. A: 그녀를 전화해볼까?
    B: 그녀는 일하고 있어요. 나중에 전화해.
    (A: Geunyeoreul jeonhwahaebolkka?
    B: Geunyeoneun ilhago isseoyo. Najunge jeonhwahae.)
    A: “Should I call her?”
    B: “She’s at work. Call her later.”
  2. A: 저녁에 그녀를 만날 수 있을까요?
    B: 그녀는 지금 일하고 있어요. 저녁엔 가능할 거예요.
    (A: Jeonyeoge geunyeoreul mannal su isseulkkayo?
    B: Geunyeoneun jigeum ilhago isseoyo. Jeonyeogen ganeunghal geoyeyo.)
    A: “Can I meet her in the evening?”
    B: “She’s at work right now. She should be available in the evening.”

These examples help illustrate the proper usage of the phrase to indicate someone is currently working.

1091
Q

Ne, jeoneun chikineul joahaeyo

A

네, 저는 치킨을 좋아해요.
(Ne, jeoneun chikineul joahaeyo.)

This sentence breaks down as:
- (Ne) = “Yes”
- 저는 (Jeoneun) = “I” (used here for emphasis or formality)
- 치킨을 (Chikineul) = “chicken” (direct object of the sentence)
- 좋아해요 (Joahaeyo) = “like” (present tense)

Here’s how you could use it in a conversation:

  1. A: 음식 취향에 대해서 알려주세요.
    B: 네, 저는 치킨을 좋아해요.
    (A: Eumsik chwihyang-e daehaeseo allyeojuseyo.
    B: Ne, jeoneun chikineul joahaeyo.)
    A: “Please tell me about your food preferences.”
    B: “Yes, I like chicken.”
  2. A: 오늘 저녁 뭐 먹고 싶어요?
    B: 네, 저는 치킨을 좋아해요. 치킨 먹으면 좋겠어요.
    (A: Oneul jeonyeok mwo meokgo sipeoyo?
    B: Ne, jeoneun chikineul joahaeyo. Chikin meogeumyeon jogetseoyo.)
    A: “What would you like to eat for dinner tonight?”
    B: “Yes, I like chicken. It would be nice to have chicken.”

These sentences should help convey your love for chicken correctly in Korean.

1092
Q

Jeoreul bureusyeosseoyo?

A

The phrase “저나 있어요?” (Jeona isseoyo?) doesn’t directly correspond to “Did you call me?” in Korean. To ask “Did you call me?” correctly, you would say:

저를 부르셨어요?
(Jeoreul bureusyeosseoyo?)

Here’s how you could use it in a conversation:

A: 저를 부르셨어요?
(B: Jeoreul bureusyeosseoyo?)
A: “Did you call me?”

This phrase literally translates to “Did you call me?” in English and is a polite way to ask if someone called you.

1093
Q

Naeil sigan isseuseyo?
Naeil Sigan eotteoseyo?

A

The phrase “시간 어떠세요?” (Sigan eotteoseyo?) doesn’t directly correspond to “Are you free tomorrow?” in Korean. To ask “Are you free tomorrow?” correctly, you would say:

내일 시간 있으세요?
(Naeil sigan isseuseyo?)

Here’s how you could use it in a conversation:

A: 내일 시간 있으세요?
(B: Naeil sigan isseuseyo?)
A: “Are you free tomorrow?”

This phrase directly translates to “Do you have time tomorrow?” in English, which effectively communicates the same idea as “Are you free tomorrow?” in Korean.

1094
Q

Sunsuhan sarami maeryeok isseoyo

A

The phrase “순신 나바요” (Sunsin nabayo) does not have a clear meaning in Korean. It seems like there might be a misunderstanding or a typo. If you meant to say “순수한 사람이 매력 있어요” (Sunsuhan sarami maeryeok isseoyo), it translates to “A pure person must be quite attractive” in English.

Here’s how you could use it in a conversation:

A: 그 사람 정말 착해.
(B: Geu saram jeongmal chakhae.)
A: “That person is really kind.”

B: 네, 순수한 사람이 매력 있어요.
(A: Ne, sunsuhan sarami maeryeok isseoyo.)
B: “Yes, a pure person must be quite attractive.”

1095
Q

Masitne, gwenchane

A

It seems like you’re using a mix of Korean and English. “맛있네, 괜찮아” (Masitne, gwenchane) translates to “Yummy, it’s okay” in English. This phrase can be used when someone offers you food, and you find it delicious, and then reassures them that everything is fine or okay.

Here’s how you might use it in a conversation:

A: 이 김밥 맛있지?
(B: I gimbap masitji?)
A: “Is this gimbap delicious?”

B: 네, 맛있네.
(A: Ne, masitne.)
B: “Yes, it’s delicious.”

A: 괜찮아?
(B: Gwanchana?)
A: “Is everything okay?”

B: 네, 다 괜찮아.
(A: Ne, da gwenchana.)
B: “Yes, everything is fine.”

1096
Q

Lamyeon meogeullae?
Baegopa.
Geureom lamyeon meogeullae?

A

It seems like you’re using a mix of Korean and English. “라면 먹을래?” (Lamyeon meogeullae?) translates to “Do you want to eat ramen?” in English. Ramen is a popular Korean noodle dish.

Here’s how you might use it in a conversation:

A: 배고파.
(B: Baegopa.)
A: “I’m hungry.”

B: 그럼 라면 먹을래?
(A: Geureom lamyeon meogeullae?)
B: “Then, do you want to eat ramen?”

1097
Q

Gatchi yeoreogatchi
Oneul mwo halkka?
Gakja wonhaneun geo hago najunge gatchi yeoreogatchi haebwayo

A

It seems like you’re using a mix of Korean and English. “같이 여러가지” (Gatchi yeoreogatchi) translates to “various things together” in English.

Here’s how you might use it in a conversation:

A: 오늘 뭐 할까?
(B: Oneul mwo halkka?)
A: “What should we do today?”

B: 각자 원하는 거 하고 나중에 같이 여러가지 해봐요.
(A: Gakja wonhaneun geo hago najunge gatchi yeoreogatchi haebwayo.)
B: “Let’s do what each of us wants first and then try various things together later.”

1098
Q

Naeil sigan eottae?

A

The phrase “내일 시간 어때?” (Naeil sigan eottae?) translates to “How about tomorrow? Do you have time?” in English. It’s a casual way to ask someone if they are available or free tomorrow.

Here’s how you could use it in a conversation:

A: 이번 주말에 만나서 이야기하고 싶은데, 내일 시간 어때?
(B: Ibeon jumale mannaseo iyagihago sipeunde, naeil sigan eottae?)
A: “I’d like to meet and talk this weekend. How about tomorrow? Do you have time?”

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences using “내일 시간 어때?” (Naeil sigan eottae?) to ask if someone is available or free tomorrow:

  1. 내일 시간 어때? 같이 점심 먹자.
    (Naeil sigan eottae? Gachi jeomsim meokja.)
    “How about tomorrow? Let’s have lunch together.”
  2. 내일 시간 어때? 영화 보러 가고 싶어.
    (Naeil sigan eottae? Yeonghwa boreo gago sipeo.)
    “How about tomorrow? I want to go see a movie.”
  3. 내일 시간 어때? 카페에서 만나서 커피 한잔 하자.
    (Naeil sigan eottae? Kapeeseo mannaseo keopi hanjan haja.)
    “How about tomorrow? Let’s meet at the café and have a coffee.”
  4. 내일 시간 어때? 집에 와서 게임 좀 할래?
    (Naeil sigan eottae? Jibe waseo geim jom hallae?)
    “How about tomorrow? Want to come over and play some games?”
  5. 내일 시간 어때? 같이 도서관 가서 공부해야 할 것 같아.
    (Naeil sigan eottae? Gachi doseogwan gaseo gongbuhaeya hal geot gata.)
    “How about tomorrow? Let’s go to the library together and study.”
1099
Q

Hamkke ot gage-e gaja

A

The phrase “함복 가게 저 같이” (Hambeok gage jeo gatchi) appears to be a bit jumbled in terms of grammar and spelling, which makes it challenging to understand precisely what you’re aiming to say. If you mean to say, “Let’s go to the clothing store together,” a clearer way to express this in Korean would be:

함께 옷 가게에 가자.
(Hamkke ot gage-e gaja.)

This phrase correctly translates to “Let’s go to the clothing store together” in English. Here’s how you might use it:
Here are more sample sentences using the format “Let’s go to [place] together” in Korean:

  1. 함께 카페에 가자.
    (Hamkke kape-e gaja.)
    “Let’s go to the cafe together.”
  2. 함께 영화를 보러 가자.
    (Hamkke yeonghwareul boreo gaja.)
    “Let’s go see a movie together.”
  3. 함께 공원에 산책하자.
    (Hamkke gongwone sanchoekhaja.)
    “Let’s go for a walk in the park together.”
  4. 함께 책방에 가서 책 좀 둘러볼까?
    (Hamkke chaekbange gaseo chaek jom dulleobolkka?)
    “Shall we go to the bookstore together and look around?”
  5. 함께 스포츠 센터에 가서 운동하자.
    (Hamkke seupocheu senteoe gaseo undonghaja.)
    “Let’s go to the sports center together and work out.”

These examples can help you ask someone to join you for various activities, encouraging a cooperative or shared experience.

A: 새 옷이 필요한데, 함께 옷 가게에 가자.
(B: Sae osi piryohande, hamkke ot gage-e gaja.)
A: “I need new clothes, let’s go to the clothing store together.”

Feel free to provide more context or clarify your original sentence if this is not what you intended!

1100
Q

Massi eobs-eo

A

The phrase “맛이 없어” (Massi eobs-eo) translates to “It doesn’t taste good” or “It’s tasteless” in English. It’s a straightforward way to express that food or something you tasted lacks flavor or isn’t enjoyable. Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

  1. 이 음식은 정말 맛이 없어. 다른 걸 시키자.
    (I eumsigeun jeongmal massi eobs-eo. Dareun geol sikija.)
    “This food really doesn’t taste good. Let’s order something else.”
  2. 어제 먹은 케이크는 맛이 없었어.
    (Eoje meogeun keikeuneun massi eobseoss-eo.)
    “The cake I ate yesterday was tasteless.”
  3. 이 커피는 맛이 없어서 못 마시겠어.
    (I keopineun massi eobseoseo mot masigesseo.)
    “This coffee doesn’t taste good, I can’t drink it.”
  4. 집에서 만든 음식이지만, 솔직히 맛이 없어.
    (Jibeseo mandeun eumsigijiman, soljikhi massi eobs-eo.)
    “It’s homemade food, but honestly, it’s tasteless.”
  5. 이 식당은 예전에는 좋았는데 지금은 맛이 없어.
    (I sikdangeun yejeoneneun joassneunde jigeumeun massi eobs-eo.)
    “This restaurant used to be good, but now it doesn’t taste good.”

These sentences provide different contexts where you might express that something lacks flavor or is unenjoyable in terms of taste.

1101
Q

Geuraenna araenna

A

The phrase “그랬나 아랬나” (Geuraenna araenna) typically translates as “Was it so or not?” or “Is that so or not?” in English. It’s used to express a sense of uncertainty or to question whether something is correct or not. Here are a few example sentences that could fit the usage of this phrase:

  1. 그 사실이 맞나? 그랬나 아랬나 기억이 안 나.
    (Geu sasil-i majna? Geuraenna araenna gieogi an na.)
    “Is that fact correct? I can’t remember if it was so or not.”
  2. 어제 말한 것이 정말 그랬나 아랬나 확인해 봐야겠어.
    (Eoje malhan geosi jeongmal geuraenna araenna hwaginhae bwaya gesseo.)
    “I need to check whether what was said yesterday was so or not.”
  3. 그랬나 아랬나 불확실해서 다시 물어봐야 할 것 같아.
    (Geuraenna araenna bulhwaksilhaeseo dasi mureobwaya hal geot gata.)
    “Since it’s uncertain whether it was so or not, I think I need to ask again.”

These examples help to demonstrate how you might use “그랬나 아랬나” to express questioning or doubt about the accuracy or truth of a statement or situation.

1102
Q

Geuge bulpyeonhaeyo?

A

The phrase “그봤 야했어?” (Geubon appayeo?) might be a misspelling or misinterpretation of “그게 불편해요?” (Geuge bulpyeonhaeyo?), which translates to “Is that uncomfortable for you?” or “Does that bother you?” It’s a phrase that can be used to inquire if someone is feeling discomfort or offense due to something that was said or done. Here’s how you might use it correctly in a sentence:

  1. 그 말이 불편해요?
    (Geu mari bulpyeonhaeyo?)
    “Does that remark bother you?”
  2. 그런 행동이 불편해요?
    (Geureon haengdongi bulpyeonhaeyo?)
    “Does that behavior make you uncomfortable?”
  3. 그러한 주제가 불편해요?
    (Geureohan jujega bulpyeonhaeyo?)
    “Is that topic uncomfortable for you?”
  4. 내가 한 말이 불편했다면 사과드려요.
    (Naega han mari bulpyeonhaetdamyeon sagwadeuryeoyo.)
    “I apologize if what I said made you uncomfortable.”
  5. 무엇이 불편해요? 말해주시면 이해하려고 할게요.
    (Mueosi bulpyeonhaeyo? Malhaejusimyeon ihaeharyeogo halgeyo.)
    “What is bothering you? If you tell me, I’ll try to understand.”

These sentences are structured to check if someone is feeling offended or uncomfortable, offering an opportunity for clarification or apology.

1103
Q

Jumare eottaeyo?

A

The phrase “주말에 어때요?” (Jumare eottaeyo?) translates to “How about this weekend?” in English. It’s a common way to suggest plans or inquire about availability for the upcoming weekend. Here are some sample sentences using this phrase:

  1. 주말에 영화 보러 갈래요?
    (Jumare yeonghwa boreo gallaeyo?)
    “Do you want to go see a movie this weekend?”
  2. 주말에 함께 등산할래요?
    (Jumare hamkke deungsan hallaeyo?)
    “Shall we go hiking together this weekend?”
  3. 주말에 저랑 시장에 가실래요?
    (Jumare jeorang sijange gasillaeyo?)
    “Would you like to go to the market with me this weekend?”
  4. 주말에 만나서 커피 한잔 어때요?
    (Jumare mannaseo keopi hanjan eottaeyo?)
    “How about we meet and have a coffee this weekend?”
  5. 주말에 바비큐 파티에 초대합니다. 어때요?
    (Jumare babikyu patie chodaehamnida. Eottaeyo?)
    “I’m inviting you to a barbecue party this weekend. How about it?”

These examples provide various contexts in which you might use “주말에 어때요?” to propose different activities or gatherings over the weekend.

1104
Q

Wae irae

A

The phrase “왜 이래” (Wae irae) translates to “What’s wrong with me?” or more commonly, “What’s wrong?” or “What’s the matter?” It’s a way to express confusion or concern about someone’s behavior or a situation. Here are some sample sentences using this phrase:

  1. 왜 이래? 괜찮아?
    (Wae irae? Gwaenchana?)
    “What’s wrong? Are you okay?”
  2. 갑자기 왜 이래? 무슨 일 있어?
    (Gapjagi wae irae? Museun il isseo?)
    “Why are you like this all of a sudden? Is something wrong?”
  3. 왜 이래? 내가 뭔가 잘못했어?
    (Wae irae? Naega mwonga jalmotaesseo?)
    “What’s the matter? Did I do something wrong?”
  4. 오늘따라 왜 이래? 기분이 안 좋아 보여.
    (Oneulttara wae irae? Gibuni an joa boyeo.)
    “Why are you like this today? You seem to be in a bad mood.”
  5. 너 오늘 좀 이상하다, 왜 이래?
    (Neo oneul jom isanghada, wae irae?)
    “You’re a bit strange today, what’s wrong?”

These examples demonstrate how “왜 이래” can be used in various contexts to inquire

1105
Q

Gagi silheo

A

The phrase “가기 싫어” (Gagi silheo) translates to “You don’t like it” in the context of expressing dislike towards going somewhere or doing something. Here’s how you might use this phrase in various sentences:

  1. 가기 싫어하면 안 가도 돼.
    (Gagi silheohamyeon an gado dwae.)
    “If you don’t want to go, you don’t have to.”
  2. 그는 항상 파티 가기 싫어해.
    (Geuneun hangsang pati gagi silheohae.)
    “He always dislikes going to parties.”
  3. 왜 학교 가기 싫어?
    (Wae hakgyo gagi silheo?)
    “Why do you dislike going to school?”
  4. 그가 영화 보러 가기 싫어하는 걸 알고 있어.
    (Geuga yeonghwa boreo gagi silheohaneun geol algo isseo.)
    “I know he doesn’t like going to see movies.”
  5. 가기 싫어하는 걸 억지로 하지 마세요.
    (Gagi silheohaneun geol eokjiro haji maseyo.)
    “Don’t force yourself to do something you dislike.”

These sentences show how you can use “가기 싫어” to discuss preferences or feelings about activities or obligations.

1106
Q

Ne, massimnida
Ne, majayo

A

The phrase “네, 맞습니다” (Ne, massimnida) translates to “Yes, that’s correct” or “Yes, that’s right” in English. It’s a polite and formal way to affirm that something is accurate or true.

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase:

  1. A: 그 영화는 정말 감동적이었어요.
    B: 네, 맞습니다. 그 영화는 정말 인상적이었습니다.

    (A: Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmal gamdongjeogieosseoyo.
    B: Ne, massimnida. Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmal insangjeogieosseumnida.)
    A: “That movie was really moving.”
    B: “Yes, that’s correct. That movie was really impressive.”
  2. A: 이 책은 저자의 첫 번째 소설이에요.
    B: 네, 맞습니다. 그 작가의 데뷔 소설이죠.

    (A: I chaeg-eun jeojaui cheos beonjjae soseol-ieyo.
    B: Ne, massimnida. Geu jaggaui debut soseolijyo.)
    A: “This book is the author’s first novel.”
    B: “Yes, that’s correct. It’s the debut novel of that author.”
  3. A: 이 공간은 우리 회사의 회의실입니다.
    B: 네, 맞습니다. 이곳이 회사의 주요 회의 장소죠.

    (A: I gong-ganeun uri hoesaui hoeuisir-imnida.
    B: Ne, massimnida. Igosi hoesaui juyoe hoeui jangsojyo.)
    A: “This space is our company’s conference room.”
    B: “Yes, that’s correct. This is the main meeting place of the company.”
  4. A: 오늘은 금요일이에요.
    B: 네, 맞습니다. 하루가 참 빠르게 지나가네요.

    (A: Oneul-eun geumyoil-ieyo.
    B: Ne, massimnida. Haruga cham bbaluge jinagane.)
    A: “Today is Friday.”
    B: “Yes, that’s correct. The day passed by so quickly.”
  5. A: 이 문장은 맞나요?
    B: 네, 맞습니다. 제가 확인했을 때 그렇게 맞아요.

    (A: I munjang-eun matnayo?
    B: Ne, massimnida. Jega hwaginhaess-eul ttae geuleohge maj-ayo.)
    A: “Is this sentence correct?”
    B: “Yes, that’s correct. It’s correct as far as I checked.”

The phrase “네, 맞습니다” (Ne, massimnida) and “네, 맞아요” (Ne, majayo) have similar meanings, but they differ in formality.

  1. “네, 맞습니다” (Ne, massimnida):
    • This is a formal and polite way to agree or confirm that something is correct.
    • It is typically used in formal settings, such as business meetings, presentations, or when speaking to someone of higher authority or status.
    • “맞습니다” (massimnida) is the formal form of agreement or confirmation.
  2. “네, 맞아요” (Ne, majayo):
    • This is a polite but less formal way to agree or confirm that something is correct.
    • It can be used in both formal and informal situations, such as casual conversations with friends, colleagues, or acquaintances.
    • “맞아요” (majayo) is the polite form of agreement or confirmation, commonly used in everyday speech.

In summary, “네, 맞습니다” (Ne, massimnida) is more formal and appropriate for formal situations, while “네, 맞아요” (Ne, majayo) is suitable for both formal and informal contexts. The choice between them depends on the level of formality required in the given situation.

1107
Q

Jinja eotteokaji?
Jinja eotteogaji?

A

The phrase “진짜 어떻게?” (Jinja eotteokaji?) or “진짜 어떻게 가지?” (Jinja eotteogaji?) translates to “Really, how?” in English. It’s commonly used to express surprise, disbelief, or confusion about something that has happened or is being discussed.

Here are some examples of how you might use these phrases in context:

  1. A: “그 영화 너무 재미있었어!”
    B: “진짜 어떻게?”
    • English:
      • A: “That movie was so much fun!”
      • B: “Really, how?”
  2. A: “어제 친구랑 싸웠어. 왜냐하면 그가 나의 비밀을 말했거든.”
    B: “진짜 어떻게 가지?”
    • English:
      • A: “I had a fight with my friend yesterday. Because he told my secret.”
      • B: “Really, how?”
  3. A: “나 오늘 선물을 받았어!”
    B: “진짜 어떻게?”
    • English:
      • A: “I received a gift today!”
      • B: “Really, how?”
  4. A: “저기서 영화배우를 봤어!”
    B: “진짜 어떻게 가지?”
    • English:
      • A: “I saw a movie star over there!”
      • B: “Really, how?”

These phrases are colloquial and used in informal conversation to express surprise or disbelief.

1108
Q

Wae geurae?

A

The phrase “왜 그래?” (Wae geurae?) translates to “What’s wrong?” or “What’s the matter?” in English. It’s a common way to inquire about someone’s emotions or behavior when they seem upset, troubled, or out of sorts.

Here are some examples of how you might use this phrase in context:

  1. A: “왜 그래? 무슨 일 있어?”
    B: “아무것도 아니야, 그냥 조금 피곤해.”
    • English:
      • A: “What’s wrong? Is something the matter?”
      • B: “It’s nothing, I’m just a bit tired.”
  2. A: “왜 그래? 어떤 문제가 있니?”
    B: “네, 일이 좀 복잡해.”
    • English:
      • A: “What’s wrong? Do you have some problem?”
      • B: “Yes, I have some complicated work to deal with.”
  3. A: “왜 그래? 화가 나 있니?”
    B: “아니야, 그냥 좀 스트레스 받고 있어.”
    • English:
      • A: “What’s wrong? Are you angry?”
      • B: “No, I’m just feeling a bit stressed.”
  4. A: “왜 그래? 기분이 안 좋아 보여.”
    B: “네, 오늘 일이 잘 안 풀리고 있어서 그래.”
    • English:
      • A: “What’s wrong? You seem not to be in a good mood.”
      • B: “Yes, I’m having trouble with my work today, that’s why.”
        What happened?
        “Wae geurae” in Romanized Korean means “Why is that?” or “Why do you say so?” It is often used to ask for an explanation or reason behind someone’s statement or behavior. The translation you provided, “What happened,” can fit the context if the phrase is used to inquire about an unexpected or sudden change in a situation.

These examples illustrate how “왜 그래?” can be used to show concern and inquire about someone’s well-being or state of mind.

1109
Q

Gongbu handago

A

The phrase “공부 한다고” (Gongbu handago) translates to “I’m going to study” in English. It’s a simple statement indicating your intention to study. Here are some examples of how you might use this phrase:

  1. A: “뭐 할 거야?”
    B: “공부 한다고. 시험이 있어서.”
    • English:
      • A: “What are you going to do?”
      • B: “I’m going to study. I have an exam.”
  2. **오늘은 나가지 않을 거야. 공부 한다고.”
    • English:
      • “I’m not going out today. I’m going to study.”
  3. **“너 지금 뭐해?”
    “공부 한다고. 시험이 다가와서 바쁘다.”
    • English:
      • “What are you doing right now?”
      • “I’m going to study. I’m busy because the exam is approaching.”
  4. **“오늘 저녁에 우리 같이 밖에 나가지 않을래?”
    “미안해, 공부 한다고. 다음에 꼭 같이 나가자.”
    • English:
      • “Do you want to go out together tonight?”
      • “Sorry, I’m going to study. Let’s definitely go out together next time.”

These examples demonstrate how “공부 한다고” can be used to express your intention to study, usually in response to a question or as an explanation for your actions.

1110
Q

Geurigo anigo

A

It’s not like that
The phrase “그리고 아니고” (Geurigo anigo) translates to “And also no” or “And it’s not” in English. It’s used to clarify or correct a previous statement or misunderstanding. Here are some examples of how you might use this phrase:

  1. A: “너는 운동을 좋아해?”
    B: “그리고 아니고, 나는 운동을 싫어해.”
    • English:
      • A: “Do you like exercising?”
      • B: “And it’s not like that, I don’t like exercising.”
  2. “오늘 비가 온다고 해서 우산을 가져왔어.”
    “그리고 아니고, 비는 오지 않을 거야. 날씨 예보가 틀렸어.”

    • English:
      • “I brought an umbrella because it’s supposed to rain today.”
      • “And it’s not like that, it’s not going to rain. The weather forecast was wrong.”
  3. “이 책은 재미있어 보여서 샀어.”
    “그리고 아니고, 나는 이 책을 읽기 싫어해. 재미없어.”

    • English:
      • “I bought this book because it looks interesting.”
      • “And it’s not like that, I don’t want to read this book. It’s not interesting.”
  4. “너는 한국어를 잘 해.”
    “그리고 아니고, 한국어를 잘 못해. 많이 공부해야 해.”

    • English:
      • “You speak Korean well.”
      • “And it’s not like that, I don’t speak Korean well. I need to study a lot.”

These examples illustrate how “그리고 아니고” can be used to provide clarification or correction after a statement.

1111
Q

Igeo dangsin

A

The phrase “이거 당신” (Igeo dangsin) translates to “This is for you” or “Look here” in English. It’s a directive phrase indicating that the speaker wants the listener to pay attention to something specific. Here are some examples of how you might use this phrase:

  1. A: “내일 생일인데, 이거 당신.”
    B: “진짜? 고마워!”
    • English:
      • A: “It’s my birthday tomorrow, look here.”
      • B: “Really? Thank you!”
  2. “이거 당신, 이것 좀 확인해 봐 줄래?”
    “뭐야? 뭐가 문제야?”

    • English:
      • “Look here, can you check this out for me?”
      • “What is it? What’s the problem?”
  3. “이거 당신, 네가 원하던 선물이야.”
    “정말? 고마워!”

    • English:
      • “This is for you, it’s the gift you wanted.”
      • “Really? Thank you!”
  4. “이거 당신, 이 책을 읽어봐.”
    “내가 좋아하는 작가의 책이야.”

    • English:
      • “Look here, try reading this book.”
      • “It’s a book by my favorite author.”

These examples demonstrate how “이거 당신” can be used to draw someone’s attention to something specific or to present something to them.

1112
Q

Dwaehaeseo
Dwaesseo

A

Sure, here are the examples with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. A: “geu irae daehaeseo eotteoke saenggakhae?”
    B: “Dwaesseo, geunyang gwaenchanha.”
  2. **“Dwaesseo, ijeo beoryeo.”
  3. A: “mianhae, naega neohante ireohge haesseo.”
    B: “Dwaesseo, ije gwaenchanha.”
  4. **“Dwaesseo, na honjaseo halge.”
  5. A: “geu irae daehaeseo dasi yaegihalkka?”
    B: “Dwaesseo, geunyang ijeo beoryeo.”

The word “티씨소” (Tisso) doesn’t have a direct translation in English. It seems to be a transliteration of a Korean expression, likely meaning “Forget it” or “Never mind.” It’s often used to dismiss or abandon a topic of conversation or to indicate that something is not worth discussing further.

Here are some examples of how you might use this expression:

  1. A: “그 일에 대해서 어떻게 생각해?”
    B: “티씨소, 그냥 괜찮아.”
    • English:
      • A: “What do you think about that matter?”
      • B: “Forget it, it’s just fine.”
  2. “티씨소, 잊어버려.”
    • English:
      • “Forget it, just forget about it.”
  3. A: “미안해, 내가 너한테 이렇게 했어.”
    B: “티씨소, 이제 괜찮아.”
    • English:
      • A: “I’m sorry, I did this to you.”
      • B: “Forget it, it’s okay now.”
  4. “티씨소, 나 혼자서 할게.”
    • English:
      • “Forget it, I’ll do it by myself.”
  5. A: “그 일에 대해서 다시 얘기할까?”
    B: “티씨소, 그냥 잊어버려.”
    • English:
      • A: “Shall we talk about that matter again?”
      • B: “Forget it, just forget about it.”

These examples demonstrate how “티씨소” can be used to dismiss a topic or indicate that something is not worth dwelling on. Convert hangul to English alphabet

1113
Q

Nega gal surok
Nega gal surok, naneun dangsin-eul deo mid-eul su eobs-eo.

A

The phrase “네가 갈 수록” (Nega gal surok) translates to “The more you go” or “As you go” in English. However, in the context you provided, it seems to be used idiomatically to express disbelief or incredulity.

Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

“네가 갈 수록, 나는 당신을 더 믿을 수 없어.”
(Nega gal surok, naneun dangsin-eul deo mid-eul su eobs-eo.)
“As you go, I can’t believe you more.”

This sentence implies that the more someone behaves or acts in a certain way, the less the speaker can believe or trust them. It’s often used when someone’s actions or behavior are surprising or disappointing to the speaker.

1114
Q

Piryo eobseo
Piryo eobjanayeo
Piryo eobtago

A

These phrases all convey a sense of not needing something in Korean, each with a slightly different nuance or emphasis based on the ending. Here’s a breakdown of each:

  1. Piryo eobseo (필요 없어) - This is a straightforward expression meaning “It’s not necessary” or “I don’t need it.” It’s direct and commonly used in everyday conversation.
  2. Piryo eobjanayeo (필요 없잖아요) - This version includes the ending “-잖아요,” which is used to state something that the speaker assumes the listener already knows or should agree with. It translates to “You know it’s not needed” or “As you know, it’s not necessary.”
  3. Piryo eobtago (필요 없다고) - Ending with “-다고,” this form is quoting or reporting what someone else has said or a general fact. It means “They say it’s not needed” or “I’m telling you, it’s not necessary.”

Here’s how you might use these phrases in sentences:

  1. “이거 필요 없어, 다른 걸 사자.”
    (Igeo piryo eobseo, dareun geol saja.)
    • “We don’t need this, let’s buy something else.”
  2. “우리에게 그건 필요 없잖아요, 다 가지고 있어요.”
    (Uri-ege geugeon piryo eobjanayeo, da gajigo isseoyo.)
    • “You know we don’t need that, we already have everything.”
  3. “필요 없다고 말했잖아요!”
    (Piryo eobtago malhaetjanhayo!)
    • “I told you it’s not needed!”
1115
Q

Jinjja? Molla eobseo
Jinjja? Mollayo

A

The phrases “진짜?” (Jinjja?) and “몰라” (Molla) combined with “없어” (Eobseo) or “없다” (Eobda) convey different meanings:

  1. 진짜? 몰라 없어 (Jinjja? Molla eobseo) - “Really? I don’t know.” or “I don’t know, really.” This combination is often used to express genuine surprise or disbelief followed by a confession of not knowing about something.
    The phrase “진짜? 몰라요” (Jinjja? Mollayo) translates to “Really? I don’t know.” or “I don’t know, really.”

When shortened for convenience, you could simply say “진짜? 몰라” (Jinjja? Molla) without “요” (yo) at the end of “몰라” (molla), which is the polite ending.

Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

  • A: “그 일에 대해서 뭐라고 생각해?”
    B: “진짜? 몰라.”
  • English:
    • A: “What do you think about that matter?”
    • B: “Really? I don’t know.”

This shortened form is commonly used in casual conversations among friends or peers.

  1. 진짜? 몰라 없다 (Jinjja? Molla eobda) - “Really? I don’t know.” or “I don’t know, really.” The difference here is that “없다” (Eobda) is the formal version of “없어” (Eobseo), but they convey the same meaning.

Here’s how you might use them in sentences:Certainly! Here are the sentences with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. A: “I yeonghwareun eottae?”
    B: “Jinjja? Molla eobseo. Ajik an bwasseo.”
    • English:
      • A: “How is this movie?”
      • B: “Really? I don’t know. I haven’t watched it yet.”
  2. A: “Ibeon jumare mwo halkka?”
    B: “Jinjja? Molla eobseo. Gyehoege eobseo.”
    • English:
      • A: “What should we do this weekend?”
      • B: “Really? I don’t know. I don’t have any plans.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “진짜? 몰라 없어” (Jinjja? Molla eobseo) in conveying surprise, uncertainty, or lack of knowledge in informal conversations.

  • A: “이 영화는 어때?”
    B: “진짜? 몰라 없어. 아직 안 봤어.”
    • English:
      • A: “How is this movie?”
      • B: “Really? I don’t know. I haven’t watched it yet.”
  • A: “이번 주말에 뭐 할까?”
    B: “진짜? 몰라 없어. 계획이 없어.”
    • English:
      • A: “What should we do this weekend?”
      • B: “Really? I don’t know. I don’t have any plans.”

These phrases are commonly used in casual conversations to express surprise, uncertainty, or lack of knowledge about a particular situation.

1116
Q

Muni yeollyeoisseumnida

A

The phrase “문이 열려있습니다” (Muni yeollyeoisseumnida) translates to “The door is open” in English. Here is how you write it using the English alphabet:

Muni yeollyeoisseumnida

This phrase is a formal statement that simply notes the state of the door being open.

1117
Q

Eodie wasseo

A

The phrase “어디에 왔어” (Eodie wasseo) translates to “Where have you been?” or “Where did you come from?” in English. This is typically used to inquire about someone’s recent whereabouts in a casual setting.

Here are the sentences you provided, converted from Hangul to the English alphabet:

  1. Chingu: Eodie wasseo?
    • Friend: Where have you been?
  2. Eodie wasseo? Oraenmaniya.
    • Where have you been? Long time no see.
  3. Eodie wasseo? Patiga sijakdoen ji han sigani neomeosseo.
    • Where have you been? The party started over an hour ago.
  4. Eodie wasseo? Uri geokjeong manhi haesseo.
    • Where have you been? We were very worried.
  5. Eodie wasseo? Yeonghwaga geoui da kkeutnagago isseo.
    • Where have you been? The movie is almost over.

These transliterations can help you pronounce the sentences in Korean using the English alphabet.

1118
Q

Ibeoneun
Ibeoneun jega halgeyo

A

The Korean phrase “이번에는” (Ibeoneun) translates to “this time” in English. It is often used to refer to a current or next occurrence or instance, differentiating it from past events or situations. Here’s how you can use it in sentences:

  1. 이번에는 제가 할게요. (Ibeoneun jega halgeyo.)
    • This time, I will do it.
  2. 이번에는 분명히 다를 거예요. (Ibeoneun bunmyeonghi dareul geoyeyo.)
    • This time, it will definitely be different.
  3. 이번에는 늦지 않을게요. (Ibeoneun neutji anheulgeyo.)
    • This time, I won’t be late.
  4. 이번에는 더 잘해보고 싶어요. (Ibeoneun deo jalhaebogo sipeoyo.)
    • This time, I want to do better.
  5. 이번에는 어떻게 될지 모르겠어요. (Ibeoneun eotteoke doelji moreugesseoyo.)
    • This time, I don’t know what will happen.

These examples show how you can use “이번에는” to focus on the current or upcoming instance in various contexts.

1119
Q

Ibeoneun sasil jeongmal yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyo
Ibeoneun sasil kimchineun manhi mogoyo
Ibeoneun sasil kimchineun manhi bogoyo

A

The phrase “이번에는 사실 정말 열심히 공부해요” (Ibeoneun sasil jeongmal yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyo) translates to “This time, I’m actually studying very hard” in English. Here’s how you might use it:

  • 이번에는 사실 정말 열심히 공부해요. 시험에서 좋은 점수를 받고 싶어서요.
    • This time, I’m actually studying very hard. I want to get good grades on the exam.

The phrase “이번에는 사실 김치는 많이 먹고요” (Ibeoneun sasil kimchineun manhi mogoyo) translates to “This time, actually, I am eating a lot of kimchi” in English. Here’s how you might use it:

  • 이번에는 사실 김치는 많이 먹고요, 몸도 건강해진 것 같아요.
    • This time, actually, I am eating a lot of kimchi, and I feel like my health has improved.

The phrase “이번에는 사실 김치는 많이 보고요” (Ibeoneun sasil kimchineun manhi bogoyo) translates to “This time, actually, I see a lot of kimchi” in English. Here’s how you might use it:

  • 이번에는 사실 김치는 많이 보고요. 한국 식당에서 이렇게 많은 종류를 본 적이 없어요.
    • This time, actually, I see a lot of kimchi. I’ve never seen so many varieties at a Korean restaurant before.
1120
Q

Oneul hanbeon

A

The phrase “오늘 한번” (Oneul hanbeon) translates to “once today” or “one time today” in English. It indicates doing something just once on the current day. Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

  • 오늘 한번 커피를 마셔보자.
    • Let’s have a coffee once today.

Certainly! Here are the sentences with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. Oneul hanbeonman hyudaepon-eul hwaginhago jibjunghae bwayo.
    • Let’s check our phones just once today and focus.
  2. Oneul hanbeon deo noryeoghamyeon seonggonghal su iss-eoyo.
    • If you try one more time today, you can succeed.
  3. Oneul hanbeonman hyusig-eul chwihago naeilbuteo dasi ilhaeya haeyo.
    • Let’s take a break just once today and start working again tomorrow.
  4. Oneul hanbeonman yeogualeul heolaghae juseyo.
    • Please make an exception just once today.
  5. Oneul hanbeon deo yeonseubhamyeon chum-i deo wanbyeoghaejil geoyeyo.
    • If you practice one more time today, your dance will be more perfect.
1121
Q

Bullayo
Je ireumeul bullayo

A

The word “불러요” (Bullayo) translates to “call” or “call out” in English. It is the polite form of the verb “call” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 제 이름을 불러요. (Je ireumeul bullayo.)
    • Call my name.
  2. 도와주세요! 누군가 저를 불러요. (Dowajuseyo! Nugunga jeoreul bullayo.)
    • Help! Someone is calling me.
  3. 아버지, 아버지! 빨리 불러요! (Abeoji, abeoji! Ppalli bullayo!)
    • Father, father! Please call quickly!
  4. 친구를 불러요. (Chingu-reul bullayo.)
    • Call for a friend.
  5. 선생님, 학생이 여기 있어요. (Seonsaengnim, haksaeng-i yeogi isseoyo.)
    • Teacher, the student is here.
1122
Q

Sameoleo
Bap siganiya, sameoleo!
Oneul-eun mwo meogeul-kka? Eotteohge saenggakhae? Sameoleo?

A

The word “사먹어” (Sameoleo) is a colloquial way of saying “let’s eat” or “eat up” in Korean. It’s a casual imperative form of the verb “먹다” (meokda), which means “to eat.” Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 밥 시간이야, 사먹어! (Bap siganiya, sameoleo!)
    • It’s mealtime, let’s eat!
  2. 이거 사먹어봐. (Igeo sameoleobwa.)
    • Try eating this.
  3. 오늘은 뭐 먹을까? 어떻게 생각해? 사먹어? (Oneul-eun mwo meogeul-kka? Eotteohge saenggakhae? Sameoleo?)
    • What should we eat today? What do you think? How about eating out?
  4. 이거 다 먹고 나서 사먹어. (Igeo da meokgo naseo sameoleo.)
    • Eat this after you finish that.
  5. 맛있어 보이네, 사먹어야겠다. (Masisseo boine, sameoleoyagessda.)
    • Looks delicious, I should eat it.
1123
Q

Ireoke sasil

A

The phrase “이렇게 사실” (Ireoke sasil) translates to “actually like this” or “in this way, really” in English. It is often used to emphasize the truth of a situation or to express agreement with something that has been said. Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 이렇게 사실, 너무 피곤해. (Ireoke sasil, neomu pigonhae.)
    • Actually, I’m so tired.
  2. 이렇게 사실, 너무 맛있어. (Ireoke sasil, neomu masisseo.)
    • In this way, it’s really delicious.
  3. 이렇게 사실, 오늘은 정말 추운 날이야. (Ireoke sasil, oneul-eun jeongmal chuun nal-iya.)
    • Actually like this, today is a really cold day.
  4. 이렇게 사실, 너의 말이 맞아. (Ireoke sasil, neo-ui mal-i maj-a.)
    • In this way, what you said is correct.
  5. 이렇게 사실, 너무 감사해요. (Ireoke sasil, neomu gamsahaeyo.)
    • Actually, I’m really thankful.

Certainly! Here are some more sample sentences using “이렇게 사실” (Ireoke sasil):

  1. 이렇게 사실, 너무 바쁘다 보니까 시간이 어떻게 가는지 모르겠어. (Ireoke sasil, neomu bappeuda bonikka sigani eotteohge ganeunji moreugesseo.)
    • Actually, I’m so busy that I don’t know how time flies.
  2. 이렇게 사실, 너무 놀라워서 어떻게 대답해야 할지 몰라. (Ireoke sasil, neomu nollawoseo eotteohge daedabhaeya halji molla.)
    • In this way, I’m so surprised that I don’t know how to respond.
  3. 이렇게 사실, 이번 주말에는 집에서 쉬는 게 좋을 것 같아. (Ireoke sasil, ibeon jumal-eneun jib-eseo swineun ge jo-eul geos gat-a.)
    • Actually, I think it would be good to rest at home this weekend.
  4. 이렇게 사실, 너무 자주 일어나니까 피곤해. (Ireoke sasil, neomu jaju ileonanikka pigonhae.)
    • In this way, I’m so tired from waking up too often.
  5. 이렇게 사실, 네 생각이 항상 나를 웃게 해. (Ireoke sasil, ne saeng-gagi hangsang naleul usge hae.)
    • Actually, your thoughts always make me laugh.
1124
Q

Geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?

A

“But,how are you or By the way, how are you?
Sure! Here are the sample sentences with Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

  1. A: Choegeune manhi bappeusyeossjyo? Geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?
    • A: You’ve been very busy recently, right? But how are you?
  2. Hoee hu-e: Oneul hoee-ga gireosseoyo. Geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?
    • After a meeting: Today’s meeting was long. By the way, how are you?
  3. Chinguege: Oraenmaniya, geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?
    • To a friend: It’s been a long time, but how are you?
  4. Byeongmunan ttae: Byeongwon saenghwali eotteongayo? Geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?
    • Visiting someone in the hospital: How is life in the hospital? But how are you?
  5. Jikjang dongryowaui daehwa: Peurojekteu magami dagawago issjyo? Geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?
    • Conversation with a coworker: The project deadline is approaching, isn’t it? But how are you?

These sentences help illustrate the respectful and formal use of “Geunde eotteohge issseubnikka?” in various social interactions.

1125
Q

Sasil bullayo
Sasil bulleosseoyo

A

Certainly! Let me provide the meanings for each of the sentences:

  1. 전화를 못 받았어요. 무슨 일이었어요?
    • Jeonhwareul mot badasseoyo. Museun irieosseoyo?
    • I couldn’t answer the phone. What was it about?
  2. 사실 불렀어요, 그런데 전화가 안 갔어요.
    • Sasil bulleosseoyo, geureonde jeonhwaga an gasseoyo.
    • Actually, I called, but the call didn’t go through.
  3. 어제 저녁에 사실 불렀어요. 얘기할 게 있었어요.
    • Eoje jeonyeoge sasil bulleosseoyo. Yaegihal ge isseosseoyo.
    • I actually called you last night. I had something to talk about.
  4. 사실 불렀어요, 확인해 보세요.
    • Sasil bulleosseoyo, hwaginhae boseyo.
    • Actually, I called. Please check.
  5. 메시지를 남겼어요. 사실 불렀어요.
    • Mesijireul namgyeosseoyo. Sasil bulleosseoyo.
    • I left a message. Actually, I called.

These translations convey the context in which “사실 불렀어요” (Sasil bulleosseoyo) was used, emphasizing the action of calling someone, often with additional context about the communication effort.

1126
Q

Wae rae?
Wae rae? Amu maldo an hago isseo.

A

Sure, here are more sample sentences using “왜래?” (Wae rae?) to ask about someone’s condition or mood in a casual, colloquial manner:

  1. 왜래? 아무 말도 안 하고 있어.
    • Wae rae? Amu maldo an hago isseo.
    • What’s wrong? You’re not saying anything.
      Here is the conversion of the Hangul characters to the English alphabet along with their meanings:
  2. A: 왜래? 기분 나빠 보여.
    • A: Wae rae? Gibun nappa boyeo.
    • Meaning: What’s wrong? You seem upset.
  3. B: 아니, 그냥 좀 피곤해.
    • B: Ani, geunyang jom pigonhae.
    • Meaning: No, I’m just a bit tired.

These phrases are used to express concern or to inquire about someone’s condition, especially when they seem to be in a bad mood or behaving differently.
“Wae rae” (왜래) is a casual and colloquial expression in Korean, typically a shortened version of “왜 그래?” (Wae geurae?), which translates to “What’s wrong?” or “Why are you acting like that?” It is often used to inquire about someone’s unusual behavior or mood. Here’s how it might be used in conversation:

  1. A: 왜래? 기분 나빠 보여.
    • A: What’s wrong? You seem upset.
  2. B: 아니, 그냥 좀 피곤해.
    • B: No, I’m just a bit tired.

This phrase is informal, so it’s best used among close friends or peers. Convert these hangul characters to English alphabet and provide meaning

  1. 왜래? 오늘 좀 이상해 보이는데.
    • Wae rae? Oneul jom isanghae boineunde.
    • What’s wrong? You look a bit off today.
  2. 왜래? 무슨 걱정 있는 거야?
    • Wae rae? Museun geokjeong inneun geoya?
    • What’s wrong? Are you worried about something?
  3. 왜래? 진짜 화난 거야?
    • Wae rae? Jinjja hwanan geoya?
    • What’s wrong? Are you really angry?
  4. 왜래? 눈물이 나 보여.
    • Wae rae? Nunmuri na boyeo.
    • What’s wrong? It looks like you’re about to cry.

These expressions are casual and used among close friends or family members to show concern and inquire about someone’s emotional state.

1127
Q

Kimchi malgo
Eottae

A

“김치 말고” (Kimchi malgo) translates to “besides kimchi” or “other than kimchi.” It’s often used when discussing food options or preferences, suggesting the speaker wants to consider or talk about other food choices. Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 김치 말고 다른 반찬 뭐가 있어?
    • Kimchi malgo dareun banchan mwoga isseo?
    • What other side dishes are there besides kimchi?
      The phrases “말고” (malgo) and “어떻게” (eottae) serve different purposes in Korean:
  2. 말고 (malgo):
    • Meaning: “말고” (malgo) means “besides” or “other than” in English. It is used to indicate an alternative or exclusionary choice, typically in the context of selecting or mentioning something different from what has been mentioned.
    • Example: “김치 말고 다른 반찬 뭐가 있어?” (What other side dishes are there besides kimchi?)
  3. 어떻게 (eottae):
    • Meaning: “어떻게” (eottae) means “how” or “what” in English. It is used to ask about a method, manner, or condition, seeking information or clarification on how something is done or what the situation is.
    • Example: “어떻게 되나요?” (What’s going on?) or “어떻게 할 거예요?” (What should I do?)

In summary, “말고” (malgo) is used to introduce alternatives or exclusions, while “어떻게” (eottae) is used to inquire about methods or conditions.

  1. 김치 말고 뭘 먹을까?
    • Kimchi malgo mwol meogeulkka?
    • What should we eat besides kimchi?
  2. 점심 메뉴로 김치 말고 다른 걸 추천해 줄 수 있어?
    • Jeomsim menyuro kimchi malgo dareun geol chucheonhae jul su isseo?
    • Can you recommend something else for lunch besides kimchi?
  3. 김치 말고 이 음식에 어울리는 게 뭐가 있을까?
    • Kimchi malgo i eumsige eoullineun ge mwoga isseulkka?
    • What goes well with this food besides kimchi?
  4. 김치 말고 한국의 다른 전통 음식을 시도해 보고 싶어.
    • Kimchi malgo hangugui dareun jeontong eumsigeul sido hae bogo sipeo.
    • I want to try other traditional Korean foods besides kimchi.

These examples show how “김치 말고” can be used to broaden food choices or discussions, particularly when looking for variety.

1128
Q

Sample story

A

Here is the story with the Hangul characters converted to the English alphabet:

Handdae areumdaun supsok-e golyang-i-wa yeouga salgo iss-eossseubnida. Goyang-ineun maeil achim iljjig-i ileona sup-eul dol-ada-nimyeo sanyang-eul hago, yeouneun chabunhage namu alae-eseo swimyeo sigan-eul bonaessseubnida.

Eoneu nal, goyang-ineun jasin-ui sanyang-eul jaranghamyeo yeou-ege jarang-eul haessseubnida. “Na oneul-eun neomu manh-eun saeleul jab-ass-eo! Nega nacheoleom ppaleun sogdolo dallimyeon deo manh-eun meog-i leul jab-eul su iss-eul geoya!” hago mal-ieossseubnida.

Yeouneun goyang-ui mal-e us-eumyeo daedabhaessseubnida. “Goyang-iya, neoneun ppaleun sogdolo ttwil su issgeji-man, naneun ttogttoghan gyehoeg-gwa jaechileul gajigo iss-eo. Naega eodneun meog-ineun hangsang mas-iss-eo!”

Ihueulo, goyang-i-wa yeouneun gagja-ui bangsig-eulo sanyang-eul hago sal-assseubnida. Goyang-ineun ppaleun sogdo-wa him-eulo sanyang-eul hago, yeouneun ttogttoghan gyehoeg-gwa jaechilo meog-ireul eod-eossseubnida.

Gyeolgug dul da haengbokhage sup sog-eseo sal-assgo, seoloui jangjeom-eul injeonghamyeo hamkke jinae-yeossseubnida. Iyagineun ppaleun sogdowa jihae modu jung-yohadaneun geos-eul allyeojubnida.
Once upon a time, there were a cat and a fox living in a beautiful forest. The cat would wake up early every morning to roam the forest and hunt, while the fox spent its time peacefully resting under the trees.

One day, the cat boasted about its hunting to the fox. “I caught so many birds today! If you could run as fast as me, you could catch even more prey!” it said.

The fox chuckled at the cat’s words and replied, “Cat, you may be able to run fast, but I have clever plans and wit. The prey I catch is always delicious!”

From then on, the cat and the fox hunted and lived in their own ways. The cat relied on its speed and strength for hunting, while the fox used its clever plans and wit to obtain food.

In the end, they both lived happily in the forest, acknowledging each other’s strengths and living together. The story teaches us that both speed and wisdom are important.

1129
Q

Jeoneun yeolsimhi ilhaneun cheokhaeyo

A

To say “I pretend I work diligently” in Korean, you can phrase it as:

저는 열심히 일하는 척해요.
(Romanization: Jeoneun yeolsimhi ilhaneun cheokhaeyo.)

Here’s a breakdown:
- 저는 (Jeoneun): “I” (polite)
- 열심히 (Yeolsimhi): “diligently”
- 일하는 (Ilhaneun): “working” (present continuous form of 일하다, “to work”)
- 척해요 (Cheokhaeyo): “pretend” (from 척하다, “to pretend”)

1130
Q

Nega saram aneunde
Naneun botong ireon seutaili aniya

A

The phrase “Nega saram aneunde” translates to “I’m not usually like this” in English. It’s used when someone wants to express that their current behavior or actions are not typical of their usual self. Here’s the romanized version:

“Nega saram aneunde” -> “I’m not usually like this.”
The phrase “나는 보통 이런 스타일이 아니야” (Naneun botong ireon seutaili aniya) translates to “I’m not usually like this” in English. It’s used when someone wants to express that their current behavior or actions are not typical of their usual self. Here’s how it can be used:

  1. 나는 보통 이런 스타일이 아니야, 정말 죄송해요.
    • I’m not usually like this, I’m really sorry.
  2. 나는 보통 이런 일을 안 해, 근데 이번에는 예외야.
    • I don’t usually do things like this, but this time it’s an exception.

This phrase is useful for explaining deviations from one’s usual behavior or character.

1131
Q

Eotteon geol masillae?

A

The phrase “어떤 걸 마실래?” (Eotteon geol masillae?) translates to “What would you like to drink?” in English. It’s commonly used when offering someone a choice of beverages or asking for their preference. Here’s the romanized version:

“Eotteongo masillae?” -> “Eotteon geol masillae?”

1132
Q

Jal jinae?
Jal jinaeseyo?

A

The phrase “잘 지내세요?” (Jal jinaeseyo?) translates to “Have you been well?” or “How have you been?” in English. It’s a common greeting in Korean used to inquire about someone’s well-being or to say hello. Here’s the romanized version:

“Jal jinae?” -> “Jal jinaeseyo?”

1133
Q

Sugohaesseo

A

The phrase “수고했어” (Sugohaesseo) translates to “You did well” or “Good job” in English. It’s used to compliment someone on their effort or work. Here’s the romanized version:

“Sugu esseo” -> “Sugohaesseo”

1134
Q

Mwohaerae?

A

Ah, I see! “Mwohaerae” is a casual and colloquial way of asking “What are you doing?” in Korean. It’s often used among friends or peers in informal settings. Here’s the romanized version:

“Mwohaerae?” -> “뭐해래?” (mwohaerae?)

You can use this phrase to ask someone what they are currently occupied with or what they are up to. “Mwohaerae”:

  1. Mwohaerae? Naneun gongbu jung-ida. - What are you doing? I’m studying.
  2. Mwohaerae? Hangug-eo hae-bwaya hae. - What are you doing? You should try speaking Korean.
  3. Mwohaerae? Banghaehaneun geos-eul hagi wihae saeng-gaghanda. - What are you doing? I’m thinking about asking for help.
  4. Mwohaerae? Mae-il aneungeo gatda. - What are you doing? It seems like the same thing every day.
  5. Mwohaerae? Keopi han jan masil su isseoyo. - What are you doing? I can have a cup of coffee.

These sentences use “Mwohaerae” to ask what someone is currently doing in various contexts.

1135
Q

Mwoseun gayo?

A

The phrase “Mwoseun gayo?” translates to “What are you doing?” in English. Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  1. Mwoseun gayo? Naneun kongbu jungibnida. - What are you doing? I’m studying.
  2. Mwoseun gayo? Eum-ag deudgo issseubnida. - What are you doing? I’m listening to music.
  3. Mwoseun gayo? Siganeul jeulgigo issseubnida. - What are you doing? I’m enjoying my time.
  4. Mwoseun gayo? Somang-eul ggumgo issseubnida. - What are you doing? I’m dreaming of the future.
  5. Mwoseun gayo? Yoriga mandeuleo issseubnida. - What are you doing? I’m cooking.

These sentences demonstrate different activities someone might be doing when asked “Mwoseun gayo?” in Korean.

1136
Q

Taena geuna

A

The phrase “Taena geuna” in Korean translates to “That’s a relief” or “Thank goodness” in English. Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  1. Taena geuna, geunal meogneun eumsigi najda. - That’s a relief, the food I ate that day was delicious.
  2. Taena geuna, olhaeneun sesang-i jeulgeobge byeonhaessda. - Thank goodness, the world has changed for the better this year.
  3. Taena geuna, jeoneun gippeul ttaen eoduun gieogi saenggineyo. - That’s a relief, I have fond memories of dark times when I was happy.
  4. Taena geuna, oneul gibun joheun nalida. - Thank goodness, today is a good day.
  5. Taena geuna, eojjeol su eobs-eossda. - That’s a relief, I couldn’t figure it out.

These sentences express relief or gratitude in various situations.

1137
Q

Geokjeong hajima

A

The phrase “Geokjeong hajima” in Korean translates to “Don’t worry” or “Don’t be anxious” in English. Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  1. Geokjeong hajima, modeun geos-i jal doel geos-ida. - Don’t worry, everything will be fine.
  2. Geokjeong hajima, naega modu salagago isseo. - Don’t worry, I’m taking care of everything.
  3. Geokjeong hajima, geunal mogjeogjida. - Don’t worry, that day was just a misunderstanding.
  4. Geokjeong hajima, geudaeneun salajido anh-eul geos-iya. - Don’t worry, you won’t be fired.
  5. Geokjeong hajima, naeildo gwaenchanh-a. - Don’t worry, tomorrow will be okay.

These sentences reassure someone not to worry and provide comfort in various situations.

1138
Q

Cheulte
Naneun geureon jit-eul cheulhaji anh-eul geoya.

A

“Cheulte” in Korean is written as “철” and translates to “never” in English. It’s used to indicate a situation or action that will never occur or has never occurred.

Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 나는 그런 짓을 철하지 않을 거야.
    (Naneun geureon jit-eul cheulhaji anh-eul geoya.)
    • “I will never do such a thing.”
  2. 그 일은 내가 철로 해 줄게.
    (Geu il-eun naega cheullo hae julge.)
    • “I will never let that happen.”
  3. 그녀는 그 사람을 다시 믿을 생각을 철로 한다.
    (Geunyeoneun geu salam-eul dasi mideul saeng-gag-eul cheullo handa.)
    • “She never thinks of trusting him again.”
  4. 네가 거기로 가면 안 돼, 그곳은 위험해.
    응, 그런 곳에는 철로 가지 않을게.
    (Nega geogi-lo gamyeon an dwae, geugos-eun wiheomhae. Eung, geuleon gos-eneun cheullo gaji anh-eulge.)
    • “You shouldn’t go there, it’s dangerous.”
      “Yeah, I’ll never go to such a place.”

It’s a definitive term indicating the negation of a possibility.

1139
Q

Mussenserya gabjagi

A

“Mussenserya gabjagi” is written in Romanized Korean and translates to “What are you talking about all of a sudden?” in English. It’s used when someone suddenly says something unexpected or confusing, and you want to ask them to clarify or explain what they mean.

Here are some sample sentences using “Mussenserya gabjagi”:

  1. 무슨 일이야? 너 왜 갑자기 이런 소리를 해?
    (Museun iliya? Neo wae gabjagi ireon solileul hae?)
    • “What’s going on? Why are you suddenly saying such things?”
  2. 뭐야, 그렇게 갑자기 나를 놀라게 하지 말아줄래?
    (Mwoya, geuleohge gabjagi naleul nollage haji marajullae?)
    • “Hey, could you not surprise me like that all of a sudden?”
  3. 아니, 무슨 소릴 하는 거야? 이해가 안 가네.
    (Ani, museun solil haneun geoya? Ihaega an gane.)
    • “No, what are you talking about? I don’t understand.”
  4. 어느 순간에 갑자기 그런 말을 하는 거야?
    (Eoneu sungane gabjagi geuleon mal-eul haneun geoya?)
    • “Why are you suddenly saying such things out of nowhere?”

It’s a phrase used to express surprise or confusion about someone’s unexpected statement or behavior.

1140
Q

Chwumachim

A

My apologies for the oversight. The correct spelling for “You’re so cool” in Romanized Korean is “Chwumachim” or “Chwumachin.” Thank you for catching that mistake!”Cheumachim” is written in Romanized Korean and translates to “You’re so cool” in English. It’s a compliment used to express admiration or approval for someone’s coolness or impressive qualities.

Here are some sample sentences using “Cheumachim”:

  1. 너 오늘 정말 멋있어. 첨아침!
    (Neo oneul jeongmal meosiss-eo. Cheumachim!)
    • “You look really cool today. So cool!”
  2. 그 사람 정말 대단해. 항상 첨아침이야.
    (Geu salam jeongmal daedanhae. Hangsang cheumachimiya.)
    • “That person is really amazing. Always so cool.”
  3. 네가 그렇게 멋있어서 나도 배울 것이 많아.
    (Nega geuleohge meosiss-eoseo nado baeul geos-i manh-a.)
    • “You’re so cool that I have a lot to learn from you.”
  4. 오늘 너무 멋있어 보여. 정말 첨아침이야!
    (Oneul neomu meosiss-eo boyeo. Jeongmal cheumachim-iya!)
    • “You look so cool today. Really awesome!”
  5. 너의 스타일은 항상 첨아침이야.
    (Neoui seutail-eun hangsang cheumachim-iya.)
    • “Your style is always so cool.”

It’s a positive and informal way to compliment someone’s style, demeanor, or actions.

1141
Q

Andeuru jeullae

A

“Andeuru jeullae?” which could translate to “Will you help me?” in English. Sample sentences in romanized
Certainly! Here are the translations and meanings of the sample sentences:

  1. “Andeuru jeullae? Naneun geureul jeongmal pilyohae.”
    • Translation: “Will you help me? I really need it.”
    • Meaning: This sentence is asking for assistance, emphasizing the speaker’s genuine need for help.
  2. “Andeuru jeullae? Jigeum bangbeobi pilyohae.”
    • Translation: “Will you help me? I need a solution right now.”
    • Meaning: The speaker is requesting immediate assistance, indicating the urgency of their situation.
  3. “Andeuru jeullae? Eotteohge ireohge hago?”
    • Translation: “Will you help me? How should I do this?”
    • Meaning: This sentence asks for guidance or advice on how to accomplish a task or solve a problem.
  4. “Andeuru jeullae? Kkamkkamhan geoseul butaghae jusil su isseoyo?”
    • Translation: “Will you help me? Can you provide some bright ideas?”
    • Meaning: The speaker is seeking creative suggestions or solutions from the listener.
  5. “Andeuru jeullae? Geureomyeon johgessseubnida.”
    • Translation: “Will you help me? It would be appreciated.”
    • Meaning: This sentence politely asks for assistance while expressing gratitude in advance.

These sentences demonstrate different contexts in which the phrase “Andeuru jeullae?” can be used to ask for help or assistance.

1142
Q

Geuttae boto

A

Here are the translations for the sample sentences using “Geuttae boto” (since then):

  1. Geuttae boto, geu saram mannal su isseossneun geosmaneurodo haengbokhaesseoyo.
    • Since then, just being able to meet that person made me happy.
  2. Geuttae boto, nae insaengeun da byeonhaesseoyo.
    • Since then, my life has completely changed.
  3. Geuttae boto, nae maeumeun hangsang geudaeraneun geol algo issseoyo.
    • Since then, I have always known you are in my heart.
  4. Geuttae boto, naneun geu gieogeul hangsang gieoghae.
    • Since then, I always remember that memory.
  5. Geuttae boto, uri sai hanassig byeonhaegamyeonseo hamkke isseossseubnida.
    • Since then, we have changed one by one while being together.
1143
Q

Eotteohke geoya?

A

Here’s the translation for “Eotteohke geoya?” into English: “What happened?”

And here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean:

  1. Eotteohke geoya? Jinjja gwaenchana?
    • What happened? Are you okay, really?
  2. Eotteohke geoya? Neomu sangsangdoego isseoyo.
    • What happened? I can’t even imagine.
  3. Eotteohke geoya? Geureohke uulhal mankeum himdeulgeo gatayo.
    • What happened? It seems so difficult that it might be hard to bear.
  4. Eotteohke geoya? Maldo andoel jeongdoro himdeulge neuggyeojyeoyo.
    • What happened? It feels so hard that I can’t even speak.
  5. Eotteohke geoya? Jigeum yeogi mweo hal su isseulgga?
    • What happened? What can we do here right now?
1144
Q

Geurengayo

A

Yes, “Geurengayo” translates to “Is that so?” in English.

Here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean:

  1. Geurengayo? Jeonhwaga andwaessneunde?
    • Is that so? The phone didn’t ring?
  2. Geurengayo? Ije meonjeo gago sipneyo.
    • Is that so? I want to leave now.
  3. Geurengayo? Jinjja geunyang geuraesseoyo?
    • Is that so? Did they really just say that?
  4. Geurengayo? Naneun molrassseubnida.
    • Is that so? I didn’t know.
  5. Geurengayo? Jeoneun geunyang uulhal mankeum simhaesseoyo.
    • Is that so? I just felt so sad.
1145
Q

Geurae bujah
Geurae bujah, naeil bwa

A

“Geurae bujah” translates to “Alright, see you tomorrow then” in English.

Here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean:

  1. Geurae bujah, naeil bwa.
    • Alright, see you tomorrow.
  2. Geurae bujah, jeonyeoge meogeulgeyo.
    • Alright, see you tomorrow, we’ll have dinner together.
  3. Geurae bujah, iljeongi hwaginhaji anhasseumyeon johgessneyo.
    • Alright, see you tomorrow, it would be great if the schedule doesn’t change.
  4. Geurae bujah, naeil haru mamuri hasigessseubnida.
    • Alright, see you tomorrow, have a good day ahead.
  5. Geurae bujah, jeonyeogeman geureol georago haejuseyo.
    • Alright, see you tomorrow, just confirm for tonight.

This phrase is commonly used to confirm plans to meet or see someone the following day.

1146
Q

Wae pionya?

A

“Wae pionya?” translates to “Why are you laughing?” or “What are you laughing at?” in English.

Here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean:

  1. Wae pionya?
    • Why are you laughing?
  2. Wae pionya? Naege useumi eoddeohge boyeoseo?
    • Why are you laughing? How do I look when I smile?
  3. Wae pionya? Nae moseubi amugeosdo anin geos gatayo.
    • Why are you laughing? My appearance isn’t anything special.
  4. Wae pionya? Jokega jaemiisseoseo useumyeonseo handa.
    • Why are you laughing? The joke was funny, so I laughed.
  5. Wae pionya? Jigeum mweonga hasinda?
    • Why are you laughing? Is something funny right now?

This phrase is often used when someone notices another person laughing and wants to inquire about the reason behind it.

1147
Q

Gaba

A

“Gaba” is not standard Korean for “go.” In Korean, “go” is generally expressed as “가” (ga) in the imperative form. If you want to tell someone to go, you would say “가” or “가세요” (gaseyo) for a more polite form.

The addition of “ba” in “gaba” isn’t standard in Korean for expressing simple commands like “go.” It seems like there might be a mix-up or a misunderstanding. In Korean, to form a suggestion or to give a softer command, you can use “-바” (ba) after a verb stem. For example, “가다” (to go) can become “가바” (gaba) in casual speech, which softens the command to something like, “Go on,” or “Try going.”

So, if “gaba” was intended in this context, it’s like saying “Go ahead,” or “Why don’t you go?” in a friendly or encouraging way.

1148
Q

Jag-eun

A

“Jag-eun” (작은) means “small” or “little” in Korean. It’s often used to describe the size or scale of something. For example:

  • 작은 개 (jageun gae) - small dog
  • 작은 집 (jageun jib) - small house
  • 작은 고양이 (jageun goyangi) - small cat

It’s a versatile adjective used in various contexts to denote diminutive size.

1149
Q

Iyagi
Geu iyagi neomu jaemiisseoyo
Iyagi-e nugureul ileukhaess-eoyo?
Iyagi-e munjega manhneyo
Iyagi-e naega jaemiissneun bu seutail-eul mannass-eoyo

A

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “iyagi” (이야기), along with their translations:

  1. Geu iyagi neomu jaemiisseoyo.
    • 그 이야기 너무 재미있어요.
    • That story is very interesting.
  2. Iyagi-e nugureul ileukhaess-eoyo?
    • 이야기에 누구를 일으켰어요?
    • Who caused the incident in the story?
  3. Iyagi-e munjega manhneyo.
    • 이야기에 문제가 많네요.
    • There are many problems in the story.
  4. Iyagi-e naega jaemiissneun bu seutail-eul mannass-eoyo.
    • 이야기에 내가 재미있는 부 스타일을 만났어요.
    • I encountered my favorite style iniya the story.
  5. Iyagi-e dangsin-i nuguil geos-ida?
    • 이야기에 당신이 누길 것이다?
    • Who will you be in the story?

These sentences demonstrate how “iyagi” can be used in various contexts to refer to a story or narrative.

1150
Q

Ilbeon

A

“Ilbeon” means “once” or “one time” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 나는 그 영화를 이미 일번 봤어요. (Naneun geu yeonghwareul imi ilbeon bwasseoyo.)
    • Translation: I’ve already seen that movie once.
  2. 이 책은 일번 읽는 것으로 충분할 거 같아요. (I chaek-eun ilbeon ilgneun geoseuro chungbunhal geo gatayo.)
    • Translation: I think reading this book once will be enough.
  3. 일번 시도해 보세요. (Ilbeon sido hae boseyo.)
    • Translation: Give it a try once.
  4. 일번 더 시도해 볼게요. (Ilbeon deo sido hae bolgeyo.)
    • Translation: I’ll try once more.
1151
Q

Ani, jeonhyeo

A

The phrase “아니, 전혀” (Ani, jeonhyeo) translates to “No, not at all” in English. It’s used to strongly negate something or to express that something is completely untrue or does not apply at all. Here’s how it might be used in conversation:

  1. A: 이 옷 나한테 어울려요? (I ot nahante eoullyeoyo?)
    • Do these clothes suit me?
    B: 아니, 전혀. (Ani, jeonhyeo.)
    - No, not at all.
  2. A: 너 이 일에 관심 있어? (Neo i ile gwansim isseo?)
    • Are you interested in this matter?
    B: 아니, 전혀. (Ani, jeonhyeo.)
    - No, not at all.

This phrase can be helpful to emphatically deny or reject something in a conversation.

1152
Q

Ireoke gabjagi
Ireoke gabjagi biga wae oneun geoya?

A

The phrase “이렇게 갑자기” (Ireoke gabjagi) translates to “so suddenly” or “this suddenly” in English. It’s often used to express surprise at how quickly something unexpected has happened. Here’s how it might be used in a conversation:

  1. A: 이렇게 갑자기 비가 왜 오는 거야? (Ireoke gabjagi biga wae oneun geoya?)
    • Why is it raining so suddenly?
  2. B: 이렇게 갑자기 일이 많아져서 어떻게 해야 할지 모르겠어. (Ireoke gabjagi iri manhajyeoseo eotteoke haeya halji moreugesseo.)
    • I don’t know what to do with so much work coming up so suddenly.

This phrase is useful for commenting on unexpected changes or events that catch you off guard.

1153
Q

Wae hangug-eocheoreom

A

The phrase “왜 한국어처럼” (Wae hangug-eocheoreom) translates to “Why like Korean?” in English. It could be used in a context where someone is asking why something is being done in a way that resembles the Korean language or Korean style. Here’s how it might be used in a sentence:

  1. 왜 한국어처럼 말해야 해? (Wae hangug-eocheoreom malhaeya hae?)
    • Why do I have to speak like Korean?
  2. 왜 한국어처럼 배우려고 하지? (Wae hangug-eocheoreom baeworyeogo haji?)
    • Why are you trying to learn it like Korean?

This phrase is particularly useful for discussing aspects of language learning or cultural adaptation where similarities to Korean are noted.

1154
Q

Geunde mariya
Geunde mariya, eoje museun il isseosseo?)

A

The phrase “그런데 말이야” (Geunde mariya) translates to “By the way” or “Anyway,” in English. It’s used to change the subject or introduce new information in a conversation. Here’s how it might be used in a sentence:

  1. 그런데 말이야, 어제 무슨 일 있었어? (Geunde mariya, eoje museun il isseosseo?)
    • By the way, what happened yesterday?
  2. 그런데 말이야, 이거 한번 봐줘. (Geunde mariya, igeo hanbeon bwajwo.)
    • Anyway, take a look at this.

This phrase is very common in conversational Korean and is often used to smoothly transition to a different topic.

1155
Q

Geureom geuege

A

The phrase “그럼 그에게” (Geureom geuege) translates to “Then to him” or “In that case, to him” in English. It is used when referring to passing on a task, message, or object to another person following a conclusion or decision. Here’s how it might be used in a sentence:

  1. 그럼 그에게 전해줘. (Geureom geuege jeonhaejwo.)
    • Then, pass it on to him.
  2. 그럼 그에게 말할게. (Geureom geuege malhalge.)
    • In that case, I’ll tell him.

This phrase is useful for indicating a specific action or decision directed towards a third person, especially after a prior discussion or decision about the matter.

1156
Q

Museun sasil

A

The phrase “무슨 사실” (Museun sasil) translates to “What’s the truth?” in English. It’s used to inquire about the true or factual nature of a situation or statement. Here’s how it might be used in a sentence:

  1. 무슨 사실을 알고 싶어? (Museun sasileul algo sipeo?)
    • What truth do you want to know?
  2. 그 일에 대한 무슨 사실을 숨기고 있어? (Geu ire daehan museun sasireul sumgigo isseo?)
    • What truth are you hiding about that incident?

This phrase is used to seek clarification or to probe deeper into matters where the full details are not clear or have been obscured.
Apologies for the confusion. The more correct term in Korean for asking about truth in a general context would be “무슨 사실인가요?” (Museun sasil-ingayo?), which means “What is the truth?” If you are inquiring in a less formal context, you might say “무슨 사실이야?” (Museun sasiriya?). This would translate more directly to “What’s the truth?”

Here’s how you might use it:

  1. 무슨 사실이야? 왜 그렇게 숨기려고 해? (Museun sasiriya? Wae geureoke sumgiryeogo hae?)
    • What’s the truth? Why are you trying to hide it?
  2. 이 상황에서 무슨 사실인가요? (I sanghwang-eseo museun sasil-ingayo?)
    • What is the truth in this situation?

These phrases are used to prompt someone to reveal more about a situation or to clarify something that seems uncertain.

1157
Q

Oneul nalssiga joahassseumnida
Oneul nalssiga joasseo

A

“Oneul nalssiga joahassseumnida” translates to “I liked the weather today.” It’s a statement expressing enjoyment or appreciation for the weather experienced on the day in question.

1158
Q

Malhae
Malhaejwo

A

“Malhae” (말해) is a shortened, informal command form of “malhada” (말하다), which means “to speak” or “to say” in Korean. It can be used to ask someone to speak or to tell something in a casual setting. Here’s how you might use it:

  1. Malhae bwa, mwoga munje인지?
    • Tell me, what is the problem?
  2. Malhae, ni saenggakeun mwoya?
    • Tell me, what are your thoughts?

This form is quite casual and should be used among peers or close friends to avoid sounding impolite or too direct.
The correct expression you’re looking for in Korean that means “tell me” is “말해줘” (malhaejwo). If you want to use a more polite form, you can say “말씀해주세요” (malsseumhaejuseyo).

Here are examples in romanized Korean:
1. Malhaejwo - Tell me.
2. Malsseumhaejuseyo - Please tell me.

1159
Q

Butakhalge
Butakdeurimnida

A

“I’ll ask a favor” or “I will beg you” is:

부탁할게 (Butakhalge)

This is more casual and appropriate among friends or peers when you’re asking for a favor or making a light request.
to express “I beg you” or a similar sentiment. In Korean, a polite way to say “I beg you” would be:

부탁드립니다 (Butakdeurimnida)

This is a very formal and respectful way to ask for a favor or make a request.

1160
Q

Daeume bwa, annyeong.

A

The phrase “peuja” isn’t standard in Korean for farewells. If you’re aiming for a phrase that conveys “See you next time, bye,” a more accurate and common way to say this in Korean would be:

다음에 봐, 안녕. (Daeume bwa, annyeong.)

Here, “다음에 봐” means “See you next time,” and “안녕” is a casual way to say “bye.”

1161
Q

Soljikhi malhaebwa
Soljikhi malhae

A

Yes, “솔직히 말해봐” (Soljikhi malhaebwa) is a concise and straightforward way to say “Be honest” or “Speak honestly” in Korean. This phrase is informal and typically used with people you are familiar with. It invites the listener to express their thoughts openly and honestly.
The phrase “Seulte mariba” doesn’t correspond correctly to standard Korean. To express “Just be honest” in Korean, you would say:

솔직히 말해 (Soljikhi malhae)

This translates directly to “speak honestly” and conveys the request for straightforward communication effectively.

1162
Q

Gwaenchan-eulgeo-ya
Mullon gwaenchana-yo
Gwenchana malgo

A

For a shorter and simpler version of “of course, it’s okay” in Korean, you can use “괜찮을거야” (gwaenchan-eulgeo-ya). This phrase combines “괜찮을거야” (gwaenchan-eulgeo-ya), meaning “it will be okay,” with a more informal ending “-야” (-ya) to convey a sense of reassurance and informality. It’s commonly used among friends or in casual settings.
To say “Of course, it’s okay” in Korean, you can use the phrase “물론 괜찮아요” (Mullon gwaenchana-yo). Here’s how it might be used in context:

  1. A: 이 시간에 전화해도 돼요?
    • A: Is it okay if I call you at this time?
  2. B: 물론 괜찮아요.
    • B: Of course, it’s okay.

The phrase “괜찮아 말고” (Gwenchana malgo) translates roughly to “Don’t just say it’s okay” in English. It implies that the speaker is prompting the listener not to merely dismiss something as fine or okay but to provide a more thoughtful or honest response. Here’s how you might use it in a conversation:

  1. A: 그냥 괜찮아 말고 솔직히 어떤지 말해봐.
    • A: Don’t just say it’s okay, tell me honestly what you think.
  2. B: 사실은 조금 불편해.
    • B: Honestly, it’s a bit uncomfortable.

This phrase is often used to encourage a deeper discussion or a more genuine reaction..

1163
Q

Aigoo cheoreom eotteohge

A

The phrase “Aigoo cheoreom eotteohge” in Korean translates to “Like, how?” in English. It’s often used when someone is expressing confusion or disbelief about a situation and wants to inquire further about how it happened or what to do next. It’s a colloquial expression used in casual conversations.

1164
Q

Creedo deurago sinayo?

A

The phrase “Creedo deurago sinayo?” in Korean translates to “Do you still want to go back?” in English. It’s typically used to inquire whether someone still desires to return to a previous place or situation.

1165
Q

Hamkke halsu damyeon

A

“Hamkke halsu damyeon” means “If we can do it together” in English.

1166
Q

Hambeok ganyago? Geureuliga?

A

“Hambeok ganyago” means “Was I happy?” and “Geureuliga” means “How could it have been?” in English.

1167
Q

Aniji malgo

A

Aniji malgo- I’m not talking about him

1168
Q

Piryo eobseo iji

A

The phrase “Piryo eobseo iji” in English translates to “I don’t need it anymore.” Here, “Piryo eobseo” means “I don’t need (it),” and “iji” is a colloquial way of emphasizing the past tense or a change of state, akin to “anymore” in English.

1169
Q

Jeoneyo

A

“Jeoneyo” in English translates to “That sounds good” or “Sounds good.” It’s a positive acknowledgment often used to express agreement or approval in Korean conversations.

1170
Q

Gatayo
Ibuni saenggakboda yeosseul geos gatayo
Geu sarami nae chingu gatayo

Jib ape issneun gongweoneun meosjige saenggaghaeboyeoseo neomu joha gatayo

A

“Gatayo” means “looks like” or “seems like” in English. It’s often used to express similarity or comparison between two things. So, “chingu gatayo” translates to “it looks like a friend” or “it seems like a friend.”
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “gatayo” in romanized Korean with their translations:

  1. Geu sarami nae chingu gatayo.
    • 그 사람이 내 친구 같아요.
    • Translation: That person seems like my friend.
  2. Ibuni saenggakboda yeosseul geos gatayo.
    • 이분이 생각보다 여쁠 것 같아요.
    • Translation: She seems prettier than I thought.
  3. Haggyoeseo mannaseo neomu johasseul geos gatayo.
    • 학교에서 만나서 너무 좋았을 것 같아요.
    • Translation: It seems like we had a great time meeting at school.
  4. Jib ape issneun gongweoneun meosjige saenggaghaeboyeoseo neomu joha gatayo.
    • 집 앞에 있는 공원은 멋지게 생각해보여서 너무 좋아 같아요.
    • Translation: The park in front of the house looks so nice that I really like it.
  5. Eodiga oerobgo boiji anhneun geos gatayo.
    • 어디가 외롭고 보이지 않는 것 같아요.
    • Translation: It seems like nowhere feels lonely and invisible.

These sentences demonstrate how “gatayo” is used to express similarity or the way something appears or feels.

1171
Q

Yoksi
Geu yeonghwaneun yeoksi jaemiisseosseoyo

A

“Yoksi” (역시) means “as expected” or “sure enough” in Korean. It’s often used to express confirmation or validation of a previous assumption or belief. For example:

  • 그 영화는 역시 재미있었어요. (Geu yeonghwaneun yeoksi jaemiisseosseoyo.)
    • Translation: “Sure enough, that movie was entertaining.”
  • 역시 그 사람은 잘 할 줄 알았어. (Yeoksi geu sarameun jal hal jul arasseo.)
    • Translation: “As expected, that person knew how to do it well.”
  • 역시 너무 맛있어요. (Yeoksi neomu masisseoyo.)
    • Translation: “Sure enough, it’s very delicious.”

It’s a versatile expression used to convey agreement or affirmation based on prior expectations or experiences.

1172
Q

Eotteon silka
Eotteon silkeo haeya dwaeyo?

A

“Eotteon silka” (어떤 식으로) translates to “in what way” or “how” in English. It’s used to inquire about the manner or method of something. For example:

  • 어떤 식으로 해야 돼요? (Eotteon silkeo haeya dwaeyo?)
    • Translation: “How should I do it?”
  • 이 문제를 어떤 식으로 해결할까요? (I munjereul eotteon silkeo haegyeolhalkkayo?)
    • Translation: “How should we solve this problem?”
  • 이 일을 어떤 식으로 계획할 건가요? (I ireul eotteon silkeo gyehoekhal geongayo?)
    • Translation: “In what way are we going to plan this?”

It’s a useful phrase for asking about the specific approach or method to accomplish something.

1173
Q

Jinjja wae geurae

A

“Jinjja wae geurae” (진짜 왜 그래) translates to “Really, why is that?” in English. It’s a casual expression used to express surprise or disbelief about something someone has said or done. Here’s how it could be used:

  • A: 너, 오늘 학교를 안 갔어?
    B: 응, 너무 피곤해서.
    A: 진짜 왜 그래? 내일 시험이 있는데.
    • English:
      • A: Hey, did you not go to school today?
      • B: Yeah, I was too tired.
      • A: Really, why is that? We have a test tomorrow.
        A: “Hey, oneul haggyoreul an gass-eo?”
      • B: “Eung, neomu pigonhaeseo.”
      • A: “Jinjja wae geurae? Na-il siheom-i issneunde.”

It’s a colloquial way of expressing curiosity or surprise about someone’s actions or decisions. Translate to Korean but in romanized

1174
Q

Geuge anigo
Eung, oneul-eun jogeum mom-i apaseo.

A

“그것 아니고” (Geuge anigo) translates to “That’s not it” or “That’s not the case” in English. It’s a phrase used to clarify a misunderstanding or to correct someone’s assumption about something.

Here’s how you could use it in a conversation:

A: 너 오늘 학교를 안 갔어?
B: 응, 오늘은 조금 몸이 아파서.
A: 그래? 나는 네가 어제 너무 늦게까지 밤에 놀았다고 생각했어.
B: 아니야, 그것 아니고. 어제는 공부를 열심히 했어.
A: Neo oneul hakgyoreul an gass-eo?
B: Eung, oneul-eun jogeum mom-i apaseo.
A: Geulae? Naneun nega eojeneo neomu neujgekkaji bam-e nol-assdago saeng-gaghaess-eo.
B: Aniya, geugeos anigo. Eojeneun gongbuleul yeolsimhi haess-eo.

English Translation:
A: Did you not go to school today?
B: Yeah, I didn’t. I was feeling a bit sick today.
A: Oh really? I thought you stayed out late last night and partied too much.
B: No, that’s not it. I was studying hard yesterday.

1175
Q

Ah! Jinjja, jeongmal jibe gageospeo

A

The phrase “Ah! Jinjja, jeongmal jibe gageospeo” translates to “Ah! Really, I really want to go home” in English. It’s an expression of strong desire or longing to return to one’s home.

1176
Q

Geureonikka, Keokjeong peuda geoyeo

A

So, I’m begging you. “Geureonikka, Keokjeong peuda geoyeo” to accurately represent the Korean pronunciation.

1177
Q

Eonje buteo
Eoje buteo nega yori hagi sijakhaesseo?

A

The phrase “Eonje buteo” translates to “Since when?” in English. It is typically used to express surprise or inquiry about the timing of an event or a change. Here’s how it is used in Korean:

  • 어제 부터 네가 요리를 하기 시작했어?
    • Eoje buteo nega yori hagi sijakhaesseo?
    • Since when did you start cooking?
1178
Q

Hamteon

A

“Hamteon” translates to “anyway” in English. It’s used to shift the topic of conversation or to conclude a discussion by returning to the main point.
Certainly, here are some sample sentences using “hamteon” in romanized Korean with their translations:

  1. A: Hamteon, geureohge haessneunde, wae ireohge doeeosseoyo?
    B: Geuraeseo jeongmal mianhaeyo. (Anyway, I did it like that, why did it turn out like this? - Well, I’m really sorry about that.)
  2. A: Hamteon, ireohge hal su isseul geos gatayo.
    B: Ne, gwaenchanhajyo. (Anyway, it seems like I can do it like this. - Yes, that’s okay.)
  3. A: Hamteon, jeongmal gamsahabnida.
    B: Ne, geureohge haebogo sipeoyo. (Anyway, thank you very much. - Yes, I want to do that.)
  4. A: Hamteon, eoje bame neoneun eodi gassseoyo?
    B: Eoje bame noraebangeseo noraehaessseoyo. (Anyway, where did you go last night? - I sang at the karaoke last night.)
  5. A: Hamteon, oneul haneun il modu jal doeeosseul geos gatayo.
    B: Ne, gidaehae bolgeyo. (Anyway, it seems like everything will go well today. - Yes, I’ll wait and see.)

These sentences demonstrate how “hamteon” is used to transition to a new topic or emphasize a point in a conversation.

1179
Q

Eodiega urineun?
Eodiega urineuneunde?

A

The sentence “Eodiega urineun?” translates to “Where are we going?”
Nae ireum-eun- my name is
in English. It’s a question asking about the destination or location of a group’s upcoming travel or outing.

1180
Q

Iltan ilsuh beotailka
Nae ireum-eun

A

“Iltan ilsuh beotailk” would mean “Should I introduce myself first?”
Nae ireum-eun- my name is..
in English. It’s a question asking whether it’s appropriate or necessary to introduce oneself before proceeding with something else.

1181
Q

Mullon
Mullon gal geoya
Mullon dowajul su isseo

A

“of course” in Korean, the common phrase is “물론” (mullon). Here’s how you might use it:

  • 물론 갈 거야. (Mullon gal geoya.) - “Of course, I’ll go.”
  • 물론 도와줄 수 있어. (Mullon dowajul su isseo.) - “Of course, I can help.”

These examples show how “물론” can be used to assertively agree or confirm something in conversation.

1182
Q

Bap mogo seo
Jeonyeok meogeosseo?

A

The phrase “Bap mogo seo” is a colloquial way of asking “Have you eaten?” in Korean, but it’s a bit informal and directly translates to something like “Ate rice?” in English. The standard and more polite way to ask this would be:

  • 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?)

This is a polite and common way to inquire if someone has had their meal, suitable for most social contexts. Here’s how you can use it:

  • 밥 먹었어요? 아직 안 먹었다면 같이 식사하러 가요. (Bap meogeosseoyo? Ajik an meogeotdamyeon gachi siksa hareo gayo.)
  • “Have you eaten? If you haven’t yet, let’s go have a meal together.”
    The phrase ask if someone has eaten dinner, but it’s slightly off in standard expression. The more standard way to ask “Have you eaten dinner?” in Korean would be:
  • 저녁 먹었어? (Jeonyeok meogeosseo?)

This phrase directly asks if the person has already eaten their dinner. Here’s how you could use it:

  • 저녁 먹었어? 배고프면 같이 밥 먹으러 가자. (Jeonyeok meogeosseo? Baegopeumyeon gachi bap meogeureo gaja.)
  • “Have you eaten dinner? If you’re hungry, let’s go eat together.”

This format is straightforward and commonly used in casual conversations.

1183
Q

Geureonikka, wae

A

Ah, I see! The translation of “그런데” (geureonikka) is “so” or “but,” and “왜” (wae) means “why.” So, the full translation of “그런니까 왜 고” would be “So, why…” or “But why…” depending on the context.

1184
Q

Deula simmida

A

Deula simmida
“드러십니다”는 “Excuse me”의 정중한 표현으로, 대화를 시작하거나 누군가에게 주의를 요청할 때 사용됩니다.

1185
Q

Masit mogo
Maesta mogo

A

“맛있어 먹어”를 로마자로 변환하면 “Masit mogo”가 됩니다. 이 문장은 “맛있어요, 먹어요”라는 의미로 “It tastes good, eat it”과 같은 맥락으로 사용될 수 있습니다.
“Maesta mogo”를 로마자로 변환하면 “맛있어 먹어”가 됩니다. 이 문장은 “It tastes good, eat it”라는 의미입니다.

1186
Q

Eottae kkaji, wae

A

“Eottae kkaji, wae” = “What’s up, why”

  • “어때” (eottae) = “What’s up” or “How’s it going”
  • “까지” (kkaji) = “why”
  • “왜” (wae) = “why”

This phrase is used to inquire about someone’s state or situation and to ask why they are doing something.

1187
Q

Baro jigeum

A

“바로 지금” (Baro jigeum) in Korean translates to “right now” or “just now” in English. It’s used to emphasize the immediacy or urgency of the current moment.
Here are a few sample sentences using “바로 지금” (Baro jigeum) in Romanized form along with their English meanings:

  1. Baro jigeum waseo
    • Meaning: Come right now.
  2. Baro jigeum haja
    • Meaning: Let’s do it right now.
  3. Baro jigeum mannaja
    • Meaning: Let’s meet right now.

These examples illustrate how “바로 지금” (Baro jigeum) can be used to express urgency or the immediate present in various contexts.

1188
Q

Geunyeoneun gwireul geurigo isseumnida

Geurigi

A

In the sentence “그녀는 귀를 그리고 있습니다” (Geunyeoneun gwireul geurigo isseumnida), “그리고” (geurigo) means “and” or “drawing” in this context. So, the sentence translates to “She is drawing the ears.” Here, “귀를” (gwireul) means “ears,” and “그리고” (geurigo) indicates the action of drawing.
The word for “drawing” in Korean is “그리기” (geurigi). So, the sentence “She is drawing the ears” would be “그녀는 귀를 그리고 있습니다” (Geunyeoneun gwireul geurigo isseumnida).

1189
Q

Ipsul
Nun, ko, ib, ipsul modu

A

The word for “lips” in Korean is “입술” (ipsul). So, “her lips” would be “그녀의 입술” (Geunyeoui ipsul).
Here are a few sample sentences using “입술” (ipsul) in Romanized form along with their English meanings:

  1. Geunyeoneun ipsuleul saegyeo juseyo.
    • Meaning: Please apply lipstick to her lips.
  2. Nun, ko, ib, ipsul modu areumdawoyo.
    • Meaning: Her eyes, nose, mouth, and lips are all beautiful.
  3. Ipsuleul johahaneun sarami manhneyo.
    • Meaning: There are many people who like lips.

These examples demonstrate how “입술” (ipsul) can be used in different contexts to talk about lips in Korean.

1190
Q

Geurigo isseumnida

A

“그리고 있습니다” (geurigo isseumnida) in Korean translates to “and exists” or “and is present” in English. It’s used to connect two or more things or ideas in a sentence.

1191
Q

Geunyang an dwaeyo

A

Yes, “그냥 안 돼요” (geunyang an dwaeyo) can also be interpreted as “I just don’t like it” depending on the context. It can convey a sense of refusal or dislike towards something.
“그냥 안 돼요” (geunyang an dwaeyo) in Korean means “just can’t” or “simply not possible.” It’s used to express that something cannot be done or is not acceptable in a straightforward manner.
Here are a few sample sentences using “geunyang an dwaeyo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Geunyang an dwaeyo, naega geureohge hal su eopseoyo.”
    Meaning: “I just can’t do it like that.”
  2. “Geunyang an dwaeyo, ireon geol seontaeghae boseyo.”
    Meaning: “Just can’t accept this kind of thing.”
  3. “Geunyang an dwaeyo, geureohge malhaejuneun ge anigessjyo.”
    Meaning: “Just can’t believe what they are saying like that.”

These sentences illustrate situations where something is not possible, acceptable, or believable, depending on the context.

1192
Q

Dalmi

A

“Dalmi” means “next time” in Korean. It’s often used to suggest doing something in the future or as a way to defer an activity or decision to a later occasion.
Here are a few sample sentences using “dalmi” along with their meanings:

  1. “Dalmi mannayo.”
    Meaning: “Let’s meet next time.”
  2. “Dalmi gago sipneyo.”
    Meaning: “I want to go next time.”
  3. “Dalmi haeboseyo.”
    Meaning: “Let’s do it next time.”

These sentences illustrate how “dalmi” can be used in various contexts to indicate doing something in the future.

1193
Q

Museo-wa
Museowo-yo?
Museopda

A

To say “Are you scared?” to friends in a more casual way in Korean, you would say “무서워?” (museo-wa?).
“To say ‘Are you scared?’ in Korean, you would say ‘무서워요?’ (museowo-yo?)”
“무섭다” (museopda) in Korean means “to be scared” or “to be afraid.” So, if you want to ask “Are you scared?” to friends, you can say “무섭니?” (museopni?) or “무서워?” (museo-wa?).
Thank you for clarifying. Here are the sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  1. “Museo-wa? Gwaenchanha?”
    Meaning: “Are you scared? Are you okay?”
  2. “Museopni? Neo honja isseul ttae?”
    Meaning: “Are you scared? When you’re alone?”
  3. “Museo-wa? Jeogi mwoga inna bwa.”
    Meaning: “Are you scared? Looks like there’s something over there.”

These sentences demonstrate how you can inquire if someone is scared in various situations in Korean.

1194
Q

Wae geurae? Mwoseun isseo?

A

“Wae geurae? Mwoseun isseo?” in Korean translates to “Why like that? Did something happen?” in English. It’s a way to express surprise or confusion about someone’s behavior and inquire if there is a reason behind it.

Certainly! Here are sample sentences in romanized Korean along with their meanings:

  1. “Wae geurae? Mwoseun isseo?”
    Meaning: “Why like that? Did something happen?”
  2. “Wae geurae? Mwoseun isseo? Naege malhaejwo.”
    Meaning: “Why like that? Did something happen? Tell me.”
  3. “Wae geurae? Mwoseun isseo? Jeonhwahaesseo?”
    Meaning: “Why like that? Did something happen? Did you receive a call?”

These sentences demonstrate how “Wae geurae?” (Why like that?) and “Mwoseun isseo?” (Did something happen?) can be used together in different contexts to inquire about a situation or event.

1195
Q

Na ga bolgeyo

A

The correct phrase for “I’ll get going” in Korean is “나 가볼게요” (na ga bolgeyo). It’s a polite way to say that you’re leaving or departing.

Of course, here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean along with their meanings:

  1. “Nae ga bolgeyo. Bangapseumnida!”
    Meaning: “I’ll get going. Goodbye!”
  2. “Nae ga bolgeyo. Jal ga!”
    Meaning: “I’ll get going. Take care!”
  3. “Nae ga bolgeyo. Ddo boja!”
    Meaning: “I’ll get going. See you again!”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “nae ga bolgeyo” in different contexts when you’re about to leave or depart.

1196
Q

Honjae gal geoyeyo

A

The phrase “Honjae gal geoyeyo” in Korean translates to “I’ll go alone” or “I will go by myself” in English. It indicates that the speaker will be departing or moving to a destination without any companions.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean along with their meanings:

  1. “Honjae gal geoyeyo. Bangapseumnida!”
    Meaning: “I’ll go alone. Goodbye!”
  2. “Honjae gal geoyeyo. Jal ga!”
    Meaning: “I’ll go alone. Take care!”
  3. “Honjae gal geoyeyo. Ddo boja!”
    Meaning: “I’ll go alone. See you again!”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “honjae gal geoyeyo” in different contexts when indicating that you’ll be departing or moving to a destination alone.

1197
Q

Yeogi-ro wa

A

so it’s likely there’s a misunderstanding or a typo. The correct phrase for “come here” in Korean is “여기로 와” (yeogi-ro wa).
“여기로 와” (yeogi-ro wa) meaning “come here”:

  1. “Yeogi-ro wa. Nawa hamgge isseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Come here. I’m here with you.”
  2. “Yeogi-ro wa. Nawa gati nolja.”
    Meaning: “Come here. Let’s play together.”
  3. “Yeogi-ro wa. Naega neoreul bomyeonseo gidaryeoyo.”
    Meaning: “Come here. I’m waiting for you while looking at you.”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “여기로 와” (yeogi-ro wa) in different contexts when asking someone to come closer.

1198
Q

Deo meogeolae?

A

“Deo meogeolae?” is a phrase in Korean that translates to “Do you want to eat more?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone would like to have more food.

Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean using the phrase “Deo meogeolae?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Deo meogeolae? Gogi deo issseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Do you want to eat more? There’s more meat.”
  2. “Deo meogeolae? Jigeum sikyeo deurilgeyo.”
    Meaning: “Do you want to eat more? I’ll cook some more now.”
  3. “Deo meogeolae? Jal meogeosseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Do you want to eat more? You ate well.”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “Deo meogeolae?” in different contexts when offering someone more food.

1199
Q

Masin ilgeoya
Nae keopireul Masin ilgeoya
Masin ilgeoya. Jumal jeonyeokiramyeon johgesseoyo

A

“Masin ilgeoya” is not a complete phrase in Korean. “마실 일거야” (masil ilgeoya) would mean “I will drink” but it’s a bit informal. Could you provide more context or clarify?
The phrase “Nae keopireul Masin ilgeoya” in Korean translates to “I will drink my coffee” in English.
Since “Masin ilgeoya” doesn’t form a coherent phrase in Korean, here’s a sample sentence using the phrase “마실 일거야” (masil ilgeoya), meaning “I will drink”:

“Masin ilgeoya. Jumal jeonyeokiramyeon johgesseoyo.”
Translation: “I will drink. It would be nice to have a drink on a weekend evening.”

This sentence demonstrates the use of “마실 일거야” (masil ilgeoya) in the context of making plans to drink in the future.

1200
Q

Jaemi Hambeok gagi
Jaemi gatda

A

The phrases you provided are:

  1. ” informal way of saying “Jaemi gatda” (재미 갔다), meaning “It was fun” or “That was enjoyable.”
    Sure, here are sample sentences for each phrase:
  2. “Jaemi gatda.”
    *Meaning: “It was fun.”
  3. “Jaemi hamkke gaja.”
    *Meaning: “Let’s go have fun together.”

These sentences showcase the usage of the phrases in different contexts related to enjoyment and having a good time.

  1. “Jaemi Hambeok gagi” (재미 함께 가기) which translates to “Let’s go have fun together.”

Both phrases are related to having a good time and enjoying activities with others.

1201
Q

Jibe isseo

A

“Jibe isseo” (집에 있어) means “I am at home” in English. It’s a statement indicating that the speaker is currently at their house.

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “Jibe isseo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Jibe isseo. I bame mannal su isseul geoya.”
    Meaning: “I am at home. We can meet tonight.”
  2. “Jibe isseo. Gaeul gateun nalssiyeossseoyo.”
    Meaning: “I am at home. It was like autumn weather.”
  3. “Jibe isseo. Yeonrakdo gatasseoyo.”
    Meaning: “I am at home. It felt like a reunion.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Jibe isseo” in different contexts to indicate that the speaker is currently at home.

1202
Q

Najunge
Najunge malhaeyo

A

“Najunge” (나중에) in Korean means “later” or “afterwards” in English. It’s used to indicate that something will happen or be done at a later time.

Sure, here are some sample sentences using “Najunge” along with their meanings:

  1. “Najunge haeboseyo.”
    Meaning: “Let’s do it later.”
  2. “Najunge malhaeyo.”
    Meaning: “I’ll talk to you later.”
  3. “Najunge wassseubnida.”
    Meaning: “I came later.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Najunge” in different contexts to indicate something happening or being done at a later time.

1203
Q

Meokjima

A

Here are some sample sentences using “meokjima” along with their meanings:

  1. “Meokjima. Jinjja neomu manhi meogeoseo geureohge meogji malayo.”
    Meaning: “Don’t eat. You really shouldn’t eat that much.”
  2. “Meokjima. Saengilpati deureureug bbaeseo eolmana baegopa?”
    Meaning: “Don’t eat. How hungry can you be after eating birthday cake?”
  3. “Meokjima. Achimeneun momeuro jeulgiseyo.”
    Meaning: “Don’t eat. Enjoy the morning with your body.”

These sentences demonstrate how “meokjima” can be used to tell someone not to eat in various situations.
Sure, here are some sample sentences using “meokjima” along with their meanings:

  1. “Meokjima. Neoman meogeun geoseun anigessjyo?”
    Meaning: “Don’t eat. Is it only you who ate?”
  2. “Meokjima. Neoege gwansimi eobseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Don’t eat. I’m not interested in you.”
  3. “Meokjima. Babdo andoeyo.”
    Meaning: “Don’t eat. The rice isn’t cooked yet.”

These sentences demonstrate how “meokjima” can be used in various contexts to tell someone not to eat.

1204
Q

Wa, jeongmal jo-eun nal-ineyo. Haneul-i paratneyo.

A

To say “Wow, what a nice day and the sky is blue” in Korean, you can say:

“와, 정말 좋은 날이네요. 하늘이 파랗네요.” (Wa, jeongmal jo-eun nal-ineyo. Haneul-i paratneyo.)

1205
Q

Jeongmal ya

A

“Jeongmal ya” (정말야) in Korean is an informal expression that can be translated to “Really?” or “Is that so?” in English. It’s often used to express surprise or confirmation.
I see the mix-up. “Jeongmal ya” and “meokjima” are two different expressions. Here are sample sentences using “jeongmal ya” along with their meanings:

  1. “Jeongmal ya, geu nyeoseog.”
    Meaning: “Really? That girl?”
  2. “Jeongmal ya, geu saram jinjja aswiweo.”
    Meaning: “Is that so? I’m really sorry for that person.”
  3. “Jeongmal ya, geu sigani jinjja jinjja gileoya.”
    Meaning: “Really? That time really really has to come.”

These sentences demonstrate the usage of “jeongmal ya” to express surprise, disbelief, or confirmation.

1206
Q

Neunde cheoreom eottae

A

“Neunde cheoreom eottae” (는데 처럼 어때) in Korean means “It doesn’t matter anyway” or “How about it like that” in English. It’s a way to express indifference or to suggest that something doesn’t have a significant impact.

Here are sample sentences using “Neunde cheoreom eottae” and “Jeongmal ya” along with their meanings:

  1. “Neunde cheoreom eottae, jeongmal ya.”
    Meaning: “It doesn’t matter anyway, really?”
  2. “Jeongmal ya, neunde cheoreom eottae.”
    Meaning: “Really? It doesn’t matter anyway.”

These sentences combine both expressions to convey a sense of indifference or disbelief.

1207
Q

Daeche Jeongmal

A

r “That’s a relief” would be “Daeche” (대체). So the correct phrase would be “Daeche Jeongmal” (대체 정말). Thank you for catching that mistake!
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “Daeche Jeongmal” along with their meanings:

  1. “Daeche Jeongmal, jom jaseo bwajuseyo.”
    *Meaning: “That’s a relief, please take a closer look.”
  2. “Daeche Jeongmal, oneul bameneun jeulgeoweossseoyo.”
    *Meaning: “That’s a relief, I had a good time tonight.”
  3. “Daeche Jeongmal, geugeosi yeojeonhi geureon geosdo anin deus hajiman.”
    Meaning: “That’s a relief, but it’s not just that as it used to be.”

These sentences demonstrate the usage of “Daeche Jeongmal” in different contexts to express relief or confirmation.

1208
Q

Gongbuhae yeolsimhi arigo

A

“Gongbuhae yeolsimhi arigo” (공부해 열심히 있어요) in Korean translates to “Study hard and diligently” in English. It’s an encouragement to someone to put effort and dedication into their studies.

Here are some sample sentences using “Gongbuhae yeolsimhi arigo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Gongbuhae yeolsimhi arigo, jigeum geumanhae seumyeodeulja.”
    *Meaning: “Study hard and diligently, let’s finish it now.”
  2. “Gongbuhae yeolsimhi arigo, noryeokhago issneun geoseul neul gihoee sseuril geos.”
    *Meaning: “Study hard and diligently, always seize the opportunity to practice.”
  3. “Gongbuhae yeolsimhi arigo, ije hagsaeng jeongdo modeun noryeogeul haneun geosi anira gwajeongjeogeuro hwalyongdoel su issge handa.”
    *Meaning: “Study hard and diligently, now students can make practical use of all the exercises.”

These sentences encourage someone to put effort and dedication into their studies.

1209
Q

Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya?

bokkwon-e dangcheomdwasseo?

A

Yes, “Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya?” (갑자기 어디에 돈을 일거야?) is the correct way to ask “Where did you suddenly get money?” in Korean. It’s a common expression used to inquire about the source of someone’s unexpected funds.

Here are some sample sentences using “Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya? Neoege manhi naon geos gatneyo.”
    *Meaning: “Where did you suddenly get money? It seems like you received a lot.”
  2. “Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya? Neoege geureohge manhi deuleossda?”
    *Meaning: “Where did you suddenly get money? Did you come into a lot?”
  3. “Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya? Siganeun eolmana gago wassni?”
    Meaning: “Where did you suddenly get money? How much time did it take?”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “Gabjagi eodie doneul ilgeoya?” to ask about the source of someone’s sudden acquisition of money.

“To win a lottery” in Korean is “복권에 당첨되다” (bokkwon-e dangcheomdoeda). So, to ask “Did you win a lottery?” in Korean, you can say:

“복권에 당첨됐어요?” (bokkwon-e dangcheomdwasseoyo?) if you want to ask politely.

“복권에 당첨됐어?” (bokkwon-e dangcheomdwasseo?) if you want to ask casually.

1210
Q

Wa, oneul gyuleul jeoneyo?
Wa, oneul sagwareul jeoneyo?

A

“Wa, oneul gyuleul jeoneyo?” (와, 오늘 귤을 저너요?) is the correct way to say “Wow, the tangerine looks great today” in Korean. It’s a compliment about the appearance of the tangerine.
“Wa, oneul sagwareul jeoneyo?” (와, 오늘 사과를 저너요?) is a correct sentence in Korean, meaning “Wow, the apple looks great today.” It’s a compliment about the appearance of the apple.

1211
Q

Aniya, geureuliga eobseo

A

The phrase “Aniya, geureuliga eobseo” (아니야, 그럴리가 없어) in Korean translates to “No, there’s no way!” in English. It’s used to express disbelief or denial about something.

Here are some sample sentences using “Aniya, geureuliga eobseo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Aniya, geureuliga eobseo. Geunyang swiji anhge doegesseo.”
    Meaning: “No, there’s no way! It just can’t be ignored like that.”
  2. “Aniya, geureuliga eobseo. Geureohge mos haneun sarami eoddeohge doemyeonseo?”
    Meaning: “No, there’s no way! How can someone not do like that?”
  3. “Aniya, geureuliga eobseo. Geu mareul sangsanghagi himdeuneyo.”
    Meaning: “No, there’s no way! It’s hard to imagine those words.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Aniya, geureuliga eobseo” to express disbelief or denial about a situation.

1212
Q

Billyeo don aratago

Billyeo don aratago, geu sarami jom jaseo haejudeon geos gatneyo

A

“Billyeo don aratago” (빌려 돈 아라타고) in Korean translates to “lent the money” or “loaned the money” in English. It indicates that someone has borrowed money to another person.

Here are some sample sentences using “Billyeo don aratago” along with their meanings:

  1. “Billyeo don aratago, geu sarami jom jaseo haejudeon geos gatneyo.”
    Meaning: “Lent the money, it seemed like that person did it with some consideration.”
  2. “Billyeo don aratago, geu sarami jogeumman deo keojyeosseumyeon johgesseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Lent the money, it would have been better if that person had grown up a little more.”
  3. “Billyeo don aratago, geu sarami heundeulmyeon jom deo jom jaseo deuril geos gatayo.”
    Meaning: “Lent the money, it seems like if that person hesitates a little more, they would be able to do it better.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Billyeo don aratago” in different contexts to indicate that someone has lent money to another person.

1213
Q

Arata geoeyo

A

“Arata geoeyo” (아라타 거에요) in Korean translates to “I heard you” or “I understand” in English. It’s used to acknowledge that you’ve heard what someone said or to express understanding.

Here are some sample sentences using “Arata geoeyo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Arata geoeyo. Naege malhaejuseyo.”
    *Meaning: “I understand. Please tell me.”
  2. “Arata geoeyo. Jinjja himdeulgo isseo.”
    *Meaning: “I heard you. It’s really difficult.”
  3. “Arata geoeyo. Jeongmal gomaweoyo.”
    Meaning: “I understand. Thank you so much.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Arata geoeyo” to acknowledge understanding or hearing someone’s words.

1214
Q

Ildan

A

“Ildan” (일단) in Korean translates to “first of all” or “for now” in English. It’s used to introduce the first item in a list of actions or to prioritize one action over others temporarily.

Here are some sample sentences using “Ildan” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ildan, jeoneun naeile gyehoegeul hago siheomhago sipseubnida.”
    Meaning: “First of all, I want to prepare for tomorrow’s meeting and study.”
  2. “Ildan, geugeosdo haeseo caegeul ilggo sipeoyo.”
    Meaning: “First of all, I want to finish that and write a book.”
  3. “Ildan, oneul haru jom swigo sipseubnida.”
    Meaning: “First of all, I want to rest a bit today.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Ildan” to prioritize or introduce the first item in a series of actions.

1215
Q

Mwo noraega joahneunde

A

“Mwo noraega joahneunde?” (뭐 노래가 좋아는데?) in Korean means “What song do you like?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s favorite song.

Here are some sample sentences using “Mwo noraega joahneunde?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Mwo noraega joahneunde? Naneun balladga joahae.”
    Meaning: “What song do you like? I like ballads.”
  2. “Mwo noraega joahneunde? Naneun hip-hopga joahae.”
    Meaning: “What song do you like? I like hip-hop.”
  3. “Mwo noraega joahneunde? Naneun rockga joahae.”
    Meaning: “What song do you like? I like rock.”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “Mwo noraega joahneunde?” to inquire about someone’s favorite genre of music.

1216
Q

Ah, neo watguna!
Ah, neo wasseo

A

“Ah, you’re here” in Korean can be translated as “아, 너 왔구나” (Ah, neo watguna) or “아, 너 왔어” (Ah, neo wasseo).
Here are the sample sentences in romanized Korean along with their meanings:

  1. “Ah, neo watguna!”
    *Meaning: “Ah, you’re here!”
  2. “Ah, neo wasseo.”
    *Meaning: “Ah, you’re here.”Of course! Here are more sample sentences:
  3. “Ah, neo watguna! Eolmana himdeuleossneunde, gamsahamnida!”
    *Meaning: “Ah, you’re here! Thank you so much, it was really difficult.”
  4. “Ah, neo wasseo. Jeon neomu gidaryeossda.”
    *Meaning: “Ah, you’re here. I waited for you for so long.”
  5. “Ah, neo watguna! Oneul jeonyeog meogja?”
    *Meaning: “Ah, you’re here! Want to grab dinner tonight?”

These sentences continue to use “Ah, neo watguna!” and “Ah, neo wasseo” to express various situations where someone acknowledges another person’s presence or arrival.

1217
Q

Geureom aniji

A

“Geureom aniji” (그럼 아니지) in Korean translates to “That won’t be right” in English. It’s used to express disagreement or to indicate that something doesn’t seem correct.

Here are more sample sentences using “Geureom aniji” along with their meanings:

  1. “Geureom aniji. Geugeosdo seuseuro ggeunheojil su eobseoyo.”
    Meaning: “That won’t be right. That can’t be easily resolved either.”
  2. “Geureom aniji. Geu sarami jinsimeuro geureon iyureul haessna?”
    Meaning: “That won’t be right. Did that person really have such an intention?”
  3. “Geureom aniji. Geugeosdo jinjja eoryeobdaneun geol algo isseoyo.”
    Meaning: “That won’t be right. I know that’s really difficult too.”

These sentences demonstrate how “Geureom aniji” is used to express skepticism or disagreement in various contexts.

1218
Q

Mwone
Neo-ya
dangsin-ieyo

A

mwone” (뭐네) “what’s up?” or “what’s going on?” to inquire about someone’s current situation or express curiosity. The phrase for “it’s you” in Korean is “너야” (neo-ya) in informal speech or “당신이에요” (dangsin-ieyo) in formal speech.

Here are some sample sentences using “Mwone” and “Neo-ya” along with their meanings:

  1. “Mwone? Jinjja mweoisseoyo?”
    Meaning: “What’s up? What’s really going on?”
  2. “Neo-ya, naega jigeum ojeon saram gat-eul geos gat-ayo?”
    Meaning: “It’s you? Do I look like someone from this morning?”
  3. “Mwone, hansumdo mos jal jwoseo geureohge beolsseo jeulgeoweossna?”
    Meaning: “What’s up? You didn’t sleep well, but still had fun like that?”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Mwone” to inquire about someone’s situation and “Neo-ya” to refer to someone informally.

1219
Q

Ige Nugu ya

A

“Ige Nugu ya” (이게 누구야) in Korean translates to “Who’s this?” or “Who’s here?” in English. It’s used to express surprise or curiosity upon seeing someone or something unexpected.
Here are some sample sentences using “Ige Nugu ya” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ige Nugu ya? Neoneun museun ili isseo?”
    Meaning: “Who’s this? What’s going on with you?”
  2. “Ige Nugu ya? Jinjja surisurireul hago issda.”
    Meaning: “Who’s this? They’re really entertaining.”
  3. “Ige Nugu ya? Neoneun jigeum wae ireohge haengboghan geos gatni?”
    Meaning: “Who’s this? Why do you seem so happy right now?”

These sentences demonstrate how “Ige Nugu ya” is used to express surprise or curiosity about someone or something.

1220
Q

Il gajima

A

I apologize for the confusion. “Il gajima” (일 가지마) in Korean doesn’t directly translate to “No problem.” It’s more accurately translated as “Don’t do it” or “Don’t go” depending on the context. Thank you for bringing this to my attention.

Here are some sample sentences using “Il gajima” along with their meanings:

  1. “Il gajima. Geureohge haessdeon geon aniya.”
    Meaning: “Don’t do it. That’s not what happened like that.”
  2. “Il gajima. Gyesog swijanha.”
    Meaning: “Don’t go. Just keep staying.”
  3. “Il gajima. Naneun jalhaesseo.”
    Meaning: “No problem. I did well.”

These sentences demonstrate different contexts in which “Il gajima” can be used.

1221
Q

Gwenchansimnida, geureum

A

The phrase “Gwenchansimnida, geureum” (괜찮습니다, 그럼) in Korean means “It’s okay. Well, then…” in English. It’s a polite way to acknowledge something and transition to a new topic or action.

1222
Q

Arasseo gandago

A

“Arasseo gandago” (알았어 간다고) in Korean means “Okay, I’m on my way” in English. It’s a confirmation that someone is heading to a certain location or taking action as instructed.

Yes, “Arasseo gandago” (알았어 간다고) can also mean “Okay, I’m coming” in certain contexts. It’s a response indicating acknowledgment and intent to join or go somewhere.
Here are some sample sentences using “Arasseo gandago” along with their meanings:

  1. “Arasseo gandago. Jinjja jal doel geos gatayo.”
    Meaning: “Okay, I’m on my way. It seems like it will turn out really well.”
  2. “Arasseo gandago. Eolmana sigani geolril geos gatayo?”
    Meaning: “Okay, I’m coming. How much time do you think it will take?”
  3. “Arasseo gandago. Aju himdeulgeosseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Okay, I’m on my way. It was really difficult.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Arasseo gandago” to indicate acknowledgment and intent to go or join.

1223
Q

Na ttaemune?

A

Yes, “Na ttaemune?” (나 때문에?) translates to “Because of me?” in English. It’s a question used to inquire whether something has happened or whether someone’s actions or words have caused a certain outcome.

Here are some sample sentences using “Na ttaemune?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Na ttaemune? Mianhae, geureohge hal pilyo eobseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Because of me? I’m sorry, there’s no need to do that.”
  2. “Na ttaemune? Geugeosdo eojjeorago?”
    Meaning: “Because of me? What’s that supposed to mean?”
  3. “Na ttaemune? Geu mareul deuleossda.”
    Meaning: “Because of me? I heard that conversation.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Na ttaemune?” to inquire whether something has occurred or been influenced by oneself.

1224
Q

Ne geureunga bayeo

A

Ne geureunga bayeo- yes. I think she does

1225
Q

Ige mwoya?

A

“Ige mwoya?” (이게 뭐야?) in Korean translates to “What’s this?” in English. It’s a question used to inquire about something that the speaker doesn’t understand or is curious about.

Here are some sample sentences using “Ige mwoya?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ige mwoya? Jeongmal dahaengiya.”
    Meaning: “What’s this? It’s really unexpected.”
  2. “Ige mwoya? Jeongmal nolrabguna.”
    Meaning: “What’s this? It’s really interesting.”
  3. “Ige mwoya? Jeongmal gunggeumhada.”
    Meaning: “What’s this? It’s really curious.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Ige mwoya?” to inquire about something that the speaker finds surprising, interesting, or curious.

1226
Q

Yakgan vs Jom

A

“Yakgan” (약간) and “jom” (좀) are both Korean adverbs that can be translated as “a little” or “somewhat” in English, but they are used in slightly different contexts:

  1. Yakgan (약간):
    • “Yakgan” is used to describe a small amount or degree of something.
    • It can also indicate a slight change or difference.
    • Example: “Yakgan cubda” (약간 춥다) means “a little cold.”
  2. Jom (좀):
    • “Jom” is used to soften a request or command, implying a small amount or degree of action.
    • It can also mean “a little bit” or “a bit” when describing a small quantity.
    • Example: “Jom geumanhae” (좀 그만해) means “Stop it (a little).”

In summary, both “yakgan” and “jom” can mean “a little,” but “yakgan” describes a small amount or degree of something, while “jom” is often used to soften requests or commands and can also imply a small amount of action or quantity.

Sure, here are sample sentences highlighting the differences between “yakgan” and “jom”:

  1. “Yakgan cubda” (약간 춥다).
    Meaning: It’s a little cold.
  2. “Jom cubda” (좀 춥다).
    Meaning: It’s a bit cold.

In the first sentence, “yakgan” is used to describe a small amount of coldness, indicating that it’s just slightly cold. In the second sentence, “jom” softens the statement, implying a small degree of coldness, but it’s a bit stronger than “yakgan” and might mean it’s slightly colder.
Certainly! Here are more sample sentences showcasing the differences:

  1. “Yakgan neuggyeojyeo” (약간 느껴져).
    Meaning: It feels a little strange.
  2. “Jom neuggyeojyeo” (좀 느껴져).
    Meaning: It feels somewhat strange.

In the third sentence, “yakgan” implies that the feeling is only slightly strange, while in the fourth sentence, “jom” suggests that the feeling is a bit stronger but still not very intense.

1227
Q

Bakke biga mani ogo isseoyo

A

How to say “it’s raining hard outside” in Korean sentence “밖에 비가 많이 오고 있어요” (Bakke biga mani ogo isseoyo), each word translates to:

  • “밖에” (bakke): “outside” or “outdoors”
  • “비가” (biga): “rain”
  • “많이” (mani): “a lot” or “much”
  • “오고” (ogo): “to come” or “to fall”
  • “있어요” (isseoyo): “is” or “there is”

So, breaking it down:

  • “밖에” (bakke): outside
  • “비가” (biga): rain
  • “많이” (mani): a lot
  • “오고” (ogo): falling
  • “있어요” (isseoyo): is
1228
Q

Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo

A

The Korean phrase “아 진짜! 느모 아파요” (Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo) translates to “Oh really! It hurts a lot” in English. It’s an expression of surprise or frustration followed by a statement about experiencing pain.
Here are some sample sentences using “Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo. Eoddeohge haeya halggayo?”
    Meaning: “Oh really! It hurts a lot. What should I do?”
  2. “Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo. Jega bangseogi eobseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Oh really! It hurts a lot. I don’t have insurance.”
  3. “Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo. Eolguldo gwicanhaseo geureon geonji moreugesseoyo.”
    Meaning: “Oh really! It hurts a lot. My face feels numb, so I don’t know what it is.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Ah Jinjja! Neumo apayo” to express surprise or frustration followed by a statement about experiencing pain.

1229
Q

Jumal eottasseo? Mwo haesseo?

Jumal eottasseoyo? Mwo hasyeosseoyo?

A

To say “How’s your weekend? What did you do?” in Korean, you can use the following phrases:

  1. “주말 어땠어요? 뭐 하셨어요?” (Jumal eottasseoyo? Mwo hasyeosseoyo?) - This is the formal/polite form.
  2. “주말 어땠어? 뭐 했어?” (Jumal eottasseo? Mwo haesseo?) - This is the informal/casual form.

These phrases can be used to ask someone about their weekend activities in a polite or casual manner, depending on the level of formality you want to use.

1230
Q

Geureonde chukahaeyo, eonje gyeolhonhaseyo?

A

The phrase “By the way congratulations, when are you getting married?” can be translated to Korean as:

“그런데 축하해요, 언제 결혼하세요?” (Geureonde chukahaeyo, eonje gyeolhonhaseyo?)

This phrase can be used to congratulate someone and inquire about their wedding plans in Korean.

1231
Q

Mwo Eumsig-eul neo joahabnikka?

Eotteon jongryuui eumsigeul joahaseyo?

A

Mwo Eumsig-eul neo joahabnikka?
The phrase “뭐 음식을 너 좋아하니까?” translates to “What food do you like?” in English.

To say “What type of food do you like?” in Korean, you can use the following phrase:

“어떤 종류의 음식을 좋아하세요?” (Eotteon jongryuui eumsigeul joahaseyo?)

This phrase directly translates to “What type of food do you like?” and is commonly used in Korean to inquire about someone’s food preferences.

1232
Q

Jigeum manaji?

A

The Korean phrase “지금 만나지?” translates to “Do you want to meet now?” in English.
Here are some sample sentences using “Jigeum manaji?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Jigeum manaji? Canggureul masigo sipneyo.”
    • Meaning: “Do you want to meet now? I want to eat sushi.”
  2. “Jigeum manaji? Yeogi waseo nolja.”
    • Meaning: “Do you want to meet now? Let’s hang out here.”
  3. “Jigeum manaji? Eodiro galsu isseoyo?”
    • Meaning: “Do you want to meet now? Where can we go?”

Of course! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Jigeum manaji? Kapeeseo maeumggeos geuriwohago sipeoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Do you want to meet now? I want to talk heart-to-heart at a cafe.”
  2. “Jigeum manaji? Hanbakwi sigani issgo sipneyo.”
    • Meaning: “Do you want to meet now? I want to take a short break.”
  3. “Jigeum manaji? Gimbabdo sa meogeul su isseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Do you want to meet now? We can also eat gimbap.”

These sentences provide various scenarios where someone might want to meet up and do different activities together.

1233
Q

Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo

A

The Korean phrase “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo” (아 정말 예쁘어서) translates to “Oh, it’s really pretty” in English. It’s used to express admiration or appreciation for something beautiful or attractive.

Here are some sample sentences using “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo, sajineul jjigeul geosibnida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s really pretty, I’m going to take a picture.”
  2. “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo, gabange neoheo bogessseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s really pretty, I’m going to put it in the bag to look at later.”
  3. “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo, geu saireul johahaeyo.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s really pretty, I like that color.”

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo, geu mallo bogo sipneyo.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s really pretty, I want to see it in person.”
  2. “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo, geu gamyeoneneun banjjagineun byeoldeuli boigo isseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s really pretty, you can see stars twinkling in that sky.”
  3. “Ah jeongmal yeuppeoseo, geu saegsangdo neomu areumdaweoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s really pretty, the color is also so beautiful.”
1234
Q

Wae yeo?

A

The Korean phrase “왜 예요?” (Wae yeo?) translates to “What is it?” or “Why?” in English, depending on the context in which it’s used. It can be used to inquire about something or to ask for clarification.
Here are some sample sentences using “Wae yeo?” along with their meanings:

  1. “Wae yeo? Mwo haessni?”
    • Meaning: “What is it? What did you do?”
  2. “Wae yeo? Eotteohge doeryeoyahaeyo?”
    • Meaning: “Why? How should it be done?”
  3. “Wae yeo? Mwo saenggaghaessni?”
    • Meaning: “What is it? What were you thinking?”

Of course! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Wae yeo? Mwo haess-eoss-eoyo?”
    • Meaning: “What is it? What did you do?”
  2. “Wae yeo? Eotteon munjega isseoyo?”
    • Meaning: “Why? What’s the matter?”
  3. “Wae yeo? Eotteohge al-ass-eoss-eoyo?”
    • Meaning: “What is it? How did you find out?”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Wae yeo?” can be used in various contexts to inquire or seek clarification.

1235
Q

Igeon majji anhayo

A

To say “This isn’t right” in Korean, you can use the phrase:

“이건 맞지 않아요.” (Igeon majji anhayo.)

Here are some sample sentences using “Igeon majji anhayo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Igeon majji anhayo. Geu sarami jalmoshaessjiyo.”
    • Meaning: “This isn’t right. That person didn’t do well.”
  2. “Igeon majji anhayo. Geu gyeongueneun jeonhwahaessseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “This isn’t right. I called that department.”
  3. “Igeon majji anhayo. Geu jujeneun baesongdoeeosseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “This isn’t right. That address was sent.”

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Igeon majji anhayo. Geu ilmunjaeneun jeoldaero an doeeosseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “This isn’t right. That message wasn’t delivered properly.”
  2. “Igeon majji anhayo. Geu goseneun museun ili isseossneunji al su eobs-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “This isn’t right. I can’t figure out what happened there.”
  3. “Igeon majji anhayo. Geu hwamyeoneun jalmosdoeeossseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “This isn’t right. That document wasn’t prepared well.”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Igeon majji anhayo” can be used to express that something is not right in various contexts.

1236
Q

Ani jinaeyo
Gwaenchanha yeo

A

“Ani jinaeyo” (아니 지내요) and “Gwaenchanha yeo” (괜찮아요) have similar meanings, but they are used in slightly different contexts:

  1. “Ani jinaeyo” (아니 지내요) translates to “No, I’m fine/I’m okay.” It’s a polite response indicating that everything is okay or that there’s no problem.
  2. “Gwaenchanha yeo” (괜찮아요) also translates to “It’s okay/I’m okay.” It’s used to reassure someone or to express that everything is fine or acceptable.

While both expressions convey a sense of being okay or reassurance, “Ani jinaeyo” is more formal and polite, while “Gwaenchanha yeo” is more casual.
Here are sample sentences using “Ani jinaeyo” and “Gwaenchanha yeo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ani jinaeyo. Gamsahabnida, jeongmal.”
    • Meaning: “No, I’m fine. Thank you, really.”
  2. “Gwaenchanha yeo. Jom swieoyo.”
    • Meaning: “It’s okay. Take your time.”
  3. “Ani jinaeyo. Eosaeghaeyo.”
    • Meaning: “No, I’m fine. It’s embarrassing.”
  4. “Gwaenchanha yeo. Geureom najungeman yukwahaejuseyo.”
    • Meaning: “It’s okay. Then, just laugh for now.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Ani jinaeyo” and “Gwaenchanha yeo” in different contexts to express reassurance or indicate that everything is okay.
Of course! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Ani jinaeyo. Jogeum swieoyo.”
    • Meaning: “No, I’m fine. Take it easy.”
  2. “Gwaenchanha yeo. Modu jalhaesseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “It’s okay. Everyone did well.”
  3. “Ani jinaeyo. Geunyang geuraeyo.”
    • Meaning: “No, I’m fine. It’s just like that.”
  4. “Gwaenchanha yeo. Mwo hago isseossni?”
    • Meaning: “It’s okay. What have you been up to?”

These sentences provide further examples of how “Ani jinaeyo” and “Gwaenchanha yeo” can be used in various situations to express reassurance or indicate that everything is okay.

1237
Q

Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo

A

Correct! “제 잘못이에요, 저 미안해요” (Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo) translates to “It’s my fault, I’m sorry” in English. It’s a polite way to take responsibility for a mistake or wrongdoing and express remorse.
Here are sample sentences using “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo. Neoege keun sagwa salpyeo.”
    • Meaning: “It’s my fault, I’m sorry. I owe you a big apology.”
  2. “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo. Naneun jugeulmankeum apeuge doeeossda.”
    • Meaning: “It’s my fault, I’m sorry. I feel so much pain as if I’m going to die.”
  3. “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo. Naneun geugeos-eul hal su iss-eossneunde.”
    • Meaning: “It’s my fault, I’m sorry. I could have done that.”

These sentences demonstrate the use of “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo” to take responsibility for a mistake and express apologies in various contexts.
Certainly! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo. Geureohge duryeowoss-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “It’s my fault, I’m sorry. I was just so afraid.”
  2. “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo. Geugeos-eul dangsin-ege gyeolhonhagi wihae jeonhyeo mollassseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “It’s my fault, I’m sorry. I didn’t tell you beforehand for the sake of getting married to you.”
  3. “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo. Geureon saenggag-i eomnayeyo.”
    • Meaning: “It’s my fault, I’m sorry. I shouldn’t have had that thought.”

These sentences provide further examples of how “Je jalmosi-e-yo, jeo mianhaeyo” can be used to acknowledge responsibility and offer apologies in different situations.

1238
Q

Ah meoryeoyo

A

The Korean phrase “아, 뭐래요” (Ah meoryeoyo) translates to “Oh, it’s nothing” or “Oh, what are you saying” in English. It’s often used to downplay something or dismiss a compliment or concern.
Here are sample sentences using “Ah meoryeoyo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Ah meoryeoyo. Geugeos-eun dangsin-ege jungyohaji anhseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s nothing. That’s not important to you.”
  2. “Ah meoryeoyo. Nan dasi tto chwieoyaji anh-eul geos-ida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s nothing. I won’t make the same mistake again.”
  3. “Ah meoryeoyo. Geugeos-eun jasini al su issneun geosibnida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s nothing. That’s something you can handle.”

These sentences demonstrate how “Ah meoryeoyo” can be used to downplay a situation or dismiss a concern.
Of course! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Ah meoryeoyo. Geugeos-eun dangsin-eun amudo al su eobsneun geos-ida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s nothing. That’s something only you can do.”
  2. “Ah meoryeoyo. Geugeos-eun jasini da ggeutnassseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s nothing. I’ve already finished everything.”
  3. “Ah meoryeoyo. Geugeos-eun dangsin-i eobsneun geos-ibnida.”
    • Meaning: “Oh, it’s nothing. That’s something you don’t have to worry about.”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Ah meoryeoyo” can be used to downplay a situation or dismiss a concern.

1239
Q

Amuteun, gomawoyo

A

The phrase “아무튼, 고마워요” (Amuteun, gomawoyo) translates to “Anyway, thank you” in English. It’s used to express gratitude after a conversation or situation, even if the topic has changed or concluded.
Here are sample sentences using “Amuteun, gomawoyo” along with their meanings:

  1. “Amuteun, gomawoyo. Jinanjue neomu joheun sigan-ibnida.”
    • Meaning: “Anyway, thank you. Yesterday was a really good time.”
  2. “Amuteun, gomawoyo. Jal nagalgeyo.”
    • Meaning: “Anyway, thank you. I’ll leave now.”
  3. “Amuteun, gomawoyo. Jeon jigeum jalmoshaesseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Anyway, thank you. I didn’t do well earlier.”

These sentences demonstrate how “Amuteun, gomawoyo” can be used to express gratitude regardless of the context or topic of conversation.
Certainly! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Amuteun, gomawoyo. Geugeosdo neomu maeuhaessseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “Anyway, thank you. That was also very helpful.”
  2. “Amuteun, gomawoyo. Jeo jigeum dasi ttwieoya haneunde.”
    • Meaning: “Anyway, thank you. I have to run again now.”
  3. “Amuteun, gomawoyo. Igeon eolmana neulgeos-ibnigga?”
    • Meaning: “Anyway, thank you. How long will this take?”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Amuteun, gomawoyo” can be used in various contexts to express gratitude.

1240
Q

Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha

A

The phrase “걱정말, 진짜 괜찮아” (Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha) translates to “Don’t worry, it’s really okay” in English. It’s a reassuring statement used to alleviate someone’s concerns and assure them that everything is fine.

Here are sample sentences using “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha” along with their meanings:

  1. “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha. Nae mami jal doeeosseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Don’t worry, it’s really okay. I feel much better now.”
  2. “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha. Daehwareul deudgo haengboghaesseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Don’t worry, it’s really okay. I was happy to hear your feedback.”
  3. “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha. Museun ilinji malhaejuseyo.”
    • Meaning: “Don’t worry, it’s really okay. Please tell me what’s going on.”

These sentences demonstrate how “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha” can be used to reassure someone in various situations.
Of course! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha. Naneun dangsineul midgo iss-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Don’t worry, it’s really okay. I trust you.”
  2. “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha. Geureomyeon, nugungawa habnida?”
    • Meaning: “Don’t worry, it’s really okay. Then, who is it with?”
  3. “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha. Jal doel geos-ibnida.”
    • Meaning: “Don’t worry, it’s really okay. It will be fine.”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Geokjeongmal, jinjja gwaenchanha” can be used to reassure someone in different contexts.

1241
Q

Najunge malhalge
Najung-e malhalgeyo

A

Yes, “나중에 말할게” (Najunge malhalge) can be used as a shorter form of “나중에 말할게요” (Najung-e malhalgeyo) to mean “I’ll tell you later” in Korean.
The word “Dalmi” doesn’t directly translate to “I’ll tell you later” in Korean. However, you can use the phrase “나중에 말할게요” (Najung-e malhalgeyo) to convey that meaning. It means “I’ll tell you later” or “I’ll let you know later” in English.
Here are sample sentences using “Najunge malhalge” along with their meanings:

  1. “Najunge malhalge. Jigeum himdeul-eoseo geogjeonghaesseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll tell you later. I was worried because it was difficult right now.”
  2. “Najunge malhalge. Jal sal-ayo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll tell you later. Don’t worry, I’ll be fine.”
  3. “Najunge malhalge. Daehwaga on dangsini wass-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll tell you later. When the answer comes, I’ll let you know.”

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Najunge malhalge. Naneun jigeum biseushago issneunde, geugos-eul alagajigo iss-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll tell you later. I’m busy right now, but I’ll find out about it.”
  2. “Najunge malhalge. Bangsigeun gyeolgwamul-i naol ddaemada dangsineul alagajigo iss-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll tell you later. Whenever the decision is made, I’ll let you know.”
  3. “Najunge malhalge. Geugeos-eun dangsin-i wanseongdoeeoss-eul ddae, alryeojulgeyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll tell you later. I’ll inform you when it’s completed by you.”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Najunge malhalge” can be used in different contexts to indicate that you will provide information later on.

1242
Q

Yeogi maja? Yeogo ani maja

Yeogi geogi inneunde?

A

Here are the translations of the phrases you provided:

  1. “Yeogi maja?”
    • Meaning: “Are you sure it’s here?”
  2. “Yeogo ani maja.”
    • Meaning: “Maybe it’s not here.”
      Yeogi ani aniya?
      “여기 아니에요” (Yeogi anieyo) would be the correct translation for “Maybe it’s not here” or “It’s not here.”

“여기 거기 있는데?” (Yeogi geogi inneunde?) would be the correct translation for “I think it’s here” in the context of searching for something.

1243
Q

Wa, jinjane

A

The phrase “와, 진짜네” (Wa, jinjane) translates to “Wow, you’re right” in English. It’s used to express surprise or agreement with someone’s statement.
Here are sample sentences using “Wa, jinjane” along with their meanings:

  1. “Wa, jinjane. Jeo mweol haeya doeneunji moreugessseubnida.”
    • Meaning: “Wow, you’re right. I don’t know what to do.”
  2. “Wa, jinjane. Geugeos-i jeongmal anibnida.”
    • Meaning: “Wow, you’re right. That’s really not it.”
  3. “Wa, jinjane. Geugeos-i dangsinege jal doeeoss-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Wow, you’re right. That’s well done by you.”

Of course! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Wa, jinjane. Geu saenggagi mame deuneun geos gatayo.”
    • Meaning: “Wow, you’re right. That thought seems to resonate with me.”
  2. “Wa, jinjane. Geugeos-i dangsineul jal aladeuleoss-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Wow, you’re right. That shows that you know yourself well.”
  3. “Wa, jinjane. Neomu insanghamyeonseo, bomyeonseo maeum-i apeudabnida.”
    • Meaning: “Wow, you’re right. It’s painful to see and imagine too much.”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Wa, jinjane” can be used to express agreement or surprise in different situations.

1244
Q

Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo
Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya

A

“열심히 일하겠어” (Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo) or “열심히 일할 거야” (Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya) would be more appropriate for “I’ll work even harder” in Korean.

Here are sample sentences using “Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo” and “Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya” along with their meanings:

  1. “Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo. Uriyi saenggagdo jal habnida.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll work even harder. Our thoughts are well aligned.”
  2. “Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya. Uriyi hyeonsil-eul balgyeonhaess-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll work even harder. We’ve discovered our reality.”

These sentences demonstrate how “Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo” and “Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya” can be used to express determination to work harder in different contexts.
Certainly! Here are more sample sentences:

  1. “Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo. Ije deo yeolsimhi noryeoghage doel geos gatayo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll work even harder. Now, it seems like I can work more diligently.”
  2. “Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya. Uriyi hyeonsileul wihan bangbeobeul chajdorog hagess-eoyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll work even harder. I’ll search for methods for our reality.”

These sentences provide additional examples of how “Yeolsimhi ilhagesseo” and “Yeolsimhi ilhal geoya” can be used to express determination to work harder in various situations.

1245
Q

Jigeum gabolgeyo

A

The phrase “지금 가볼게요” (Jigeum gabolgeyo) translates to “I’ll go now” or “I’ll go right away” in English. It indicates the speaker’s intention to leave or depart immediately.
Here are sample sentences using “지금 가볼게요” (Jigeum gabolgeyo) along with their meanings:

  1. “지금 가볼게요. 늦지 않게 돌아올게요.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll go now. I’ll come back soon, without being late.”
  2. “지금 가볼게요. 급한 일이 생겼어요.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll go now. Something urgent came up.”
  3. “지금 가볼게요. 조금만 기다려주세요.”
    • Meaning: “I’ll go now. Please wait for a moment.”

These sentences demonstrate how “지금 가볼게요” can be used to indicate the speaker’s intention to leave or go somewhere immediately.

1246
Q

Undong haruhago eumsigeul meokgo gatayo

A

Correct! The phrase “운동 하루하고 음식을 먹고 가타요” (Undong haruhago eumsigeul meokgo gatayo) translates to “I will exercise, then eat after” in English. It clearly conveys the sequence of actions: exercising first, then eating, and finally leaving.

1247
Q

Tteok-bokki botong maepge seo

A

The phrase “떡볶이 보통 맵게 서” (Tteok-bokki botong maepge seo) translates to “Make the tteokbokki moderately spicy” in English. It indicates a preference for the tteokbokki to be prepared with a moderate level of spiciness.

1248
Q

Neumo hamkke gag

A

The phrase “느모 함께 가기” (Neumo hamkke gagi) translates to “Let’s go together sometime” in English. It expresses a casual invitation or suggestion to go somewhere together at some unspecified time in the future.

Apologies for the oversight. Here are the sample sentences in Romanized Korean along with their meanings:

  1. “Neumo hamkke gagi jogetseoyo. Jumare sigani doemyeon eotteoyo?”
    • Meaning: “It would be nice to go together sometime. How about if we have time on the weekend?”
  2. “Neumo hamkke gagineun joheunde, iljeongeul japgiga eoryeowoyo.”
    • Meaning: “Going together sometime sounds good, but it’s difficult to plan our schedules.”
  3. “Neumo hamkke gagireul kidaehago isseoyo. Eonjedeunji allyeojuseyo.”
    • Meaning: “I’m looking forward to going together sometime. Let me know anytime.”

These sentences illustrate how “느모 함께 가기” can be used to express a casual invitation or suggestion to go somewhere together at some point in the future.

Here are sample sentences in Romanized Korean translation using “느모 함께 가기” (Neumo hamkke gagi) along with their meanings:

  1. “Neumo hamkke gagi jogetseoyo. Geureomyeon weonjangnimyi jeonsihoe cugha haneun geos eoddeoyo?”
    • Meaning: “Let’s go together sometime. How about attending the CEO’s presentation?”
  2. “Neumo hamkke gagireul weonhaeseo cajawajuseyo. Eotteon siganigedo ganeunghaneyo.”
    • Meaning: “Please invite me to go together sometime. I’m available anytime.”
  3. “Neumo hamkke gagi yeoyido eodiseo deryeodajuseyo? Geu sigan, jeo haengboghan iyagireul deuleul su isseoyo.”
    • Meaning: “
1249
Q

neomu hanbbyeon gagi

A

It seems like you’re using Korean. Did you mean “너무 한뼘 가기” (neomu hanbbyeon gagi)? If so, it translates to “a long way to go” or “still a long distance to cover.”
Ah, I see! My apologies for the confusion. Here are sample sentences using “너무 한뼘 가기” (neomo hanbbyeon gagi) along with their romanized Korean translations:

  1. English: “He still has a long way to go to achieve his goals.”
    Romanized Korean: “Geunyeoneun ajigdo jigeumyi gyeolgwae dolagal hanbbyeon gagi issseubnida.”
  2. English: “Despite her efforts, she feels like there’s still a long distance to cover.”
    Romanized Korean: “Geunyeoneun noryeogeul hago issjiman, ajigdo haneun gyeolgwae hanbbyeon gagi issseubnida.”
  3. English: “We’ve made progress, but there’s still much ground to cover.”
    Romanized Korean: “Urideuleun jinagan pyeong-ganeul tonghae doeeossjiman, ajigdo haeya hal hanbbyeon gagi issseubnida.”
  4. English: “Even though they’ve come far, there’s still a long journey ahead.”
    Romanized Korean: “Geudeuleun neomu meolli wassjiman, ajigdo himdeun gyeolgwareul wihae hanbbyeon gagi issseubnida.”
  5. English: “Despite the progress, there’s still a significant distance to travel.”
    Romanized Korean: “Jinagan doeneun issjiman, ajigdo heojeonhan gyeolgwae hanbbyeon gagi issseubnida.”
1250
Q

Yeoksi

A

“Yeoksi” (예) means “indeed” or “certainly” in Korean. It’s often used to affirm something or to express agreement.

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “Yeoksi” (예):

  1. “Yeoksi, 오늘 날씨 정말 좋아요.” (Yeoksi, oneul nalssi jeongmal joayo.) - “Indeed, the weather today is really nice.”
  2. “그 영화는 정말로 재미있어요.” “Yeoksi, 제가 그걸 듣고 있었어요.” (Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmallo jaemiisseoyo. Yeoksi, jega geugeol deutgo isseosseoyo.) - “That movie is really interesting.” “Indeed, I was listening to that.”
  3. “그 일은 정말 중요합니다.” “Yeoksi, 우리 모두에게 영향을 미칠 거예요.” (Geu ileun jeongmal jungyohamnida. Yeoksi, uri moduege yeonghyangeul michil geoyeyo.) - “That matter is truly important.” “Indeed, it will affect all of us.”
  4. “네, 제가 할 수 있습니다.” “Yeoksi, 당신은 그 일을 해낼 수 있을 거예요.” (Ne, jega hal su itsseumnida. Yeoksi, dangsineun geu ireul haenael su isseul geoyeyo.) - “Yes, I can do it.” “Indeed, you can handle it.”
  5. “이 음식은 정말 맛있어요.” “Yeoksi, 저도 그것을 좋아해요.” (I eumsigeun jeongmal masisseoyo. Yeoksi, jeodo geugeoseul joahaeyo.) - “This food is really delicious.” “Indeed, I also like it.”
1251
Q

Hoksi maji

A

“Hoksi maji” (혹시 맞아) means “Is it possible?” or “Could it be?” in Korean. It’s often used when you’re uncertain about something and seeking confirmation.
Of course! Here are the sample sentences with their Korean translations in romanized form:

  1. “Hoksi maji, geu yeonghwareul bon jeogi isseo?”
  2. “Hoksi maji, geunyeoga uri-ege yeollakhaesseulkka?”
  3. “Hoksi maji, naega geu munjereul pureosseulkka?”
  4. “Hoksi maji, neoga nae saenggageul hago isseossni?”
  5. “Hoksi maji, i noraega neoege iksukhae boiji?”
    Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “Hoksi maji” (혹시 맞아):
  6. “Hoksi maji, 그 영화를 본 적이 있어?” - “Could it be that you’ve seen that movie before?”
  7. “Hoksi maji, 그녀가 우리에게 연락했을까?” - “Is it possible that she contacted us?”
  8. “Hoksi maji, 내가 그 문제를 풀었을까?” - “Could it be that I solved that problem?”
  9. “Hoksi maji, 너가 내 생각을 하고 있었니?” - “Is it possible that you were thinking about me?”
  10. “Hoksi maji, 이 노래가 너에게 익숙해 보이지?” - “Does this song look familiar to you, by any chance?”
1252
Q

Tteok-bokki botong apesso

A

“떡볶이 보통 아픈소” (Tteok-bokki botong apesso) means “Tteok-bokki is usually a bit spicy” in English. It implies that the dish Tteok-bokki, a popular Korean street food made with spicy rice cakes, is typically mildly spicy.
“Apesso” (아픈소) It’s a Korean expression used to convey the idea of something being “a bit” or “somewhat.” In this context, it indicates that the Tteok-bokki is “a bit” spicy.

1253
Q

Neumo Haembeok gagi

Downtown-e Haembeokhae ganeun gil eodiyeo?

A

“Haembeok” (해법) is a Korean word that translates to “method” or “way” in English. It refers to a specific approach or technique used to accomplish something.

Here are some sample sentences with “haembeok” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Sesangeun haembeoki isseoyo.” - “There is a method to the world.”
  2. “Jigeum eoddeohge haembeok-i anin ga?” - “What’s the method right now?”
  3. “Haembeok-eul alabogo sipeoyo.” - “I want to know the method.”
  4. “Haembeok-eul moscajasseoyo.” - “I didn’t understand the method.”
  5. “Jeongmal pyeonrihan haembeogi issda.” - “There is a truly convenient method.”
    “Neumo Haembeok gagi” (느물해법 가기) could be interpreted as “to go a long way in terms of method” or “to go a long way in terms of finding a solution.” It suggests making significant progress or improvement in one’s approach or method.

Yes, you can say “Downtown-e Haembeokhae ganeun gil eodiyeo?” (다운타운에 해법해 가는 길 어디여요?), which means “What’s the shortcut to downtown?” Here, “Haembeokhae” (해법해) is a shorter form of “Haembeok gagi” (해법 가기), meaning “shortcut.”

1254
Q

Gabolgeyo

A

“가볼게요” (Gabolgeyo) translates to “I will go (and see/try)” in English. It’s a common expression used to express willingness or intention to go and check something out or try something.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences with “Gabolgeyo” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Sigan-i isseumyeon, eumag yeonjange gabolgeyo.” - “If there’s time, I will visit the music store.”
  2. “Gabolgeyo, jeongmal gamsahabnida.” - “I will go and see, thank you very much.”
  3. “Mweonga singihage boiji anhado, gabolgeyo.” - “Even if it doesn’t seem interesting, I will go and see.”
  4. “Gabolgeyo, geu caegeul ilggo wa bomyeonseo seolmyeong-eul halgeyo.” - “I will go and see, read the book, and then explain it.”
  5. “Hangug-eul deo jal alage doemyeon, hangugeo yeongeo haggyo-e gabolgeyo.” - “If I want to learn Korean better, I will go to a Korean language school.”
1255
Q

Ap
Dwae
Yeop
Wi
Arae
Yeop

A

Sure, here are translations for those words in Korean:

  1. Front - 앞 (ap)
  2. Back - 뒤 (dwae)
  3. Side - 옆 (yeop)
  4. Up - 위 (wi)
  5. Down - 아래 (arae)
  6. Next to - 옆 (yeop)
1256
Q

Tajungcha goyang-iga apaseo

A

“Tajungcha goyang-iga apaseo” (타정차 고양이가 앞에서) translates to “The cat is in front of the bus stop” in English.

Of course, here are some sample sentences with “apaseo” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Sigan-i jom namaseo, hoesa apaseo manhi gidaryeossseoyo.” - “I was waiting a long time in front of the office because the meeting ran late.”
  2. “Sigani isseumyeon, gongbudo halgeyo. Hakgyo apaseo mannaseo hamgge gongbuhal su isseulgga?” - “If there’s time, let’s study together. Can we meet in front of the school?”
  3. “Gosogdoroeseo hana, geu eoneu kape apaseo mannasseoyo.” - “One day on the way home, I met her in front of a cafe.”
  4. “Jibe ganeun gil, gonghangeul neomeo geonneo ireon, jeonhyeo apeuro, uri dongne ddae eodilgga saenggaghaebwassseubnida.” - “On the way home, bypassing the convenience store, then thinking about it in front of the station, we thought about where to go in our neighborhood.”
  5. “Yeogiga mueosilggayo? Jeogeon apaseo boseyo.” - “What’s here? Look in front of the building.”
1257
Q

Arasseo, gomawo. Jal jeulgyeo

A

“잘 즐겨 (jal jeulgyeo)”, which means “Enjoy it/them!” So the corrected translation would be: “알았어, 고마워. 잘 즐겨.” (Arasseo, gomawo. Jal jeulgyeo.)

1258
Q

Geunde, neoneun eonjebuteo geunyeowa chinhaejin geoya?)

A

The correct translation for “By the way, since when did you get closer to her?” into Korean is:

“그런데 너는 언제부터 그녀와 친해진 거야?” (Geunde neoneun eonjebuteo geunyeowa chinhaejin geoya?)

This sentence can be used to ask when someone started becoming closer to another person.

1259
Q

Eotteohke doen geoya?

Eotteohke dwaesseo?

A

The phrase “어떻게 됐어?” (Eotteohke dwaesseo?) or “어떻게 된 거야?” (Eotteohke doen geoya?) can be used to ask “What happened?” in Korean. It’s a common way to inquire about a situation or event.

Sure, here are some sample sentences with “Eotteohke doen geoya?” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Geunyeo wae an ogo issneun geoni?” - “What happened? Why isn’t she coming?”
  2. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Eodie ga?” - “What happened? Where did you go?”
  3. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Eojjeomyeon geunyeoneun ulji anhassneun geoji?” - “What happened? Why didn’t she cry?”
  4. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Geunyeo wae mianhadago malhaessji?” - “What happened? Why did she apologize?”
  5. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Nuga geunyeowa malhamyeonseo geunyeoneun useul su isseossneunde.” - “What happened? She was able to smile while talking to her.”
    Of course! Here are additional sample sentences with “Eotteohke doen geoya?” in romanized Korean:
  6. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Geunyeo wae hansumi eobsneun geoji?” - “What happened? Why isn’t she saying anything?”
  7. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Geunyeo wae ggamjjagmalhaneun geol bogo issji?” - “What happened? Why is she staring blankly?”
  8. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Wae geunyeoga useuweo boineun geol chyeodabon geoya?” - “What happened? Why did she try to hide her smile?”
  9. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Geunyeo wae nunmul-i heureuneun geos gatji?” - “What happened? Why does it seem like she’s crying?”
  10. “Eotteohke doen geoya? Wae geunyeoga jinjja nalgeun us-eul jiul su eobsneun geoji?” - “What happened? Why can’t she really forget her bright smile?”
1260
Q

Jeongmal-iya?
Jeongmaliji?
Neo jinjja geureohge malhaneun geoya?

A

정말이야?” (Jeongmal-iya?). And “Jeongmal iji- you mean it, right?” can be translated to “정말이지? 너 진짜 그렇게 말하는 거야?” (Jeongmaliji? Neo jinjja geureohge malhaneun geoya?). It’s a way to confirm if someone is serious or truthful about what they’re saying.
“너 진짜 그렇게 말하는 거야?” (Neo jinjja geureohge malhaneun geoya?) translates to “Are you really saying that?” in English. It’s a way to express skepticism or surprise, asking if someone truly means what they are saying.

1261
Q

Eodiega neunde?

A

“Eodiega neunde?” (어디에가는데?) translates to “Where are we going?” in English. It’s a question asking about the destination or location of a future activity or journey.

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences with “Eodiega neunde?” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Eodiega neunde? Yeogiseo gati yeonghwahago sipnayo?” - “Where are we going? Do you want to watch a movie together here?”
  2. “Eodiega neunde? Gongbudo hae bolgga?” - “Where are we going? Shall we study together?”
  3. “Eodiega neunde? Eolma anja noljago?” - “Where are we going? Do you want to hang out for a while?”
  4. “Eodiega neunde? Jigeum nawa hamgge jeulgil sudo isseulgga?” - “Where are we going? Can I enjoy it with you now?”
  5. “Eodiega neunde? Geunyang bameul deulida bolgga?” - “Where are we going? Shall we just take a walk at night?”
    Of course! Here are more sample sentences with “Eodiega neunde?” in romanized Korean:
  6. “Eodiega neunde? Maeil bam gongbuhaeseo jogeum jolijago?” - “Where are we going? Do you want to relax a bit after studying every night?”
  7. “Eodiega neunde? Naeile saengil patireul hago sipda.” - “Where are we going? I want to have a birthday party tomorrow.”
  8. “Eodiega neunde? Geurigo eonje gago sipnayo?” - “Where are we going? And when do you want to go?”
  9. “Eodiega neunde? Geunyang gati baram bul-eul tamsaeghago sipda.” - “Where are we going? I just want to search for the wind together.”
  10. “Eodiega neunde? Gajang joheun sigan-e nawa hamgge hal su issneun gos-e gago sipda.” - “Where are we going? I want to go to the place where we can spend the best time together.”
1262
Q

Ya! Jinjjaranikka!

A

“Ya! Jinjjaranikka!” (야! 진짜라니까!) translates to “Hey! Because it’s true!” in English. It’s an exclamation used to emphasize the truthfulness or validity of something.
Yes, you’re correct! “Ya! Jinjjaranikka!” can also mean “I’m serious!” or “Seriously!” It’s an emphatic expression to convey sincerity or seriousness about what is being said.

1263
Q

Wae geurae? Mwoseunirya
Neo Wae geurae? Mwoseunirya

A

“Wae geurae?” (왜 그래?) means “What’s wrong?” or “Why are you like that?”

“Mwoseunirya?” (뭐슨일야?) means “What happened?” or “What’s the matter?”

Both phrases are commonly used to inquire about someone’s well-being or to ask what is troubling them.
“Neo wae geurae?” (너 왜 그래?) means “Why are you like that?” or “What’s wrong with you?”

And “Mwoseunirya?” (뭐슨일야?) means “What’s the matter?” or “What happened?” It’s a question used to inquire about a situation or event.

1264
Q

Sasireun

Sasil

A

Yes, “sasil” (사실) and “sasireun” (사실은) share the same root word, “사실” (sasil), which means “truth” or “fact.” “Sasireun” is the adverbial form of “sasil” and is commonly used to mean “actually” or “to be honest.” So while they have similar meanings, “sasireun” is used to introduce a statement, while “sasil” stands alone as a noun.
“Sasireun” (사실은) means “to be honest” or “actually” in Korean. It’s often used to introduce a sincere or candid statement.
“Sasireun” (사실은) primarily means “to be honest” or “actually,” but it can also be used in other contexts to convey different meanings or nuances. Here are some additional meanings of “sasireun” in various contexts:

  1. In fact: Used to introduce additional information or clarify a point.
    • 예를 들어, 그녀는 예상했던 것보다 더 좋았어. 사실은, 그녀는 매우 행복해 보였어. (Yereul deureo, geunyeoneun yesanghaessdeon geosboda deo johasseo. Sasireun, geunyeoneun maeu haengbokhae boesseo.) - “For example, she was better than I expected. In fact, she seemed very happy.”
  2. Truthfully: Used to emphasize the honesty or sincerity of a statement.
    • 그 일에 대해 사실로 말하자면, 저는 잘 모르겠어요. (Geu ire daehae sasillo malhajamyeon, jeoneun jal moreugesseoyo.) - “Truthfully, I don’t really know about that matter.”
  3. Honestly: Similar to “truthfully,” emphasizing sincerity or openness.
    • 사실로 말해, 나는 그를 이해할 수 없어. (Sasillo malhae, naneun geureul ihaehal su eopseo.) - “Honestly, I can’t understand him.”
  4. Actually: Used to correct a misconception or provide accurate information.
    • 네, 그건 사실이 아닙니다. (Ne, geugeon sasiri anibnida.) - “Actually, that’s not true.”
  5. To tell the truth: Similar to “to be honest,” expressing sincerity.
    • 사실을 말하자면, 나는 그 영화를 좋아하지 않았어. (Sasireul malhajamyeon, naneun geu yeonghwaleul joahaji anhasseo.) - “To tell the truth, I didn’t like that movie.”

“Sasireun” can be quite versatile depending on the context in which it’s used, but its primary meaning revolves around honesty or truthfulness.

1265
Q

Geokjeongmal malgo
Na geokjeonghaji ma

Geokjeongmal malgo, na geokjeonghaji ma

A

“Geokjeongmal malgo” (걱정말 말고) means “Don’t worry” or “Stop worrying” in Korean. And “Don’t worry about me” can be translated as “나 걱정하지 마” (Na geokjeonghaji ma). So the full sentence would be “걱정말 말고, 나 걱정하지 마” (Geokjeongmal malgo, na geokjeonghaji ma).

1266
Q

Banggeum dochakhaseo, jib

A

If you meant to say “방금 도착해서, 집” (Banggeum dochakhaseo, jib), it would translate to “I just arrived, home” in English, indicating that the speaker has recently arrived home.

1267
Q

Hambeok gaseyo
Haengbokhaseyo

A

“Hambeok gaseyo” (한뼘 가세요) means “Go a little further” or “Go a bit more” in Korean. It’s a common expression used to encourage someone to continue moving forward or to go a little distance further.
No, “Hambeok gaseyo” (한뼘 가세요) specifically means “Go a little further” or “Go a bit more” in Korean. It doesn’t directly translate to “be happy.” If you want to express “be happy” in Korean, you can use the phrase “행복하세요” (haengbokhaseyo).

1268
Q

Mwoseun isseo?

A

The phrase “Mwoseun isseo?” (뭐슨 있어?) translates to “Is something going on?” or “What’s happening?” in English. It’s a question used to inquire if there is any issue or event occurring.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences with “Mwoseun isseo?” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Mwoseun isseo? Wae geunyeo-ege seolmyeong-eul andoeji?” - “Is something going on? Why isn’t she giving an explanation?”
  2. “Mwoseun isseo? Geunyeoga museunili anin geoji?” - “Is something going on? Is it something other than what she said?”
  3. “Mwoseun isseo? Wae geunyeoneun useumi eobsneun geoji?” - “Is something going on? Why doesn’t she have a smile?”
  4. “Mwoseun isseo? Geunyeo-ege sanghwangeun jom dareun geol gatji?” - “Is something going on? Does the situation seem a little different to her?”
  5. “Mwoseun isseo? Wae geunyeoga jinjja bbalri tto nawaseo malhaneun geoji?” - “Is something going on? Why does she come back quickly and talk again?”
    Of course! Here are more sample sentences with “Mwoseun isseo?” in romanized Korean:
  6. “Mwoseun isseo? Geunyeo-ege maeumeul keuge pyohyeonhaneun geol bogo issji?” - “Is something going on? Does she seem to be expressing her feelings strongly?”
  7. “Mwoseun isseo? Geunyeo-ege neomu ibbeujanha malhaneun geol bogo issji?” - “Is something going on? Does she seem to be saying ‘I’m so pretty’ too much?”
  8. “Mwoseun isseo? Geunyeo-ege yagsog-eul hage doemyeonseo malhaneun geol bogo issji?” - “Is something going on? Does she seem to be speaking while keeping a promise?”
  9. “Mwoseun isseo? Wae geunyeo-ege useumi eobsneun geol bogo issji?” - “Is something going on? Why does she seem to lack a smile?”
  10. “Mwoseun isseo? Geunyeo-ege museunili anin geol algo issji?” - “Is something going on? Do you know something other than what she said?”
1269
Q

Geureohge eodieseo?

A

“Geureohge eodieseo?” (그렇게 어디에서?) translates to “Where did you hear that?” or “From where did you hear that?” in English. It’s a question used to inquire about the source of information or the origin of something.
In Kdrama- it’s used as “What’s that?

1270
Q

Geunde geunyeoneun ireon sasil jeoneul mworeogeoyeo

Geureohge geunyeoneun i-e daehae amugeotdo moreugo isseoyo

A

The sentence “Geunde geunyeoneun ireon sasil jeoneul mworeogeoyeo” (근데 그녀는 이런 사실 저를 뭐라고 했어) translates to “But she said something about me like this” in English. It indicates that someone said something about the speaker, but the subject of the conversation (the person mentioned) is not aware of it.
To say “but she doesn’t know anything about this” in Korean, you can use the following phrase:

“그런데 그녀는 이에 대해 아무것도 모르고 있어요.” (Geureohge geunyeoneun i-e daehae amugeotdo moreugo isseoyo.)

This translates to “But she doesn’t know anything about this” in English.

1271
Q

Naneun sugjega heungmireul yubarandago saeng-gaghaeyo

A

Yes, that’s correct! The sentence “Naneun sugjega heungmireul yubarandago saeng-gaghaeyo” (나는 숙제가 흥미를 유발한다고 생각해요) can indeed be translated as “I find homework to be stimulating” or “I believe homework induces interest.” It expresses the idea that the speaker finds homework to be interesting or stimulating.
The sentence “Naneun sugjega heungmireul yubarandago saeng-gaghaeyo” (나는 숙제가 흥미를 유발한다고 생각해요) can be broken down as follows:

  1. “나는” (Naneun) - “I” or “I am”
  2. “숙제가” (Sugjega) - “homework” (subject marker)
  3. “흥미를” (Heungmireul) - “interest” or “curiosity” (object marker)
  4. “유발한다고” (Yubarandago) - “induces” or “arouses” (from the verb “유발하다” meaning “to induce” or “to bring about”)
  5. “생각해요” (Saeng-gaghaeyo) - “think” or “believe”

So, altogether, “Naneun sugjega heungmireul yubarandago saeng-gaghaeyo” translates to “I think homework induces interest” or “I believe homework arouses curiosity.”

1272
Q

malhaebwa Mwoseun
Mwoji? Dodaechae museun iri ireonasseo?

A

However, “Mwoseun” (뭐슨) means “what” and “tell me” can be translated as “말해줘” (malhaejwo) or “말해봐” (malhaebwa) in Korean. So, “Mwoseun, tell me” can be rendered as “뭐슨, 말해줘” (Mwoseun, malhaejwo) or “뭐슨, 말해봐” (Mwoseun, malhaebwa).

The phrase “What on earth happened?” can be translated to “뭐지? 도대체 무슨 일이 일어났어?” (Mwoji? Dodaechae museun iri ireonasseo?) in Korean.

1273
Q

Naneun Seoul-e an ga isseoyo
Naneun Seoul-e an gayo

A

Ah, I see! The correct way to say “I won’t go to Seoul” in Korean is “나는 서울에 안 가 있어요” (Naneun Seoul-e an ga isseoyo) or simply “나는 서울에 안 가요” (Naneun Seoul-e an gayo).

1274
Q

Oneul buteo, naneun yeogiseo ilhal geoeoyo

A

The sentence “Oneul buteo, I will be working here” translates to “오늘부터, 나는 여기서 일할 거에요” (Oneul buteo, naneun yeogiseo ilhal geoeoyo) in Korean. It indicates the beginning of work from today onwards.

1275
Q

Nae jib Yeogi ya

A

The phrase “Nae jib Yeogi ya” (내 집 여기야) translates to “My house is here” in English. It’s a statement indicating that the speaker’s house is located nearby or in the immediate vicinity.

1276
Q

Ah, baegopa mogeulachi geuna.

Geurae mogeulachi baegopa. Meogeo geurae?

A

The correct phrase is “Geurae mogeulachi baegopa. Meogeo geurae?” (그래 목이 아치 배고파. 먹어 그래?), which translates to “Alright, I’m so hungry. Should we eat?”
The correct phrase is: “Ah, baegopa mogeulachi geuna. He got cranky because he was hungry.”

In Korean, it would be: “아, 배고파 목이 아치 그러나. He got cranky because he was hungry.”

1277
Q

Jal meogoseo

A

The phrase “Jal meogoseo” (잘 먹었어) means “That was delicious” in English. It’s a common expression used to compliment the food after a meal.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences with “Jal meogoseo” in romanized Korean:

  1. “Jal meogoseo, gomawoyo. Neomu masisseossseubnida.” - “That was delicious, thank you. It was very tasty.”
  2. “Jal meogoseo, jeongmal gwaencanhassseubnida. Jinjja masisseossseubnida.” - “That was delicious, it was really good. It was truly tasty.”
  3. “Jal meogoseo, neomu bupuleossseubnida. Daesin ggog meogeulgeyo.” - “That was delicious, I’m so full now. I’ll definitely eat again later.”
  4. “Jal meogoseo, neomu haengboghaessseubnida. Iyagihamyeonseo meogil su isseoseo neomu johassseubnida.” - “That was delicious, I was so happy. I enjoyed eating while chatting so much.”
  5. “Jal meogoseo, jeongmal gamsahabnida. Neomu masisseossseubnida.” - “That was delicious, thank you so much. It was very tasty.”
    Of course! Here are more sample sentences with “Jal meogoseo” in romanized Korean:
  6. “Jal meogoseo, jeongmal jeulgeoun siganieossseubnida. Gomawoyo!” - “That was delicious, it was truly a delightful moment. Thank you!”
  7. “Jal meogoseo, neomu johahasyeossseubnida. Daesin dasi wabosil geosibnida.” - “That was delicious, I enjoyed it very much. I’ll definitely come back again.”
  8. “Jal meogoseo, jeongmal masisseossseubnida. Ibyeong-i eobsdamyeon deo johassseubnida.” - “That was delicious, it was truly tasty. It would have been even better without the illness.”
  9. “Jal meogoseo, neomu manhi meogeossseubnida. Daesin jogeum jogeum geoleulgeyo.” - “That was delicious, I ate a lot. I’ll walk a little bit later.”
  10. “Jal meogoseo, neomu jeulgeoweossseubnida. Daesin dasi meogil geosida.” - “That was delicious, I enjoyed it very much. I’ll eat it again later.”
1278
Q

Jaemi eopta, geumanhae

A

It’s no fun. Stop it

A more suitable word to use would be “geumanhae” (그만해), which means “stop it” or “enough.”

So the corrected phrase would be: “Jaemi eopta, geumanhae” (재미 없다, 그만해).

1279
Q

Yeoreume geureunga
Yeoreume geureoke hae?)

A

The spelling and context of “Yeoreume geureunga” (여름에 그러는가) are correct, but the formality level might not match casual spoken Korean. A more natural way to say “Do you do that in the summer?” would be:

  1. 여름에 그렇게 해? (Yeoreume geureoke hae?)
  2. 여름에 그렇게 해요? (Yeoreume geureoke haeyo?) if you want to be slightly more polite.

If you want more context-specific sentences, here are some examples:

  1. 여름에 그렇게 놀아? (Yeoreume geureoke nora?) - “Do you play like that in the summer?”
  2. 여름에 그렇게 지내? (Yeoreume geureoke jinae?) - “Do you spend your summer like that?”
  3. 여름에 그러니? (Yeoreume geureoni?) - “Do you do that in the summer?”

These sentences are more aligned with casual or spoken Korean.

1280
Q

Ani, ajigeum

A

“Ani, ajigeum” (아니, 아직) is correct for “No, not yet.” However, it can be slightly refined for clarity and naturalness:

  • “아니, 아직” (Ani, ajik) - This is an informal and straightforward way to say “No, not yet.”

Here are some additional ways to say it, depending on the level of formality:

  • Informal: “아니, 아직이야” (Ani, ajigiya)
  • Polite: “아니요, 아직이에요” (Aniyo, ajigieyo)

So the refined phrase is:

  • “아니, 아직” (Ani, ajik) for a more concise and common usage.

The phrase “Ani, ajigeum” (아니, 아직) translates to “No, not yet” in English. Here’s the breakdown:

  • “Ani” (아니) means “No.”
  • “Ajigeum” (아직) means “yet” or “still.”

To make it more natural, you can use:

  • “아니, 아직이야” (Ani, ajigiya) - “No, not yet” in a casual form.
  • “아니요, 아직이에요” (Aniyo, ajigieyo) - “No, not yet” in a polite form.
1281
Q

Deo natji, geureotji?
Dasi jajeongeoreul ta.

A

The term “hanaji” (하나지) does not seem to fit the context of “better right?” and it doesn’t directly translate to anything meaningful in Korean for that phrase.

If you want to say “better, right?” in Korean, you can use:

  • 더 낫지, 그렇지? (Deo natji, geureotji?)
    • (Deo) means “more” or “better.”
    • 낫지 (Natji) means “better.”
    • 그렇지? (Geureotji?) means “right?” or “isn’t it?”

So, the phrase “better, right?” is:

  • “더 낫지, 그렇지?” (Deo natji, geureotji?)

It looks like “ha istaba” might be a typo or a non-standard phrase in Korean. If you want to say “get back on” in Korean, you can use:

  • 다시 타 (Dasi ta) - Informal
  • 다시 타세요 (Dasi taseyo) - Polite

Here are some example sentences using “get back on”:

  1. “다시 자전거를 타.” (Dasi jajeongeoreul ta.) - “Get back on the bike.” (Informal)
  2. “다시 버스를 타세요.” (Dasi beoseureul taseyo.) - “Get back on the bus.” (Polite)

If you meant something different with “ha istaba,” please provide more context, and I can help you better.

1282
Q

Chimchak
Pyeongjeong

A

The word “composure” can be translated to Korean as “침착” (chimchak) or “평정” (pyeongjeong). Here are some example sentences using both terms:

  1. 침착 (chimchak)
    • “그는 어려운 상황에서도 침착을 유지했다.” (Geuneun eoryeoun sanghwang-eseodo chimchakeul yujihanda.)
    • “He maintained his composure even in difficult situations.”
  2. 평정 (pyeongjeong)
    • “그녀는 놀라운 소식을 듣고도 평정을 잃지 않았다.” (Geunyeoneun nollaun sosigeul deutgodo pyeongjeongeul ilchi anatta.)
    • “She did not lose her composure even after hearing the surprising news.”

Both terms are used to convey a sense of calmness and self-control.

1283
Q

Geurae, dasi haeboja

A
  • 그래, 다시 해보자 (Geurae, dasi haeboja)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그래 (Geurae) - “Ok”
- 다시 (Dasi) - “again”
- 해보자 (Haeboja) - “let’s try”

So, the correct phrase is:

  • 그래, 다시 해보자 (Geurae, dasi haeboja)
1284
Q

Ireoke

A

Yes, the phrase “Ireoke” (이렇게) means “like this” or “this way” in Korean.

Here are some example sentences using “Ireoke” in romanized Korean:

  1. Ireoke haneun geoya? (이렇게 하는 거야?) - “Is this how you do it?”
  2. Ireoke jom yeoreobwajuseyo. (이렇게 좀 열어봐주세요.) - “Can you open it like this for me, please?”
  3. Ireoke mandeuneun geoya? (이렇게 만드는 거야?) - “Do you make it like this?”
  4. Ireoke malhaeya dwae. (이렇게 말해야 돼.) - “You should say it like this.”
  5. Ireoke haedo dwae? (이렇게 해도 돼?) - “Is it okay to do it like this?”

These examples show how “Ireoke” is used to indicate a method or manner of doing something.

1285
Q

Wae geurae?
Mwoseun isseo?

A

Yes, “Wae geurae?” (왜 그래?) translates to “What’s wrong?” in English.

Here are some example sentences using “Wae geurae?” in romanized Korean:

  1. Wae geurae? gibuni an joe? (왜 그래? 기분이 안 좋아?) - “What’s wrong? Are you feeling down?”
  2. Wae geurae? museun iri isseo? (왜 그래? 무슨 일이 있어?) - “What’s wrong? Is something happening?”
  3. Wae geurae? museun munje isseo? (왜 그래? 무슨 문제 있어?) - “What’s wrong? Is there a problem?”
  4. Wae geurae? neo museun iri inneun geoya? (왜 그래? 너 무슨 일 있는 거야?) - “What’s wrong? Is something going on with you?”
  5. Wae geurae? amugeotdo an gwiwon? (왜 그래? 아무것도 안 귀원?) - “What’s wrong? Is nothing interesting?”

These examples show how “Wae geurae?” is used to ask about someone’s state or if there is an issue.
The phrase “Mwoseun isseo?” (뭐슨 있어?) translates to “What’s going on?” or “What’s the matter?” in English. It’s used to inquire about a situation or to ask if something is wrong.

Here are some example sentences using “Mwoseun isseo?” in romanized Korean:

  1. Mwoseun isseo? (뭐슨 있어?) - “What’s going on?”
  2. Mwoseun isseo? Museun ili isseo? (뭐슨 있어? 무슨 일이 있어?) - “What’s going on? Is something happening?”
  3. Mwoseun isseo? Neo museun ili inneun geoya? (뭐슨 있어? 너 무슨 일이 있는 거야?) - “What’s going on? Is something happening with you?”
  4. Mwoseun isseo? Amugeotdo an johahaneun geoya? (뭐슨 있어? 아무것도 안 좋아하는 거야?) - “What’s going on? Is there anything bothering you?”
  5. Mwoseun isseo? Gibun jal an joahaneun geoya? (뭐슨 있어? 기분 잘 안 좋아하는 거야?) - “What’s going on? Are you feeling not well?”

These examples illustrate how “Mwoseun isseo?” is used to inquire about a situation or to check on someone’s well-being.
“Wae geurae?” (왜 그래?) and “Mwoseun isseo?” (뭐슨 있어?) are similar in meaning, but they are used in slightly different contexts and have different nuances.

  1. “Wae geurae?” (왜 그래?):
    • Translation: “What’s wrong?” or “What’s the matter?”
    • Usage: This phrase is more commonly used to inquire about someone’s emotional state or to ask if there is a problem or issue bothering them. It implies that something seems off or unusual about the person’s behavior or demeanor.
  2. “Mwoseun isseo?” (뭐슨 있어?):
    • Translation: “What’s going on?” or “What’s happening?”
    • Usage: This phrase is used to inquire about a situation or event. It can be used in various contexts, such as when someone seems preoccupied or when there is visible activity or commotion around them. It’s a broader question that doesn’t necessarily focus on the person’s emotional state.

In summary, “Wae geurae?” is more focused on the person’s emotional state or well-being, while “Mwoseun isseo?” is more general and can be used to inquire about any situation or event. Both phrases are commonly used in everyday conversations to check on someone or to express concern.

1286
Q

Yangpaganeol ullinayo?
Yangpa ttaemune ulgo isseoyo

A

The phrase “Does onion make you cry?” in Korean is:

“양파가 널 울리나요?” (Yangpaganeol ullinayo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “양파가” (Yangpaga) - “Onion” (subject marker)
- “널” (neol) - “you” (object pronoun)
- “울리나요?” (ullinayo?) - “make cry?” (interrogative form)
The sentence “I’m crying because of onion” in Korean is:

“양파 때문에 울고 있어요.” (Yangpa ttaemune ulgo isseoyo.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “양파” (Yangpa) - “Onion”
- “때문에” (Ttaemune) - “because of”
- “울고 있어요” (Ulgo isseoyo) - “crying” or “am crying”

1287
Q

Ttaemune ijanna

Neo ttaemune ijanna, jigakhaesseo!

A

The phrase “Ttaemune ijanna” (때문에 잖아) translates to “It’s your fault” or “Because of you” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:
- “때문에” (Ttaemune) - “Because of” or “Due to”
- “잖아” (Janna) - A colloquial ending that emphasizes the statement, often used in informal contexts. It can imply blame or responsibility.

So, when someone says “Ttaemune ijanna,” they are indicating that the fault or responsibility lies with the person being addressed.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “Ttaemune ijanna” (때문에 잖아) in romanized Korean:

  1. “너때문에 잖아, 지각했어!”
    • “Neo ttaemune ijanna, jigakhaesseo!”
    • “It’s your fault I was late!”
  2. “이번 일은 너때문에 잖아.”
    • “Ibeon ireun neo ttaemune ijanna.”
    • “This is because of you.”
  3. “너 때문에 잖아, 난 슬퍼.”
    • “Neo ttaemune ijanna, nan seulpeo.”
    • “It’s because of you that I’m sad.”
  4. “우리 지금 이렇게 되었어, 너때문에 잖아.”
    • “Uri jigeum ireohge doeosseo, neo ttaemune ijanna.”
    • “We’re in this situation now because of you.”
  5. “너 때문에 잖아, 내가 이렇게 힘들어.”
    • “Neo ttaemune ijanna, naega ireohge himdeureo.”
    • “It’s because of you that I’m going through this hardship.”

These sentences demonstrate how “Ttaemune ijanna” can be used to attribute fault or responsibility to someone in various situations.

1288
Q

Yeogi eodijyo?

A

If you’re asking “Where am I?” in Korean, you would say:

“여기 어디죠?” (Yeogi eodijyo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “여기” (Yeogi) - “Here”
- “어디죠?” (Eodijyo?) - “Where is it?” or “Where am I?” (polite form)
The phrase “Yeogi eodiji?” (여기 어디지?) translates to “Where is here?” or “Where am I?” in English. It’s a question asking about the location or place.

Here’s the breakdown:
- “여기” (Yeogi) - “Here”
- “어디지?” (Eodiji?) - “Where is it?” or “Where am I?” (informal)
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “Yeogi eodiji?” (여기 어디지?) in romanized Korean:

  1. “Yeogi eodiji? Naega yeogi wa issna?”
    • “Where is here? Did I come here?”
  2. “Yeogi eodiji? Jinan bam na jibeul tasseoyo.”
    • “Where is here? I came to this house last night.”
  3. “Yeogi eodiji? Jinjja gwiga apa.”
    • “Where is here? My head really hurts.”
  4. “Yeogi eodiji? Naneun eodiissneun geolgga moreugesseoyo.”
    • “Where is here? I don’t know where I am.”
  5. “Yeogi eodiji? Geureomyeon jeogi issnayo?”
    • “Where is here? Is it over there if it’s like this?”

These sentences show how “Yeogi eodiji?” can be used to inquire about one’s location or surroundings.

1289
Q

Saenggakhaebwa

Yeohaengeul gagi jeone saenggakhaebwa

A

“생각해봐” (Saenggakhaebwa)

Here’s a sample sentence:
“이것에 대해 생각해봐.” (Igoce daehae saenggakhaebwa) - “Think about this.”
Of course! Here are some sample sentences using “생각해봐” (Saenggakhaebwa) in romanized Korean:

  1. “이 문제에 대해 생각해봐.”
    • “I munje-e daehae saenggakhaebwa.”
    • “Think about this problem.”
  2. “여행을 가기 전에 생각해봐.”
    • “Yeohaengeul gagi jeone saenggakhaebwa.”
    • “Think before you travel.”
  3. “그것을 더 깊이 생각해봐.”
    • “Geugeoseul deo gipi saenggakhaebwa.”
    • “Think about it more deeply.”
  4. “이 일에 대한 다른 관점을 생각해봐.”
    • “I il-e daehan dareun gwanyeom-eul saenggakhaebwa.”
    • “Think about different perspectives on this matter.”
  5. “다음에 무엇을 할지 생각해봐.”
    • “Daeum-e mueos-eul halji saenggakhaebwa.”
    • “Think about what to do next.”

These sentences demonstrate how “생각해봐” (Saenggakhaebwa) can be used to encourage someone to consider or contemplate various matters or decisions.

1290
Q

Naeil siheomi isseo, yeolsimhi haera!

A

The phrase “Yeolsimhi era” (열심히 해라) means “Study hard” or “Do your best in studying” in Korean. It’s an encouraging phrase often used to wish someone good luck with their studies or academic endeavors.

Here are some sample sentences using “Yeolsimhi era” in romanized Korean:

  1. “시험을 앞둔 너에게, 열심히 해라!”
    • “Sihyeom-eul apdun neo-ege, yeolsimhi haera!”
    • “To you who are facing exams, study hard!”
  2. “내일 시험이 있어, 열심히 해라!”
    • “Naeil siheomi isseo, yeolsimhi haera!”
    • “There’s an exam tomorrow, study hard!”
  3. “학교에서 열심히 해라.”
    • “Hakgyo-eseo yeolsimhi haera.”
    • “Study hard at school.”
  4. “프로젝트를 위해 열심히 해라.”
    • “Peurojekteu-reul wihae yeolsimhi haera.”
    • “Study hard for the project.”
  5. “시험에서 좋은 성적을 받기 위해 열심히 해라.”
    • “Sihyeom-eseo jo-eun seongjeog-eul badgi wihae yeolsimhi haera.”
    • “Study hard to get good grades on the exam.”

These sentences illustrate how “Yeolsimhi era” is used to encourage someone to put effort into their studies.

1291
Q

Don-e yoksimi isseotdani

A

If you meant to say “I didn’t know you’re greedy for money” in Korean, you could say:

“돈에 욕심이 있었다니” (Don-e yoksimi isseotdani)

Here’s a sample sentence using the corrected phrase:

“내가 몰랐어, 네가 돈에 욕심이 있었다니.” (Naega mollass-eo, nega don-e yoksimi isseotdani)

This translates to “I didn’t know, you’re greedy for money.”

1292
Q

Heoksi
Hoksi

Heoksi, jilmunhaedo doelkkayo?

A

Yes, “Heoksi” (헉시) is an expression commonly used in Korean to show surprise, realization, or acknowledgment. It’s similar to saying “Oh!” or “Ah!” in English.

So, “Heoksi” can be used before asking a question to indicate surprise or uncertainty. Here’s a sample sentence:

“Heoksi, can I ask?” -> “헉시, 질문해도 될까요?” (Heoksi, jilmunhaedo doelkkayo?)

In this context, “Heoksi” is used to express surprise or hesitation before asking a question.
“Heoksi” and “hoksi” are similar-sounding Korean expressions but have different meanings:

  1. Heoksi (헉시):
    • “Heoksi” is an expression of surprise, shock, or realization. It’s similar to saying “Oh!” or “Wow!” in English. It’s used when something unexpected happens or when one suddenly realizes something.
  2. Hoksi (혹시):
    • “Hoksi” is an adverb meaning “perhaps,” “maybe,” or “possibly.” It’s used when asking a question in a tentative manner, often to inquire about a possibility or likelihood of something.

Here’s a breakdown of how they’re used in sentences:

  • “Heoksi” (헉시):
    • “헉시, 그 사실을 몰랐어요.” (Heoksi, geu sasil-eul mollasseoyo.)
      • “Oh, I didn’t know that fact.”
  • “Hoksi” (혹시):
    • “혹시 비가 올까요?” (Hoksi biga olkkayo?)
      • “Maybe it will rain?”
1293
Q

Dangshin-eun eobseonikka

A

The phrase “Dangshin-eun eobseonikka” (당신은 없어니까) means “It’s because you’re not here” in English. It’s used to attribute a situation or feeling to the absence of someone.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “당신은” (Dangshin-eun) - “You” (subject marker)
  • “없어니까” (Eobseonikka) - “not here” or “absent” (because)

So, the phrase “Dangshin-eun eobseonikka” indicates that something is happening or a feeling is being experienced because the person addressed is not present.

Here’s a sample sentence using the phrase:

  • “당신은 없어니까, 이곳이 너무 허전해.” (Dangshin-eun eobseonikka, igosi neomu heojeonhae.)
    • “It’s because you’re not here that this place feels so empty.”
1294
Q

Malgo
Malgo geogi anja

A

“Malgo” (말고) means “don’t talk” or “don’t speak” in Korean. It’s a command form of the verb “말다” (maltta), which means “to talk” or “to speak.”

Here’s a sample sentence using “Malgo”:

  • “말고 거기 앉아.” (Malgo geogi anja.)
    • “Don’t talk and sit there.”

This phrase is commonly used to instruct someone to stop talking or to remain silent.
“Malgo” (말고) can have various meanings depending on the context in which it’s used. Here are some different meanings of “malgo” in Korean:

  1. Don’t do something: “말고 뛰어!” (Malgo dwieo!) - “Don’t run!”
  2. Except: “치킨 말고 피자 먹고 싶어.” (Chikin malgo pija meokgo sipeo.) - “I want to eat pizza instead of chicken.”
  3. Without: “우산 말고 비를 맞았다.” (Usan malgo bireul majatda.) - “I got caught in the rain without an umbrella.”
  4. Not only… but also: “그녀는 예쁘고 친절하다. 말고 똑똑하기도 하다.” (Geunyeoneun yeppeugo chinjeolhada. Malgo ttokttokhagido hada.) - “She is beautiful and kind. Not only that, but she is also smart.”
  5. Rather than: “말고 물을 마셔.” (Malgo muleul masyeo.) - “Drink water rather than soda.”

These are some common contexts in which “malgo” can be used with different meanings in Korean.

1295
Q

Nado algo isseo

A

The phrase “Nado algo isseo” (나도 알고 있어) translates to “I also know” or “I know too” in English. It’s used to indicate that the speaker also possesses knowledge about something that has been mentioned or discussed.

Here are a couple of example sentences using “Nado algo isseo”:

  • “너 그 소문을 들었어? 나도 알고 있어.” (Neo geu somuneul deureosseo? Nado algo isseo.)
    • “Did you hear that rumor? I know too.”
  • “A: 그 영화 어때? B: 재미있어. 너는? A: 나도 알고 있어.” (A: Geu yeonghwa eottae? B: Jaemiisseo. Neoneun? A: Nado algo isseo.)
    • “A: How was that movie? B: It was fun. What about you? A: I know too.”

In these examples, “Nado algo isseo” is used to express that the speaker shares the same knowledge or awareness as someone else.

1296
Q

Jeoneyo
Oneul nalssiga jeongmal johneyo.
Neo-ui sae jibeun jeongmal yeppeuneyo.

A

The phrase “Jeoneyo” (좋네요) translates to “It’s nice” or “That’s good” in English. It’s used to express approval or satisfaction with something.

Here are a couple of examples using “Jeoneyo”:

  • “너의 새 집은 정말 예쁘네요.” (Neo-ui sae jibeun jeongmal yeppeuneyo.)
    • “Your new house is really nice.”
  • “오늘 날씨가 정말 좋네요.” (Oneul nalssiga jeongmal johneyo.)
    • “The weather today is really nice.”
  • “일이 잘 풀려서 정말 좋네요.” (Iri jal pullyeoseo jeongmal johneyo.)
    • “Things are going well, so that’s good.”

In these examples, “Jeoneyo” is used to convey a positive sentiment about something.
Of course! Here are some more examples using “Jeoneyo” (좋네요):

  1. “이 옷은 정말 예뻐요. 너에게 잘 어울릴 거 같아요.”
    • “I ot-eun jeongmal yeppeoyo. Neo-ege jal eoulril geo gatayo.”
    • “This outfit is really pretty. I think it will suit you well.”
  2. “음식이 맛있어서 정말 좋네요. 요리 잘하는 거 같아요.”
    • “Eumsigi masisseoseo jeongmal johneyo. Yoli jalhaneun geo gatayo.”
    • “The food is delicious, so that’s really nice. It seems like you’re good at cooking.”
  3. “영화가 너무 재밌었어요. 다음에 또 같이 볼까요?”
    • “Yeonghwaga neomu jaemisseosseoyo. Daeum-e tto gati bolkkayo?”
    • “The movie was so enjoyable. Shall we watch another one together next time?”
  4. “새로운 일자리를 찾은 거 정말 축하해요. 좋은 기회를 잡았네요.”
    • “Saeroun iljalileul chaj-eun geo jeongmal chughahaeyo. Jo-eun gihoeleul jab-assneyo.”
    • “Congratulations on finding a new job. You’ve seized a great opportunity.”
  5. “너의 노력이 보여서 정말 감사해요. 좋은 결과가 있을 거예요.”
    • “Neo-ui nolyeogi boyeoseo jeongmal gamsahaeyo. Jo-eun gyeolgaga isseul geoyeyo.”
    • “I really appreciate your efforts. There will be good results.”
1297
Q

Ijeone gomawoyo
Eokaneun gomawoyo. Doewajusyeoseo jeongmal gamsahabnida.

A

The phrase “Eokaneun gomawoyo” (어저께는 고마워요) translates to “Thank you for earlier” in English. It’s a way to express gratitude for something that happened or was done earlier.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “어저께” (Eokaneun) - “earlier” or “the day before yesterday”
  • “고마워요” (gomawoyo) - “thank you” (informal)

So, “Eokaneun gomawoyo” is used to thank someone for something that occurred or was provided on the previous day.

Here’s a sample sentence using the phrase:

  • “어저께는 고마워요. 도와주셔서 정말 감사합니다.” (Eokaneun gomawoyo. Doewajusyeoseo jeongmal gamsahabnida.)
    • “Thank you for earlier. I really appreciate your help.”
      The spelling and translation of “Eokaneun gomawoyo” are correct. However, it’s worth noting that “어저께” (Eokaneun) specifically means “the day before yesterday” rather than simply “earlier.” If you meant to say “earlier,” you could use “일찍” (iljjik) or “이전에” (ijeone) instead.
1298
Q

Butakdeurimnida
Butakhae or Butakhalge

A

If you meant to say “Please do me a favor” in Korean, you could use the phrase:

“부탁드립니다” (Butakdeurimnida)

Here’s a breakdown of the correct phrase:

  • “부탁” (Butak) - “favor” or “request”
  • “드립니다” (Deurimnida) - “I give” or “I offer” (polite form)
    The informal form of “부탁드립니다” (Butakdeurimnida) would be “부탁해” (Butakhae) or “부탁할게” (Butakhalge).

Here are some sample sentences using the informal form:

  1. “이거 좀 가져다 줄래? 부탁해.”
    • “Igeo jom gajyeoda jullae? Butakhae.”
    • “Could you bring this for me? Please do me a favor.”
  2. “내일 이 일 좀 도와 줄래? 부탁할게.”
    • “Nae-il i il jom dowa jullae? Butakhalge.”
    • “Could you help me with this tomorrow? Please do me a favor.”
  3. “오늘 좀 도와줄래? 부탁해.”
    • “Oneul jom dowa jullae? Butakhae.”
    • “Could you help me today? Please do me a favor.”

Using the informal form is appropriate in casual settings or when speaking to close friends or family members.

So, “부탁드립니다” (Butakdeurimnida) is a polite way to ask someone for a favor in Korean.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “부탁드립니다” (Butakdeurimnida) in romanized Korean:

  1. “이번 주말에 제 생일이 있는데, 도와주실 수 있나요? 부탁드립니다.”
    • “Ibeon jumal-e je saeng-il-i issneunde, doewajusil su issnayo? Butakdeurimnida.”
    • “It’s my birthday this weekend. Could you help me? Please do me a favor.”
  2. “요즘 일이 너무 바쁘고 힘들어요. 좀 도와주시면 정말 고맙겠어요. 부탁드립니다.”
    • “Yojum il-i neomu bappeugo himdeul-eoyo. Jom doewajusimyeon jeongmal gomabgesseoyo. Butakdeurimnida.”
    • “I’ve been very busy and stressed lately. I would really appreciate it if you could help me a bit. Please do me a favor.”
  3. “내일 회의 때 발표할 자료를 좀 도와주세요. 부탁드립니다.”
    • “Nae-il hoe-ui ttae balpyohal jalyoleul jom doewajuseyo. Butakdeurimnida.”
    • “Could you please help me with the materials for the presentation at the meeting tomorrow? Please do me a favor.”
  4. “저희 신입 직원들을 교육해 주세요. 부탁드립니다.”
    • “Jeohui sin-ip jigwondeul-eul gyoyukhae juseyo. Butakdeurimnida.”
    • “Please provide training for our new employees. Please do me a favor.”
  5. “물건을 들어 주실 수 있나요? 부탁드립니다.”
    • “Mulgeon-eul deul-eo jushil su issnayo? Butakdeurimnida.”
    • “Could you please help me carry this item? Please do me a favor.”

These sentences demonstrate how “부탁드립니다” (Butakdeurimnida) can be used to politely request assistance or a favor from someone.

1299
Q

Jamkanman narang gati gallaeyo?

A

“Can you come with me for a second?” in Korean, you could use the following phrase:

“잠깐만 나랑 같이 갈래요?” (Jamkanman narang gati gallaeyo?)

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “잠깐만” (Jamkanman) - “for a moment” or “for a second”
  • “나랑” (Narang) - “with me”
  • “같이” (Gati) - “together” or “with”
  • “갈래요?” (Gallaeyo) - “Do you want to come?”

So, “잠깐만 나랑 같이 갈래요?” (Jamkanman narang gati gallaeyo?) translates to “Can you come with me for a second?” in English.

1300
Q

Masyeosseulka?

A

“마셨을까?” (Masyeosseulka?).

Here’s the breakdown of the correct phrase:

  • “마시다” (Masida) - “to drink”
  • “마셨다” (Masyeotda) - past tense of “to drink”
  • “을까?” (eulka?) - a suffix used to form a question indicating uncertainty or speculation

So, “마셨을까?” (Masyeosseulka?) means “Did he drink it?” or “I wonder if he drank it.”

Here are a few examples using this phrase:

  1. “그가 물을 마셨을까?”
    • “Geuga muleul masyeosseulka?”
    • “Did he drink the water?”
  2. “누군가 내 주스를 마셨을까?”
    • “Nugunga nae jyuseureul masyeosseulka?”
    • “Did someone drink my juice?”
  3. “아기가 우유를 마셨을까?”
    • “Agiga uyureul masyeosseulka?”
    • “Did the baby drink the milk?”
1301
Q

Wa, jinjja jota!
Wa jinjja jeota

A

“Wow, it looks really nice” in Korean, you can use the phrase:

  • “와, 진짜 좋다!” (Wa, jinjja jota!)

Here’s a breakdown of the correct phrase:

  • “와” (Wa) - “Wow”
  • “진짜” (Jinjja) - “really” or “truly”
  • “좋다” (Jota) - “good” or “nice”

So, “와, 진짜 좋다!” (Wa, jinjja jota!) translates to “Wow, it looks really nice” or “Wow, it’s really nice.”

Here are a few examples using this phrase:

  1. “와, 진짜 좋다! 이 드레스가 너한테 정말 잘 어울려.”
    • “Wa, jinjja jota! I deureseuga neohante jeongmal jal eoullyeo.”
    • “Wow, it looks really nice! This dress suits you really well.”
  2. “와, 진짜 좋다! 새로 산 집이 정말 멋있네.”
    • “Wa, jinjja jota! Saero san jib-i jeongmal meosissne.”
    • “Wow, it looks really nice! The new house is really cool.”
  3. “와, 진짜 좋다! 오늘 날씨가 완벽해.”
    • “Wa, jinjja jota! Oneul nalssiga wanbyeokhae.”
    • “Wow, it’s really nice! The weather today is perfect.”

“Jeota” (좋다) in Korean means “to be good” or “to be nice.” It’s an adjective used to express that something is favorable, pleasing, or well-liked.

Here are some sample sentences using “좋다” (jeota) in romanized Korean:

  1. “이 영화 정말 좋다.”
    • “I yeonghwa jeongmal jota.”
    • “This movie is really good.”
  2. “오늘 날씨가 좋다.”
    • “Oneul nalssiga jota.”
    • “The weather is nice today.”
  3. “이 음악 좋다.”
    • “I eumak jota.”
    • “This music is nice.”
  4. “이 책 정말 좋다.”
    • “I chaek jeongmal jota.”
    • “This book is really good.”
  5. “여기 경치가 좋다.”
    • “Yeogi gyeongchiga jota.”
    • “The scenery here is nice.”

In informal contexts, “좋다” can also be used to casually express approval or pleasure, similar to saying “good” or “nice” in English.

1302
Q

Jago isseo?

A

To ask “Are you sleeping?” in Korean, you can say:

  • “자고 있어?” (Jago isseo?) - Informal
  • “자고 있니?” (Jago inni?) - Informal, but slightly more polite
  • “자고 있어요?” (Jago isseoyo?) - Polite
  • “자고 있습니까?” (Jago itseumnikka?) - Formal

Here are a few example sentences using these phrases:

  1. “자고 있어?”
    • “Jago isseo?”
    • “Are you sleeping?” (Informal)
  2. “자고 있니?”
    • “Jago inni?”
    • “Are you sleeping?” (Informal, slightly more polite)
  3. “자고 있어요?”
    • “Jago isseoyo?”
    • “Are you sleeping?” (Polite)
  4. “자고 있습니까?”
    • “Jago itseumnikka?”
    • “Are you sleeping?” (Formal)

These phrases can be used depending on the level of formality needed for the situation.

1303
Q

Wae gabjagi baegopa meogeol iji?

A

The phrase “Wae gabjagi baegopa meogeol iji?” (왜 갑자기 배고파 먹을 이지?) translates to “Did you suddenly get hungry?” in English. It’s a question asking if someone has suddenly become hungry.

Here’s the breakdown of the phrase:

  • “왜” (Wae) - “why”
  • “갑자기” (Gabjagi) - “suddenly”
  • “배고파” (Baegopa) - “hungry”
  • “먹을” (meogeul) - “to eat”
  • “이지?” (iji?) - “is it?”

So, “Wae gabjagi baegopa meogeol iji?” (왜 갑자기 배고파 먹을 이지?) literally means “Why are you suddenly hungry to eat?” or more naturally “Did you suddenly get hungry?”

You’ve provided the correct translation. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1304
Q

Meogeol geoeyo?
Mworeul johae?

A

The phrase “Meogeol geoeyo?” (먹을 거예요?) translates to “What will you eat?” in English. It’s a question asking about someone’s food preference or what they intend to eat.

If you want to ask “What do you like to eat?” in Korean, you can say:

  • “뭐를 좋아하세요?” (Mworeul johaseyo?) - Polite/formal
  • “뭐를 좋아해?” (Mworeul johae?) - Informal

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • “뭐를” (Mworeul) - “what”
  • “좋아하세요?” (johaseyo?) - “do you like?” (polite/formal) / “좋아해?” (johae?) - “do you like?” (informal)

So, “뭐를 좋아하세요?” (Mworeul johaseyo?) or “뭐를 좋아해?” (Mworeul johae?) means “What do you like to eat?”

You’ve provided the correct translation, but the phrase “Meogeol geoeyo?” would mean “What will you eat?” If you meant to ask about someone’s food preference, you can use the phrases provided above. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1305
Q

Seoro
Urineun seoro ihaehabnida
Chingudeureun seoro dopneunda

A

The Korean word “서로” (seoro) means “each other” or “one another.” It is used to describe actions or feelings that involve mutual interaction between people.

Urineun seoro ihaehabnida- we understand each other

Here are some sample sentences using “서로” (seoro) in romanized Korean:

  1. “우리는 서로를 사랑해요.”
    • “Urineun seororeul saranghaeyo.”
    • “We love each other.”
  2. “친구들은 서로 돕는다.”
    • “Chingudeureun seoro dopneunda.”
    • “Friends help each other.”
  3. “서로 이해하는 것이 중요해요.”
    • “Seoro ihaehaneun geosi jungyohaeyo.”
    • “It’s important to understand each other.”
  4. “그들은 서로를 자주 만나요.”
    • “Geudeureun seororeul jaju mannayo.”
    • “They meet each other often.”
  5. “우리는 서로 다른 취향이 있어요.”
    • “Urineun seoro dareun chwihyangi isseoyo.”
    • “We have different tastes from each other.”

These sentences illustrate how “서로” (seoro) is used to express mutual actions or relationships between people. If you need more examples or have other questions, feel free to ask!
Sure! Here are more sample sentences using “서로” (seoro) in romanized Korean:

  1. “서로의 의견을 존중해야 해요.”
    • “Seoro-ui uigyeoneul jonjunghaeya haeyo.”
    • “We should respect each other’s opinions.”
  2. “서로 연락해요.”
    • “Seoro yeollakhaeyo.”
    • “Let’s keep in touch with each other.”
  3. “우리는 서로를 잘 알게 되었어요.”
    • “Urineun seororeul jal alge doeeosseoyo.”
    • “We got to know each other well.”
  4. “서로를 도와주는 것이 중요해요.”
    • “Seororeul dowajuneun geosi jungyohaeyo.”
    • “It’s important to help each other.”
  5. “서로 오해하지 말아요.”
    • “Seoro ohaehaji marayo.”
    • “Let’s not misunderstand each other.”
  6. “서로에게 진실하게 대하자.”
    • “Seoro-ege jinsilhage daehaja.”
    • “Let’s be honest with each other.”
  7. “서로 다른 생각을 가지고 있어요.”
    • “Seoro dareun saenggageul gajigo isseoyo.”
    • “We have different thoughts from each other.”
  8. “그들은 서로를 믿어요.”
    • “Geudeureun seororeul mideoyo.”
    • “They trust each other.”
  9. “서로에게 친절하게 대하는 것이 좋아요.”
    • “Seoro-ege chinjeolhage daehaneun geosi johayo.”
    • “It’s good to treat each other kindly.”
  10. “서로의 입장을 이해하려고 노력해요.”
    • “Seoro-ui ipjangeul ihaeharyeogo noryeokhaeyo.”
    • “We try to understand each other’s positions.”

These sentences should provide a good range of contexts in which “서로” (seoro) can be used to describe mutual actions and relationships. If you need more examples or have other questions, feel free to ask!

1306
Q

Ihaehada
Urineun seoro ihaehabnida
Geu namjaneun mullireul ihaehabnida
Ihaega an dwaeyo

A

Yes, “이해하다” (ihaehada) means “to understand” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “이해하다” (ihaehada) in romanized Korean:

Urineun seoro ihaehabnida- we understand each other

Geu namjaneun mullireul ihaehabnida- he understands physics

  1. “당신의 말을 이해해요.”
    • “Dangsin-ui maleul ihaehaeyo.”
    • “I understand what you’re saying.”
  2. “이해가 안 돼요.”
    • “Ihaega an dwaeyo.”
    • “I don’t understand.”
  3. “그의 행동을 이해하려고 노력해요.”
    • “Geuui haengdongeul ihaeharyeogo noryeokhaeyo.”
    • “I try to understand his actions.”
  4. “이해할 수 없어요.”
    • “Ihaehal su eopseoyo.”
    • “I can’t understand.”
  5. “너의 기분을 이해해.”
    • “Neoui gibuneul ihaehae.”
    • “I understand how you feel.” (informal)
  6. “우리는 서로의 입장을 이해해야 해요.”
    • “Urineun seoro-ui ipjangeul ihaehaya haeyo.”
    • “We should understand each other’s positions.”
  7. “선생님의 설명을 이해했어요.”
    • “Seonsaengnim-ui seolmyeongeul ihaehaesseoyo.”
    • “I understood the teacher’s explanation.”
  8. “그녀는 왜 화가 났는지 이해가 돼요.”
    • “Geunyeoneun wae hwaga natneunji ihaega dwaeyo.”
    • “I understand why she’s upset.”
  9. “이해해 줄 수 있어?”
    • “Ihaehae jul su isseo?”
    • “Can you understand me?” (informal)
  10. “이 문제를 이해하는 데 시간이 좀 걸렸어요.”
    • “I munjereul ihaehaneun de sigani jom geollyeosseoyo.”
    • “It took some time to understand this problem.”

These sentences illustrate various ways to use “이해하다” (ihaehada) in different contexts. If you need more examples or have further questions, feel free to ask!

1307
Q

Dangsin ttaemune haengbokhaeyo

Joeun sosik ttaemune haengbokhaeyo

A

The phrase “당신 때문에 행복” (Dangsin ttaemune haengbok) translates to “Because of you, I am happy” in English. However, to make it a complete and grammatically correct sentence in Korean, you can say:

“당신 때문에 행복해요” (Dangsin ttaemune haengbokhaeyo) - Polite
“당신 때문에 행복해” (Dangsin ttaemune haengbokhae) - Informal

Here’s the breakdown of the phrase:

  • “당신” (dangsin) - “you” (formal/polite)
  • “때문에” (ttaemune) - “because of”
  • “행복해요” (haengbokhaeyo) - “happy” (polite)
  • “행복해” (haengbokhae) - “happy” (informal)
  1. “당신 덕분에 정말 행복해요.”
    • “Dangsin deokbune jeongmal haengbokhaeyo.”
    • “I am really happy because of you.”
  2. “너 때문에 너무 행복해.”
    • “Neo ttaemune neomu haengbokhae.”
    • “I am so happy because of you.” (informal)
  3. “사랑 때문에 행복해요.”
    • “Sarang ttaemune haengbokhaeyo.”
    • “I am happy because of love.”
  4. “가족 덕분에 행복해요.”
    • “Gajok deokbune haengbokhaeyo.”
    • “I am happy because of my family.”
  5. “좋은 소식 때문에 행복해요.”
    • “Joeun sosik ttaemune haengbokhaeyo.”
    • “I am happy because of the good news.”

By using these phrases, you can clearly express the reason for your happiness in Korean. If you need more examples or further assistance, feel free to ask!

1308
Q

Uh! Eotteokhaji!
Gireul ilheobeoryeosseo. Eotteokhaji?

A

“Oh, what should I do?” in Korean, you can say:

  1. “어떡하지?” (Eotteokhaji?) - Informal
  2. “어떻게 해야 하지?” (Eotteoke haeya haji?) - Slightly more formal but still casual
  3. “어떡해?” (Eotteokhae?) - Very informal and often used in spoken Korean

Here’s the breakdown:

  • “어떡하지?” (Eotteokhaji?): This is a shortened form often used in informal situations. It expresses a sense of confusion or concern about what to do.
  • “어떻게 해야 하지?” (Eotteoke haeya haji?): This is a bit more complete and formal, literally asking, “How should I do (this)?”
  • “어떡해?” (Eotteokhae?): A very casual and common way to express “What should I do?” among friends.
  1. “시험에 떨어졌어. 어떡하지?”
    • “Siheome tteoreojyeosseo. Eotteokhaji?”
    • “I failed the exam. What should I do?”
  2. “길을 잃어버렸어. 어떡하지?”
    • “Gireul ilheobeoryeosseo. Eotteokhaji?”
    • “I’m lost. What should I do?”
  3. “약속을 잊어버렸어. 어떡해?”
    • “Yaksogeul ijeobeoryeosseo. Eotteokhae?”
    • “I forgot about the appointment. What should I do?”
  4. “지갑을 잃어버렸어. 어떻게 해야 하지?”
    • “Jigabeul ilheobeoryeosseo. Eotteoke haeya haji?”
    • “I lost my wallet. What should I do?”

These examples should help you understand how to express concern or confusion about what action to take in Korean. If you have any more questions or need further clarification, feel free to ask!

1309
Q

Geu chareul masimyeon jeongmal romantikhaeyo

A

“It’s very romantic when you drink it as tea,” a more accurate translation in Korean would be:

“그 차를 마시면 정말 로맨틱해요.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “그” (geu) - “that”
- “차를” (chareul) - “tea” (object form)
- “마시면” (masimyeon) - “if you drink” or “when you drink”
- “정말” (jeongmal) - “really”
- “로맨틱해요” (romantikhaeyo) - “romantic”

So, “그 차를 마시면 정말 로맨틱해요” (Geu chareul masimyeon jeongmal romantikhaeyo) translates to “It’s very romantic when you drink that tea.”

  1. “그 차를 마시면 분위기가 정말 로맨틱해요.”
    • “Geu chareul masimyeon bunwigiga jeongmal romantikhaeyo.”
    • “The atmosphere is very romantic when you drink that tea.”
  2. “차를 마시는 게 정말 로맨틱해요.”
    • “Chareul masineun ge jeongmal romantikhaeyo.”
    • “Drinking tea is very romantic.”
  3. “저녁에 그 차를 마시면 정말 로맨틱해요.”
    • “Jeonyeoge geu chareul masimyeon jeongmal romantikhaeyo.”
    • “It’s very romantic when you drink that tea in the evening.”

These sentences should help you convey the idea of drinking tea being romantic. If you have more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1310
Q

Mullon ije
Mullon, naega dowajulge

A

The phrase “Mullon ije” translates to “Of course, now” in English. If you want to say “Of course” in Korean, you would use “물론” (mullon) by itself.

Here are some sentences using “물론” (mullon):

  1. “물론, 내가 도와줄게.”
    • “Mullon, naega dowajulge.”
    • “Of course, I’ll help you.”
  2. “물론이지!”
    • “Mulloniji!”
    • “Of course!” (Informal and emphatic)
  3. “물론이에요.”
    • “Mullon-ieyo.”
    • “Of course.” (Polite)
  4. “물론, 그건 당연하지.”
    • “Mullon, geugeon dangyeonhaji.”
    • “Of course, that’s obvious.”
  5. “물론이죠.”
    • “Mullon-ijyo.”
    • “Of course.” (Polite and slightly more formal)

These sentences show different contexts where you can use “물론” to mean “of course.” If you have any more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1311
Q

Naneun neomu bappaseo sigani eopseoyo

Neomu bappaseo swineun sigani eopseoyo

Naneun yojeum neomu bappaseo undonghal sigani eopseoyo

A

“I don’t have time because I’m too busy.”

  • “나는 너무 바빠서 시간이 없어요.” (Naneun neomu bappaseo sigani eopseoyo.)
  • “나는 너무 바빠서 시간이 없어.” (Naneun neomu bappaseo sigani eopseo.) - Informal
  1. “나는 너무 바빠서 친구들을 만날 시간이 없어요.”
    • “Naneun neomu bappaseo chingudeureul mannal sigani eopseoyo.”
    • “I don’t have time to meet my friends because I’m too busy.”
  2. “너무 바빠서 쉬는 시간이 없어요.”
    • “Neomu bappaseo swineun sigani eopseoyo.”
    • “I’m too busy to have any rest time.”
  3. “나는 요즘 너무 바빠서 운동할 시간이 없어요.”
    • “Naneun yojeum neomu bappaseo undonghal sigani eopseoyo.”
    • “I’m too busy these days to exercise.”
  4. “나는 너무 바빠서 영화를 볼 시간이 없어요.”
    • “Naneun neomu bappaseo yeonghwareul bol sigani eopseoyo.”
    • “I’m too busy to watch movies.”
  5. “나는 일 때문에 너무 바빠서 가족과 시간을 보낼 수 없어요.”
    • “Naneun il ttaemune neomu bappaseo gajokgwa siganeul bonael su eopseoyo.”
    • “I’m too busy with work to spend time with my family.”

These sentences illustrate different contexts in which you can express being too busy to do something. If you need further examples or have more questions, feel free to ask!

1312
Q

Jinjja yeogi geoya?
Jinjja yeogiya?

A

The phrase “Jinjja yeogi geoya?” translates to “Are you really here?” in Korean. However, to make it more grammatically accurate and natural, you can say:

“진짜 여기야?” (Jinjja yeogiya?) - Informal
“진짜 여기예요?” (Jinjja yeogi-eyo?) - Polite

  1. “진짜 지금 여기 있어?”
    • “Jinjja jigeum yeogi isseo?”
    • “Are you really here right now?” (Informal)
  2. “정말 여기 계세요?”
    • “Jeongmal yeogi gyeseyo?”
    • “Are you really here?” (Formal and respectful)
  3. “진짜 너 여기야?”
    • “Jinjja neo yeogiya?”
    • “Are you really here?” (Informal, addressing a friend)
  4. “여기 있는 거 맞아요?”
    • “Yeogi inneun geo majayo?”
    • “Are you really here?” (Polite)
  5. “정말 여기 왔어요?”
    • “Jeongmal yeogi wasseoyo?”
    • “Did you really come here?” (Polite)

These sentences convey the same sense of surprise and confirmation about someone’s presence in a specific place. If you need more examples or have further questions, feel free to ask!

1313
Q

Eotteohke hal geoya?

A
  • “어떻게 할 거야?” (Eotteohke hal geoya?) - Informal
  • “어떻게 할 거예요?” (Eotteohke hal geoyeyo?) - Polite
  1. “지금 이 상황에서 어떻게 할 거야?”
    • “Jigeum i sanghwangeseo eotteohke hal geoya?”
    • “What are you going to do in this situation?” (Informal)
  2. “계획이 없으면 어떻게 할 거예요?”
    • “Gyehoegi eopseumyeon eotteohke hal geoyeyo?”
    • “If you don’t have a plan, what are you going to do?” (Polite)
  3. “내일 일이 끝나면 어떻게 할 거야?”
    • “Naeil iri kkeutnamyeon eotteohke hal geoya?”
    • “What are you going to do after work tomorrow?” (Informal)
  4. “만약 비가 오면 어떻게 할 거예요?”
    • “Manyak biga omyeon eotteohke hal geoyeyo?”
    • “What are you going to do if it rains?” (Polite)
  5. “다음 주말에 어떻게 할 거야?”
    • “Daeum jumare eotteohke hal geoya?”
    • “What are you going to do next weekend?” (Informal)

These sentences should help you ask about someone’s plans or intended actions in different contexts in Korean. If you have more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1314
Q

jalhaenne
Jalhaesseo

A

Using “잘했네” (jalhaenne) is a good way to say “Well done” in a slightly more casual and admiring tone. It’s informal and often used to express pleasant surprise or admiration for someone’s good work.

  1. “정말 잘했네!”
    • “Jeongmal jalhaenne!”
    • “You really did well!”
  2. “와, 숙제 잘했네!”
    • “Wa, sukje jalhaenne!”
    • “Wow, you did your homework well!”
  3. “네 그림 진짜 잘했네!”
    • “Ne geurim jinjja jalhaenne!”
    • “You really drew your picture well!”
  4. “프레젠테이션 잘했네!”
    • “Peurejenteisyeon jalhaenne!”
    • “You did well on the presentation!”
  5. “요리 잘했네!”
    • “Yori jalhaenne!”
    • “You cooked well!”

These sentences show how “잘했네” (jalhaenne) can be used in different contexts to express that someone has done something well. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!
The phrase “Jal renae” seems to be a mix of sounds or words that might not make sense in Korean. If you want to say “Well done” in Korean, you would say “잘했어” (jalhaesseo) for informal speech or “잘했어요” (jalhaesseoyo) for polite speech.

  1. “시험에서 좋은 점수를 받았구나! 잘했어!”
    • “Siheomeseo joeun jeomsureul badatguna! Jalhaesseo!”
    • “You got a good score on the exam! Well done!” (Informal)
  2. “발표를 정말 잘했어요. 잘했어요!”
    • “Balpyoreul jeongmal jalhaesseoyo. Jalhaesseoyo!”
    • “You did really well on the presentation. Well done!” (Polite)
  3. “네가 요리를 잘했어! 잘했어!”
    • “Nega yorireul jalhaesseo! Jalhaesseo!”
    • “You cooked well! Well done!” (Informal)
  4. “프로젝트를 성공적으로 끝냈군요. 잘했어요!”
    • “Peurojekteureul seonggongjeogeuro kkeutnaetgunyo. Jalhaesseoyo!”
    • “You successfully completed the project. Well done!” (Polite)
  5. “그림을 정말 잘 그렸어! 잘했어!”
    • “Geurimeul jeongmal jal geuryeosseo! Jalhaesseo!”
    • “You drew the picture really well! Well done!” (Informal)

These sentences show how to use “잘했어” (jalhaesseo) and “잘했어요” (jalhaesseoyo) to compliment someone on a job well done. If you have more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1315
Q

Chingurang gachi isseo
Chinguga gachi isseoyo

A

The phrase “Chinguga gachi isseoyo” (친구가 같이 있어요) translates to “I’m with a friend” in English. It indicates that you are currently in the company of a friend.

If you want to say it more informally, you can say:

  • “친구랑 같이 있어” (Chingurang gachi isseo) - Informal
  1. “지금 친구가 같이 있어.”
    • “Jigeum chinguga gachi isseo.”
    • “I’m with a friend right now.”
  2. “친구랑 공원에 같이 있어서 전화할게.”
    • “Chingurang gongwone gachi isseoseo jeonhwahalge.”
    • “I’m with a friend at the park, so I’ll call you later.”
  3. “저녁에 친구가 같이 있을 거야.”
    • “Jeonyeoge chinguga gachi isseul geoya.”
    • “I’ll be with a friend in the evening.”
  4. “친구랑 같이 영화를 보러 갔어.”
    • “Chingurang gachi yeonghwareul boreo gasseo.”
    • “I went to see a movie with a friend.”
  5. “친구랑 같이 밥 먹으러 가자.”
    • “Chingurang gachi bab meogeureo gaja.”
    • “Let’s go eat with a friend.”

These sentences demonstrate how to express that you are in the company of a friend in Korean. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1316
Q

Eullae meogeoyo
Masinneun geonikka eullae meogeoyo!

A

The phrase “Eullae meogeoyo” (얼레 먹어요) translates to “Eat up” in English. It’s a casual way to encourage someone to finish their meal or to eat all of their food.

  1. “맛있는 거니까 얼레 먹어요!”
    • “Masinneun geonikka eullae meogeoyo!”
    • “It’s delicious, so eat up!”
  2. “얼레 먹어. 다 먹어야지!”
    • “Eullae meogeo. Da meogwayaji!”
    • “Eat up. You should finish it all!”
  3. “이 음식 너무 맛있어서 얼레 먹어야겠어.”
    • “I eumsik neomu masisseoseo eullae meogeoyagesseo.”
    • “This food is so delicious, I have to eat up.”
  4. “아이들아, 얼레 먹어.”
    • “Aideura, eullae meogeo.”
    • “Kids, eat up.”
  5. “식사를 다 하셨어요? 그럼 얼레 드세요!”
    • “Siksa-reul da hasyeosseoyo? Geureom eullae deuseyo!”
    • “Have you finished your meal? Then eat up!”

These sentences show how to use “얼레 먹어요” (Eullae meogeoyo) to encourage someone to finish their food. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1317
Q

Geureul riga isseo?
Geureul riga eopseo

A

The phrases “그럴 리가 있어?” (Geureul riga isseo?) and “그럴 리가 없어.” (Geureul riga eopseo) can be used to express disbelief or skepticism in Korean. They are often translated as “That can’t be true.” and “It’s true.” respectively.

  1. “그럴 리가 있어? 그렇게 좋은 기회를 놓칠 리가?”
    • “Geureul riga isseo? Geureohge joheun gihoeleul nochil riga?”
    • “That can’t be true. Would you really miss such a good opportunity?”
  2. “그럴 리가 없어. 정말로 그 일이 발생했어.”
    • “Geureul riga eopseo. Jeongmallo geu iri balsaenghaesseo.”
    • “It’s true. That really happened.”
  3. “그럴 리가 있어? 그렇게 간단한 문제가 틀릴 리가 없어.”
    • “Geureul riga isseo? Geureohge gandanhan munjega teullil riga eopseo.”
    • “That can’t be true. There’s no way you could get such a simple problem wrong.”
  4. “그럴 리가 없어. 우리 친구는 그렇게 할 사람이 아니야.”
    • “Geureul riga eopseo. Uri chinguneun geureohge hal sarami aniya.”
    • “It’s true. Our friend is not the kind of person to do that.”
  5. “그럴 리가 있어? 나는 절대 그런 일을 하지 않았어.”
    • “Geureul riga isseo? Naneun jeoldae geureon ireul haji anhasseo.”
    • “That can’t be true. I never did such a thing.”

These sentences demonstrate how to use these phrases to express disbelief or confirmation in Korean. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1318
Q

Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo

Chingudeulgwa hamkke meogeul ttaeneun hangsang yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.

Nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo

A

The phrase “내 열심히 먹을 거예요” (Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo) translates to “Okay, I’ll eat a lot” in English. It indicates willingness or determination to eat a large amount of food.

  1. “맛있는 거 있으면 다 먹을 거예요. 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
    • “Masinneun geo isseumyeon da meogeul geoyeyo. Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
    • “If there’s something delicious, I’ll eat it all. Okay, I’ll eat a lot.”
  2. “오늘 점심은 뭐 먹을 거예요? 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
    • “Oneul jeomsimeun mweo meogeul geoyeyo? Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
    • “What are you going to eat for lunch today? Okay, I’ll eat a lot.”
  3. “파티에서는 다양한 음식을 많이 먹을 거예요. 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
    • “Patieseo-neun dayanghan eumsigeul mani meogeul geoyeyo. Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
    • “I’ll eat a lot of various foods at the party. Okay, I’ll eat a lot.”
  4. “배고프면 열심히 먹을 거예요. 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
    • “Baegopeumyeon yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo. Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
    • “If I’m hungry, I’ll eat a lot. Okay, I’ll eat a lot.”
  5. “친구들과 함께 먹을 때는 항상 열심히 먹을 거예요. 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
    • “Chingudeulgwa hamkke meogeul ttaeneun hangsang yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo. Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
    • “When eating with friends, I always eat a lot. Okay, I’ll eat a lot.”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “내 열심히 먹을 거예요” (Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo) to express willingness to eat a lot in Korean. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!
The phrases “내 열심히 먹을 거예요” (Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo) and “내 많이 먹을 거예요” (Nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo) both convey the idea of eating a lot, but they have slightly different nuances:

  1. “내 열심히 먹을 거예요” (Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo):
    • This phrase emphasizes the manner or attitude of eating, indicating that the speaker will eat enthusiastically, diligently, or with determination.
    • It implies that the speaker will put effort into eating a lot, perhaps enjoying the food and making sure to finish it.
  2. “내 많이 먹을 거예요” (Nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo):
    • This phrase focuses more on the quantity of food to be eaten, indicating that the speaker will eat a large amount.
    • It implies that the speaker will eat a substantial amount of food, without necessarily emphasizing the manner or attitude of eating.
  • “내 열심히 먹을 거예요” (Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo):
    • “오늘은 파티가 있어서 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
      • “Oneureun patiga isseoseo nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
      • “There’s a party today, so I’ll eat enthusiastically.”
    • “맛있는 음식을 보면 항상 내 열심히 먹을 거예요.”
      • “Masinneun eumsigeul bomyeon hangsang nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
      • “Whenever I see delicious food, I always eat it enthusiastically.”
  • “내 많이 먹을 거예요” (Nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo):
    • “배가 고파서 오늘은 내 많이 먹을 거예요.”
      • “Baega gopaseo oneureun nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
      • “I’m hungry, so I’ll eat a lot today.”
    • “식사가 푸짐해서 나도 내 많이 먹을 거예요.”
      • “Siksaga pujimhaeseo nado nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo.”
      • “Since the meal is generous, I’ll also eat a lot.”

In summary, “내 열심히 먹을 거예요” (Nae yeolsimhi meogeul geoyeyo) emphasizes the enthusiastic manner of eating, while “내 많이 먹을 거예요” (Nae manhi meogeul geoyeyo) focuses more on the quantity of food to be eaten. Both can be used depending on the context and what aspect of eating the speaker wants to emphasize.

1319
Q

Oneul wae ireoke jibe isseoyo?

A

Your translation “Oneul wae ireoke jibe isseoyo?” is correct and means “Why are you home so early today?” in English. It’s a common way to inquire about someone’s early return home.

If you have any more questions or need further assistance with Korean translations or phrases, feel free to ask!

1320
Q

Mwo haneun geoyeyo?
Mwo hago isseoyo?

A

The phrase “뭐 하고 있어요?” (Mwo hago isseoyo?) or “뭐 하는 거예요?” (Mwo haneun geoyeyo?) both translate to “What are you doing?” in English. They are commonly used to inquire about someone’s current activity.

If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1321
Q

Bam-e hal il-i eop-seo.
Jeoneun bame hal iri eopseoyo.

A

Jega bame hal eobseo gajigo- i have nothing to do at night

“저는 밤에 할 일이 없어요.” (Jeoneun bame hal iri eopseoyo.)

If you’re looking for a more casual tone, you could say:

“밤에 할 일이 없어.” (Bame hal iri eopseo.)

These phrases convey the idea that you don’t have any plans or activities to do during the night. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!
Your sentence “제가 밤에 할 일이 없어 가지고” seems a bit unclear and not grammatically correct.

A clearer way to say “I have nothing to do at night” would be:

“제가 밤에 할 일이 없어요.” (Je-ga bam-e hal il-i eop-seo-yo.)

Or in a more casual form:

“밤에 할 일이 없어.” (Bam-e hal il-i eop-seo.)

These phrases convey the meaning that you don’t have any plans or tasks to do during the night. If you have any further questions or need more assistance, feel free to ask!

1322
Q

najunge bwayo
najunge mannayo
jal gayo
ildan bwayo

A

The phrase “안녕히 가세요” (annyeonghi gaseyo) is typically used to say “goodbye” or “see you later” to someone who is leaving. However, “안녕히 가세요” is commonly used when the person you’re speaking to is leaving and you’re staying in the same place.

If you’re the one leaving and you want to say “see you later,” you can use:

  • “나중에 봐요” (najunge bwayo) for a casual setting.
  • “나중에 만나요” (najunge mannayo) for a more formal setting.

These phrases both mean “see you later” or “see you soon” in English. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!
Yes, “잘 가요” (jal gayo) can be used as a shorter and more casual way to say “goodbye” or “see you later.” It’s commonly used when someone is leaving, and it can be used in various situations, from formal to informal.

If you’re leaving and you want to say “see you later,” “잘 가요” (jal gayo) is a simple and commonly used phrase.

If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1323
Q

Masinneun gwaenchanayo?
Eumsik masisseo?
Eumsik joahae?

A

The phrase “맛있는 괜찮아요?” (Masinneun gwaenchanayo?) translates to “Is the delicious food okay?” in English. It’s a polite way to ask if someone is enjoying the food and if everything is satisfactory.

This phrase combines two elements: “맛있는” (masinneun), meaning “delicious,” and “괜찮아요” (gwaenchanayo), which means “okay” or “alright.” So, it’s like asking, “Is the delicious food okay with you?” or “Are you okay with the delicious food?”
The phrase “맛있는 거 좋아하나요?” (Masinneun geo joahaneunayo?) translates to “Do you like the delicious food?” in English. It’s a polite and formal way to ask someone if they enjoy the food.

If you’re in a casual setting, you can use a more informal tone:

  • “음식 맛있어?” (Eumsik masisseo?) - “Is the food tasty?”

Or, to ask specifically if someone likes the food, you can say:

  • “음식 좋아해?” (Eumsik joahae?) - “Do you like the food?”

Feel free to choose the phrase that fits the context of your conversation. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Feel free to use this phrase to check if someone is enjoying their meal or if they have any concerns about the food. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1324
Q

oneureun biga onda
oneureun biga ol geot gatayo

A

The phrase “비가 오늘 내려요” (biga oneul naeryeoyo) translates to “It’s raining today” in English. It’s a simple and direct way to convey that it’s currently raining.

If you want to express that it must be raining based on observation or inference, you can say:

  • “오늘은 비가 올 것 같아요” (oneureun biga ol geot gatayo) - “It seems like it’s going to rain today.”
  • “오늘은 비가 온다” (oneureun biga onda) - “It’s going to rain today.”

These phrases convey the idea that rain is expected or likely based on current conditions or forecasts.

Feel free to use any of these expressions to talk about the weather. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1325
Q

Mwo sseuneun geonde?
Ige mwoya?
Ige mwonde?

A

The phrase “뭐 쓰는 건데?” (Mwo sseuneun geonde?) means “What is this about?” or “What are you writing?” in English, depending on the context. It is a casual way of asking for more information or clarification about something.

If you want to ask specifically “What is this about?” in a broader context, you could use:

  • “이게 뭐야?” (Ige mwoya?) - “What is this?”
  • “이게 뭔데?” (Ige mwonde?) - “What’s this about?”

These phrases can help you inquire about the nature or purpose of something in an informal manner. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1326
Q

Hoksi museun yaegi deureosseo?

Yeojjweobwado doelkka-yo? Mueoseul deureoshyeonnayo?

A

To say “May I ask, what did you hear?” in a more concise and informal way, you can use:

  • “혹시 무슨 얘기 들었어?” (Hoksi museun yaegi deureosseo?)

This phrase is shorter and less formal, making it suitable for casual conversations. Here’s a breakdown:
The phrase “May I ask. What is that you heard?” in Korean can be translated as:

  • “물어봐도 될까요? 뭐 들었어요?” (Mureobwado doelkka-yo? Mwo deureosseoyo?)

This is a polite way to inquire what someone has heard. Here’s a breakdown of the translation:

  1. 물어봐도 될까요? (Mureobwado doelkka-yo?) - “May I ask?”
  2. 뭐 들었어요? (Mwo deureosseoyo?) - “What did you hear?”

If you are asking in a more formal or respectful manner, you could use:

  • “여쭤봐도 될까요? 무엇을 들으셨나요?” (Yeojjweobwado doelkka-yo? Mueoseul deureoshyeonnayo?)

Feel free to use the appropriate form depending on the level of formality required. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

  • 혹시 (Hoksi) - “By any chance” or “May I ask”
  • 무슨 얘기 (Museun yaegi) - “What story” or “What did you hear”
  • 들었어? (Deureosseo?) - “Did you hear?”

This way, you’re asking directly what the person has heard in a casual manner. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1327
Q

Yeogi anja
Yeogi anjuseyo

A

To say “Sit here” in Korean, you can use:

  • 여기 앉아 (Yeogi anja) for informal or casual situations.
  • 여기 앉으세요 (Yeogi anjuseyo) for formal or polite situations.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrases:

  • 여기 (Yeogi) - “Here”
  • 앉아 (Anja) - “Sit” (informal)
  • 앉으세요 (Anjuseyo) - “Please sit” (formal/polite)

These phrases can be used to invite someone to take a seat in a specific location. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1328
Q

Ireon-a
Ireonayo

A

To say “wake up” in Korean, you can use:

  • 일어나 (Ireon-a) for informal or casual situations.
  • 일어나요 (Ireonayo) for more polite or semi-formal situations.
  • 일어나세요 (Ireonaseyo) for formal or polite situations.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrases:

  • 일어나 (Ireon-a) - “Wake up” (informal)
  • 일어나요 (Ireonayo) - “Wake up” (semi-formal)
  • 일어나세요 (Ireonaseyo) - “Please wake up” (formal/polite)

These phrases can be used to ask someone to wake up from sleep or to get up from a seated or lying position. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1329
Q

Jigeum ja
Jayo
Jumuseyo

A

To say “sleep now” in Korean, you can use:

  • 지금 자 (Jigeum ja) for informal or casual situations.
  • 지금 자요 (Jigeum jayo) for more polite or semi-formal situations.
  • 지금 주무세요 (Jigeum jumuseyo) for formal or very polite situations (often used for elders).

Here’s a breakdown of the phrases:

  • 지금 (Jigeum) - “Now”
  • (Ja) - “Sleep” (informal)
  • 자요 (Jayo) - “Sleep” (semi-formal)
  • 주무세요 (Jumuseyo) - “Sleep” (formal/polite)

These phrases can be used to instruct someone to go to sleep right now. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1330
Q

Jal danyeo-wayo

A

The phrase “잘 다녀와요” (Jal danyeo-wayo) is a polite and casual way to say “Have a safe trip” or “Come back safely” in Korean.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

  • (Jal) - “Well” or “Safely”
  • 다녀와요 (Danyeo-wayo) - “Go and come back”

This phrase is used to wish someone well as they leave for a trip or an outing. If you need more variations or further assistance, feel free to ask!

1331
Q

Eodie odeun

A

“Eodie odeun” (어디에 오든) means “Wherever you come” or “Wherever you go” in Korean, but it seems a bit incomplete on its own. To make it a full sentence, you could pair it with a context. For example:

  1. 어디에 오든 환영해요. (Eodie odeun hwanyeonghaeyo.) - “Wherever you come, you are welcome.”
  2. 어디에 가든 조심하세요. (Eodie gadeun josimhaseyo.) - “Wherever you go, be careful.”
  3. 어디에 있든 연락해. (Eodie itdeun yeollakhae.) - “Wherever you are, contact me.” (Informal)
  4. 어디에 있든 행복하세요. (Eodie itdeun haengbokhaseyo.) - “Wherever you are, be happy.”

Here’s a breakdown of a sample sentence:
- 어디에 (Eodie) - “Wherever”
- 오든 (Odeun) - “You come”
- 환영해요 (Hwanyeonghaeyo) - “You are welcome” (polite)

You can use “어디에 오든” or “어디에 가든” with various contexts to convey different meanings. If you have any specific context in mind or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1332
Q

Geop an nayo
Geop an na
Geopnaji anha
Geopnaji anseumnida

A

The phrase “I’m not scared” in Korean can be expressed as:

  • 겁 안 나요 (Geop an nayo) - Casual/Polite
  • 겁 안 나 (Geop an na) - Informal
  • 겁나지 않아 (Geopnaji anha) - Informal
  • 겁나지 않습니다 (Geopnaji anseumnida) - Formal/Polite

The phrase you provided, “Beoseupji ansseubnida,” seems to be a mix of Korean sounds but is not correct. Here’s the correct translation in a few different contexts:

  1. 겁 안 나요 (Geop an nayo) - “I’m not scared” (polite)
  2. 겁 안 나 (Geop an na) - “I’m not scared” (informal)
  3. 겁나지 않아 (Geopnaji anha) - “I’m not scared” (informal)
  4. 겁나지 않습니다 (Geopnaji anseumnida) - “I’m not scared” (formal/polite)

Use the appropriate form based on the level of formality you need. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1333
Q

Galge
Galgeyo
Eolreun ga
Eolreun gayo

A

The phrases you provided are close but need some correction for accuracy and proper context. Here are the correct translations and explanations:

  1. 갈게요 (Galgeyo) - “I’ll leave now.” (Polite)
  2. 가요 (Gayo) - “I’m going” or “I’ll go.” (Polite)
  3. 얼른 가요 (Eolreun gayo) - “Go now” or “Hurry up and go.” (Polite)
  1. 갈게요 (Galgeyo):
    • 갈게요 is a polite way to say “I’ll leave now” or “I’ll be going.”
  2. 가요 (Gayo):
    • 가요 is a polite way to say “I’m going” or “I’ll go.”
    • It’s a bit more general and doesn’t necessarily imply immediacy.
  3. 얼른 가요 (Eolreun gayo):
    • 얼른 (Eolreun) means “quickly” or “now.”
    • 가요 (Gayo) means “go” in a polite form.
    • Together, 얼른 가요 means “Go now” or “Hurry up and go.”
  • 갈게 (Galge) - “I’ll leave now.” (Informal)
  • (Ga) - “Go.” (Informal)
  • 얼른 가 (Eolreun ga) - “Go now” or “Hurry up and go.” (Informal)

Use these phrases according to the level of formality required in your situation. If you need further assistance or have any more questions, feel free to ask!

1334
Q

Cha-e ta
Cha-e taseyo

A

To say “Get in the car” in Korean, you can use:

  • 차에 타 (Cha-e ta) - Informal
  • 차에 타세요 (Cha-e taseyo) - Polite/Formal

Here’s a breakdown of the phrases:

  1. 차에 타 (Cha-e ta)
    • (Cha) - “Car”
    • (e) - “in” (location particle)
    • (ta) - “Get in” or “Ride” (informal)
  2. 차에 타세요 (Cha-e taseyo)
    • (Cha) - “Car”
    • (e) - “in” (location particle)
    • 타세요 (taseyo) - “Get in” or “Ride” (formal/polite)

Using these phrases, you can effectively tell someone to get in the car. If you need any more assistance or have further questions, feel free to ask!

1335
Q

Sip-eoyo
Hago sip-eoyo
Meokgo sip-eoyo

A

The Korean expression “싶어요” (sip-eoyo) means “I want” or “Do you want?” when used with a verb stem. It is commonly used to express a desire or wish in a polite manner. Here are some examples:
The phrase “Baegopa meogeo sip-eoyo” translates to “I’m hungry, I want to eat” in English. Here’s the breakdown and some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  • Baegopa (배고파) - Hungry
  • Meogeo (먹어) - Eat
  • Sip-eoyo (싶어요) - Want to
  1. Baegopa meogeo sip-eoyo.
    • I’m hungry, I want to eat.
  2. Jeomsim-eul meogeo sip-eoyo.
    • I want to eat lunch.
  3. Jeonyeok-eul meogeo sip-eoyo.
    • I want to eat dinner.
  4. Achim-eul meogeo sip-eoyo.
    • I want to eat breakfast.
  5. Jeonyeogeun eoddeolbni? Meogeo sip-eoyo.
    • What’s for dinner? I want to eat.
  • Baegopa meogeo sip-eoyo. (배고파 먹어 싶어요.)
  • Jeomsim-eul meogeo sip-eoyo. (점심을 먹어 싶어요.)
  • Jeonyeok-eul meogeo sip-eoyo. (저녁을 먹어 싶어요.)
  1. 하고 싶어요 (hago sip-eoyo) - “I want to do (it).”
  2. 먹고 싶어요 (meokgo sip-eoyo) - “I want to eat.”
  3. 보고 싶어요 (bogo sip-eoyo) - “I want to see” or “I miss (you).”
  4. 가고 싶어요 (gago sip-eoyo) - “I want to go.”
  1. 영화를 보고 싶어요 (Yeonghwaleul bogo sip-eoyo)
    • “I want to watch a movie.”
  2. 이 책을 읽고 싶어요 (I chaekeul ilkgo sip-eoyo)
    • “I want to read this book.”
  3. 커피를 마시고 싶어요 (Keopireul masigo sip-eoyo)
    • “I want to drink coffee.”
  4. 한국에 가고 싶어요 (Hangug-e gago sip-eoyo)
    • “I want to go to Korea.”

If you have a specific verb or phrase you’d like to use with “싶어요” or any other questions, feel free to ask!
The phrase “싶어요” (sip-eoyo) is actually a polite way of expressing a desire, but it’s not the most formal. It’s commonly used in everyday conversations to show respect and politeness, especially among people who are not very close but still wish to be polite. For an even more formal or respectful expression, you can use “싶습니다” (sip-seumnida).

  • 하고 싶어요 (hago sip-eoyo) - “I want to do (it).”
  • 먹고 싶어요 (meokgo sip-eoyo) - “I want to eat.”
  • 보고 싶어요 (bogo sip-eoyo) - “I want to see” or “I miss (you).”
  • 가고 싶어요 (gago sip-eoyo) - “I want to go.”
  • 하고 싶습니다 (hago sip-seumnida) - “I want to do (it).”
  • 먹고 싶습니다 (meokgo sip-seumnida) - “I want to eat.”
  • 보고 싶습니다 (bogo sip-seumnida) - “I want to see” or “I miss (you).”
  • 가고 싶습니다 (gago sip-seumnida) - “I want to go.”
  • 하고 싶어 (hago sip-eo)
  • 먹고 싶어 (meokgo sip-eo)
  • 보고 싶어 (bogo sip-eo)
  • 가고 싶어 (gago sip-eo)

Here are some sample sentences at different levels of formality:

  1. Polite:
    • 영화를 보고 싶어요 (Yeonghwaleul bogo sip-eoyo) - “I want to watch a movie.”
  2. Formal:
    • 영화를 보고 싶습니다 (Yeonghwaleul bogo sip-seumnida) - “I want to watch a movie.”
  3. Informal:
    • 영화를 보고 싶어 (Yeonghwaleul bogo sip-eo) - “I want to watch a movie.”

Use the appropriate form based on the level of formality needed in your situation. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1336
Q

Jigakhaeseo joesonghamnida

A

To express “I’m sorry” in a very formal way in Korean, you can use the phrase:

  • 죄송합니다 (Joesonghamnida)

This phrase is appropriate for formal situations and shows a high level of respect and politeness. Here are a few examples of how you can use it in sentences:

  1. 지각해서 죄송합니다 (Jigakhaeseo joesonghamnida) - “I’m sorry for being late.”
  2. 불편을 끼쳐서 죄송합니다 (Bulpyeoneul kkichyeoseo joesonghamnida) - “I’m sorry for the inconvenience.”
  3. 실례가 되었다면 죄송합니다 (Sillyega doeeotdamyeon joesonghamnida) - “I’m sorry if I was rude.”
  • 정말 죄송합니다 (Jeongmal joesonghamnida) - “I’m truly sorry.”
  • 깊이 사과드립니다 (Gipi sagwadeurimnida) - “I deeply apologize.”

These expressions are suitable for professional or very respectful contexts, such as speaking with elders, superiors, or in official settings. If you need further assistance or more examples, feel free to ask!

1337
Q

Eodie gal geoya?
Uri eodie gal geoya?
Jigeum eodie gal geoya?

A

The phrase “Eodie gal geoya?” (Where are we going?) is correct and can be used to ask someone where you are going in an informal context. Here are some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  1. Eodie gal geoya?
    • Where are we going?
  2. Uri eodie gal geoya?
    • Where are we going?
  3. Naneun eodie gal geoya?
    • Where am I going?
  4. Jigeum eodie gal geoya?
    • Where are we going now?
  5. Uri jib-e gan hu-e eodie gal geoya?
    • After we go home, where are we going?

For more formal situations, you can use:

  1. Eodie gal geoyeyo?
    • Where are we going? (polite)
  2. Uri eodie gal geoyeyo?
    • Where are we going? (polite)
  3. Jigeum eodie gal geoyeyo?
    • Where are we going now? (polite)
  4. Jega eodie gal geoyeyo?
    • Where am I going? (polite)

These forms can be used depending on the level of formality required in your conversation. If you need more examples or have other questions, feel free to ask!

1338
Q

Neo appe seo galge
Neo appe seo gidarilge

A

The phrase “Neo appe seo galge” translates to “I will go and stand in front of you” in an informal context. Here’s the breakdown and some sample sentences in romanized Korean:

  1. Neo appe seo galge (Informal)
    • Neo (너) - You
    • Appe (앞에) - In front of
    • Seo (서) - Stand
    • Galge (갈게) - I will go
  1. Neo appe seo galge.
    • I will go and stand in front of you.
  2. Neo appe seo gidarilge.
    • I will wait in front of you.
  3. Neo appe seo malhalge.
    • I will speak in front of you.

For more polite or formal contexts, you can use:

  1. Dangsin appe seo galgeyo (Polite)
    • I will go and stand in front of you.
    • Dangsin (당신) - You (polite)
    • Appe (앞에) - In front of
    • Seo (서) - Stand
    • Galgeyo (갈게요) - I will go (polite)
  1. Dangsin appe seo galgeyo.
    • I will go and stand in front of you.
  2. Dangsin appe seo gidarilgeyo.
    • I will wait in front of you.
  3. Dangsin appe seo malhalgeyo.
    • I will speak in front of you.

These sentences can be used depending on the level of formality needed in your conversation. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1339
Q

Jeoneyo

A

The word “Jeoneyo” (저녀요) is a polite way of saying “It’s good” or “That’s fine” in Korean. It’s often used as a response to express agreement, acceptance, or satisfaction with something that has been said or suggested. Here are a few sample sentences:

  1. 그렇군요. 제가 가도 돼요? - 네, 저녀요.
    Geureokunyo. Jega gado doeyo? - Ne, jeoneyo.
    “I see. Can I go? - Yes, that’s fine.”
  2. 오늘 영화 보러 가도 돼요? - 네, 저녀요.
    Oneul yeonghwa boreo gado doeyo? - Ne, jeoneyo.
    “Can we go see a movie today? - Yes, that’s fine.”
  3. 이거 사도 될까요? - 네, 저녀요.
    Igeo sado doelkkayo? - Ne, jeoneyo.
    “Can I buy this? - Yes, that’s fine.”

It’s a polite and positive way to respond to someone’s suggestion or request. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1340
Q

Jeoneun hangulmal gongbuhaeyo. Yeolsimhi Gongbuhago Jaemiisseoyo

Jeongmal meotjyeoyo! Hangul mal gongbu haneun geon jeongmal joheun gyeoljeongieyo. Yeolsimhi gongbu hago jaemiisseoyo!

A

The sentence “Jeoneun hangulmal gongbuhaeyo. Yeolsimhi Gongbuhago Jaemiisseoyo.” translates to “I study Korean. I study diligently and enjoyably.” in English. It indicates that the speaker is actively learning the Korean language and finds the learning process enjoyable. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

정말 멋져요! 한글 말 공부하는 건 정말 좋은 결정이에요. 열심히 공부하고 재미있게 배우세요! (Jeongmal meotjyeoyo! Hangul mal gongbu haneun geon jeongmal joheun gyeoljeongieyo. Yeolsimhi gongbu hago jaemiisseoyo!)

That’s really great! Studying the Korean language is a wonderful decision. Study hard and enjoy learning! If you have any questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1341
Q

jeongmal meotjyeoyo

Geuui yeonjuneun jeongmal meotjyeoyo

A

Here are some sample sentences using “정말 멋져요” (jeongmal meotjyeoyo):

  1. 그의 연주는 정말 멋져요.
    • Geuui yeonjuneun jeongmal meotjyeoyo.
    • His performance is really cool.
  2. 네 그림은 정말 멋져요.
    • Ne geurimeun jeongmal meotjyeoyo.
    • Your drawing is really great.
  3. 이 영화는 정말 멋져요.
    • I yeonghwaneun jeongmal meotjyeoyo.
    • This movie is really awesome.
  4. 당신의 노래는 정말 멋져요.
    • Dangsinui noraeneun jeongmal meotjyeoyo.
    • Your singing is really impressive.
  5. 그녀의 책은 정말 멋져요.
    • Geunyeoui chaek-eun jeongmal meotjyeoyo.
    • Her book is truly amazing.

“정말 멋져요” is a versatile phrase that can be used to compliment various things or performances. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1342
Q

Gabjagi baegopa ani geoya?

Gabjagi gibuni nappa ani geoya?

A

The phrase “Gabjagi baegopa ani geoya?” can be translated to “Are you suddenly not hungry?” or “Did you suddenly lose your appetite?” Here’s the breakdown of the phrase:

  • Gabjagi (갑자기) - Suddenly
  • Baegopa (배고파) - Hungry
  • Ani (아니) - No, not
  • Geoya (거야) - A form indicating a question or a statement in informal speech
  1. Gabjagi baegopa ani geoya?
    • Are you suddenly not hungry?
  2. Gabjagi nuni anna ani geoya?
    • Did you suddenly wake up?
  3. Gabjagi yejeoncheoreom yeolsimi gongbuhal su isseo ani geoya?
    • Can you suddenly study as hard as before?
  4. Gabjagi gibuni nappa ani geoya?
    • Are you suddenly in a bad mood?
  5. Gabjagi geuri geunyeo saeng-gag anna ani geoya?
    • Did you suddenly stop thinking about her?

These sentences are informal and would typically be used in casual conversations. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1343
Q

Geuraeseo geureokguna

Ah, geurae. Nega jeonhwagireul ane dugo gatguna. Geuraeseo geureokguna

A

To say “Ah, I see. You left your phone inside. That’s why.” in Korean, you can use:

“아, 그래. 네가 전화기를 안에 두고 갔구나. 그래서 그렇구나.”

Here’s the breakdown:

  • 아, 그래. (Ah, geurae.) - Ah, I see.
  • 네가 전화기를 (Nega jeonhwagireul) - You left your phone
  • 안에 두고 갔구나. (ane dugo gatguna.) - inside.
  • 그래서 그렇구나. (Geuraeseo geureokguna.) - That’s why.

“Ah, geurae. Nega jeonhwagireul ane dugo gatguna. Geuraeseo geureokguna.”

  1. 아, 그래. 네가 전화기를 안에 두고 갔구나. 그래서 그렇구나.
    • Ah, geurae. Nega jeonhwagireul ane dugo gatguna. Geuraeseo geureokguna.
    • Ah, I see. You left your phone inside. That’s why.
  2. 아, 그래. 네가 어제 늦게 잤구나. 그래서 피곤한 거야.
    • Ah, geurae. Nega eoje neutge jatguna. Geuraeseo pigonhan geoya.
    • Ah, I see. You went to bed late yesterday. That’s why you’re tired.
  3. 아, 그래. 네가 음식을 많이 먹었구나. 그래서 배가 아픈 거야.
    • Ah, geurae. Nega eumsigeul manhi meogeotguna. Geuraeseo baega apeun geoya.
    • Ah, I see. You ate a lot of food. That’s why your stomach hurts.

This structure helps in explaining the reason for something after acknowledging it. If you need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1344
Q

Modu sugohasyeosseoyo. Ije jibe gaseyo

Sugohasyeosseoyo! Naeil bwayo

A

The phrase “수고하셨어요” (Sugohasyeosseoyo) is often used to express gratitude for someone’s hard work, typically translated as “You did a great job” or “Thank you for your effort.” While it’s not a direct way to say “goodbye,” it is commonly used when parting, especially after completing a task or project together.

  • 수고하셨어요 (Sugohasyeosseoyo) - You did a great job / Thank you for your effort
  1. 오늘 정말 수고하셨어요. 안녕히 가세요.
    • Oneul jeongmal sugohasyeosseoyo. Annyeonghi gaseyo.
    • You did a great job today. Goodbye.
  2. 모두 수고하셨어요. 이제 집에 가세요.
    • Modu sugohasyeosseoyo. Ije jibe gaseyo.
    • Everyone, you did a great job. Now go home.
  3. 수고하셨어요! 내일 봐요.
    • Sugohasyeosseoyo! Naeil bwayo.
    • Great job! See you tomorrow.

Using 수고하셨어요 is a polite and respectful way to acknowledge someone’s hard work and is often paired with a farewell when leaving. If you have more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1345
Q

Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo

Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo. I chaeg-eul ilgeo bol-laeyo

A

The phrase “Geuredo na geom geom eoyo” isn’t grammatically correct in Korean and doesn’t convey a clear meaning. However, if you’re attempting to express “Still, I’m curious,” you can use the following correct phrase:

“그래도 난 궁금해요.” (Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo.)

Here’s a breakdown of the corrected phrase:

  • 그래도 (Geuraedo) - Still / Nevertheless
  • (nan) - I am (contraction of 나는/naneun)
  • 궁금해요 (gunggeumhaeyo) - Curious
  • “그래도 난 궁금해요.” (Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo.) - Still, I’m curious.
  1. “그래도 난 궁금해요. 이 책을 읽어볼래요.”
    • Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo. I chaeg-eul ilgeo bol-laeyo.
    • Still, I’m curious. I want to read this book.
  2. “그래도 난 궁금해요. 더 자세히 알고 싶어요.”
    • Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo. Deo jasehi algo sipeoyo.
    • Still, I’m curious. I want to know more in detail.
  3. “그래도 난 궁금해요. 어떻게 그렇게 됐는지 알고 싶어요.”
    • Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo. Eotteohge geuleohge dwaessneunji algo sipeoyo.
    • Still, I’m curious. I want to know how it happened like that.
  4. “그래도 난 궁금해요. 무슨 일이 있었는지 알려주세요.”
    • Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo. Museun ili iss-eossneunji allyeojuseyo.
    • Still, I’m curious. Please tell me what happened.
  5. “그래도 난 궁금해요. 이 문제의 해결책이 뭔지 알아보고 싶어요.”
    • Geuraedo nan gunggeumhaeyo. I munje-ui haegyeolchaeg-i mwonji arabogo sipeoyo.
    • Still, I’m curious. I want to find out what the solution to this problem is.

Feel free to use these corrected phrases to express curiosity or interest in a topic. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

The phrase “Geuredo Geomgeom eoyo” isn’t grammatically correct in Korean and doesn’t accurately convey the meaning of “still, I want to know.”

A more appropriate way to express “still, I want to know” in Korean would be:

“그래도 알고 싶어요.” (Geuraedo algo sipeoyo.)

Here’s a breakdown of the corrected phrase:

  • 그래도 (Geuraedo) - Still / Nevertheless
  • 알고 싶어요 (Algo sipeoyo) - Want to know
  • 그래도 알고 싶어요. (Geuraedo algo sipeoyo.) - Still, I want to know.
  1. 그래도 알고 싶어요. 이 사실을 알아야 해.
    • Geuraedo algo sipeoyo. I sasil-eul al-aya hae.
    • Still, I want to know. I need to know this fact.
  2. 그래도 알고 싶어요. 정말 궁금해요.
    • Geuraedo algo sipeoyo. Jeongmal gunggeumhaeyo.
    • Still, I want to know. I’m really curious.
  3. 그래도 알고 싶어요. 다음 주 일정을 알고 싶어요.
    • Geuraedo algo sipeoyo. Daeum ju iljeong-eul algo sipeoyo.
    • Still, I want to know. I want to know the schedule for next week.
  4. 그래도 알고 싶어요. 책을 읽으면서 궁금한 거예요.
    • Geuraedo algo sipeoyo. Chaeg-eul ilg-eumyeonseo gunggeumhan geoyeyo.
    • Still, I want to know. It’s something I’m curious about while reading the book.
  5. 그래도 알고 싶어요. 제가 이걸 알아야 도와줄 수 있어요.
    • Geuraedo algo sipeoyo. Jega igeol al-aya dowajul su iss-eoyo.
    • Still, I want to know. I need to know this to be able to help.

This phrase can be used when you still have a strong desire or curiosity to know something. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

1346
Q

Geokjeongmal
Geokjeong algo
Geokjeong malgo
Geokjeonghaji

A

Sure, let’s break down these phrases and provide their meanings and sample sentences in romanized Korean.

  1. 걱정말 (Geokjeongmal)
    • Meaning: Don’t worry.
    • Sample Sentence:
      • Romanized: Geokjeongmal, modu jal doel geoya.
      • Translation: Don’t worry, everything will be fine.
  2. 걱정 알고 (Geokjeong algo)
    • Meaning: Knowing worry. (This phrase is not commonly used on its own; it would usually be part of a larger sentence.)
    • Sample Sentence:
      • Romanized: Geokjeong algo iss-eo, jigeum sigan-i manhi eopseoyo.
      • Translation: Knowing worry, I don’t have much time right now.
  3. 걱정말고 (Geokjeong malgo)
    • Meaning: Don’t worry and… / Without worrying…
    • Sample Sentence:
      • Romanized: Geokjeong malgo swieo.
      • Translation: Don’t worry and rest.
  4. 걱정하지 (Geokjeonghaji)
    • Meaning: Worry. (This is the imperative form of the verb “to worry,” used to tell someone to worry, often in a negative context.)
    • Sample Sentence:
      • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji anh-a, modu jal doel geoya.
      • Translation: Don’t worry, everything will be fine.
  1. 걱정말고 (Geokjeong malgo):
    • Romanized: Geokjeong malgo jal ja.
    • Translation: Don’t worry and sleep well.
  2. 걱정하지 마세요 (Geokjeonghaji maseyo):
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji maseyo, nan jalhalgeyo.
    • Translation: Don’t worry, I’ll do well.
  3. 걱정하지 말아요 (Geokjeonghaji marayo):
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji marayo, geunyang haebwayo.
    • Translation: Don’t worry, just give it a try.
  4. 걱정 알고 살아가요 (Geokjeong algo saragayo):
    • Romanized: Geokjeong algo saragayo, geureomyeon an doeyo.
    • Translation: Living with worry is not good.

These phrases and their usages should help you express various forms of concern and reassurance in Korean. If you have any further questions or need more examples, feel free to ask!

1347
Q

sogsag-ida
Geuneun nae gwi-e sogsagyeosseo.

A

The term “속삭이다” (sogsag-ida) means “to whisper” in Korean. Here are some details and sample sentences using this verb in various contexts:

  • 속삭이다 (sogsag-ida): To whisper
  1. 그는 내 귀에 속삭였어.
    • Romanized: Geuneun nae gwi-e sogsagyeosseo.
    • Translation: He whispered in my ear.
  2. 우리는 조용히 속삭였어.
    • Romanized: Urineun joyonghi sogsagyeosseo.
    • Translation: We whispered quietly.
  3. 아이들은 비밀을 속삭였다.
    • Romanized: Aideul-eun bimireul sogsagyeossda.
    • Translation: The children whispered a secret.
  4. 그녀는 그의 이름을 속삭였다.
    • Romanized: Geunyeoneun geuui ireumeul sogsagyeossda.
    • Translation: She whispered his name.
  5. 그들은 서로에게 사랑을 속삭였다.
    • Romanized: Geudeul-eun seoro-ege sarangeul sogsagyeossda.
    • Translation: They whispered love to each other.
  6. 바람이 나무 사이를 지나며 속삭였다.
    • Romanized: Baram-i namu saireul jinamyeo sogsagyeossda.
    • Translation: The wind whispered through the trees.

These examples should help you understand how to use “속삭이다” (sogsag-ida) in different sentences. If you have any more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1348
Q

Sayonghabnida

A

“사용합니다” (sayonghabnida) means “I use” or “I am using” in Korean. It is a formal way to state the verb “to use” (사용하다, sayonghada). Here are some sample sentences in Romanized Korean and English:

  1. 이 컴퓨터를 사용합니다.
    • Romanized: I keompyuteoreul sayonghabnida.
    • Translation: I use this computer.
  2. 매일 지하철을 사용합니다.
    • Romanized: Maeil jihacheoreul sayonghabnida.
    • Translation: I use the subway every day.
  3. 저는 스마트폰을 자주 사용합니다.
    • Romanized: Jeoneun seumateuponeul jaju sayonghabnida.
    • Translation: I use my smartphone frequently.
  4. 이 프로그램을 작업에 사용합니다.
    • Romanized: I peurogeuraemeul jageobe sayonghabnida.
    • Translation: I use this program for work.
  5. 그들은 최신 기술을 사용합니다.
    • Romanized: Geudeureun choesin gisuleul sayonghabnida.
    • Translation: They use the latest technology.
  6. 우리는 친환경 재료를 사용합니다.
    • Romanized: Urineun chin-hwangyeong jaeryoreul sayonghabnida.
    • Translation: We use eco-friendly materials.

If you want to use “to use” in an informal context, you can say “사용해” (sayonghae):

  1. 이 컴퓨터를 사용해.
    • Romanized: I keompyuteoreul sayonghae.
    • Translation: I use this computer.
  2. 매일 지하철을 사용해.
    • Romanized: Maeil jihacheoreul sayonghae.
    • Translation: I use the subway every day.

These sentences and explanations should help you understand how to use “사용합니다” (sayonghabnida) in different contexts. If you have more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1349
Q

Dobda
I munjereul dowajullae?

A

돕다 (dobda) means “to help” in Korean. Here are some details and sample sentences using this verb in various contexts:

  • 돕다 (dobda): to help
  • 도와요 (dowayo): helps (informal polite)
  • 도와줍니다 (dowajumnida): helps (formal polite)
  • 도울게요 (doulgeyo): will help (informal polite)
  • 도와드릴게요 (dowadeurilgeyo): will help (formal polite)
  1. 나는 너를 도와줄게.
    • Romanized: Naneun neoreul dowajulge.
    • Translation: I will help you.
  2. 그녀는 항상 친구들을 도와요.
    • Romanized: Geunyeoneun hangsang chingudeureul dowayo.
    • Translation: She always helps her friends.
  3. 어떻게 도와드릴까요?
    • Romanized: Eotteoke dowadeurilkkayo?
    • Translation: How can I help you?
  4. 제가 일을 도와줄 수 있어요.
    • Romanized: Jega ireul dowajul su isseoyo.
    • Translation: I can help with the work.
  5. 그는 어려운 사람들을 돕습니다.
    • Romanized: Geuneun eoryeoun saramdeureul dobeumnida.
    • Translation: He helps people in need.
  6. 도와주셔서 감사합니다.
    • Romanized: Dowajusyeoseo gamsahamnida.
    • Translation: Thank you for your help.

If you want to use “to help” in a more casual context, you can use 도와줘 (dowajwo):

  1. 나 좀 도와줘.
    • Romanized: Na jom dowajwo.
    • Translation: Help me, please.
  2. 이 문제를 도와줄래?
    • Romanized: I munjereul dowajullae?
    • Translation: Can you help me with this problem?

These sentences and explanations should help you understand how to use “돕다” (dobda) in different contexts. If you have more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1350
Q

Jeongbo

I chaegeneun manheun jeongboga isseoyo
Geuneun bimil jeongboreul gajigo isseoyo
Deo manheun jeongboga piryohaeyo
Jeongboreul gongyuhapsida.
Geu jeongbo jeongmal yuyonghae.

A

정보 (jeongbo) means “information” in Korean. Here are some details and sample sentences using this word in various contexts:

  • 정보 (jeongbo): Information
  1. 이 책에는 많은 정보가 있어요.
    • Romanized: I chaegeneun manheun jeongboga isseoyo.
    • Translation: This book has a lot of information.
  2. 인터넷에서 정보를 찾을 수 있어요.
    • Romanized: Inteoneseseo jeongboreul chajeul su isseoyo.
    • Translation: You can find information on the internet.
  3. 이 자료는 중요한 정보를 포함하고 있어요.
    • Romanized: I jaryoneun jungyohan jeongboreul pohamhago isseoyo.
    • Translation: This document contains important information.
  4. 그는 비밀 정보를 가지고 있어요.
    • Romanized: Geuneun bimil jeongboreul gajigo isseoyo.
    • Translation: He has confidential information.
  5. 더 많은 정보가 필요해요.
    • Romanized: Deo manheun jeongboga piryohaeyo.
    • Translation: We need more information.
  6. 정보를 공유합시다.
    • Romanized: Jeongboreul gongyuhapsida.
    • Translation: Let’s share information.

If you want to use “information” in a more casual context, you can use 정보 (jeongbo) in sentences like:

  1. 새로운 정보 있어?
    • Romanized: Saeroun jeongbo isseo?
    • Translation: Do you have any new information?
  2. 그 정보 정말 유용해.
    • Romanized: Geu jeongbo jeongmal yuyonghae.
    • Translation: That information is really useful.

These sentences and explanations should help you understand how to use “정보” (jeongbo) in different contexts. If you have more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1351
Q

Silmang
Geu sosigeul deutgo silmanghaesseoyo.
Geu yaegi deutgo jinjja silmanghaesseo.

A

“실망” (silmang) means “disappointment” in Korean. Here are some details and sample sentences using this word in various contexts:

  • 실망 (silmang): Disappointment
  1. 그 소식을 듣고 실망했어요.
    • Romanized: Geu sosigeul deutgo silmanghaesseoyo.
    • Translation: I was disappointed to hear that news.
  2. 시험 결과에 실망했어요.
    • Romanized: Siheom gyeolgwae silmanghaesseoyo.
    • Translation: I was disappointed with my exam results.
  3. 너무 실망하지 마세요.
    • Romanized: Neomu silmanghaji maseyo.
    • Translation: Don’t be too disappointed.
  4. 그의 행동에 실망했어요.
    • Romanized: Geuui haengdong-e silmanghaesseoyo.
    • Translation: I was disappointed in his behavior.
  5. 실망스러운 결과가 나왔어요.
    • Romanized: Silmangseureoun gyeolgwa-ga nawasseoyo.
    • Translation: The result was disappointing.
  6. 그는 내 기대를 실망시켰어요.
    • Romanized: Geuneun nae gidaereul silmangsikyeosseoyo.
    • Translation: He disappointed my expectations.

If you want to use “disappointment” in a more casual context, you can use 실망 (silmang) in sentences like:

  1. 그 얘기 듣고 진짜 실망했어.
    • Romanized: Geu yaegi deutgo jinjja silmanghaesseo.
    • Translation: I was really disappointed to hear that.
  2. 시험 망쳐서 실망이야.
    • Romanized: Siheom mangchyeoseo silmangiya.
    • Translation: I messed up the exam, and I’m disappointed.
  3. 실망할 필요 없어.
    • Romanized: Silmanghal piryo eopseo.
    • Translation: There’s no need to be disappointed.

These sentences and explanations should help you understand how to use “실망” (silmang) in different contexts. If you have more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1352
Q

Naneun jibe gago sip-eo.
Naneun hangugeoreul baeugo sip-eo.
Naneun pijareul meokgo sip-eo.
Naneun saeroun chingureul mannago sip-eo.

A

The phrase “Nae Jeoneun sip-eoyo” seems to be a combination of informal and formal language, and it might be a bit unclear in its intended meaning. Here’s a breakdown and clarification:

  • Nae (내): Informal possessive pronoun meaning “my.”
  • Jeoneun (저는): Formal subject pronoun meaning “I.”
  • sip-eoyo (싶어요): Formal ending for “want to.”
  1. I want to do something (formal):
    • 저는 … 싶어요. (Jeoneun … sip-eoyo.)
    • Example: 저는 영화를 보고 싶어요. (Jeoneun yeonghwareul bogo sip-eoyo.)
    • Translation: I want to watch a movie.
  2. I want to do something (informal):
    • 나는 … 싶어. (Naneun … sip-eo.)
    • Example: 나는 영화를 보고 싶어. (Naneun yeonghwareul bogo sip-eo.)
    • Translation: I want to watch a movie.
  1. 저는 집에 가고 싶어요.
    • Romanized: Jeoneun jibe gago sip-eoyo.
    • Translation: I want to go home.
  2. 저는 한국어를 배우고 싶어요.
    • Romanized: Jeoneun hangugeoreul baeugo sip-eoyo.
    • Translation: I want to learn Korean.
  3. 저는 여행을 가고 싶어요.
    • Romanized: Jeoneun yeohaengeul gago sip-eoyo.
    • Translation: I want to go on a trip.
  4. 저는 새로운 친구를 만나고 싶어요.
    • Romanized: Jeoneun saeroun chingureul mannago sip-eoyo.
    • Translation: I want to meet new friends.
  5. 저는 피자를 먹고 싶어요.
    • Romanized: Jeoneun pijareul meokgo sip-eoyo.
    • Translation: I want to eat pizza.
  1. 나는 집에 가고 싶어.
    • Romanized: Naneun jibe gago sip-eo.
    • Translation: I want to go home.
  2. 나는 한국어를 배우고 싶어.
    • Romanized: Naneun hangugeoreul baeugo sip-eo.
    • Translation: I want to learn Korean.
  3. 나는 여행을 가고 싶어.
    • Romanized: Naneun yeohaengeul gago sip-eo.
    • Translation: I want to go on a trip.
  4. 나는 새로운 친구를 만나고 싶어.
    • Romanized: Naneun saeroun chingureul mannago sip-eo.
    • Translation: I want to meet new friends.
  5. 나는 피자를 먹고 싶어.
    • Romanized: Naneun pijareul meokgo sip-eo.
    • Translation: I want to eat pizza.

Using the appropriate level of formality depending on the context will make your Korean sound more natural. If you have more questions or need further examples, feel free to ask!

1353
Q

Igeo buteo
Igeo buteo meogeobwa.

A

“Igeo buteo” (이것부터) translates to “starting with this” or “from this” in English. It’s used to indicate that something will begin with the specified item or point.

  1. Formal:
    • 이것부터 시작하겠습니다.
      • Romanized: Igeo buteo sijak hagetseumnida.
      • Translation: I will start with this.
    • 이것부터 처리해 주세요.
      • Romanized: Igeo buteo cheorhae juseyo.
      • Translation: Please take care of this first.
  2. Informal:
    • 이것부터 할게.
      • Romanized: Igeo buteo halge.
      • Translation: I’ll start with this.
    • 이것부터 먹어봐.
      • Romanized: Igeo buteo meogeobwa.
      • Translation: Try eating this first.

Using “igeo buteo” helps to sequence tasks or actions in a logical order, making it a useful phrase in both formal and informal contexts.

1354
Q

Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae juseyo.

A

To convey “So, please forgive me generously just once” in Korean, the translation is:

  • 한 번만 너그럽게 용서해 주세요.
    • Romanized: Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae juseyo.
    • Translation: So, please forgive me generously just once.
  • 한 번만 너그럽게 용서해 줘.
    • Romanized: Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae jwo.
    • Translation: So, please forgive me generously just once.

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in context:

  1. 제가 잘못했어요. 한 번만 너그럽게 용서해 주세요.
    • Romanized: Jega jalmoshaesseoyo. Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae juseyo.
    • Translation: I made a mistake. So, please forgive me generously just once.
  2. 다시는 안 그럴게요. 한 번만 너그럽게 용서해 주세요.
    • Romanized: Dasineun an geureolgeyo. Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae juseyo.
    • Translation: I won’t do it again. So, please forgive me generously just once.
  1. 내가 잘못했어. 한 번만 너그럽게 용서해 줘.
    • Romanized: Naega jalmoshaesseo. Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae jwo.
    • Translation: I made a mistake. So, please forgive me generously just once.
  2. 다시는 안 그럴게. 한 번만 너그럽게 용서해 줘.
    • Romanized: Dasineun an geureolge. Han beonman neogeureopge yongseohae jwo.
    • Translation: I won’t do it again. So, please forgive me generously just once.

Using these phrases helps to express sincerity when asking for forgiveness. If you have any more specific contexts or variations you’d like to see, feel free to ask!

1355
Q

Oneuleun nalssiga jal jyeoyo.

A

The correct Romanization for “Oneureun nalssiga jal jeoneyo” is “Oneuleun nalssiga jal jyeoyo.”the weather is so nice today

1356
Q

Eotteohke salhago

A

The phrase “Eotteohke salhago” (어떻게 살하고) in Korean means “How should I live?” or “How should I survive?” depending on the context. It’s a reflective question about life choices or strategies for coping with difficult circumstances.

1357
Q

Geokjeong maseyo
Geokjeonghaji ma
Geokjeonghaji maseyo, da jal doel geoyeyo.

A

The phrase “Geokjeong maseyo” (걱정 마세요) means “Don’t worry” in Korean.

  • 걱정하지 마세요.
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji maseyo.
    • Translation: Don’t worry.
  • 걱정하지 마.
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji ma.
    • Translation: Don’t worry.
  • 신경 쓰지 마.
    • Romanized: Singyeong sseuji ma.
    • Translation: Don’t worry about it.
  1. 걱정하지 마세요, 다 잘 될 거예요.
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji maseyo, da jal doel geoyeyo.
    • Translation: Don’t worry, everything will be fine.
  2. 걱정하지 마, 내가 도와줄게.
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji ma, naega dowajulge.
    • Translation: Don’t worry, I’ll help you.
  3. 신경 쓰지 마, 별거 아니야.
    • Romanized: Singyeong sseuji ma, byeolgeo aniya.
    • Translation: Don’t worry about it, it’s nothing.

These phrases and sentences help convey reassurance and comfort.

1358
Q

Geurae sugo hago
Geurae, sugohae
Geuraeyo, sugo haseyo. Oneul harudo himnaeseyo.
Geurae, sugohago naeil bwa.

A

The phrase “Geurae sugo hago” (그래 수고하고) in Korean can be translated as “Okay, take care” or “Okay, good job, keep it up” depending on the context. Here, “수고하고” (sugo hago) is often used to encourage someone to continue their hard work or efforts.

  • 그래요, 수고하세요.
    • Romanized: Geuraeyo, sugo haseyo.
    • Translation: Okay, keep up the good work.
  • 그래, 수고해.
    • Romanized: Geurae, sugohae.
    • Translation: Okay, keep it up.
  1. 그래요, 수고하세요. 오늘 하루도 힘내세요.
    • Romanized: Geuraeyo, sugo haseyo. Oneul harudo himnaeseyo.
    • Translation: Okay, keep up the good work. Stay strong today.
  2. 그래, 수고해. 일이 끝나면 연락해.
    • Romanized: Geurae, sugohae. Iri kkeutnamyeon yeollakhae.
    • Translation: Okay, keep it up. Call me when you finish work.
  3. 그래, 수고하고 내일 봐.
    • Romanized: Geurae, sugohago naeil bwa.
    • Translation: Okay, take care and see you tomorrow.

These phrases and sentences are commonly used in casual conversations to express encouragement and support.

1359
Q

boimnikka?
Jeogi boyeo?
Jeo geonmuri boimnikka?

A

The word “보입니까” (boimnikka) is the formal interrogative form of the verb “보다” (boda), which means “to see.” “보입니까” is used to ask “Can you see?” or “Do you see?” in a polite and formal manner.

  1. 저기 보입니까?
    • Romanized: Jeogi boimnikka?
    • Translation: Can you see over there?
  2. 이 문서가 보입니까?
    • Romanized: I munseoga boimnikka?
    • Translation: Can you see this document?
  3. 별이 보입니까?
    • Romanized: Byeori boimnikka?
    • Translation: Do you see the stars?
  4. 저 건물이 보입니까?
    • Romanized: Jeo geonmuri boimnikka?
    • Translation: Can you see that building?

In a more informal context, you would use “보여?” (boyeo) to ask the same question.
- 저기 보여?
- Romanized: Jeogi boyeo?
- Translation: Can you see over there?

These sentences demonstrate the usage of “보입니까” to inquire about someone’s ability to see something in a respectful manner.

1360
Q

saengakhae bonikka
Saengakhae bonikka, naneun geugeoseul ijeosseoyo.

A

The phrase “생각해 보니까” (saengakhae bonikka) translates to “come to think of it” or “now that I think about it.” It’s used when you realize or remember something upon reflection.

  1. 생각해 보니까, 그는 어제 왔어요.
    • Romanized: Saengakhae bonikka, geuneun eoje wasseoyo.
    • Translation: Come to think of it, he came yesterday.
  2. 생각해 보니까, 그 책을 아직 돌려주지 않았어요.
    • Romanized: Saengakhae bonikka, geu chaekeul ajik dollyeojiji anasseoyo.
    • Translation: Now that I think about it, I haven’t returned that book yet.
  3. 생각해 보니까, 우리는 작년에 만났어요.
    • Romanized: Saengakhae bonikka, urineun jagnyeone mannatseoyo.
    • Translation: Come to think of it, we met last year.
  4. 생각해 보니까, 나는 그것을 잊었어요.
    • Romanized: Saengakhae bonikka, naneun geugeoseul ijeosseoyo.
    • Translation: Now that I think about it, I forgot about that.
  5. 생각해 보니까, 오늘이 그의 생일이에요.
    • Romanized: Saengakhae bonikka, oneuri geuui saengiriyeyo.
    • Translation: Come to think of it, today is his birthday.

These sentences illustrate how “생각해 보니까” is used to express a realization or a remembered fact after giving something further thought.

1361
Q

Hagin
Hagin, geuneun jeongmal yeolsimhi gongbuhae.

A

The word “하긴” (hagin) can be translated to “that’s true” or “indeed.” It’s often used to acknowledge or agree with a statement that has been made. It can be used both in written and spoken Korean to express agreement or acceptance of a fact.

  1. 하긴, 그건 어려운 문제야.
    • Romanized: Hagin, geugeon eoryeoun munjeya.
    • Translation: That’s true, it’s a difficult problem.
  2. 하긴, 그는 정말 열심히 공부해.
    • Romanized: Hagin, geuneun jeongmal yeolsimhi gongbuhae.
    • Translation: Indeed, he studies really hard.
  3. 하긴, 요즘 바빴어.
    • Romanized: Hagin, yojeum bappasseo.
    • Translation: That’s true, I’ve been busy lately.
  4. 하긴, 날씨가 정말 좋아.
    • Romanized: Hagin, nalssiga jeongmal joa.
    • Translation: That’s true, the weather is really nice.
  5. 하긴, 내가 그걸 몰랐어.
    • Romanized: Hagin, naega geugeol mollasseo.
    • Translation: That’s true, I didn’t know that.

These sentences demonstrate how “하긴” is used to agree with or confirm a previous statement.

Yes, the spelling of “하긴” (hagin) is correct. It is a common expression in Korean used to agree with or acknowledge a previous statement. The sample sentences provided earlier are also correctly spelled and can be used to see how “하긴” fits into different contexts. Here they are again for your reference:

  1. 하긴, 그건 어려운 문제야.
    • Romanized: Hagin, geugeon eoryeoun munjeya.
    • Translation: That’s true, it’s a difficult problem.
  2. 하긴, 그는 정말 열심히 공부해.
    • Romanized: Hagin, geuneun jeongmal yeolsimhi gongbuhae.
    • Translation: Indeed, he studies really hard.
  3. 하긴, 요즘 바빴어.
    • Romanized: Hagin, yojeum bappasseo.
    • Translation: That’s true, I’ve been busy lately.
  4. 하긴, 날씨가 정말 좋아.
    • Romanized: Hagin, nalssiga jeongmal joa.
    • Translation: That’s true, the weather is really nice.
  5. 하긴, 내가 그걸 몰랐어.
    • Romanized: Hagin, naega geugeol mollasseo.
    • Translation: That’s true, I didn’t know that.
1362
Q

eodie ga-eul geoyeyo?

Jeonhwa tonghwa jung-e: “Eodie gal geoyeyo?

A

The phrase “어디에 가을 거예요?” (eodie ga-eul geoyeyo) translates to “Where are you going?” in English.

Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in various contexts:

  1. 친구에게: “어디에 갈 거예요?”
    • Romanized: Chingu-ege: “Eodie gal geoyeyo?”
    • Translation: To a friend: “Where are you going?”
  2. 선생님께 물어보면서: “어디에 갈 거예요?”
    • Romanized: Seonsaengnimkke mureobomyeonseo: “Eodie gal geoyeyo?”
    • Translation: Asking a teacher: “Where are you going?”
  3. 전화 통화 중에: “어디에 갈 거예요?”
    • Romanized: Jeonhwa tonghwa jung-e: “Eodie gal geoyeyo?”
    • Translation: During a phone call: “Where are you going?”
  4. 여행 계획을 묻는 사람에게: “어디에 갈 거예요?”
    • Romanized: Yeohaeng gyehwekaeul mutneun saram-ege: “Eodie gal geoyeyo?”
    • Translation: Asking someone about their travel plans: “Where are you going?”
  5. 길에서 만난 사람에게: “어디에 갈 거예요?”
    • Romanized: Gil-eseo mannan saram-ege: “Eodie gal geoyeyo?”
    • Translation: To someone you meet on the street: “Where are you going?”

This phrase can be used in various contexts to inquire about someone’s destination.

1363
Q

Eoseo osipsio
Uri jibe eoseo osipsio.

A

The Korean phrase for “welcome” in a polite or formal context is “어서 오십시오” (eoseo osipsio). Here’s a breakdown and some sample sentences to illustrate its use:

  • 어서 (eoseo): quickly, promptly, or please (often used to warmly invite someone in).
  • 오십시오 (osipsio): the honorific form of “오다” (oda), meaning “to come.”
  1. 우리 집에 어서 오십시오.
    • Romanized: Uri jibe eoseo osipsio.
    • Translation: Welcome to our home.
  2. 식당에 어서 오십시오.
    • Romanized: Sikdang-e eoseo osipsio.
    • Translation: Welcome to the restaurant.
  3. 여기 어서 오십시오.
    • Romanized: Yeogi eoseo osipsio.
    • Translation: Welcome here.
  4. 행사에 어서 오십시오.
    • Romanized: Haengsa-e eoseo osipsio.
    • Translation: Welcome to the event.
  5. 가게에 어서 오십시오.
    • Romanized: Gage-e eoseo osipsio.
    • Translation: Welcome to the store.

These sentences show how “어서 오십시오” can be used to warmly welcome someone to various places.

1364
Q

Haengbokhae
Hangsang haengbokhae
Geonganghago haengbokhaseyo.
Yeogiseo jal jinaego haengbokhaseyo.

A

The phrase “be happy” in Korean can be translated as “행복해” (haengbokhae) in informal speech and “행복하세요” (haengbokhaseyo) in a more polite or formal context. “행복해” is derived from the word “행복” (haengbok), which means “happiness.”

  • 행복해 (haengbokhae): Be happy (informal).
  • 행복하세요 (haengbokhaseyo): Be happy (polite/formal).

Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 항상 행복해.
    • Romanized: Hangsang haengbokhae.
    • Translation: Be happy always.
  2. 네가 행복해 보여.
    • Romanized: Nega haengbokhae boyeo.
    • Translation: You look happy.
  3. 오늘 정말 행복해.
    • Romanized: Oneul jeongmal haengbokhae.
    • Translation: I’m really happy today.
  1. 항상 행복하세요.
    • Romanized: Hangsang haengbokhaseyo.
    • Translation: Please be happy always.
  2. 건강하고 행복하세요.
    • Romanized: Geonganghago haengbokhaseyo.
    • Translation: Be healthy and happy.
  3. 여기서 잘 지내고 행복하세요.
    • Romanized: Yeogiseo jal jinaego haengbokhaseyo.
    • Translation: Have a good time here and be happy.

These phrases and sentences are appropriate for expressing well wishes and encouraging someone to be happy.

1365
Q

Dareun ge piryohasimyeon malseumhaejuseyo

Dareun ge piryohamyeon malhaejwo

A

The phrase “tell me if you need anything else” in Korean can be translated as “다른 게 필요하면 말해줘” (dareun ge piryohamyeon malhaejwo) in informal speech and “다른 게 필요하시면 말씀해주세요” (dareun ge piryohasimyeon malseumhaejuseyo) in formal speech. Here’s the breakdown and some sample sentences:

  • 다른 게 필요하면 말해줘 (dareun ge piryohamyeon malhaejwo): Tell me if you need anything else.
  • 다른 게 필요하시면 말씀해주세요 (dareun ge piryohasimyeon malseumhaejuseyo): Please tell me if you need anything else.

Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 뭐든지 필요하면 말해줘.
    • Romanized: Mwodeunji piryohamyeon malhaejwo.
    • Translation: Tell me if you need anything.
  2. 더 필요한 거 있으면 말해줘.
    • Romanized: Deo piryohan geo isseumyeon malhaejwo.
    • Translation: Tell me if you need anything more.
  3. 도움이 필요하면 말해줘.
    • Romanized: Doumi piryohamyeon malhaejwo.
    • Translation: Tell me if you need help.
  1. 다른 게 필요하시면 말씀해주세요.
    • Romanized: Dareun ge piryohasimyeon malseumhaejuseyo.
    • Translation: Please tell me if you need anything else.
  2. 더 필요한 거 있으면 말씀해주세요.
    • Romanized: Deo piryohan geo isseumyeon malseumhaejuseyo.
    • Translation: Please tell me if you need anything more.
  3. 도움이 필요하시면 말씀해주세요.
    • Romanized: Doumi piryohasimyeon malseumhaejuseyo.
    • Translation: Please tell me if you need help.

These sentences can be used to offer assistance and let someone know you’re available to help with anything they might need.

1366
Q

Honja isseoyo?
Jigeum honja isseo?

A

The phrase “Are you here alone?” in Korean can be translated as “혼자 있어요?” (honja isseoyo?) in a polite context and “혼자 있어?” (honja isseo?) in an informal context. Here’s the breakdown and some sample sentences:

  • 혼자 있어? (honja isseo?): Are you here alone?
  • 혼자 있어요? (honja isseoyo?): Are you here alone?

Here are some sample sentences:

  1. 지금 혼자 있어?
    • Romanized: Jigeum honja isseo?
    • Translation: Are you alone right now?
  2. 카페에 혼자 있어?
    • Romanized: Kape-e honja isseo?
    • Translation: Are you at the café alone?
  3. 영화관에 혼자 있어?
    • Romanized: Yeonghwagwan-e honja isseo?
    • Translation: Are you alone at the movie theater?
  1. 지금 혼자 있어요?
    • Romanized: Jigeum honja isseoyo?
    • Translation: Are you alone right now?
  2. 카페에 혼자 있어요?
    • Romanized: Kape-e honja isseoyo?
    • Translation: Are you at the café alone?
  3. 영화관에 혼자 있어요?
    • Romanized: Yeonghwagwan-e honja isseoyo?
    • Translation: Are you alone at the movie theater?

These sentences can be used in various contexts to ask someone if they are alone in a particular place.

1367
Q

Geurae, geuraeya-ji
Neoneun geu saramege sagwahaeya hae.

A

The phrase “yes, you should” in Korean can be translated as “그래, 그래야지” (geurae, geuraeya-ji). Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in both informal and formal contexts:

  • 그래, 그래야지 (geurae, geuraeya-ji): Yes, you should.
  • 그래요, 그래야죠 (geuraeyo, geuraeyajo): Yes, you should.

Here are some example sentences:

  1. 너는 열심히 공부해야 해.
    • Romanized: Neoneun yeolsimhi gongbuhaeya hae.
    • Translation: You should study hard.
    • Response: 그래, 그래야지.
    • Romanized: Geurae, geuraeya-ji.
    • Translation: Yes, you should.
  2. 너는 그 사람에게 사과해야 해.
    • Romanized: Neoneun geu saramege sagwahaeya hae.
    • Translation: You should apologize to that person.
    • Response: 그래, 그래야지.
    • Romanized: Geurae, geuraeya-ji.
    • Translation: Yes, you should.
  1. 당신은 열심히 공부해야 합니다.
    • Romanized: Dangshineun yeolsimhi gongbuhaeya hamnida.
    • Translation: You should study hard.
    • Response: 그래요, 그래야죠.
    • Romanized: Geuraeyo, geuraeyajo.
    • Translation: Yes, you should.
  2. 당신은 그 사람에게 사과해야 합니다.
    • Romanized: Dangshineun geu saramege sagwahaeya hamnida.
    • Translation: You should apologize to that person.
    • Response: 그래요, 그래야죠.
    • Romanized: Geuraeyo, geuraeyajo.
    • Translation: Yes, you should.

These sentences show how to use “그래, 그래야지” (geurae, geuraeya-ji) or “그래요, 그래야죠” (geuraeyo, geuraeyajo) to agree with someone’s suggestion or advice.

1368
Q

Najunge bwaeyo
Najunge iyagihaeyo
Najunge jeonhwadeurilgeyo

A

“Najunge” (나중에) means “later” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “najunge” in various contexts, with the Romanized Korean translations:

  1. 나중에 봐.
    • Romanized: Najunge bwa.
    • Translation: See you later.
  2. 나중에 전화할게.
    • Romanized: Najunge jeonhwahalge.
    • Translation: I’ll call you later.
  3. 나중에 이야기하자.
    • Romanized: Najunge iyagihaja.
    • Translation: Let’s talk later.
  1. 나중에 봬요.
    • Romanized: Najunge bwaeyo.
    • Translation: See you later.
  2. 나중에 전화드릴게요.
    • Romanized: Najunge jeonhwadeurilgeyo.
    • Translation: I’ll call you later.
  3. 나중에 이야기해요.
    • Romanized: Najunge iyagihaeyo.
    • Translation: Let’s talk later.

These sentences can be used to indicate that you will see, call, or talk to someone at a later time.

1369
Q

Ireona!
Hakgyo gaya hanikka ireona.
Sigani dwaesseunikka ireonaseyo

A

The phrase “get up” in Korean is “일어나” (ireona) in an informal context. Here are some sample sentences using “일어나” in various contexts, with the Romanized Korean translations:

  1. 일어나!
    • Romanized: Ireona!
    • Translation: Get up!
  2. 늦었어, 일어나!
    • Romanized: Neujeosseo, ireona!
    • Translation: It’s late, get up!
  3. 학교 가야 하니까 일어나.
    • Romanized: Hakgyo gaya hanikka ireona.
    • Translation: You need to go to school, so get up.
  1. 일어나세요.
    • Romanized: Ireonaseyo.
    • Translation: Please get up.
  2. 시간이 됐으니까 일어나세요.
    • Romanized: Sigani dwaesseunikka ireonaseyo.
    • Translation: It’s time, so please get up.
  3. 일어나셔야 합니다.
    • Romanized: Ireonasyeya hamnida.
    • Translation: You need to get up.

These sentences can be used in different situations to tell someone to get up, whether in a casual or more polite/formal context.

1370
Q

Malhago inneunde
Malhago inneunde nega deutgo inni?

A

The phrase “말하고 있는데” (malhago inneunde) means “I am talking” or “while I am talking” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “말하고 있는데” in various contexts, with the Romanized Korean translations:

  1. 내가 말하고 있는데 왜 자꾸 끼어들어?
    • Romanized: Naega malhago inneunde wae jakku kkieodeureo?
    • Translation: I’m talking, why do you keep interrupting?
  2. 말하고 있는데 네가 듣고 있니?
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde nega deutgo inni?
    • Translation: I’m talking, are you listening?
  3. 말하고 있는데 전화가 왔어.
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde jeonhwaga wasseo.
    • Translation: I was talking, and the phone rang.
  1. 제가 말하고 있는데 왜 자꾸 끼어드세요?
    • Romanized: Jega malhago inneunde wae jakku kkieodeuseyo?
    • Translation: I am talking, why do you keep interrupting?
  2. 말하고 있는데 듣고 계세요?
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde deutgo gyeseyo?
    • Translation: I am talking, are you listening?
  3. 말하고 있는데 전화가 왔어요.
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde jeonhwaga wasseoyo.
    • Translation: I was talking, and the phone rang.

These sentences illustrate how to use “말하고 있는데” (malhago inneunde) to indicate that you are talking or were talking when something happened.

1371
Q

Malhago inneunde
Malhago inneunde nega deutgo inni?

A

The phrase “말하고 있는데” (malhago inneunde) means “I am talking” or “while I am talking” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “말하고 있는데” in various contexts, with the Romanized Korean translations:

  1. 내가 말하고 있는데 왜 자꾸 끼어들어?
    • Romanized: Naega malhago inneunde wae jakku kkieodeureo?
    • Translation: I’m talking, why do you keep interrupting?
  2. 말하고 있는데 네가 듣고 있니?
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde nega deutgo inni?
    • Translation: I’m talking, are you listening?
  3. 말하고 있는데 전화가 왔어.
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde jeonhwaga wasseo.
    • Translation: I was talking, and the phone rang.
  1. 제가 말하고 있는데 왜 자꾸 끼어드세요?
    • Romanized: Jega malhago inneunde wae jakku kkieodeuseyo?
    • Translation: I am talking, why do you keep interrupting?
  2. 말하고 있는데 듣고 계세요?
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde deutgo gyeseyo?
    • Translation: I am talking, are you listening?
  3. 말하고 있는데 전화가 왔어요.
    • Romanized: Malhago inneunde jeonhwaga wasseoyo.
    • Translation: I was talking, and the phone rang.

These sentences illustrate how to use “말하고 있는데” (malhago inneunde) to indicate that you are talking or were talking when something happened.

1372
Q

Oraenman-e igeol badeunikka gibuni joa.

Oraenman-e igeol badasseo.

A

The phrase “It has been a while since I got one of these” in Korean is “오랜만에 이걸 받았어요” (oraenman-e igeol badasseoyo). Here are some sample sentences using this phrase in various contexts, with the Romanized Korean translations:

  1. 오랜만에 이걸 받았어.
    • Romanized: Oraenman-e igeol badasseo.
    • Translation: It has been a while since I got one of these.
  2. 오랜만에 이걸 받으니까 기분이 좋아.
    • Romanized: Oraenman-e igeol badeunikka gibuni joa.
    • Translation: It feels good to get one of these after a long time.
  1. 오랜만에 이걸 받았어요.
    • Romanized: Oraenman-e igeol badasseoyo.
    • Translation: It has been a while since I got one of these.
  2. 오랜만에 이걸 받으니까 기분이 좋네요.
    • Romanized: Oraenman-e igeol badeunikka gibuni jonneyo.
    • Translation: It feels good to get one of these after a long time.

These sentences can be used to express the idea that receiving something after a long time brings a positive feeling.

1373
Q

Gwenchanasimnikka?
Gwenchana?

A

In the Joseon era, Korean speech had a distinct hierarchical structure that heavily influenced language use. The phrase “괜찮으십니까?” (gwenchanasimnikka?) exemplifies the formal and respectful tone characteristic of that period. Here’s an explanation of why they spoke this way and how it contrasts with modern Korean:

  1. Hierarchical Society:
    • The Joseon dynasty (1392–1897) was a Confucian society with a strict social hierarchy. Respect for elders, superiors, and social rank was paramount.
    • Language reflected these social structures, with distinct speech levels used depending on the speaker’s and listener’s relative status.
  2. Speech Levels:
    • Jondaetmal (존댓말): Formal or polite speech used to show respect, especially towards superiors or elders. “괜찮으십니까?” is a high-level honorific form.
    • Banmal (반말): Informal or casual speech used among peers, close friends, or when addressing someone of lower status.
  1. Honorifics:
    • Adding honorific suffixes like “시” (shi) or “십니다” (sipnida) to verbs to show respect. For example, “괜찮다” (gwenchantda, to be okay) becomes “괜찮으십니까?” (gwenchanasimnikka?) in a very polite form.
  2. Formality:
    • Use of formal endings such as “-ㅂ니다” (mnida) or “-습니까?” (seumnikka) to show politeness in statements and questions.
  • Modern Korean still retains these hierarchical speech levels, but everyday use tends to be less formal unless in specific contexts like business, customer service, or addressing elders.
  1. Joseon Era/Formal Modern Korean:
    • “괜찮으십니까?” (gwenchanasimnikka?) - Are you okay? (Very formal)
  2. Informal Modern Korean:
    • “괜찮아?” (gwenchana?) - Are you okay? (Casual)

The use of highly respectful language like “괜찮으십니까?” during the Joseon era was a reflection of the deeply ingrained Confucian values that emphasized respect for hierarchy and social order. While modern Korean maintains these forms, their use is more situational, reflecting changes in societal norms and the increased casualization of everyday interactions.

1374
Q

Jinjeonghaseyo
Neomu hwanaeji malgo jinjeonghaseyo.

A

The correct phrase for “please calm down” in Korean is “진정하세요” (jinjeonghaseyo). Here’s the Romanized version and some sample sentences:

  • 진정하세요 (jinjeonghaseyo)
  1. 진정하세요, 다 잘 될 거예요.
    • Romanized: Jinjeonghaseyo, da jal doel geoyeyo.
    • Translation: Please calm down, everything will be okay.
  2. 너무 화내지 말고 진정하세요.
    • Romanized: Neomu hwanaeji malgo jinjeonghaseyo.
    • Translation: Don’t get too angry, please calm down.
  3. 진정하세요, 우리가 해결할 방법을 찾을 거예요.
    • Romanized: Jinjeonghaseyo, uriga haegyeolhal bangbeobeul chajeul geoyeyo.
    • Translation: Please calm down, we will find a way to resolve this.

In these sentences, “진정하세요” is used to politely ask someone to calm down in various contexts.

1375
Q

Jinjeonghaseyo
Neomu hwanaeji malgo jinjeonghaseyo.

A

The correct phrase for “please calm down” in Korean is “진정하세요” (jinjeonghaseyo). Here’s the Romanized version and some sample sentences:

  • 진정하세요 (jinjeonghaseyo)
  1. 진정하세요, 다 잘 될 거예요.
    • Romanized: Jinjeonghaseyo, da jal doel geoyeyo.
    • Translation: Please calm down, everything will be okay.
  2. 너무 화내지 말고 진정하세요.
    • Romanized: Neomu hwanaeji malgo jinjeonghaseyo.
    • Translation: Don’t get too angry, please calm down.
  3. 진정하세요, 우리가 해결할 방법을 찾을 거예요.
    • Romanized: Jinjeonghaseyo, uriga haegyeolhal bangbeobeul chajeul geoyeyo.
    • Translation: Please calm down, we will find a way to resolve this.

In these sentences, “진정하세요” is used to politely ask someone to calm down in various contexts.

1376
Q

Gomapgo jal ga! Annyeong

Dowajwoseo gomawo. Jal ga! Annyeong.

A

It looks like you want to say goodbye informally while expressing thanks. Here’s how you can structure it correctly:

  • 고맙고 잘 가! 안녕 (Gomapgo jal ga! Annyeong)
  1. 고맙고 (Gomapgo):
    • Translation: “Thanks” or “Thank you.”
    • This is a casual way to say “thank you.”
  2. 잘 가! (Jal ga!):
    • Translation: “Go well!” or “Goodbye.”
    • This is used when the other person is leaving.
  3. 안녕 (Annyeong):
    • Translation: “Bye” or “Hello” (informal).
    • This can be used to say goodbye in a casual context.
  • 고마워. 잘 가! 안녕.
    • Romanized: Gomawo. Jal ga! Annyeong.
    • Translation: Thanks. Goodbye! Bye.
  1. 고마워, 잘 가! 안녕.
    • Romanized: Gomawo, jal ga! Annyeong.
    • Translation: Thanks, goodbye! Bye.
  2. 도와줘서 고마워. 잘 가! 안녕.
    • Romanized: Dowajwoseo gomawo. Jal ga! Annyeong.
    • Translation: Thanks for helping. Goodbye! Bye.

This way, your phrases are clear and appropriately informal for a friendly goodbye.

1377
Q

Gomapgo jal ga! Annyeong

Dowajwoseo gomawo. Jal ga! Annyeong.

A

It looks like you want to say goodbye informally while expressing thanks. Here’s how you can structure it correctly:

  • 고맙고 잘 가! 안녕 (Gomapgo jal ga! Annyeong)
  1. 고맙고 (Gomapgo):
    • Translation: “Thanks” or “Thank you.”
    • This is a casual way to say “thank you.”
  2. 잘 가! (Jal ga!):
    • Translation: “Go well!” or “Goodbye.”
    • This is used when the other person is leaving.
  3. 안녕 (Annyeong):
    • Translation: “Bye” or “Hello” (informal).
    • This can be used to say goodbye in a casual context.
  • 고마워. 잘 가! 안녕.
    • Romanized: Gomawo. Jal ga! Annyeong.
    • Translation: Thanks. Goodbye! Bye.
  1. 고마워, 잘 가! 안녕.
    • Romanized: Gomawo, jal ga! Annyeong.
    • Translation: Thanks, goodbye! Bye.
  2. 도와줘서 고마워. 잘 가! 안녕.
    • Romanized: Dowajwoseo gomawo. Jal ga! Annyeong.
    • Translation: Thanks for helping. Goodbye! Bye.

This way, your phrases are clear and appropriately informal for a friendly goodbye.

1378
Q

Mwoya, jinjja!
Mwoya, jinjja! Wae ireoke bokjaphae?
Mwoya, jinjja! Nuga ireoke haesseo?

Mwoya, jinjja! Nae mal musihaneun geoya?

A

The phrase “What the hell!” can be expressed in Korean as “뭐야, 진짜!” (Mwoya, jinjja!). Here is the Romanized version and some context for its usage:

  • 뭐야, 진짜! (Mwoya, jinjja!)
  1. 뭐야 (Mwoya):
    • Translation: “What is it?” or “What the…”
    • This is a casual way to express surprise or frustration.
  2. 진짜 (Jinjja):
    • Translation: “Really” or “Seriously”
    • Often used to emphasize the preceding word, conveying disbelief or frustration.
  1. 뭐야, 진짜! 왜 이렇게 복잡해?
    • Romanized: Mwoya, jinjja! Wae ireoke bokjaphae?
    • Translation: What the hell! Why is it so complicated?
  2. 뭐야, 진짜! 내 말 무시하는 거야?
    • Romanized: Mwoya, jinjja! Nae mal musihaneun geoya?
    • Translation: What the hell! Are you ignoring what I said?
  3. 뭐야, 진짜! 누가 이렇게 했어?
    • Romanized: Mwoya, jinjja! Nuga ireoke haesseo?
    • Translation: What the hell! Who did this?

This phrase is commonly used among friends or peers to express strong emotions such as surprise, frustration, or disbelief.

1379
Q

Mwoya, jinjja!
Mwoya, jinjja! Wae ireoke bokjaphae?
Mwoya, jinjja! Nuga ireoke haesseo?

Mwoya, jinjja! Nae mal musihaneun geoya?

A

The phrase “What the hell!” can be expressed in Korean as “뭐야, 진짜!” (Mwoya, jinjja!). Here is the Romanized version and some context for its usage:

  • 뭐야, 진짜! (Mwoya, jinjja!)
  1. 뭐야 (Mwoya):
    • Translation: “What is it?” or “What the…”
    • This is a casual way to express surprise or frustration.
  2. 진짜 (Jinjja):
    • Translation: “Really” or “Seriously”
    • Often used to emphasize the preceding word, conveying disbelief or frustration.
  1. 뭐야, 진짜! 왜 이렇게 복잡해?
    • Romanized: Mwoya, jinjja! Wae ireoke bokjaphae?
    • Translation: What the hell! Why is it so complicated?
  2. 뭐야, 진짜! 내 말 무시하는 거야?
    • Romanized: Mwoya, jinjja! Nae mal musihaneun geoya?
    • Translation: What the hell! Are you ignoring what I said?
  3. 뭐야, 진짜! 누가 이렇게 했어?
    • Romanized: Mwoya, jinjja! Nuga ireoke haesseo?
    • Translation: What the hell! Who did this?

This phrase is commonly used among friends or peers to express strong emotions such as surprise, frustration, or disbelief.

1380
Q

Neoyeotguna
A, neoyeotguna. Nega geuraesseo?

A

The phrase “I see. It was you, huh?” can be expressed in Korean as “아, 너였구나.” (A, neoyeotguna.). Here is the Romanized version and some context for its usage:

  • 아, 너였구나 (A, neoyeotguna.)
  1. 아 (A):
    • Translation: “Ah” or “Oh”
    • An interjection showing realization or understanding.
  2. 너였구나 (Neoyeotguna):
    • Translation: “It was you”
    • Used to indicate that the speaker has realized or confirmed something about the listener.
  1. 아, 너였구나. 네가 그랬어?
    • Romanized: A, neoyeotguna. Nega geuraesseo?
    • Translation: Ah, it was you. Did you do that?
  2. 아, 너였구나. 여기서 뭐 하고 있어?
    • Romanized: A, neoyeotguna. Yeogiseo mwo hago isseo?
    • Translation: Ah, it was you. What are you doing here?
  3. 아, 너였구나. 내가 찾던 사람이.
    • Romanized: A, neoyeotguna. Naega chatdeon sarami.
    • Translation: Ah, it was you. The person I was looking for.

This phrase is often used to express realization or to acknowledge something previously unknown about the person you are talking to.

1381
Q

Neoyeotguna
A, neoyeotguna. Nega geuraesseo?

A

The phrase “I see. It was you, huh?” can be expressed in Korean as “아, 너였구나.” (A, neoyeotguna.). Here is the Romanized version and some context for its usage:

  • 아, 너였구나 (A, neoyeotguna.)
  1. 아 (A):
    • Translation: “Ah” or “Oh”
    • An interjection showing realization or understanding.
  2. 너였구나 (Neoyeotguna):
    • Translation: “It was you”
    • Used to indicate that the speaker has realized or confirmed something about the listener.
  1. 아, 너였구나. 네가 그랬어?
    • Romanized: A, neoyeotguna. Nega geuraesseo?
    • Translation: Ah, it was you. Did you do that?
  2. 아, 너였구나. 여기서 뭐 하고 있어?
    • Romanized: A, neoyeotguna. Yeogiseo mwo hago isseo?
    • Translation: Ah, it was you. What are you doing here?
  3. 아, 너였구나. 내가 찾던 사람이.
    • Romanized: A, neoyeotguna. Naega chatdeon sarami.
    • Translation: Ah, it was you. The person I was looking for.

This phrase is often used to express realization or to acknowledge something previously unknown about the person you are talking to.

1382
Q

Jeomsim meogeureo gaja.
Uri ppalli gaja!

Gasijiyo
Jeowa hamkke gasijiyo.
Gasigetseumnikka?

A

The phrase “Let’s go” in Korean is “가자” (Gaja). Here is the Romanized version and some context for its usage:

  • 가자 (Gaja)
  1. 가자 (Gaja):
    • Translation: “Let’s go”
    • A casual and direct way to suggest going somewhere together.
  1. 우리 빨리 가자!
    • Romanized: Uri ppalli gaja!
    • Translation: Let’s go quickly!
  2. 영화를 보러 가자.
    • Romanized: Yeonghwareul boreo gaja.
    • Translation: Let’s go watch a movie.
  3. 점심 먹으러 가자.
    • Romanized: Jeomsim meogeureo gaja.
    • Translation: Let’s go eat lunch.
  4. 산책하러 가자.
    • Romanized: Sanchaekhareo gaja.
    • Translation: Let’s go for a walk.

This phrase is commonly used among friends, family, and peers to suggest leaving a place or heading to a new destination together.
In the Joseon era, or when using very formal or honorific language, you might use a more respectful way to suggest going somewhere. One such phrase is “가시지요” (Gasijiyo).

  • 가시지요 (Gasijiyo)
  1. 가시지요 (Gasijiyo):
    • Translation: “Let’s go” (honorific/formal)
    • Used to respectfully suggest going somewhere together, often towards someone of higher status or to show politeness.
  1. 저와 함께 가시지요.
    • Romanized: Jeowa hamkke gasijiyo.
    • Translation: Let’s go together.
  2. 길을 따라 가시지요.
    • Romanized: Gireul ttara gasijiyo.
    • Translation: Let’s follow the path.

In historical dramas or very formal settings, you might also encounter even more elaborate and polite forms, such as:

  1. 가시겠습니까?
    • Romanized: Gasigetseumnikka?
    • Translation: Will you go? (respectfully suggesting)

These forms are used to show high respect and politeness, suitable for addressing someone of much higher status or in very formal contexts.

1383
Q

Jeomsim meogeureo gaja.
Uri ppalli gaja!

Gasijiyo
Jeowa hamkke gasijiyo.
Gasigetseumnikka?

A

The phrase “Let’s go” in Korean is “가자” (Gaja). Here is the Romanized version and some context for its usage:

  • 가자 (Gaja)
  1. 가자 (Gaja):
    • Translation: “Let’s go”
    • A casual and direct way to suggest going somewhere together.
  1. 우리 빨리 가자!
    • Romanized: Uri ppalli gaja!
    • Translation: Let’s go quickly!
  2. 영화를 보러 가자.
    • Romanized: Yeonghwareul boreo gaja.
    • Translation: Let’s go watch a movie.
  3. 점심 먹으러 가자.
    • Romanized: Jeomsim meogeureo gaja.
    • Translation: Let’s go eat lunch.
  4. 산책하러 가자.
    • Romanized: Sanchaekhareo gaja.
    • Translation: Let’s go for a walk.

This phrase is commonly used among friends, family, and peers to suggest leaving a place or heading to a new destination together.
In the Joseon era, or when using very formal or honorific language, you might use a more respectful way to suggest going somewhere. One such phrase is “가시지요” (Gasijiyo).

  • 가시지요 (Gasijiyo)
  1. 가시지요 (Gasijiyo):
    • Translation: “Let’s go” (honorific/formal)
    • Used to respectfully suggest going somewhere together, often towards someone of higher status or to show politeness.
  1. 저와 함께 가시지요.
    • Romanized: Jeowa hamkke gasijiyo.
    • Translation: Let’s go together.
  2. 길을 따라 가시지요.
    • Romanized: Gireul ttara gasijiyo.
    • Translation: Let’s follow the path.

In historical dramas or very formal settings, you might also encounter even more elaborate and polite forms, such as:

  1. 가시겠습니까?
    • Romanized: Gasigetseumnikka?
    • Translation: Will you go? (respectfully suggesting)

These forms are used to show high respect and politeness, suitable for addressing someone of much higher status or in very formal contexts.

1384
Q

Geurae, baro sarami haeyo

A

The corrected phrase “Geurae, baro sarami haeyo” translates to “Yes, it’s exactly that person” in English. Here’s the breakdown:

  • Geurae (그래): Yes, that’s right
  • Baro (바로): Exactly, precisely
  • Sarami haeyo (사람이 해요): It’s the person

So, “Geurae, baro sarami haeyo” emphasizes that it is indeed the exact person being referred to.

1385
Q

Geurae, baro sarami haeyo

A

The corrected phrase “Geurae, baro sarami haeyo” translates to “Yes, it’s exactly that person” in English. Here’s the breakdown:

  • Geurae (그래): Yes, that’s right
  • Baro (바로): Exactly, precisely
  • Sarami haeyo (사람이 해요): It’s the person

So, “Geurae, baro sarami haeyo” emphasizes that it is indeed the exact person being referred to.

1386
Q

Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?

A

Here is the translation and explanation for the phrases “What’s wrong? Did something happen?” in Korean:

  1. 왜 그래? (Wae geurae?)
  2. 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?)
  1. 왜 그래? (Wae geurae?)
    • Translation: “What’s wrong?”
    • Usage: This is a casual way to ask someone what’s bothering them or if something is wrong.
  2. 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?)
    • Translation: “Did something happen?” or “Is there something wrong?”
    • Usage: This is another casual way to inquire if something has happened or if there is an issue.
  1. 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있어?
    • Romanized: Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?
    • Translation: What’s wrong? Did something happen?
  2. 너 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있는 거야?
    • Romanized: Neo wae geurae? Museun il inneun geoya?
    • Translation: Why are you like this? Did something happen?
  3. 무슨 일 있니? 왜 그래?
    • Romanized: Museun il inni? Wae geurae?
    • Translation: Is there something wrong? What’s the matter?

These phrases are commonly used in everyday conversation to check on someone when you sense they might be upset or something might be wrong.

1387
Q

Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?

A

Here is the translation and explanation for the phrases “What’s wrong? Did something happen?” in Korean:

  1. 왜 그래? (Wae geurae?)
  2. 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?)
  1. 왜 그래? (Wae geurae?)
    • Translation: “What’s wrong?”
    • Usage: This is a casual way to ask someone what’s bothering them or if something is wrong.
  2. 무슨 일 있어? (Museun il isseo?)
    • Translation: “Did something happen?” or “Is there something wrong?”
    • Usage: This is another casual way to inquire if something has happened or if there is an issue.
  1. 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있어?
    • Romanized: Wae geurae? Museun il isseo?
    • Translation: What’s wrong? Did something happen?
  2. 너 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있는 거야?
    • Romanized: Neo wae geurae? Museun il inneun geoya?
    • Translation: Why are you like this? Did something happen?
  3. 무슨 일 있니? 왜 그래?
    • Romanized: Museun il inni? Wae geurae?
    • Translation: Is there something wrong? What’s the matter?

These phrases are commonly used in everyday conversation to check on someone when you sense they might be upset or something might be wrong.

1388
Q

Amu ildo eopseosseo
Jeongmariya, amu ildo eopseosseo.
Geokjeonghaji ma, amu ildo eopseosseo.
Museun iri isseosseo? Ani, amu ildo eopseosseo

A

The phrase “Nothing happened” in Korean can be translated as “아무 일도 없었어” (Amu ildo eopseosseo). Here is how it can be used in a sentence, along with the Romanized version:

  • 아무 일도 없었어 (Amu ildo eopseosseo)
  • 아무 일도 없었어 (Amu ildo eopseosseo)
    • Translation: “Nothing happened”
    • Usage: This is a casual way to state that nothing occurred or that there is nothing to worry about.
  1. 정말이야, 아무 일도 없었어.
    • Romanized: Jeongmariya, amu ildo eopseosseo.
    • Translation: Really, nothing happened.
  2. 걱정하지 마, 아무 일도 없었어.
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji ma, amu ildo eopseosseo.
    • Translation: Don’t worry, nothing happened.
  3. 무슨 일이 있었어? 아니, 아무 일도 없었어.
    • Romanized: Museun iri isseosseo? Ani, amu ildo eopseosseo.
    • Translation: Did something happen? No, nothing happened.

In a more formal context, you might say:

  • 아무 일도 없었습니다 (Amu ildo eopseotseumnida)
  • 아무 일도 없었습니다 (Amu ildo eopseotseumnida)
  • 아무 일도 없었습니다 (Amu ildo eopseotseumnida)
    • Translation: “Nothing happened” (formal)
    • Usage: This is a polite way to express that nothing has occurred, suitable for formal situations.

By using these phrases, you can effectively communicate that nothing happened in both casual and formal settings.

1389
Q

Amu ildo eopseosseo
Jeongmariya, amu ildo eopseosseo.
Geokjeonghaji ma, amu ildo eopseosseo.
Museun iri isseosseo? Ani, amu ildo eopseosseo

A

The phrase “Nothing happened” in Korean can be translated as “아무 일도 없었어” (Amu ildo eopseosseo). Here is how it can be used in a sentence, along with the Romanized version:

  • 아무 일도 없었어 (Amu ildo eopseosseo)
  • 아무 일도 없었어 (Amu ildo eopseosseo)
    • Translation: “Nothing happened”
    • Usage: This is a casual way to state that nothing occurred or that there is nothing to worry about.
  1. 정말이야, 아무 일도 없었어.
    • Romanized: Jeongmariya, amu ildo eopseosseo.
    • Translation: Really, nothing happened.
  2. 걱정하지 마, 아무 일도 없었어.
    • Romanized: Geokjeonghaji ma, amu ildo eopseosseo.
    • Translation: Don’t worry, nothing happened.
  3. 무슨 일이 있었어? 아니, 아무 일도 없었어.
    • Romanized: Museun iri isseosseo? Ani, amu ildo eopseosseo.
    • Translation: Did something happen? No, nothing happened.

In a more formal context, you might say:

  • 아무 일도 없었습니다 (Amu ildo eopseotseumnida)
  • 아무 일도 없었습니다 (Amu ildo eopseotseumnida)
  • 아무 일도 없었습니다 (Amu ildo eopseotseumnida)
    • Translation: “Nothing happened” (formal)
    • Usage: This is a polite way to express that nothing has occurred, suitable for formal situations.

By using these phrases, you can effectively communicate that nothing happened in both casual and formal settings.

1390
Q

Masitge deuseyo
Masitge meogeo
Igeo naega mandeun geoya. Masitge meogeo.
Yeogi eumsigi jeongmal masisseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.

A

The phrase “Enjoy your meal” in Korean is commonly expressed as “맛있게 드세요” (Masitge deuseyo). Here is the breakdown and some examples:

  • 맛있게 드세요 (Masitge deuseyo)
  • 맛있게 드세요 (Masitge deuseyo)
    • Translation: “Enjoy your meal”
    • Usage: This is a polite way to tell someone to enjoy their food.
  1. 여기 음식이 정말 맛있어요. 맛있게 드세요.
    • Romanized: Yeogi eumsigi jeongmal masisseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.
    • Translation: The food here is really delicious. Enjoy your meal.
  2. 저녁 준비 다 됐어요. 맛있게 드세요.
    • Romanized: Jeonyeok junbi da dwaesseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.
    • Translation: Dinner is ready. Enjoy your meal.
  3. 여기 당신을 위해 준비했어요. 맛있게 드세요.
    • Romanized: Yeogi dangsineul wihae junbihaesseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.
    • Translation: I prepared this for you. Enjoy your meal.

For a more informal or casual setting, you can say 맛있게 먹어 (Masitge meogeo).

  • 맛있게 먹어 (Masitge meogeo)
    • Translation: “Enjoy your meal” (informal)
    • Usage: Used among friends, family, or peers.
  1. 이거 내가 만든 거야. 맛있게 먹어.
    • Romanized: Igeo naega mandeun geoya. Masitge meogeo.
    • Translation: I made this. Enjoy your meal.
  2. 점심시간이다! 맛있게 먹어.
    • Romanized: Jeomsimsiganida! Masitge meogeo.
    • Translation: It’s lunchtime! Enjoy your meal.
  3. 네가 좋아하는 음식이야. 맛있게 먹어.
    • Romanized: Nega joahaneun eumsigiya. Masitge meogeo.
    • Translation: It’s your favorite food. Enjoy your meal.

By using “맛있게 드세요” (Masitge deuseyo) or “맛있게 먹어” (Masitge meogeo), you can appropriately wish someone to enjoy their meal in both formal and informal contexts.

1391
Q

Masitge deuseyo
Masitge meogeo
Igeo naega mandeun geoya. Masitge meogeo.
Yeogi eumsigi jeongmal masisseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.

A

The phrase “Enjoy your meal” in Korean is commonly expressed as “맛있게 드세요” (Masitge deuseyo). Here is the breakdown and some examples:

  • 맛있게 드세요 (Masitge deuseyo)
  • 맛있게 드세요 (Masitge deuseyo)
    • Translation: “Enjoy your meal”
    • Usage: This is a polite way to tell someone to enjoy their food.
  1. 여기 음식이 정말 맛있어요. 맛있게 드세요.
    • Romanized: Yeogi eumsigi jeongmal masisseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.
    • Translation: The food here is really delicious. Enjoy your meal.
  2. 저녁 준비 다 됐어요. 맛있게 드세요.
    • Romanized: Jeonyeok junbi da dwaesseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.
    • Translation: Dinner is ready. Enjoy your meal.
  3. 여기 당신을 위해 준비했어요. 맛있게 드세요.
    • Romanized: Yeogi dangsineul wihae junbihaesseoyo. Masitge deuseyo.
    • Translation: I prepared this for you. Enjoy your meal.

For a more informal or casual setting, you can say 맛있게 먹어 (Masitge meogeo).

  • 맛있게 먹어 (Masitge meogeo)
    • Translation: “Enjoy your meal” (informal)
    • Usage: Used among friends, family, or peers.
  1. 이거 내가 만든 거야. 맛있게 먹어.
    • Romanized: Igeo naega mandeun geoya. Masitge meogeo.
    • Translation: I made this. Enjoy your meal.
  2. 점심시간이다! 맛있게 먹어.
    • Romanized: Jeomsimsiganida! Masitge meogeo.
    • Translation: It’s lunchtime! Enjoy your meal.
  3. 네가 좋아하는 음식이야. 맛있게 먹어.
    • Romanized: Nega joahaneun eumsigiya. Masitge meogeo.
    • Translation: It’s your favorite food. Enjoy your meal.

By using “맛있게 드세요” (Masitge deuseyo) or “맛있게 먹어” (Masitge meogeo), you can appropriately wish someone to enjoy their meal in both formal and informal contexts.

1392
Q

Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.

A

Here’s a translation of your sentence, and I’ll break down the translation as well:

이거. 들으면. 필요없어. - This. I heard that you gave it to her for me. I don’t need it.

  1. 이거 (Igeo)
    • Translation: This
    • Usage: Used to refer to something close to the speaker.
  2. 들으면 (Deureumyeon)
    • Translation: I heard that
    • Usage: The verb “듣다” (deutda) means “to hear.” When conjugated with the conditional ending “-으면” (eumyeon), it means “if heard” or “I heard that.”
  3. 필요없어 (Piryoeobseo)
    • Translation: I don’t need it
    • Usage: The word “필요” (piryo) means “need,” and “없어” (eobseo) means “don’t have” or “not exist.” Together, they mean “don’t need.”

To create a more fluid and natural sentence in Korean, we need to adjust the structure:

Romanized Korean:
- 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어. (Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.)

Hangul:
- 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어.

  • 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어.
    • Romanized: Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.
    • Translation: This. I heard that you gave it to her for me. I don’t need it.
  • 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어.
    • Romanized: Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.
    • Translation: This. I heard that you gave it to her for me. I don’t need it.

This sentence combines the elements you provided in a natural way and conveys the intended message clearly.

1393
Q

Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.

A

Here’s a translation of your sentence, and I’ll break down the translation as well:

이거. 들으면. 필요없어. - This. I heard that you gave it to her for me. I don’t need it.

  1. 이거 (Igeo)
    • Translation: This
    • Usage: Used to refer to something close to the speaker.
  2. 들으면 (Deureumyeon)
    • Translation: I heard that
    • Usage: The verb “듣다” (deutda) means “to hear.” When conjugated with the conditional ending “-으면” (eumyeon), it means “if heard” or “I heard that.”
  3. 필요없어 (Piryoeobseo)
    • Translation: I don’t need it
    • Usage: The word “필요” (piryo) means “need,” and “없어” (eobseo) means “don’t have” or “not exist.” Together, they mean “don’t need.”

To create a more fluid and natural sentence in Korean, we need to adjust the structure:

Romanized Korean:
- 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어. (Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.)

Hangul:
- 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어.

  • 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어.
    • Romanized: Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.
    • Translation: This. I heard that you gave it to her for me. I don’t need it.
  • 이거 네가 그녀에게 줬다고 들었어. 필요없어.
    • Romanized: Igeo nega geunyeoege jwossdago deureosseo. Piryoeobseo.
    • Translation: This. I heard that you gave it to her for me. I don’t need it.

This sentence combines the elements you provided in a natural way and conveys the intended message clearly.

1394
Q

Baegopeuji ana
Oneureun baegopeuji ana.
Siksa eobseo
Oneureun siksa eobseo.

A

Singa eobseo - I’m not hungry.

  1. Singa (sing-geu) - This seems to be a typo or misspelling.
  2. eobseo (없어) - This means “don’t have” or “there isn’t.”

The correct way to say “I’m not hungry” in Korean is:

Romanized Korean:
- 배고프지 않아 (baegopeuji ana)

Hangul:
- 배고프지 않아

  • 배고프지 않아
    • Romanized: Baegopeuji ana.
    • Translation: I’m not hungry.
  • 오늘은 배고프지 않아.
    • Romanized: Oneureun baegopeuji ana.
    • Translation: I’m not hungry today.
  • 아침을 먹었기 때문에 배고프지 않아.
    • Romanized: Achimeul meogeotgi ttaemune baegopeuji ana.
    • Translation: I’m not hungry because I had breakfast.

Siksa eobseo - This could be interpreted as “There is no food” or “There is no meal.”

  1. Siksa (식사)
    • Translation: Meal or food.
    • Usage: Used to refer to a meal or the act of eating.
  2. Eobseo (없어)
    • Translation: There isn’t / There is no / Don’t have.
    • Usage: Used to indicate the absence of something.

When combined:
- 식사 없어 (Siksa eobseo)
- Translation: There is no meal / There is no food.

  • 오늘은 식사 없어.
    • Romanized: Oneureun siksa eobseo.
    • Translation: There is no meal today.
  • 식사 없어, 그냥 간식 먹자.
    • Romanized: Siksa eobseo, geunyang gansik meokja.
    • Translation: There is no meal, let’s just have a snack.

If you mean to say “I’m not hungry” specifically, the correct phrase would be:
- 배고프지 않아 (Baegopeuji ana) - I’m not hungry.

If you want to indicate the absence of a meal or food:
- 식사 없어 (Siksa eobseo) - There is no meal.

1395
Q

Baegopeuji ana
Oneureun baegopeuji ana.
Siksa eobseo
Oneureun siksa eobseo.

A

Singa eobseo - I’m not hungry.

  1. Singa (sing-geu) - This seems to be a typo or misspelling.
  2. eobseo (없어) - This means “don’t have” or “there isn’t.”

The correct way to say “I’m not hungry” in Korean is:

Romanized Korean:
- 배고프지 않아 (baegopeuji ana)

Hangul:
- 배고프지 않아

  • 배고프지 않아
    • Romanized: Baegopeuji ana.
    • Translation: I’m not hungry.
  • 오늘은 배고프지 않아.
    • Romanized: Oneureun baegopeuji ana.
    • Translation: I’m not hungry today.
  • 아침을 먹었기 때문에 배고프지 않아.
    • Romanized: Achimeul meogeotgi ttaemune baegopeuji ana.
    • Translation: I’m not hungry because I had breakfast.

Siksa eobseo - This could be interpreted as “There is no food” or “There is no meal.”

  1. Siksa (식사)
    • Translation: Meal or food.
    • Usage: Used to refer to a meal or the act of eating.
  2. Eobseo (없어)
    • Translation: There isn’t / There is no / Don’t have.
    • Usage: Used to indicate the absence of something.

When combined:
- 식사 없어 (Siksa eobseo)
- Translation: There is no meal / There is no food.

  • 오늘은 식사 없어.
    • Romanized: Oneureun siksa eobseo.
    • Translation: There is no meal today.
  • 식사 없어, 그냥 간식 먹자.
    • Romanized: Siksa eobseo, geunyang gansik meokja.
    • Translation: There is no meal, let’s just have a snack.

If you mean to say “I’m not hungry” specifically, the correct phrase would be:
- 배고프지 않아 (Baegopeuji ana) - I’m not hungry.

If you want to indicate the absence of a meal or food:
- 식사 없어 (Siksa eobseo) - There is no meal.

1396
Q

Geureodo gwenchana

A

“Geureodo gwenchana” (그래도 괜찮아) translates to “It’s okay” or “It’s alright” in English, even though something might have happened. It conveys a sense of reassurance or acceptance despite circumstances. The spelling and translation are correct.

1397
Q

piryohago gachi inneun
Piryohago gatchiya
Gatchi isseumyeon deo sojunghae
Gatchi piryohan geoya
Piryohago gachi inneun iriya.

A

The phrase “Piryohago gachiya” (필요하고 가치야) combines the words “필요하고” (piryohago) meaning “necessary” and “가치야” (gachiya), which can mean “value” or “worth.” However, this exact combination might not make complete sense in Korean as it is.

A more common phrase could be “필요하고 가치 있는” (piryohago gachi inneun), which means “necessary and valuable.”

If you have a specific context in mind, I can help clarify or correct the phrase further!
No, “같이” (gatchi) specifically means “together” and does not directly mean “necessary” or “valuable.” However, the confusion might come from context or combined phrases where “같이” is used along with words that convey necessity or value.

For example:

  • “필요하고 같이야.” (Piryohago gatchiya) means “It’s necessary, and we should be together.”
  • “같이 있으면 더 소중해.” (Gatchi isseumyeon deo sojunghae) means “It’s more valuable when we’re together.”

You’re absolutely right! “Gatchi” (같이) means “together” in Korean.

So, if you were trying to say something like “necessary and together” or “together and necessary,” here are some possibilities:

  1. “필요하고 같이야.” (Piryohago gatchiya)
    • This could be translated as “It’s necessary, and we should be together.”
  2. “같이 필요한 거야.” (Gatchi piryohan geoya
    • This means “We need it together.”

“Piryohago gatchiya” (필요하고 가치야) seems like a phrase combining the words for “necessary” (필요하고, piryohago) and “value/worth” (가치, gachi) with the particle “야” (ya) often used for emphasis or in informal speech.

However, this phrase isn’t commonly used in Korean. To make it more meaningful, it might be better to say:

  1. “필요하고 가치가 있어.” (Piryohago gachiga isseo.)
    • This means “It is necessary and valuable.”
  2. “필요하고 가치 있는 일이야.” (Piryohago gachi inneun iriya.)
    • This means “It’s something necessary and valuable.”

If you meant something different, please provide more context so I can help adjust the phrase accordingly!

1398
Q

Eobs-eo
Isseunikka

A

“없어 있으니까” (Eobs-eo issinikka) is a bit contradictory since “없어” means “not there” or “absent,” and “있으니까” means “because it is there” or “because it exists.”

To clarify, these are different uses:
- “없어” (Eobs-eo): “It’s not there” or “It doesn’t exist.”
- “있으니까” (Isseunikka): “Because it’s there” or “Because it exists.”

If you were aiming to say something along the lines of “because it’s not there,” the correct phrase would be “없으니까” (Eobsseunikka), meaning “because it’s not there.”

If you need a specific context, I can help with that!

1399
Q

Dowajulge
Sukjega eoryeowomyeon dowajulge
Neoga piryo hamyeon eonjedunji dowajulge
Isa junbihaneunde dowajulge
Gireul chatneun de dowajulge.”*
*“I’ll help you find the way
Oneul peurojekteu mamurihaneun geo dowajulge

A

“I’ll help you” in Korean can be said as “도와줄게요” (Dowajulgeyo) in a polite form.

If you’re speaking informally to a close friend or someone younger, you can say:
- “도와줄게” (Dowajulge)

These phrases imply that you are offering assistance.
Here are some sample sentences using “도와줄게” (dowajulge), which means “I’ll help you” in an informal context:

  1. “숙제가 어렵다면 도와줄게.”
    “Sukjega eoryeowomyeon dowajulge.”
    “If the homework is difficult, I’ll help you.”
  2. “너가 필요하면 언제든지 도와줄게.”
    “Neoga piryo hamyeon eonjedunji dowajulge.”
    “If you need it, I’ll help you anytime.”
  3. “이사 준비하는데 도와줄게.”
    “Isa junbihaneunde dowajulge.”
    “I’ll help you prepare for the move.”
  4. “길을 찾는 데 도와줄게.”
    “Gireul chatneun de dowajulge.”
    “I’ll help you find the way.”
  5. “오늘 프로젝트 마무리하는 거 도와줄게.”
    “Oneul peurojekteu mamurihaneun geo dowajulge.”
    “I’ll help you finish the project today.”

These sentences are informal, typically used among friends, family, or close acquaintances.

1400
Q

Ije mwo hae?
Ije mueoseul halkkayo?

A

What now?” in Korean, you could say:

  • “이제 뭐 해?” (Ije mwo hae?) in an informal way, which directly translates to “What now?” or “What do we do now?”

For a more formal situation, you can say:
- “이제 무엇을 할까요?” (Ije mueoseul halkkayo?)

These phrases are used to ask what should be done next or what is happening now.

1401
Q

Annyeong, kkomaya

A

“Annyeong geumaya” (안녕 금아야) translates to “Hello, kid” in Korean. However, to be more accurate and natural:

  • “안녕, 꼬마야”
    “Annyeong, kkomaya”
    (Hello, little kid)

“꼬마” (kkomaya) is a common and affectionate way to refer to a young child.

1402
Q

Itchana, na neohante hal mal isseo
Itchana, geuge jeongmal jungyohan geoya.

A

“Itchana” (있잖아) in Korean is often used as a way to get someone’s attention before saying something, similar to “you know…” or “did you know…” in English. It’s often used to introduce something the speaker wants to say or emphasize.

For example:

  • “있잖아, 나 너한테 할 말 있어.”
    “Itchana, na neohante hal mal isseo.”
    (You know, I have something to tell you.)
  • “있잖아, 그게 정말 중요한 거야.”
    “Itchana, geuge jeongmal jungyohan geoya.”
    (You know, that’s really important.)

It’s a casual phrase often used in informal conversations.

1403
Q

Jigeum jom naajyeosseo?

A

“You feel better now?” in Korean can be translated as:

  • “지금 좀 나아졌어?”
    “Jigeum jom naajyeosseo?”
1404
Q

Gwenchanni? Nun jom tteobwa

A

“Are you okay? Open your eyes” in Korean can be translated as:

  • “괜찮니? 눈 좀 떠봐.”
    “Gwenchanni? Nun jom tteobwa.”
1405
Q

Saegi an deureo

A

The phrase “I don’t like the color” in Korean is:

  • “색이 안 들어.”
    “Saegi an deureo.”

This is an informal way to express that you don’t like the color.

1406
Q

Silheo haneund

Geu saegi silheo haneunde, dareun geo eopseo?
Yeonghwareul silheo haneunde, gatchi bwajulge.

A

“싫어하는데” (Silheo haneunde) in Korean means “I don’t like it, but…” or “I dislike it, but…”. It’s often used to express reluctance or dislike, followed by an explanation or a contrasting statement.

For example:

  • “그 색이 싫어하는데, 다른 거 없어?”
    • “Geu saegi silheo haneunde, dareun geo eopseo?”
    • “I don’t like that color, but is there another option?”
  • “영화를 싫어하는데, 같이 봐줄게.”
    • “Yeonghwareul silheo haneunde, gatchi bwajulge.”
    • “I don’t like movies, but I’ll watch it with you.”
1407
Q

Sseuregi
Sseuregi-reul beoriseo
Igote-neun sseuregi-reul beoriji maseyo
Sseuregi-ga neomu manh-aseo jeongnihaeya hae
Sseuregi-tong-eul biwoya hae

A

The word for “trash” in Korean is “쓰레기” (sseuregi).

Here are some sample sentences:

  1. “쓰레기를 버리세요.”
    • “Sseuregi-reul beoriseo.”
    • “Please throw away the trash.”
  2. “이곳에는 쓰레기를 버리지 마세요.”
    • “Igote-neun sseuregi-reul beoriji maseyo.”
    • “Don’t throw trash here.”
  3. “쓰레기가 너무 많아서 정리해야 해요.”
    • “Sseuregi-ga neomu manh-aseo jeongnihaeya haeyo.”
    • “There is too much trash, so we need to clean up.”
  4. “쓰레기통을 비워야 해요.”
    • “Sseuregi-tong-eul biwoya haeyo.”
    • “We need to empty the trash can.”
1408
Q

Jageob-eul jal moshaesseo?
I munje-reul jal moshaesseo?

A

“잘 못했어요?” (Jal moshaesseo?) translates to “Did I do something wrong?” or “Did I not do it well?” in English.

Here are a couple of example sentences:

  1. “작업을 잘 못했어요?”
    • “Jageob-eul jal moshaesseo?”
    • “Did I do the job poorly?”
  2. “이 문제를 잘 못했어요?”
    • “I munje-reul jal moshaesseo?”
    • “Did I get this problem wrong?”
1409
Q

Jal jinae

Olaenman-iya, jal jinae?
Siheom jal bogil barae, jal jinae
Oneul-do jal jinaegil barae

A

“잘 지내” (Jal jinae) translates to “Take care” or “Be well” in English. It is used to wish someone well or to inquire about their well-being in an informal manner.

Here are a few example sentences:

  1. “오랜만이야, 잘 지내?”
    • “Olaenman-iya, jal jinae?”
    • “Long time no see, are you doing well?”
  2. “시험 잘 보길 바래, 잘 지내.”
    • “Siheom jal bogil barae, jal jinae.”
    • “I hope you do well on your exam, take care.”
  3. “오늘도 잘 지내길 바래.”
    • “Oneul-do jal jinaegil barae.”
    • “I hope you have a good day today as well.”

This phrase is commonly used among friends or acquaintances to show care or to ask about how someone is doing.

1410
Q

Masitda eobseoyo

I eumsik masitda eobseo. Neomu singgeowo.
I yorineun masitda eobseo, dareun geol sikilkka?
Masitda eobseo, jom deo gan-eul machwoya hal geos gata

A

“맛있다 없어” (Masitda eobseoyo) translates to “It’s not delicious” in English. This phrase is used to express that something doesn’t taste good.

Here are a few example sentences:

  1. “이 음식 맛있다 없어. 너무 싱거워.”
    • “I eumsik masitda eobseo. Neomu singgeowo.”
    • “This food is not delicious. It’s too bland.”
  2. “이 요리는 맛있다 없어, 다른 걸 시킬까?”
    • “I yorineun masitda eobseo, dareun geol sikilkka?”
    • “This dish isn’t tasty, should we order something else?”
  3. “맛있다 없어, 좀 더 간을 맞춰야 할 것 같아.”
    • “Masitda eobseo, jom deo gan-eul machwoya hal geos gata.”
    • “It’s not delicious, I think it needs more seasoning.”

This phrase is useful when giving feedback about food or when expressing disappointment with a meal.

1411
Q

Yeogin uriga wae? Mokjeogji-e dochakhaess-eoya haessneunde
Yeogin uriga wae? Hoe-ui-ga itdeon jangso-ga anijana
Yeogin uriga wae? Geunyang sanchaekhagi-e joh-eun gos-iya

A

“여긴 우리가 왜?” (Yeogin uriga wae?) translates to “Why are we here?” in English. It’s used to question the reason for being in a specific place or situation.

Here are some example sentences:

  1. “여긴 우리가 왜? 목적지에 도착했어야 했는데.”
    • “Yeogin uriga wae? Mokjeogji-e dochakhaess-eoya haessneunde.”
    • “Why are we here? We should have arrived at our destination.”
  2. “여긴 우리가 왜? 회의가 있던 장소가 아니잖아.”
    • “Yeogin uriga wae? Hoe-ui-ga itdeon jangso-ga anijana.”
    • “Why are we here? This isn’t the place where the meeting was supposed to be.”
  3. “여긴 우리가 왜? 그냥 산책하기에 좋은 곳이야.”
    • “Yeogin uriga wae? Geunyang sanchaekhagi-e joh-eun gos-iya.”
    • “Why are we here? It’s just a good place for a walk.”

This phrase helps inquire about the reason or purpose of being in a particular location.

1412
Q

Yeogi mwohae? Wae ireoke neujeosseo?
Yeogi mwohae? Geunyang sanchaeg jung-iya.
Yeogi mwohae? Naega chatgo isseoss-eo.

A

“여기 뭐해?” (Yeogi mwohae?) translates to “What are you doing here?” in English. It’s used to ask someone what they are doing in a specific location.

Here are some example sentences:

  1. “여기 뭐해? 왜 이렇게 늦었어?”
    • “Yeogi mwohae? Wae ireoke neujeosseo?”
    • “What are you doing here? Why are you so late?”
  2. “여기 뭐해? 그냥 산책 중이야.”
    • “Yeogi mwohae? Geunyang sanchaeg jung-iya.”
    • “What are you doing here? I’m just taking a walk.”
  3. “여기 뭐해? 내가 찾고 있었어.”
    • “Yeogi mwohae? Naega chatgo isseoss-eo.”
    • “What are you doing here? I was looking for you.”

This phrase can be used to inquire about someone’s presence or activity in a particular place.

1413
Q

Il beon gidaryeo juseyo
Il beonman gidaryeo juseyo. Geumbang dol-aolgeyo
Il beon hwaginhae bogessseubnida

A

“일번” (Il beon) translates to “just a minute” or “one moment” in Korean. However, the more common phrase for “just a minute” is “잠깐만요” (Jamkkanmanyo) or “잠시만요” (Jamsimanyo).

Here are some example sentences:

  1. “일번 기다려 주세요.”
    • “Il beon gidaryeo juseyo.”
    • “Please wait a minute.”
  2. “일번만 기다려 주세요. 금방 돌아올게요.”
    • “Il beonman gidaryeo juseyo. Geumbang dol-aolgeyo.”
    • “Please wait just a minute. I will be back soon.”
  3. “일번 확인해 보겠습니다.”
    • “Il beon hwaginhae bogessseubnida.”
    • “I will check it in a minute.”

Using “일번” is less common for this purpose compared to “잠깐만요” or “잠시만요”, which are more standard for requesting a brief wait.

1414
Q

Najunge boja
Jigeumeun bappaseo najunge boja.
Oneureun sigani eopseuni najunge boja.
Najunge dasi yeollak haja

A

“나중에 보자” (Najunge boja) translates to “Let’s meet later” in English. It’s a casual way to suggest that you will see or meet someone at a later time.

Here are some example sentences:

  1. “지금은 바빠서 나중에 보자.”
    • “Jigeumeun bappaseo najunge boja.”
    • “I’m busy right now, so let’s meet later.”
  2. “오늘은 시간이 없으니 나중에 보자.”
    • “Oneureun sigani eopseuni najunge boja.”
    • “I don’t have time today, so let’s meet later.”
  3. “나중에 다시 연락하자.”
    • “Najunge dasi yeollak haja.”
    • “Let’s contact each other again later.”
1415
Q

Neo jangnanhae?
Ige jinjaya, animyeon jangnanhae?
Jeongmal jangnan hasineun geoyeyo?

A

To say “Are you kidding me?” in Korean, you can use:

  • “너 장난해?” (Neo jangnanhae?) – Informal
  • “장난하시는 거예요?” (Jangnan hasineun geoyeyo?) – Formal

Here are some example sentences:

  1. “이게 진짜야, 아니면 장난해?”
    • “Ige jinjaya, animyeon jangnanhae?”
    • “Is this for real, or are you kidding me?”
  2. “정말 장난하시는 거예요?”
    • “Jeongmal jangnan hasineun geoyeyo?”
    • “Are you really kidding me?”
1416
Q

Itta bwa
Oneul jeonyeoge dashi itta bwa
Hoe-ui kkeutnago itta bwa
Jigeumeun bappeunikka, itta bwa
Itta bwa, jal ga!

A

Here are some sample sentences using “이따 봐” (Itta bwa) in English alphabet:

  1. “Oneul jeonyeoge dashi itta bwa.”
    • “See you later this evening.”
  2. “Hoe-ui kkeutnago itta bwa.”
    • “I’ll see you later after the meeting.”
  3. “Jigeumeun bappeunikka, itta bwa.”
    • “I’m busy right now, so see you later.”
  4. “Itta bwa, jal ga!”
    • “See you later, take care!”